Association for Behavior Analysis International

The Association for Behavior Analysis International® (ABAI) is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice.

Search

45th Annual Convention; Chicago, IL; 2019

Program by Day for Monday, May 27, 2019


 

Noteworthy Activity #397
Yoga With the Health, Sport and Fitness SIG
Monday, May 27, 2019
7:00 AM–7:50 AM
Swissôtel, 42nd Floor, Eleve
Chair: Joyce C. Tu (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.)

Revive and refresh from the busy conference with this yoga session open to all. No experience necessary to participate. A certified instructor will take you through this 1 hour long mixed level yoga class. Bring a mat or towel and wear comfortable clothes (no shoes).

 
 
Special Event #398
ABAI Annual Business Meeting
Monday, May 27, 2019
7:00 AM–7:50 AM
Hyatt Regency East, Concourse Level, Michigan 1 A-C
Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Mark A. Mattaini (President, Association for Behavior Analysis International)
Panelists: MARIA E. MALOTT (Chief Executive Officer, Association for Behavior), MICHAEL PERONE (Accreditation Board Coordinator), DEREK D. REED (Science Board Coordinator), RUTH ANNE REHFELDT (Publication Board Coordinator), FEDERICO SANABRIA (Program Board Coordinator), MARK D. SHRIVER (Practice Board Coordinator), WENDY DONLIN WASHINGTON (Membership Board Coordinator), STEVEN WOOLF (Affiliated Chapters Board Coordinator)
Abstract:

The purpose of the annual meeting of members is for ABAI leadership to provide an update on the ongoing activities of and major developments in the association.

MARIA E. MALOTT (Chief Executive Officer, Association for Behavior)
MICHAEL PERONE (Accreditation Board Coordinator)
DEREK D. REED (Science Board Coordinator)
RUTH ANNE REHFELDT (Publication Board Coordinator)
FEDERICO SANABRIA (Program Board Coordinator)
MARK D. SHRIVER (Practice Board Coordinator)
WENDY DONLIN WASHINGTON (Membership Board Coordinator)
STEVEN WOOLF (Affiliated Chapters Board Coordinator)
 
 
Symposium #399
CE Offered: BACB
Response Persistence: Token Economies, Overjustification, and Behavioral Momentum
Monday, May 27, 2019
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom A
Area: AUT/EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Cormac MacManus (New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Cormac MacManus, M.S.
Abstract:

In this symposium, we will review the effects of reinforcement history on the persistence of behavior. The first presenter will share data on the response patterns of children with autism under lean and rich token schedules and yoked tandem schedules at varying response requirements. Our second presentation will explore the effects of aggregate reward history on overjustification and behavioral persistence, and to extend to which these may be a function of stimulus-reinforcer relations. Our final presenter will share data comparing the persistence strengthening effects of a DRA procedure in which reinforcement histories are developed concurrently vs. a DRA procedure in which reinforcement histories for two responses are developed separately.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): behavioral presistence, reinforcement history, reinforcement schedules
Target Audience:

Researchers interested in the pattern of responding and persistence of behavior under different reinforcement schedules and parameters.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Describe the effects of various schedules of the delivery and exchange of token reinforcers and tandem schedules on response patterns 2. Describe additional assessments to determine the reinforcing efficacy of stimuli from preference assessments 3. Describe the predictions of behavioral momentum theory in relation to DRA and behavioral persistence and one method for mediating these effects
 

Effects of Token and Tandem Reinforcement Schedules on in Applied Settings

LAURA SENN (Florida Institute of Technology), Dana M. Gadaire (Florida Institute of Technology), Kristin M. Albert (Florida Institute of Technology), Michael Passage (Florida Institute of Technology), Yaara Shaham (The Scott Center/ Florida Institute of Technology), Basak Topcuoglu (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Token economies are commonly used in educational and clinical settings as tools for reinforcing appropriate behavior as well as the absence of problem behavior. However, little applied research has been conducted to investigate the behavioral mechanisms through which token economies exert their effects. What’s more, research with non-human animals has shown that tokens may serve discriminative functions that may actually suppress responding under specific conditions. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of various schedules of token delivery and exchange as well as yoked tandem schedules on response patterns in children with autism spectrum disorders. Four children ranging in age from 4 to 11 participated in the current study. We compared responding under lean and dense token delivery schedules with responding on tandem schedules at varying response requirements. Visual inspection of session to session graphs revealed variable responding within and across participants. However, aggregated response patterns revealed effects consistent with basic research on token and tandem schedules. Notably, token training was associated with increased response rates in most participants. Tokens were also found to suppress responding under some conditions (e.g., high response requirements). These findings provide further insight into the generality of basic research findings on token schedules to clinical settings.

 

The Effects of Aggregate Reinforcement History on Overjustification and Behavioral Momentum

ABBEY CARREAU-WEBSTER (May Institute), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
Abstract:

The overjustification effect remains controversial across psychological perspectives. Cognitive researchers frequently find evidence of the phenomenon (Deci, Koestner, & Ryan, 2001), whereas behavioral researchers rarely observe the effect (Cameron & Pierce, 2002). Importantly, researchers have generally employed methods of investigation common to their own field. This has occasioned consistent differences across perspectives in the rate and aggregate history of reinforcement prior to tests of overjustification. This is notable considering behavioral momentum literature indicates rate of reinforcement has a central importance in governing response persistence during disruption (such as extinction, as applied in the overjustification effect). Aggregate reward history may have similar effects, to the extent that heightened stimulus-reward associations may obtain over longer durations of stimulus-reinforcer pairings. This study examined the effects of aggregate reward history on overjustification and behavioral persistence, and the extent to which overjustification effects, like persistence, may be a function of stimulus-reinforcer relations. Results indicated that in 3 of 4 cases, longer histories of reinforcement were associated with stronger persistence values and less frequent overjustification effects, suggesting aggregate reward history may strengthen responding as it relates to these phenomena.

 

Persistence of Responding Following Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior in Multiple Phases of Extinction

CORMAC MACMANUS (New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children), Riley Fergus (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Behavioral momentum theory research has demonstrated that DRA based interventions, while decreasing the rate of a target response (i.e., problem behavior), may in fact increase the persistence of the target response when reinforcement for the alternative response is disrupted. Previous studies have demonstrated that by training the alternative response in a context in which a target response has no history of reinforcement and then combining this context with one in which the target response has a history of reinforcement, the persistence increasing effects of DRA can be minimized when disruption occurs. The present study replicated previous findings with individuals with developmental disabilities by showing that combining stimuli associated with a rich FI schedule for an alternative response with a comparatively leaner FI schedule for a target response reduced target respond persistence compared with concurrent training of the alternative and target responses. Participants engaged in comparatively similar novel responses across three colored conditions, in which target and alternative responding was reinforced separately and concurrently. Extinction tests were used to test response persistence across the concurrent and combined stimulus conditions. The current study extends previous research by replicating this finding within participants following resumption of reinforcement phases and subsequent disruption phases.

 
 
Symposium #400
CE Offered: BACB
Investigating the Impact of Derived Relational Responding and the PEAK Relational Training System
Monday, May 27, 2019
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom B
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Arianna Charos (Arizona State University)
CE Instructor: Becky Barron, M.S.
Abstract:

The present symposium serves as investigation to the various ways in which the technology of Derived Relational Responding (DRR) and the PEAK Relational Assessment System may extend beyond the typical contexts in which it is applied and the implications for the science of behavior analysis and beyond. We will provide promising evidence supporting PEAK's use within behavior analysis and the potentially massive impacts these endeavors could have when communicating with or about other psychologies, diagnoses, and ethnicities.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): DRR, Intelligence, PEAK
Target Audience:

beginner-intermediate behavior analysts

 

An Evaluation of Low Dose Applied Behavior Analysis Therapy With the Inclusion of Derived Relational Responding on Changes of Intelligence for Children With Autism

(Applied Research)
BECKY BARRON (Southern Illinois University), Jessica M Hinman (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Applied Behavior Analytic (ABA) therapy has one of the largest bodies of literature on effective treatment interventions for children with autism. Parents, providers, teachers, and insurance companies always have to worry about how much intervention is best, and at what cost is enough. There is limited research on the effects of ABA at various hour doses per week, although most providers will always advocate for “more is better.” The current study sought to investigate the impact of a low dose of ABA at 4 hours per week compared to a larger dose of ABA at 10 hours per week, over an 8-week period. In addition to traditional discrete trial intervention, all participants received. Children’s intelligence quotients were measured before and after intervention. Preliminary results suggest that children who received the larger dose had greater gains in intelligence, but some children who received the lower dose also made positive gains. These preliminary results suggest that ABA with relational training at a low dose may still be an effective treatment option for some children if a larger dose is not available. In addition, improvements on derived relational responding skills will also be assessed and discussed.

 

Relational Framing to Promote Academic Achievement and Intelligence Scores in Individuals With and Without Autism

(Applied Research)
CALEB STANLEY (Southern Illinois University), Ayla Schmick (Southern Illinois University), Becky Barron (Southern Illinois University), Kwadwo O. Britwum (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Over the past several decades, the number of individuals that receive an education from the public-school system has increased significantly, along with an increase in equal access regardless of disability or socioeconomic status. Despite the increased access and amount of resources afforded to the educational system, a corresponding increase in academic performance and intellectual ability has not been observed. Therefore, an empirically validated method for increasing these behaviors is necessary. The current study aimed to evaluate the effect of a set of procedures based on Relational Frame Theory on academic performance and intelligence. Experimenters obtained pre-training and post-training performances by administering Curriculum-Based Measures and WISC-V IQ tests to a control group and an intervention group. Following pre-training assessment, the intervention group was exposed to a series of relational training phases, in which the participants were required to respond in accordance with arbitrarily applicable relational responding across a series of relational tasks. Following training the participants in the intervention group showed improvement in academic performance and an increase in IQ, whereas those in the control group did not. Taken together, the results add to a growing body of literature that support the use of RFT-based interventions to promote complex behaviors.

 
Normative Sample of the Chinese Version PEAK Relational Training System: Direct Training Module
(Applied Research)
ZHIHUI YI (Arizona State University), Adam DeLine Hahs (Arizona State University)
Abstract: The PEAK Relational Training System is an increasingly popular assessment and treatment program among clinicians working with developmental disabilities. However to date, no research has examined to what extend the knowledge gathered can be generalized into a different language or cultural setting. The current research examined and established the normative sample of a Chinese version of the PEAK: Direct Training Module. All 184 programs were translated into Chinese. 21 programs were modified to adapt to the Chinese language setting. Programs were back-translated and verified by a PEAK expert. 310 families with typical-developing children from Beijing, China signed up for this research. Preliminary data suggested that the PEAK total score among Chinese participants fit the score-age distribution among US populations. However, discrepancy existed between different factors. As we collect more responses, we would examine the correlation between the performance-age distribution between the Chinese population and the US population. We would provide the normative sample of the Chinese version of the PEAK: Direct Training Module and assess whether it would be appropriate to use this module to assess the behavioral skill among 2-12 years old children.
 
 
Symposium #401
CE Offered: BACB
Assessment and Intervention: Adjusting the Lens
Monday, May 27, 2019
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom D
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Cynthia P. Livingston (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
CE Instructor: Cynthia P. Livingston, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Both clinicians and applied researchers describe themselves as applied behavior analysts. This symposium includes three presentations that provide information and strategies that are relevant to both. The first presentation is on the use of praise in the demand condition of an FA, and examines its effect on escape as a reinforcer. The second examines a strategy to increase the range of preferred and reinforcing stimuli for children with autism. The third presents an alternative way to examine data that can both clarify results for researchers and provide useful information for clinicians.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): data analysis, escape, functional analysis, video modeling
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts who work with children with disabilities including autism.

Learning Objectives: 1. What alternatives are there to examine latency data? 2. What, if any, are the effects of video modeling on preference? 3. What effect does praise during the demand condition of an FA have on rate and establishing operations.
 

Effects of Video Modeling on Preference and Reinforcer Value in Children With Autism

(Applied Research)
CYNTHIA P. LIVINGSTON (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Andrew L. Samaha (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Autism Spectrum Disorder is a developmental disability characterized by social, behavioral, and communicative impairments. A primary characteristic of Autism includes restrictive and repetitive patterns of behavior. Because having few preferred items and activities can lead to educational, social, and communication barriers, it is important to identify additional preferred stimuli to incorporate into the individual’s environment. One way to identify potential reinforcers is via preference assessments. Although substantial literature exists on ways to identify preferred stimuli there may be occasions when those methods fail to identify a large variety of preferred items, or items that function as reinforcers . In these cases, another approach to increasing the variety and number of preferred and reinforcing stimuli may be to increase preference and reinforcer value for items that are readily available, but low preferred. One novel approach to doing this includes video modeling. The purpose of the current study was to assess effects of video modeling on preference and reinforcer value of previously low-preferred stimuli.

 

Instantaneous Rate: A Method to Assist Visual Analysis of Latency-Based Data

(Applied Research)
ANTHONY CONCEPCION (University of South Florida), Andrew L. Samaha (University of South Florida), Paige Talhelm (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Recent studies have demonstrated the use of latency as an index of response strength in the assessment and treatment of behavior (e.g., Thomason-Sassi et al., 2011). However, latency-based single subject designs may be difficult to interpret given how latency values are depicted graphically. Although visual inspection is the primary method of analyzing single-case subject designs, previous studies have primarily focused on interrater agreement of rate or frequency as primary measures. An alternative method to depicting latency-based measures and instantaneous rate may be a useful tool for clinicians to interpret latency-based graphs and in comparing latency to non-latency-based graphs.

 
Some Effects of Praise During the Escape Condition of the Functional Analysis
(Applied Research)
JENNIFER REBECCA WEYMAN (University of South Florida), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), Claudia Campos (Florida Institute of Technology), Anna Garcia (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Many researchers provide praise for complying with demands during the escape condition of the functional analysis. However, praise may function as a reinforcer for some individuals diagnosed with autism and intellectual disabilities. This may reduce the aversiveness of task presentation or increase behavior that competes with problem behavior (e.g., compliance with demands). In general, this may result in lower or less stable levels of problem behavior and decrease the efficiency of the functional analysis. Thus, the purpose of the current study was to evaluate some effects of praise on the rate of problem behavior and compliance during the escape condition of the functional analysis in children diagnosed with autism and intellectual disabilities. We found that there may be a slight advantage to not providing praise for compliance during the escape condition of the functional analysis for some individuals. We will discuss the implications of our results and future research directions.
 
 
Symposium #402
CE Offered: BACB
Using Self-Management Strategies as Replacement Behaviors for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Monday, May 27, 2019
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom C
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Adrianna O. Zambrzycka (Center for Children with Special Needs)
Discussant: Mark J. Palmieri (The Center for Children with Speical Needs)
CE Instructor: Elizabeth C. Nulty, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders commonly engage in inflexible or rigid behaviors, such as deciding on a game to play with a peer, insisting that they drink from a certain cup, or wearing a specific shirt daily. Interruption of these behaviors often evokes challenging behavior; leading to reduced access to home, school, and community environments. When analyzing the complex nature of these behaviors and the resulting challenging behavior, behavior analysts must identify not only management strategies and topography specific replacement skills but also the underlying skill deficits present in the children’s profile. This symposium describes how behavioral cusp skills can be targeted for instruction to provide the learner with a conceptual framework of self-management skills that can evolve in complexity as they encounter varying situations and engage in novel topographies of behavior. Two papers will be presented, with the first outlining strategies for teaching generalized problem-solving strategies and the second focusing on teaching children to accurately self-report their emotional state and then apply a previously trained coping strategy.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): problem solving, self-management
Target Audience:

This symposium is for anyone working with children with autism who need self-management strategies.

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will identify the components to teaching problem solving strategies to children on the autism spectrum. 2. Participants will identify the components for teaching individuals on the autism spectrum to accurately self-identify their own challenging behavior in the moment.
 
Teaching Children on the Autism Spectrum Generalized Problem Solving Skills
SHAUNESSY M. EGAN (The Center for Children with Special Needs), Samuel Hauslaib (Center for Children with Special Needs)
Abstract: Often when a conflict or challenge arises in the environment, individuals on the autism spectrum rely on others to identify the problem and provide them with guidance on the steps required to manage the situation successfully. Within home and school settings, instruction is often focused on teaching the child how to respond to a series of specific situations and engage in prescribed alternative behaviors, resulting in little opportunity for spontaneous generalization. By focusing instead on teaching critical thinking skills related to problem solving both small issues (e.g., “I’m bored, and I don’t know what to play”) and large issues (e.g., “I’m bullied at school”), generalized responses are acquired and the over-reliance on adult support on can be decreased in novel situations. This paper focuses on teaching children ages 7-12 years old, diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders, how to critically think through individualized scenarios, by teaching problem solving in in clinical setting. Additionally, strategies for supporting caregivers to expand the skills that have been mastered in a contrived format to naturally occurring novel situations will be discussed.
 

Using Self-Management Training to Teach Children With Autism to Accurately Self-Identify Challenging Behaviors

ELIZABETH C. NULTY (Center for Children with Special Needs), Samuel Hauslaib (Center for Children with Special Needs)
Abstract:

Individuals on the autism spectrum are frequently unaware of how their behavior affects others in their environment. It can be challenging for the individual with autism to self-identify the antecedents in their environments that may evoke their own challenging behaviors and for the individual to then manage their behavior in the moment. This paper first reviews strategies for instructing students to self-tact their behavior according to a five-point Likert scale. The paper then describes how the child specific labels were yoked to self-management programming to teach children, ages 7-12 years old, how to identify the environmental situations and establishing operations that affect their behavior, identify in the moment that they are engaging in a specific behavior, and apply individualized coping strategies in-vivo. The data presented will include agreement scores based on the child’s self-monitoring data as compared the ratings of staff members, along with social validity information gathered from caregiver surveys.

 
 
Paper Session #403
Staff and Parent Training
Monday, May 27, 2019
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Hyatt Regency East, Lobby Level, Plaza Ballroom AB
Area: AUT
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Landa L. Fox (Positive Connections)
 
Navigating Consent and Body Autonomy in Early Autism Intervention: Conceptual Considerations and Practical Strategies
Domain: Service Delivery
LANDA L. FOX (Positive Connections)
 
Abstract: Those providing early intervention to children with autism often find themselves in positions where they are making physical contact with children’s bodies. Individuals with developmental disabilites are at increased risk of sexual abuse and assault. The rate of sexual assault may be as high (or higher) than seven times the population without disabilities. One in three women with a disability will be assaulted in their lifetime. Knowing this, those providing early intervention services are uniquely placed to assist in teaching the concepts of consent and body autonomy from an early age. We will review the important concepts of consent and body autonomy with reference to how services may be being delivered and what alternative replacement behaviours behavior analysts and those they supervise could engage in to establish understanding and demonstration of these concepts. Specific behavior analytic technologies that have been used to teach a variety of skills to learners with autism will be reviewed with reference to their utility in teaching the concepts of consent and body autonomy.
 
Efficacy of Two Web-Based Professional Development Strategies: Teachers and Students Outcomes
Domain: Applied Research
HATICE DENIZ DEGIRMENCI (Anadolu University), Elif Tekin-Iftar (Anadolu University)
 
Abstract: Supporting special education teachers’ use of Evidence Based Practices (EBPs) thorough professional development (PD) is necessary to disseminate use of EBPs. Coaching is an effective PD strategy but may not be the most efficient mean to support teachers. It requires sufficient number of experts, time, and economic cost. In present study an adapted alternating treatments design was used to compare the differential effects of web-based PD procedures with and without coaching on teaching to use the Social Stories (SS) and video modeling (VM) to teachers of students with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Three certificated special education teachers whose ages range from 23 to 35 and their students with ASD participated in the study. The teachers asked to teach various safety skills to their students during intervention. Results showed that both of web-based PD procedures on teaching participant teachers the use of SS and VM at acquisition, generalization, and maintenance level were almost equally effective and efficient. Moreover, findings also showed that SS and VM interventions delivered by teachers were effective on the acquisition, maintenance, and generalization of safety skills in students with ASD. Last, teachers’ opinions on the study were positive in general. Findings will be discussed during the session.
 
 
 
Invited Paper Session #404
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/NASP

Novel Behavioral Targets and Outcomes in Treating Cocaine Use Disorder

Monday, May 27, 2019
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich D
Area: BPN; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: William Stoops, Ph.D.
Chair: Sally L. Huskinson (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
WILLIAM STOOPS (University of Kentucky)
Dr. William Walton Stoops, a Professor in the Departments of Behavioral Science, Psychiatry and Psychology at the University of Kentucky, earned his Bachelor’s degree in Psychology from Davidson College in Davidson, NC and his Master’s degree and Ph.D. in Psychology from the University of Kentucky. His research evaluates the behavioral and pharmacological factors that contribute to drug use disorders, focusing especially on cocaine use disorder. Dr. Stoops’ research contributions resulted in receipt of the 2016 Psychologist of the Year Award from the Kentucky Psychological Association, the 2013 Joseph Cochin Young Investigator Award from the College on Problems of Drug Dependence and the 2008 Wyeth Young Psychopharmacologist Award from Division 28 (Psychopharmacology and Substance Abuse) of the American Psychological Association (APA). Dr. Stoops currently serves on the ABAI Science Board, chairs the Program Committee for the College on Problems of Drug Dependence and is Editor of Experimental and Clinical Psychopharmacology.
Abstract:

Cocaine use disorder presents an enduring and significant public health concern. Despite decades of research, a widely effective and accepted treatment for cocaine use disorder remains to be identified. The failure to identify treatments may be due, in part, to the only accepted indicator of treatment efficacy: complete abstinence from cocaine. This presentation will provide an overview of human laboratory and clinical trial research that has identified other potential treatment targets that can be adopted as indicators of efficacy. These behavioral targets include attentional bias, inhibitory control and decision making. As the clinical relevance of these novel targets is demonstrated, they may become acceptable treatment outcomes and can be used to identify novel effective interventions for cocaine use disorder.

Target Audience:

Graduate students, Researchers, Board certified behavior analysts, Licensed psychologists

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss the current state of treatment development for cocaine use disorder; (2) understand how novel treatment targets are evaluated in the human laboratory and in clinical trials; (3) appreciate how novel outcomes can change cocaine treatment development.
 
 
Symposium #405
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Ethical Integration of Applied Behavior Analysis Into an Acute Pediatric Medical Setting
Monday, May 27, 2019
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 3/4
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Terry J. Page (None)
Discussant: Terry J. Page (None)
CE Instructor: Terry J. Page, M.S.
Abstract:

Behavior analysts often work collaboratively with other disciplines; however, behavior analytic consultation within an acute pediatric medical setting can present unique ethical challenges. During consultation, behavior analysts are typically provided short time frames to conduct assessment and implement treatment. However, behavior analysts still need to follow ethical guidelines to work with medical colleagues to rule out medical etiology and determine how to safely conduct assessments and implement treatment in a medically compromised patient population or patients who are awaiting transfer to in-patient psychiatric units. In addition, behavior analysts must disseminate behavior analysis in a setting where this technology is relatively novel to other team members, who are more familiar with pharmacologic interventions and psychotherapy to manage problem behaviors. This symposia will discuss the use of traditional and synthesized functional analyses within a pediatric medical setting as well as the implementation function-based treatment to reduce life-threatening behavior, and demonstrate the use of behavior analysis to help inform medical decision-making with medically and behaviorally complex patients.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): ethical collaboration, functional analysis, medical hospital, pharmacology
Target Audience:

Target audience includes behavior analysts practicing in a variety of settings, specifically those working in consultation roles and as part of an interdisciplinary team and those working with medically complex populations.

 
Implementing Functional Analyses and Function Based Treatment in a Medical Setting
KRISTIN VESPE (Children's Hospital of Philadelphia)
Abstract: An acute pediatric medical setting presents unique challenges when assessing problem behavior and implementing function based treatment. The patient’s length of stay can vary greatly based on the admission problem and criteria for safe discharge. The length of stay for behavioral health patients can be as short as a few hours prior to a patient discharging to an in-patient psychiatric facility. If behavioral assessment is needed in a relatively short time, synthesized functional analyses are an alternative to a traditional functional analysis. When patients present with life-threatening behaviors, such as self-decannulation, patient safety is most important when selecting assessment methodology. In one case this was achieved through the use of latency- and trial-based functional analysis. This methodology allowed behavior analysts to assess the function of the behavior while mitigating the risk of eliciting the behavior with greater frequency than the patient’s baseline rates. When function-based treatment is implemented consistently by the treatment team and results in a decrease in problem behavior, it may result in a decreased length of hospital stay and/or discharge to a less restrictive environment than initially projected.
 

Integrating Applied Behavior Analysis Into a Medical Setting

VIRGINIA KAUFMANN (Children's Hospital of Philadephia)
Abstract:

Integrating applied behavior analysis into an acute medical setting allows opportunities for technology to be utilized with a diverse patient population. A transdisciplinary team within a pediatric medical hospital may include nursing, psychiatry and psychology, neurology, and other medical professionals. The ability to provide objective data regarding patient behavior can help inform medical decisions in complex cases in which the transdisciplinary team has struggled to make progress related to the patient’s behavior. This may include decisions to make changes in psychotropic or other medications, as well as providing input into difficult diagnoses. Behavioral intervention and the use of data-based decision-making has been useful with patients with a variety of medical diagnoses, including anti-NMDA receptor encephalitis, functional neurologic/conversion disorder, and avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder (ARFID), with the benefit of minimizing the amount of as needed/PRN medications given to patients, informing the transdisciplinary team on timing of standing medications, and discharging patients to less restrictive settings.

 
 
Symposium #406
CE Offered: BACB
Applied Behavior Analysis in Sports: Evaluating Successful Applications and Assessments Across Sports
Monday, May 27, 2019
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 1/2
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jesse DePaolo (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Jesse DePaolo, M.A.
Abstract:

This symposium will consist of three papers related to sports assesments and research. The first paper, by Schenk and Miltenberger, discuss the effects of video self-evaluation and video feedback on golf performance. Specifically, the improvement of the golfer’s long-iron swing. The second paper, by Greenberg and Crosland, discuss the use of a video feedback procedure, using the Dartfish application, to increase figure skaters’ performance on six established figure skating moves. Lastly, DePaolo et al. discuss the development and implementation of a sports based performance diagnostic checklist, based off of previously designed PBM PDC’s (Austin 2000 & Martinez-Onstott et al. 2016). The golf and figure skating papers discuss and demonstrate the effectiveness of ABA in sports, while the Sports PDC discusses the importance of working with the coaches and athlete’s prior to intervention and having them be part of the process to choose what behavior(s) to study and what intervention(s) to implement.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

The target audience for this presentation are researchers interested in disseminating behavior analysis. Specifically, those studying, or interested in studying, sports, fitness, and athletics. Also, those interested in the proper use of video feedback and assessment tools.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to identify interventions to increase performance. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to compare the benefits of video self-evaluation and video feedback. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to demonstrate proper use of an assessment tool to help determine what athletic behavior(s) to intervene on.
 
Evaluating Video Self-Evaluation and Video Feedback to Improve Swing Form in Golf
MERRITT SCHENK (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida)
Abstract: The use of video technologies to improve sports performance has been common practice for some time and is gaining popularity. However, there are still questions as to which component, or components, of the video technology can be used to most efficiently improve performance. Multiple studies have shown that video feedback is a very effective procedure. However, golf is an individualized sport, and, therefore, the use of video feedback introduces several variables that would not usually be present when a golfer is practicing, most notably is the presence of an experimenter. Thus, we evaluated video self-evaluation versus video feedback to improve long-iron swing form for 4 to 5 golfers. Overall, we found that video self-evaluation can be useful for some individuals. However, video feedback appears to be the most effective procedure for most participants. The procedures, results, and implications of this study will be discussed, as well as ideas for future research.
 
Using Video Feedback to Increase Figure Skaters’ Performance
Lori Greenberg (University of South Florida), KIMBERLY CROSLAND (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Figure skating is a competitive sport that requires intensive training which can be taught in a variety of settings. There are various methods to teaching figure skaters new skills such as positive and corrective feedback, modeling and coaching procedures, and physical guidance. These different approaches may lead to a lack of consistency among coaches. Over the years, these established coaching strategies have not changed substantially as training methods are passed down from coach to student. Skaters may progress more quickly in skill development if coaches are implementing empirically based successful coaching methods. These teaching approaches may also be enhanced by incorporating the latest technology available. This study evaluated the effectiveness of a video feedback coaching procedure using the Dartfish application. A multiple baseline design was utilized to document the impact of this video feedback coaching procedure on the demonstration of six established figure skating moves, three moves for one skater and three different moves for two other skaters. Results showed utilizing video feedback improved figure skater’s performance levels on the targeted moves to an acquisition of 80% accuracy or higher.
 
Sports Based PDC: Assessing What Behaviors to Study and How to Intervene
JESSE DEPAOLO (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Nicole Gravina (University of Florida)
Abstract: This paper discusses a sports assessment tool, based off of the Performance Diagnostic Checklist (Austin, 2000). This tool can be used by coaches and athletes and has two main goals. First, to ensure that the behavior of interest is of social significance. Researchers often approach coaches with an idea on what behavior to study and are not necessarily considering the importance of this behavior on the team beforehand. This tool allows for coaches and players to determine if the behavior is of social significance to their performance. The second goal is to bridge any gaps between coach’s and player’s perspectives on the behavior of interest. Coaches often tell researchers that players are ‘choosing’ not to perform the behavior. Interventions are then based around increasing behavior. However, sometimes players don’t know how to perform the behavior and the intervention needs to focus on teaching the skill, before increasing frequency. Though this paper is conceptual, it ties into the other papers in this symposium by acknowledging that sports research works, and it is something that people are interested in. However, the current way researchers are determining what behaviors to study may not be ideal and this paper discusses a possible solution.
 
 
Paper Session #407
Utilization of Parents and Caregivers During Assessment and Determining Effects of Treatment
Monday, May 27, 2019
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom A
Area: DDA
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Jessica L Becraft (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
 
On the Validity of Parent Report of Treatment Effects for Severe Problem Behavior
Domain: Applied Research
JESSICA L BECRAFT (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Michael F. Cataldo (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Helen Yu-Lefler (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Public Health), Chelsea Rolinec (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Usai Bah (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Yannick Andrew Schenk (May Institute), Anna Ryan (Essentia Health)
 
Abstract: One of the defining features of behavior analysis is the precise measurement of behavior over time. Often, this requires extensive training and expertise. In practice, however, observation may not be possible in the context that the behavior typically occurs. Thus, clinicians must sometimes rely on parent report. The purpose of this set of studies was to determine whether parents could differentiate between data that is consistent with an effective treatment or an ineffective treatment. Study 1 took place in an outpatient clinic setting, and Study 2 took place in clients’ homes. Thirty parents and their children, who received outpatient behavioral services for the assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior, participated in the studies. Across both studies, interobserver agreement between parents and trained observers was variable across and within parents. However, on a molar level, nearly all parents were able to differentiate between a large treatment effect and no treatment effect. Thus, parent report may be a suitable method of evaluating the overall effect of treatment. Implications for clinical practice will be discussed.
 
Training Caregivers to Use Experimental Functional Analyses in Applied Settings: Review and Practice Recommendations
Domain: Theory
VINCENT E. CAMPBELL (University Southern California and FirstSteps for Kids), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
 
Abstract: Experimental functional analyses (EFA) have become widely known as the gold-standard for conducting functional assessments of challenging behavior within applied behavior analysis. The accurate implementation of EFA procedures allows for the identification of maintaining functions and therefore development of function-based treatment plans. Despite the utility and empirical support for EFAs, many applied behavior analysts rely on less reliable assessment procedures when assessing challenging behaviors. One potential cause for avoidance of EFAs within applied practice might be related to ineffective training and/or inadequate maintenance of staff EFA skills. This presentation will review previous research on training staff to implement EFA procedures. Overall, research has shown that a wide variety of caregivers can be effectively trained to implement EFAs and that training takes relatively little time. Additionally, this presentation will present recommendations for practitioners and potential directions for research on teaching EFA procedures to graduate students, teachers, registered behavior technicians, and families.
 
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #408
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/NASP

The Urge to Smoke and the Urge to Urinate: Pavlovian Processes in Health-Related Behaviors

Monday, May 27, 2019
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom AB
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: R. Douglas Greer, Ph.D.
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
KATHLEEN O'CONNELL (Teachers College, Columbia University)

Kathleen A. O’Connell, Ph.D., RN, FAAN, FABMR is the Isabel Maitland Stewart Professor of Nursing Education at Teachers College Columbia University. She received her PhD in Psychology from the University of Kansas and did a Postdoctoral Fellowship in psychology at Purdue University. She is a fellow of the American Academy of Nursing, the Association for Psychological Science, and the Academy of Behavioral Medicine Research. In her research on health behavior in diabetes, smoking cessation, and overactive bladder syndrome, she has applied various theories, including value expectancy theory, self-regulation theory, reversal theory, the theory of self-control strength, Pavlovian theory, and Pavlovian instrumental transfer.

Abstract:

Although it seems obvious that operant learning processes are important in the acquisition of addictive behaviors like smoking, I report on the importance of Pavlovian processes in the extinction of smoking and in the acquisition of urinary urge incontinence. Context is important in the extinction of behaviors. After responses to conditioned stimuli have been extinguished in one context, responding resumes when the organism enters a different context. Our work using ecological momentary assessment techniques showed that resisting urges to smoke is context-dependent and that using the stimulus control strategy of staying away from available cigarettes functions as an extinction context that does little to prepare ex-smokers for when they inevitably encounter a context with available cigarettes. Pavlovian processes are also responsible for the acquisition of some behaviors that contribute to pathological conditions, including the phenomenon of key-in-the-lock incontinence, which is cue-stimulated urinary urgency and incontinence when arriving at the entrance to one’s home. I will report our research on the effect of conditioned stimuli on daytime urinary urgency and nocturia, including the effect of displaying urge-related and neutral stimuli during urodynamic assessment of bladder contractions and during functional magnetic resonance imaging of the brains of individuals with urge incontinence.

Target Audience:

Researchers interested in Pavlovian processes in humans and researchers and clinicians interested in health behaviors.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) explain that extinction of conditioned stimuli is context-dependent, (2) discuss how stimulus control techniques may ultimately lead to relapse in addictive behaviors when individuals enter contexts where the stimuli are available, and (3) describe how Pavlovian processes are important in the acquisition of behaviors related to urinary urgency and incontinence.
 
 
Symposium #409
Genetic Heritability of Stage Performance and Occupational Interest Lends Support for a Genetic Mapping Project
Monday, May 27, 2019
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Montreux 1-3
Area: DEV/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Michael Marie Commons (Harvard Medical School)
Abstract: In this symposium, three studies of development across different populations is discussed, with an emphasis on the genetic heritability of stage performance (referred to as “smarts”) and occupational interest. The papers utilize the Model of Hierarchical Complexity (MHC) to discuss the behavioral developmental stages. The first paper demonstrates the increase of behavioral-developmental stage performance in non-literate adults to only half a stage below western educated adults’ after training with reinforcement. The results support the notion that stage performance is mostly genetic and not learned through years of education. The second paper discusses four different sources of knowledge in regards to how an individual thinks about truth. Individuals differ on their sources of knowledge depending on their behavioral-developmental stage. The study resulted in four major ways of “knowing”: analytical, anti-analytical, phenomenological (experiential), and empirical. This study shows the different approaches humans take in learning and understanding the world. In relation to both these above studies, the third paper proposes a genetic mapping project to locate the genes responsible for the “smarts” and interest in the consequence of completing work tasks (realistic, investigative, artistic, social, entrepreneurial and conventional).
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): analytical knowledge, developmental-stage change, genetic mapping, MHC
 

Training With Reinforcement Increased Stage of Performance in Non-Literate Adults to Just Half a Stage Below Educated Westerners'

(Applied Research)
AARATI RAGHUVANSHI (Dare Association, Inc)
Abstract:

To determine the highest behavioral-developmental stage in non-literate populations, 40 Nepalese adults were trained and tested on stage-based isolation-of-variables instruments (thatched roof problem and laundry problem). The thatched roof problem was a culturally based variant of the laundry problem. Participants were randomly assigned to two groups depending on the order of problems given (thatched roof first or laundry first). Correct answers were reinforced monetarily. The overall mean stage performance increased from M stage 8.98 (SD = 0.97) to M stage 9.18 (SD = 1.06) from training to transfer tasks. This transfer task performance was only half a stage lower than the behavioral-developmental stage educated westerns attain (Commons & Davidson, 2015). The order in which the problems were presented had a statistically significant effect on stage score improvement F(1, 38) = 6.218, p = 0.017, η2 = 0.113. When the thatched roof problem was presented first, it led to greater stage score improvements. This could be because the thatched roof problem matched the participants’ cultural experience better than the laundry problem. The results highlight that content and reinforcement are important in assessing behavioral-developmental stage in cross-cultural populations. They also support the notion that stage performance is mostly genetic and not learned through education.

 

Ways of Knowing

(Basic Research)
Mansi Shah (Dare Association, Inc), SHUTONG WEI (Dare Association, Inc.)
Abstract:

Illusions have been a topic of research for decades. Kalderon posits that an illusion is “an experience of an object o appearing F, where o is not in fact F.” Commons describes illusions as “those instances where people report the appearance of stimuli in a way that distorts their physical properties”. Illusions influence perceptual understanding. Thus, they also distort truth and knowledge. Perturbations are changes that can potentially be observed. How they are perceived altered by their way of knowing. There are four major ways of “knowing”: a) Analytical knowledge is always true irrespective of "experience" or “data”; b) Anti-Analytical knowledge is not believing in “mathematical” or “logic” knowledge; c) Phenomenological which is experiential (Art, Law, Religion); d) Empirical include Science. Forty participants were asked about different sources of knowledge. They answered 77 questions on all forms of knowledge. A principle-components factor analysis on 77 items confirmed that there were 4 clear factors showing 3 positive ways of knowing and one negation of analytic. The four factors explained 54.39% of the total variance. Factor loadings ranged from .803 to .706.

 
Genotyping Smarts and Interests
(Theory)
ELIZA GOING (Dare Association, Inc)
Abstract: DNA sequence structure may underlie the factors that make up a person’s interests and “smarts”. Interests are defined as work pursuits that are reinforcing. They consist of five factors: realistic, investigative, artistic, social, entrepreneurial, and conventional. We have developed a test of “smarts” consisting of a series of problem-solving tasks as well as a scale measuring social perspective taking. The test determines the behavioral-development stage at which an individual performs (of the Model of Hierarchical Complexity). The results show that nonliterate, uneducated populations perform at roughly the same problem-solving level as literate, educated populations. Thus, intelligence is supported as a genetically determined characteristic, and unaffected by environmental factors. In addition to smarts, interests have a genetic basis. This supports the notion that interests are heritable. If smarts and interests are inherited genetically, they must be associated with specific genes. We propose that by including our smarts and interest scales as follow-up surveys to buyers of DNA genetic testing kits, and comparing those results to the participants' genotyped DNA, we will be able to locate genes that determine human beings' smarts and interests.
 
 
Symposium #410
CE Offered: BACB
Context Modulates Sensitivities to Sunk Time and Delay to Reinforcement
Monday, May 27, 2019
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich A
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Nicole L. Bank (The PartnerShip, LLC)
Discussant: T. V. Joe Layng (Generategy, LLC)
CE Instructor: Nicole L. Bank, M.S.
Abstract:

The research on the effects of delay to reinforcement is robust. The literature base demonstrates the extent to which delays affect responding with standard reinforcers. These investigations try to understand the effects of delays in typical online contexts. Bank and Vaidya explore contexts where search engine users are sensitive to a delay to search results. Hantula explains why time spent in an online dating context leads to an increased selection of sub-optimal matches. Prompts for future research projects are provided.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): CHOICE, DELAY, INTERNET
Target Audience:

Appropriate attendees for this presentation are behavior analysts with a basic understanding of quantitative models in choice responding and a general interest in how these models apply in typical online contexts.

 

Effects of Delay on Search Engine Choice

NICOLE L. BANK (University of North Texas; The PartnerShip, LLC), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Current research and development of search engines relies on satisfaction surveys and group designs to identify key features. Such is the case when studying the effects of delay to search results. The literature studying the effects of delay to other commodities indicates the preference for the commodity decreases as the delay to the commodity increases. This study explored whether such an effect occurs in an online information search setting and if such an effect could be arranged in a choice scenario. In the context of a trivia game scenario participants were instructed to search quickly using one of two search engines. Participants were most sensitive to delays when the difference between the two search engine delays was greater than one second. As the difference between search engine delays decreased to a 0.5 second difference and a 0.25 second difference, performance approached indifference. These data suggest search engine results may be another context to study the effects of delay on choice.

 

The Waiting is the Hardest Part: Sunk Time Effects Online

DONALD A. HANTULA (Temple University)
Abstract:

Sunk costs are often assumed to motivate seemingly irrational choices (i.e. "throwing good money after bad"), but recent data reveal a more nuanced interpretation. This analysis is extended to an investigation of sunk time effects (situations in which time, not money, is invested) in online dating. Single young adults completed date profiles and searched for a potential date on an experimental dating site. Time between initiating a search and finding a matching date was systematically manipulated, and potential date "quality" ranged between 25%-75% compatibility. At low levels of compatibility, less than 50% of dates were accepted. However at 50% and 75% levels of compatibility, sunk cost had a strong linear effect on acceptance of a date, which was especially pronounced at the 75% level. These data show that sunk time effects, much like sunk cost effects, are not as general as assumed but are sensitive to context, and also that delay effects found in other studies of online consumer behavior extend to online dating choices.

 
 
Symposium #411
Some Extensions and Additions to Current Delay Discounting Research
Monday, May 27, 2019
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich BC
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Mindy Cassano (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Much of the current research in delay discounting is focused around various addictions or disorders that have been consistent with behavior commonly characterized as impulsive. This research has been instrumental in evaluating the difference between impulsivity and self-control. However, individuals with these diagnoses are not the only populations which may exhibit impulsive behaviors. Recently, researchers have begun to branch out and look at other behaviors that may be considered impulsive such as health-related behaviors like exercising and eating choices. This is an exciting and very socially significant area of research. Additionally, looking at additional factors, such as effort, that may affect discounting has emerged as a growing area within neuroscience. Evaluating this variable using behavior analytic methods provides many potential ideas for research and practice. Finally, there are very few variables that have consistently been discussed as correlates of discounting curves. This symposium will include an evaluation of additional characteristics that may be correlated with steep discounting curves, and an explanation of how these characteristics may be useful.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): delay discounting, effort discounting
 
An Evaluation of Delayed Discounting Values in Overweight and Obese Men and Women
CHRISTOPHER M. ROSADO (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Delay-discounting literature has greatly contributed to various issues of social importance such as substance abuse and self-control. Discounting rates, or k-values, provide a measure of how quickly individuals discount rewards over the course of time. In lieu of actual rewards, discounting rates are generally assessed using a survey called the Monetary Choice Questionnaire which presents hypothetical reward amounts and time delays. This assessment has been empirically validated to report rates which align with the actual delivery of delayed or immediate rewards. Various studies have assessed discounting rates in overweight and obese adults; however, most of the literature includes almost exclusively female participants. Additionally, the literature defines overweight and obese persons according to body mass index, which can overestimate the number of overweight and obese persons. This study will present the Monetary Choice Questionnaire and Monetary Choice Questionnaire-food to an equal comparison of male and females. Overweight and Obese participants will also be defined according to body mass index and by selecting a human model graphic that is closest to their body. These graphics will represent different body-fat percentages. Based on pilot data, obsess/overweight participants displayed steeper discounting than non-obese/overweight persons. However, most of these data are from women, so more data will be collected until an equal comparison between males and females may be made.
 
Behavioral Measures of Impulsivity: Delay and Effort Discounting of Hypothetical Monetary Rewards
JULYSE MIGAN-GANDONOU (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Impulsive behavior (aka, impulsivity) has been defined as a preference for smaller-immediate rewards over larger-delayed rewards. Impulsivity is a hallmark of many behavioral and psychiatric disorders including ADHD, pathological gambling, substance abuse, bipolar disorder, and others. A common variable in impulsive behavior across the lifespan is the inability to forego immediate consequences for delayed consequences. Delay discounting refers to the decrease in the subjective value of a reward based on delays, and provides an empirically-validated framework for assessing and measuring impulsive behavior in humans as well as non-humans. In a typical delay-discounting experiment, individuals are asked to choose between a smaller reward available immediately and a larger reward available after a delay. Effort discounting refers to the decrease in the subjective value of rewards as the effort required to obtain the rewards increases. In a typical effort discounting task, individuals are asked to choose between a low-effort reward and a high-effort reward. The present study assessed impulsive behavior using both the delay and effort discounting frameworks. Preliminary results include similar patterns of responding between the two behavioral measures, and a positive correlation between effort and delay discounting. However, more data will be needed for more conclusive results.
 

The Effect of Delay Discounting Across the Lifespan: An Analysis of Correlated Factors

Laura Kruse (First Leap LLC), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), BRITTNEY FARLEY (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Amanda Mahoney (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

There has been much research looking at various disorders and diseases considered to be “impulse” driven; for example, additions (e.g., alcohol, gambling, cigarette, etc.) or mental health (e.g., depression, anxiety, bi-polar disorder, etc.). However, there has been less research looking at more-simple characteristics such as home ownership, education, or income level. The current study will evaluate at various demographic factors and their relation to the k-value, or degree of discounting. Based on prior research, it is known that overall degree of discounting decreases with age, but the current study will also evaluate whether this change is due to simple maturation or other variables that correlate with changes in age. Based on preliminary results, there appear to be decreases in the k-value based on additional variables (i.e., income, education, children, and home ownership); however, more data will be needed to make more conclusive inferences. One application of these results includes helping employers to design more attractive benefits package to fit their employees based on relevant demographics.

 
 
Panel #412
CE Offered: BACB/NASP
Flexibly Navigating Outcomes That Matter in Academic Settings
Monday, May 27, 2019
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Fairmont, Third Level, Crystal
Area: EDC; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Corinne Gist, Ed.S
Chair: Kathy Fox (Haugland Learning Center)
CORINNE GIST (The Ohio State University)
MARY SAWYER (TEAM Coaching)
LUCIE ROMANO (TEAM coaching)
Abstract:

The number of behavior analysts consulting in school settings has increased significantly over the past few years. Allowing an “outsider” into the classroom can sometimes be difficult for teachers and staff. Although behavior analysts are well trained in operationally defining behaviors and developing systematic and structured intervention plans, rigid adherence to specific procedures, protocols, and practices can be counterproductive. The result of rigidity around practices is often times detrimental to children who are the recipients of cookie-cutter interventions. This panel seeks to address settings, contexts, and populations for which it may be appropriate to be more flexible as a behavior analyst. The panelists have been consulting in public and private schools for a combined 30 years; additionally, all three presenters are former school-based practitioners themselves. Data, case studies, and anecdotal experiences consulting in a variety of educational settings from a behavior analytic perspective will be shared.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience: Behavior Analysts, School Psychologists
Learning Objectives: •Participants will be able to list appropriate strategies to use when building relationships with teachers and school staff. •Participants will be able to state specific strategies to use when including teachers and staff in the development and implementation of research-based interventions. Participants will be able to name Participants will be able to determine when a "flexible" intervention is needed.
Keyword(s): Classroom Management, School consulting, Skill acquisition, Teacher training
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #413
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/NASP

When the Stars Align: Managing Behavior-Based Interventions in a Workplace Academic Unit

Monday, May 27, 2019
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom EF
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Douglas A. Johnson, Ph.D.
Chair: Douglas A. Johnson (Western Michigan University)
NELSON MILLER (Western Michigan University Cooley Law School,)
Nelson P. Miller is a licensed lawyer and Associate Dean and Professor at the Grand Rapids campus of Western Michigan University Cooley Law School. He manages a campus academic unit of from 150 to 750 law students and 12 to 24 full-time faculty members, as part of a four-campus law school, while administering the law school’s public-university affiliation. He has published over forty books and many more book chapters and scholarly articles on law, legal education, managing firms, finances, and organizations, and related subjects. Dean Miller’s three-year project with Western Michigan University’s Instructional-Design Research Lab, implementing campus behavior-based reforms, resulted in publication of five books including Teaching Law: A Behavioral Approach and Preparing for the Bar Exam: Plans, Programs, Content, Conditions, and Skills, the latter with organizational-management expert Dr. Douglas Johnson. The Harvard University Press book What the Best Law Teachers Do recognized Dean Miller’s instruction. The State Bar of Michigan recognized Dean Miller with its Pro Bono Service Award, following substantial service to individual clients and to statewide and national professional organizations. He is a frequent speaker, blogger, and media commentator.
Abstract:

Workplaces challenge reform efforts to improve productivity and outcomes. While not unique in this respect, academic workplaces, especially those in higher education, present special challenges in getting faculty members to accept needed reforms, given faculty members’ high expertise and academic-freedom-based independence. This presentation, data-based in part, summarizes insights from a three-year research-lab-supported project implementing successful behavior-based reforms at one unit of a multi-unit organization. The reforms raised the unit’s critical outcome, graduate passage of a licensing exam, well above the organization’s other units. Passing a licensing exam is the organization’s primary validated outcome, the statistics for which it confirms as reliable for accreditation purposes. Under the positive influence of the project’s organizational-management initiative, half of the unit’s faculty members volunteered to participate in the reforms, and their participation further induced reforms by non-participating faculty members in the same unit. The project eschewed managing by policy and mandate in favor of recognition reinforcement, supportive change context, participant control and choice, evidenced-based practices, and knowledge showcasing. The project focused participants on the behaviors that they wished to induce and on measuring those behaviors, while fostering team approaches within a unit culture that inoculated participants against adverse conditions imposed centrally across the organization.

Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) predict presenting problems; (2) propose potential solutions for implementing behavior-based improvements in a workplace academic unit, consistent with recognized behavior-analytic principles.
 
 
Panel #414
CE Offered: BACB
The Path to Entrepreneurship: Building a Behavioral Repertoire for Expanding the Field
Monday, May 27, 2019
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Toronto
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Janet Vasquez, M.S.
Chair: Janet Vasquez (weTherapy)
GIANNA BISCONTINI (Biscontini Behavior)
KARELIX ALICEA (Lotus Behavioral Interventions)
SHANNON BIAGI (Chief Motivating Officers)
Abstract:

The BACB ethical code calls for behavior analysts to disseminate our practice beyond its current reach. Practitioners and researchers alike have made an enormous impact on the treatment of autism and related disabilities, but what about other areas? We are vigorously trained to understand behavior and the conditions under which it is governed. However, the ways in which our unique repertoire position us to bring behavior analysis to other markets remains unaddressed. This panel will explore several key questions related to entrepreneurship, such as: What does it mean to be an entrepreneur? What separates those that attempt entrepreneurship from those that don’t? What does it take to be a successful entrepreneur, and how can one prepare to bring behavior analysis to the masses? With a focus on dissemination of behavior analysis into new markets, each panelist will contribute their own unique experiences as it pertains to mentorship, networking, education and self-management—all critical components to building a successful enterprise.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts looking to start their own business in the field.

Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will be able to operationalize entrepreneurship 2. Attendees will learn the skills required to be an entrepreneur 3. Attendees will learn how to position themselves to be an entrepreneur
 
 
Paper Session #415
Conceptual and Empirical Approaches to Complex Verbal Behavior
Monday, May 27, 2019
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom CD South
Area: VBC
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Robert Dlouhy (Western Michigan University)
 
Relational Autoclitics of Order and Relative Clauses
Domain: Theory
ROBERT DLOUHY (Western Michigan University)
 
Abstract: When Skinner introduced the relation autoclitic of order (RAO) in Verbal Behavior, he was describing operants that sequence responses in such a way that the positions of these responses evoke autoclitic effects (Dlouhy, 2018). Arguably, RAOs are useful for interpreting syntactic phenomena. They have been shown to account for verbal response constructions such as simple clauses and phrases, but an interpretation of more complex responses has not been attempted (Dlouhy, 2016; 2017). This paper will present such an analysis with examples of relative clauses from English and other languages. In conventional linguistic terms, a clause is essentially a sentence, and a relative clause is a sentence embedded within a sentence. Behavior-analytically, this can be broadly interpreted as an RAO of a certain type embedded in another RAO of a similar type. The behavior-analytic interpretation of this will show that an RAO as a relative clause evokes autoclitic effects between its constituent responses and responses in the RAO that contains it. This study further strengthens the notion that behavior-analytic principles can provide interpretations of verbal response topographies.
 
Analyzing Covert Behavior by Disrupting Mediation: Looking for What Isn't There
Domain: Basic Research
THOM RATKOS (Berry College), Mikayla Camacho (Berry College)
 
Abstract: Explanations of delayed stimulus control often rely on 'mediation', or behavior occurring throughout the delay, to explain how stimuli no longer present can evoke behavior. When mediation is overt, as it was with pigeons in Blough, 1959 and in several articles since, this relationship is easier to analyze. However, with adult humans similar behavior is sometimes attributed to covert mediation, where participants are assumed to be talking to themselves during delays between discriminative stimuli and performance. While the covert mediation itself cannot be observed, several researchers have looked at different procedures that enable or disrupt performance to tell us more about the nature of this putative mediation. This talk will look at several avenues of research that have and continue to examine verbal mediation, including new data on the disruption of delayed matching to sample tasks with young children and what the patterns of errors can tell us about their covert behavior.
 
 
 
Symposium #416
CE Offered: BACB
Reviewing and Evaluating Methods to Train Staff to Implement ABA-Based Intervention Procedures for Individuals Diagnosed With Autism
Monday, May 27, 2019
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom C
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College)
Discussant: Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College)
CE Instructor: Joseph H. Cihon, M.A.
Abstract:

Training staff to implement effective behavioral interventions for children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) requires effective training techniques. This symposium is comprised of a series of presentations reviewing and evaluating various approaches to training staff. The first presentation provides a review of the literature on training staff and parents to implement discrete trial teaching (DTT). The second presentation evaluates correlations between a multiple-choice exam, analogous of certifying exams, and the direct implementation of ABA-based procedures. The third presentation evaluated a specific staff training procedure to train staff to implement a social discrimination procedure. The fourth presentation provides an evaluation of a comprehensive staff training package for new staff. The symposium will close with a discussion of the strengths and limitations of the presentations as well as future directions of staff training for individuals providing ABA-based interventions for individuals diagnosed with autism.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): ASD intervention, DTT, social skills, staff training
Target Audience:

This symposium will be beneficial for anyone providing supervision and training for behavior analysts providing ABA-based interventions for individuals diagnosed with autism. Those seeking training to improve their implementation of ABA-based procedures may also benefit from this symposium.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the workshop, the participants will be able to: 1. describe common approaches to training staff and parents on the implementation of DTT as well as barriers to that training 2. describe potential correlations between multiple choice behavior analysis exams and the implementation of ABA-based autism intervention 3. identify and describe an approach to training staff on the implementation of a social discrimination procedure for individuals diagnosed with autism 4. identify and describe components of a comprehensive staff training package for staff new to ABA-based intervention for individuals diagnosed with autism
 

Training Behavior Change Agents and Parents to Implement Discrete Trial Teaching: A Literature Review

WAFA A. ALJOHANI (Autism Partnership Foundation Academy; Endicott College), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Christine Milne-Seminara (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Julia Ferguson (Autism Partnership Foundation), Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership)
Abstract:

Discrete trial teaching (DTT) is a commonly implemented and evaluated teaching procedure for individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). As such, DTT is often a procedure that behavior analytic practitioners are required to learn how to implement. Additionally, parents are often encouraged to learn how to implement DTT to supplement intervention for their child(ren) diagnosed with ASD. This review of the literature included 51 studies (57 experiments) that involved training behavior change agents and/or parents on the implementation of DTT. Each of the studies was evaluated and quantified along several dimensions including participant demographics, experimental design, outcome, DTT task analysis, training procedures, training time, and the mastery conditions for the implementation of DTT. The results of the review indicated that there is a robust literature on training individuals to implement DTT. However, results also revealed there are several areas that should be addressed by future studies as well as implications for practitioners and certification standards.

 

Evaluating the Correlation Between Multiple Choice Examination Scores and the Implementation of Applied Behavior Analysis-Based Autism Intervention Procedures

JULIA FERGUSON (Autism Partnership Foundation), Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Christine Milne-Seminara (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership)
Abstract:

To ensure the quality of training, skills developed and maintained, and expected standards for behavior analysts, several systems have been put into place across the years. Of these systems, perhaps the most widespread was the development of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board® (BACB®) in 1998. More specifically, the global mission of the BACB® is to “protect consumers of behavior analysis services worldwide by systematically establishing, promoting, and disseminating professional standards” (BACB, 2015b). Once all requirements are met (e.g., supervised hours, coursework), the final step in obtaining certification (i.e., Board Certified Behavior Analyst; BCBA) is a multiple-choice examination. Given the position many BCBAs find themselves in (i.e., autism intervention), some have questioned the correlation between exam scores and practice. To date, no studies have examined this correlation. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to evaluate any potential correlations between scores on a popular commercially available prep exam and basic ABA-based autism intervention procedures (e.g., discrete trial teaching).

 

Using the Teaching Interaction Procedure to Train Staff to Implement a Social Discrimination Procedure

CHRISTINE MILNE-SEMINARA (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Julia Ferguson (Autism Partnership Foundation), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership)
Abstract:

The teaching interaction procedure is an evidence-based procedure that has been utilized for the development of social skills. The teaching interaction procedure consists of labeling the targeted skill, providing a meaningful rationale for the importance of the skill, describing the steps of the targeted skill, modeling the skill, role-play and providing feedback throughout the interaction. Although the teaching interaction procedure has been used to teach a variety of social skills for children and adolescents diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), it has only been utilized to train staff in two studies (i.e., Harchik, Sherman, Sheldon, & Strouse, 1992; Redican et al., in press). The purpose of this study was to evaluate the use of the teaching interaction procedure to teach three interventionists the skills to implement the Cool vs. Not Cool procedure to target the development of social skills for children diagnosed with ASD. The results of a multiple baseline design showed the teaching interaction procedure was effective at teaching all interventionists how to implement the Cool vs. Not Cool procedure with children diagnosed with ASD.

 

Evaluating the Effectiveness of a Comprehensive Staff Training Package for Behavioral Interventions for Children With Autism

Yvonne Cheung (St. Cloud State University; Autism Partnership Hong Kong), JOSEPH H. CIHON (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Ho Yan Eunice Luk (Autism Partnership Hong Kong), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Raymond Fung (Autism Partnership Hong Kong), Toby Mountjoy (Autism Partnership Hong Kong)
Abstract:

Training staff to implement effective behavioral interventions for children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) requires effective training techniques. The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the effectiveness of a training package with three new staff. The package consisted of didactic lectures, self-learning assignments, readings, written tests, hands-on practice, and regular evaluation. Thirty-eight skills across seven broad domains with respect to ABA-based intervention for individuals diagnosed with ASD were assessed. These domains included engagement, reinforcement, discrete trial teaching, communication temptations (sometimes referred to as mand training), maximizing progress, and behavior management. The results of a multiple baseline across staff indicated that the training package was successful with all three staff. Maintenance data also indicated that the effects of the training package maintained after the training ended. The results will be discussed with respect to strengths, limitations, and future directions of staff training for staff providing behavioral interventions for children diagnosed with ASD.

 
 
Symposium #417
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching Vocational and Problem-Solving Skills to Adults With Developmental Disabilities
Monday, May 27, 2019
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom B
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Tina Sidener (Caldwell University)
Discussant: Peter F. Gerhardt (The EPIC School)
CE Instructor: Peter F. Gerhardt, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will include four data-based presentations on teaching vocational and problem-solving skills to adults with developmental disabilities. The first study evaluated correspondence between paired-stimulus and multiple-stimulus without replacement preference assessments for vocational tasks with three adolescents with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The preference assessments identified the same high-preferred task but different low-preferred tasks. All participants remained highly engaged with their highest preferred task and differed in their engagement with their lowest preferred tasks. The second study replicated and extended Stocco, Thompson, Hart, and Soriano (2017) by evaluating the effects of behavioral skills training (BST) on interview skills of three adults with ASD. Two participants learned all skills with BST alone; one participant learned them with additional textual cues and reinforcement. In the third study, electronic-based flowcharts were evaluated as a form of self-instruction to increase problem solving skills in two adults ASD in a simulated vocational setting. Results showed an increase in problem-solving and generalization to novel problem exemplars. The fourth study evaluated effects of teaching tablet-based problem-solving responses during daily living tasks to three adults with Down syndrome. For all participants, responding in problem solving scenarios increased and generalized to a novel problem scenario and task.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Down syndrome, problem-solving, vocational
Target Audience:

behavior analysts, graduate students

 

Using Preference Assessments to Identify Preferred Job Tasks for Adolescents With Autism

Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University), CLAUDIA C DIAZ-SALVAT (West Virginia University), Natalie Ruth Shuler (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Paired stimulus (PS) and multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessments can identify preferred vocational tasks for individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and limited verbal communication. However, there has not been a direct comparison of these procedures to date. We evaluated the correspondence between vocational activities identified as high- and low-preferred by PS and MSWO preference assessments for three adolescents with ASD, and determined the extent to which assessments predicted engagement with those vocational activities. Additionally, we collected social-validity ratings from caregivers following observations of high- and low-preferred activities. The MSWO and PS preference assessments identified the same high-preferred task (although the specific task identified differed across participants), but different low-preferred tasks across assessment types. All participants remained highly engaged with their highest preferred task and differed in their engagement with their lowest preferred tasks. Caregivers stated that they would recommend the task identified as high preferred.

 

Improving Interview Skills of Adults With Autism Using Behavioral Skills Training

KATRINA ROBERTS (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

Interviewing for a job is one challenge that adults with autism encounter when attempting to find paid employment. There is little research showing that individuals with autism can be taught to respond appropriately during an interview to secure future employment opportunities. We replicated the results of Stocco, Thompson, Hart, and Soriano (2017) who evaluated the effects of behavioral skills training on the interview skills of college students. We extended the results to three adults with autism. We used a multiple baseline design across three responses (i.e., asking questions, answering questions, and appropriate body language). During baseline, responding was low for all three participants. Behavioral skills training consisted of role playing simulated interviews, providing feedback, and performance rehearsals. For two of the participants, behavioral skills training alone was effective at increasing all three response classes. For the third participant we added textual cues and reinforcement during behavioral skills training to reach criterion performance. Results demonstrate that adults with autism can benefit from modified behavioral skills training to improve interview skills and employment opportunities. We are currently assessing social validity of responses by asking business owners to observe video-taped segments of the interviews and rate the responses.

 

Teaching Adults With Developmental Disabilities to Problem Solve Using Electronic-Based Flowcharts Within a Vocational Setting

NATALIE KRYSTINE VILLANTE (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Sopia Som (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Justin Hunt (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract:

Employers report that many individuals with disabilities have difficulty completing their work and lack independence. This limits those individuals from acquiring and/or maintaining employment. The purpose of this study was to assess the use of electronic-based flowcharts as a form of self-instruction to increase problem solving skills in individuals with developmental disabilities within a simulated vocational setting. Two males diagnosed with autism, ages 17 and 25 years, participated. Behavioral skills training was used to teach the participants how to use one of the electronic flowcharts within one problem situation. Generalization of flowchart use was probed across multiple problem exemplars. For one participant, results showed an increase in problem solving skills and generalization of flowchart use across two problem exemplars. For the second participant, results showed an increase in problem solving skills and generalization across three problem exemplars. These findings have important implications for increasing independence on the job, while also decreasing intrusive and costly supports for those with disabilities.

 

Teaching Problem Solving Skills to Young Adults With Down Syndrome

ASHLEY ALBANESE (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Hunter College), Allison Parker (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Although most studies in the area of problem solving have included individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), individuals with other types of developmental disabilities may have unique deficits and skill sets that warrant systematic replication and individualization of these protocols. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effects of teaching tablet-based problem-solving responses during daily living tasks to three adults with Down syndrome. An Apple Keynote™ presentation was used to teach problem solving skills relating to items that were dirty, high on a shelf, heavy, and missing. These tasks included setting the table, vacuuming the living room, putting laundry away, and bringing in groceries. For all three participants, responding in problem solving scenarios increased after problem solving training, generalized to a novel problem scenario and task, and maintained during a three week follow-up probe. These findings extend the literature on problem solving by demonstrating effective procedures using technology, with nonreaders, during ADL tasks, and with individuals with Down syndrome.

 
 
Symposium #418
CE Offered: BACB
Individualizing Instruction for Greatest Efficiency: From Children to Parents
Monday, May 27, 2019
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Fairmont, Second Level, Gold
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Amanda Mahoney (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology )
Discussant: Christina Fragale (The University of Texas)
CE Instructor: Christina Fragale, M.Ed.
Abstract:

Behavior analysis can be considered a science of learning. Not only does the field address how learning occurs, but it also seeks to improve teaching technologies. To make learning more efficient, the goal should be on increasing rate of acquiring individual targets and increasing generative learning. In the literature, the focus is often on explicitly taught skills (e.g. Kodak et al, 2016; Sidman, 1994). However, generative learning, the ability to demonstrate responses that have not been explicitly taught or reinforced prior, is a crucial component of efficient learning (e.g., Critchfield & Twyman, 2014). Howard, Sparkman, Cohen, Green, and Stanislaw (2005) investigated the effects of having children with an autism spectrum disorder in an intensive behavior based preschool program compared to an electric program and a control, non-intensive program. In their discussion, they point out that in order for a child with a developmental delay to close the gap with neurotypical peers, an intervention must produce learning rates that are faster than the typical peer, which was seen in the intensive behavior-based program. Thus, it is imperative to have teaching procedures which are both effective and efficient (Albarran & Sandbank, 2018) to reach this learning rate.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Equivalence-Based Instruction, Error Correction, Instructive Feedback
Target Audience:

The target audience is both newer BCBAs as well as those who have been in the field for a long time and may continue to use certain procedures because that is what they are used to doing. It provides both an overview and more in depth view into the various methods to improve efficiency in learning.

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to identify ways to determine the correct error correction procedure for their learners. 2. Participants will be able to use instructive feedback to increase efficiency in learning. 3. Participants will be able to use equivalent-based instruction to increase efficiency in learning.
 

Error Corrections: Why Do We Use Them and Are They Important?

(Service Delivery)
TRICIA CLEMENT (LaBAA; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; Touchstone)
Abstract:

Procedures developed to provide corrective feedback are part of many types of instructional programming (Englemann, 1988; Binder & Watkins 1990). A correction procedure is essential to the formation of operants and literature has provided some considerations that should be made in regard to correction procedures. Within the literature a large degree of variations is used within similar procedures for example reinforcement delivery; number of repetitions; errorless learning vs. error corrections (Worsdell, 2005; Cowley, Green, & Braunling-McMorrow, 1992; Koegel & Egel, 1979, Carr & Kologinsky, 1983; Wheeler & Sulzer, 1970, and Carey & Bucher, 1983; Remington & Clarke, 1983). These variations regarding error correction procedures have resulted in numerous studies with inconclusive findings (Smith et al., 2006; Turan, Moroz, & Croteau, 2012; Rodgers and Iwata, 1991). The purpose of this study included gaining a better understanding of how and why practitioners currently select error correction procedures for their students and how they may affect student progress. In this study, ten questions were presented to BCBAs using an electronic survey. Survey data and the importance of the findings will be discussed.

 
Expansion of Instructive Feedback: Tacting the S- During Error Correction
(Applied Research)
LAURA A. KRUSE (First Leap LLC; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Yors A. Garcia (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Amanda Mahoney (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Daniel Mark Fienup (Columbia University)
Abstract: The field of behavior analysis seeks to improve the efficiency of learning while maintaining effectiveness. Improving rates of learning and promoting derived responding are two ways to improve efficiency. Instructive feedback has been shown to effectively facilitate the learning of additional targets within instruction, yet this feedback is rarely used as an error correction procedure. Additionally, there are many methods for error correction, yet there is not one procedure that has been shown to be effective for all learners, nor do any attempt to teach the error as an additional learning target. As a learner progresses and moves towards a more natural setting, less invasive, more naturally occurring error correction procedures should be used. This paper discusses a novel minimally invasive error correction procedures in which errors are not only corrected via a model, error, the S-, is labeled for the learner. This paper also expands upon the stimulus equivalence research by examining the impact these various error correction methods may have on the emergence of derived equivalence relations for neurotypical learners.
 

Stimulus Equivalence Instruction to Teach Parents About Functions of Problem Behavior

(Applied Research)
TIM CALDWELL (Behavior Interventions Inc.; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Yors A. Garcia (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jack Spear (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jonathan W. Ivy (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg), Kaitlyn Burylo (Behavior Interventions, Inc.)
Abstract:

Equivalence-based instructional (EBI) technology has been shown to be highly effective in teaching relations among arbitrary stimuli (Sidman, 1994). The present study examined the use of EBI to train caregivers a five-relation stimulus class consisting of the following elements: a) labels of social functions of behavior, b) descriptions of antecedent events, c) descriptions of consequence events, d) vignettes with both antecedent and consequence events, and e) function-based responses (Albright, Schnell, Reeve, & Sidener, 2016; Fienup, Covey, & Crithchfield, 2010). Initial results demonstrated a functional relation between teaching the first set of relations (A:B:C) and a significant increase within untrained relations (B:C:D:E). These results must be viewed cautiously as responding in the pre-test of the second teaching set (A:D:E) was higher than expected. This supports previous experience with these stimuli as part of the formation of the untrained class merger (B-C-D-E) relations. Demonstration of an effective EBI intervention could lead to the development of computer-based training that could assist caregivers in acquiring more efficient function-based responses to problem behavior.

 
 
Symposium #419
CE Offered: BACB
The Behavior Analysis Training System
Monday, May 27, 2019
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Fairmont, Second Level, International Ballroom
Area: TBA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Kelly Kohler (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Kelly Kohler, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The overarching goal of the Behavior Analysis Training System (BATS) is to train BS, MA, and PhD students who are science-based practitioners, rather than researchers. This lab focuses on training students in the concepts and principles of applied behavior analysis, with an emphasis in systems analysis and developmental disabilities. This symposium will examine the Behavior Analysis Training System at the Bachelor's, Master's, and Doctoral level.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): autism, graduate training, undergraduate training
Target Audience:

Students, supervisors, and faculty in the field of behavior analysis.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe a behavior analytic approach to undergraduate training; (2) describe a behavior analytic approach to graduate training; (3) describe the science-based practitioner model.
 
The Undergraduate Student Experience: Course Work
HERIBERTO BOBADILLA (Western Michigan University), Clare Marie Christe (Western Michigan University), Michael Kranak (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Undergraduate students in the Department of Psychology at Western Michigan University are first introduced to behavior analytic concepts and principles in our Introduction to Behavior Analysis course, along with the supplemental Operant Conditioning Lab (rat lab). This presentation will examine how a behavior analytic approach to college teaching is used to train and recruit students into the field of behavior analysis.
 

The Undergraduate Student Experience: Practicum and Research

MICHAEL LEE TOMAK (Western Michigan University), Kaylee Tomak (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

In the Autism Practicum, undergraduate students are trained to be behavior technicians providing one-on-one ABA therapy in a discrete-trial preschool classroom. Some students also complete an undergraduate Honor's thesis under the mentorship of a second-year Master's student. This presentation will describe our training and mentorship models.

 
The Master's Student Experience
KELLY KOHLER (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis Training System (BATS) Master's program trains MA students who meet the qualifications for graduation and the Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) exam. Students in the MA program complete a BACB Verified Course Sequence, gain practicum experience, teach an Introduction to Behavior Analysis course, and complete a Master's Project. This presentation will describe our training system.
 
The Doctoral Student Experience
SOFIA F. PETERS (Western Michigan University), Kohei Togashi (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: PhD students in the Behavior Analysis Training System (BATS) gain experience as science-based practitioners. They complete theses and dissertations where the first goal of the research is that the child benefits from the research. In addition to their research and coursework, PhD students are given an assistantship, either overseeing the MA instruction of the Introduction to Behavior Analysis course, or providing BCBA supervision to the Master's students. This presentation will describe our PhD program.
 
 
Symposium #420
Examinations of Complex Human Behavior
Monday, May 27, 2019
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom CD North
Area: VBC/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Sandhya Rajagopal (Florida Institute of Technology)
Discussant: Alison M. Betz (Behavior Services of the Rockies)
Abstract: This symposium will address several areas related to complex human behavior: private events, self-control, instructive feedback and chaining. Specifically, the first study evaluated a method of teaching children with autism to tact sensations, and following mastery, assessed for generalization to novel body parts, novel stimulating objects, and novel sensations. Second, previous research on self-control has found that accessing alternative activities (e.g., toy play) during delays may facilitate self-control responding. The purpose of the second study was to evaluate how pre- and post-exposure to an alternative activity affects choice between a smaller immediate reward or a delayed larger reward. The third study examined the effects of a mediation-blocking task on acquisition of instructive feedback targets. A vocal task, a motor task, or no task was presented following instructive feedback, and findings showed that the vocal task had little effect on participants' ability to acquire the instructive feedback statements. The final presenter will summarize a quantitative literature review on chaining.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): chaining, instructive feedback, private events, self-control
 

An Evaluation of a Procedure to Teach Children With Autism to Tact Sensations

(Applied Research)
SANDHYA RAJAGOPAL (Florida Institute of Technology), Katie Nicholson (Florida Institute of Technology), Joshua Addington (Florida Institute of Technology), Ashley Felde (Florida Institute of Technology), Tiara Rahadian Putri (Florida Institute of Technology), Michael Passage (Florida Institute of Technology), Elise Haury (Florida Institute of Technology), Yaara Shaham (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Children with autism may be unable to communicate sensations such as pain to caregivers and other individuals. Inability to describe pain may have serious implications for quality of life, family interactions, and medical care. Since parent report is not a sufficient indicator of pain in children with developmental delays, it is imperative that they learn to describe sensations such as pain. A behavior analytic view suggests that children can learn to tact private events when a publicly observable event occurs simultaneously. The present study evaluated a proposed method of teaching children with autism to express stimulation of specific body parts by various objects. In a multiple baseline design across participants, each participant experienced a baseline phase, followed by an intervention phase in which tacts of stimulation to three body parts were taught, and the evaluation concluded with tests of generalization to three novel body parts. Thus far, two participants have completed the study and acquired the tacts of sensations, and a third participant has completed pre-experimental probes. The first participant successfully generalized sensation tacts to two of three body parts, and to novel objects for two of three sensations. He did not demonstrate generalization to novel sensations. This study provides a foundation for research investigating teaching children with autism to tact sensations such as pain.

 
The Effects of Establishing Operations on Alternative Activities During Self-Control Training
(Applied Research)
MICHAEL PASSAGE (Florida Institute of Technology), Katie Nicholson (Florida Institute of Technology), Adam Thornton Brewer (Florida Institute of Technology), Dana M. Gadaire (Florida Institute of Technology), Virginia Richards (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Previous research on self-control has found that accessing activities during delays may facilitate self-control responding. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate how pre-and post-exposure to an alternative activity (e.g., toy play) affects choice between a smaller immediate reward or a delayed larger reward. Participants in the study were (a) age 3 -14 years old, and (b) able to distinguish between smaller and larger rewards. In addition, all participants discounted delayed reinforcement when presented with a choice between a smaller immediate reward and a larger delayed reward. During Experiment 1, participants were exposed to three conditions in a multielement design to examine the effects of accessing an alternative activity prior to choosing between a larger delayed reward, a smaller immediate reward, and control option in which no rewards were delivered. During Experiment 2, sessions were similar to conditions during Experiment 1 except access to alternative activity is contingent upon self-control responding. Results in both experiments were evaluated using an adapted multielement treatment design embedded with a nonconcurrent multiple baseline across participants design.
 

The Effect of a Mediation-Blocking Task on the Acquisition of Instructive Feedback Targets

(Applied Research)
Katie Nicholson (Florida Institute of Technology), Amelia Dressel (Florida Institute of Technology), Kristin M. Albert (Florida Institute of Technology), VICTORIA RYAN (Florida Institute of Technology), Basak Topcuoglu (Florida Institute of Technology), Tiara Rahadian Putri (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Including instructive feedback (IF) targets in discrete trial training (DTT) has been shown to increase the efficiency of DTT. Students may self-echo the feedback, which mediates later responding. The present study sought to understand the role of self-echoics in the acquisition of IF by including three conditions: a typical IF procedure, a vocal mediation-blocking procedure (participants engaged in a competing vocal response after the IF was presented), and a motor-distraction procedure, (participants engaged in a motor response after the IF was presented). Inclusion of the vocal mediation-blocking task had little effect on the participants’ ability to learn the IF statements.

 

The Many Meanings of “Chaining”: A New Terminological Taxonomy Proposed From a Quantitative Literature Review

(Theory)
KRISTIN M. ALBERT (Florida Institute of Technology), Katie Nicholson (Florida Institute of Technology), Elbert Blakely (Quest, Inc.)
Abstract:

Behavior chains are often named as singular response units, such as tooth brushing or hand washing. However, these skills are actually complex sequences comprised of many individual responses (i.e., component steps) that, when performed in a specific order, result in the completion of a complex, composite skill. Behavior chains are often taught using chaining, with the most widely used chaining procedures commonly called forward chaining, backward chaining, and total task presentation. The purpose of this presentation is to highlight selected findings from a comprehensive literature review of the applied research on chaining from 2007 - 2017. This review was warranted given 1) that a such a broad review of chaining does not appear to have yet been conducted, 2) the last review of any kind on chaining is over 10 years old, and 3) chaining procedures are still widely used by applied behavior analysts. In addition to reviewing interesting findings from the quantitative literature review, this presentation will also include a proposal for restructuring the terminological taxonomy to be more technological and conceptually systematic. Recommendations for clinical practitioner and suggestions for future research will also be included.

 
 
Symposium #420A
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Diversity submission Valuing Diversity and Equity in Behavior Analysis: Actions Speak Louder Than Words
Monday, May 27, 2019
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Fairmont, B2, Imperial Ballroom
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: So Ra Kang (University of Souther California)
Discussant: Evelyn Rachael Gould (McLean Hospital, Harvard Medical School; FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.)
CE Instructor: Evelyn Rachael Gould, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Addressing issues of diversity and equity is an ongoing process that requires intentional goal-setting, committed action, and ongoing evaluation. As a field, we have embraced diversity as a value, however greater individual awareness and training are needed to increase engagement in values-directed behaviors by individuals. The aim of this symposium is to discuss key data and research related to increasing diversity and equity in Applied Behavior Analysis; specifically issues related to race, gender, socioeconomic background, and sexual orientation will be discussed. The symposium will open with a detailed discussion of cultural competency with respect to transgender individuals, followed by a paper examining an Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) approach to increasing awareness of privilege and committed action with respect to increasing cultural competency as an ABA practitioner. Following a review of relevant data and research, each paper will discuss key ethical and practical concerns related to the topic, and make recommendations regarding specific actions that might benefit consumers and create a more inclusive and empowering environment for ABA staff, students, and practitioners.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): ACT, cultural competence, diversity, values
Target Audience:

BCBAs, BCaBAs, Graduate students, Psychologists, Researchers, Academics

Learning Objectives: 1) Identify ethical and practical issues of diversity and equity within ABA 2) Explain how issues of diversity and equity can be understood from a behavior analytic perspective 3) Identify ways applied behavior analysts can create contexts that promote diversity and equity
 
Diversity submission 

My Pronouns Are She/Her: Transgender Cultural Competence

KRISTEN LANCASTER (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

This discussion paper will define and differentiate gender identity, gender expression, and sexual orientation specific to the transgender and gender-nonconforming community. Relevant research and data will be presented to highlight the unique needs of transgender individuals and the common barriers that impact their access to healthcare and behavioral health services. Tying in the BACB ethics code, specific action steps will be outlined to promote cultural sensitivity and competence, with a highlight on navigating pronouns.

 
Diversity submission Cultural Competence Needs ACTion
DENISHA GINGLES (Signature Behavior Analytic Services)
Abstract: Despite policy statements from our leading organizations declaring the importance of diversity, inclusion and cultural competence, a lack of training standards and practice guidelines means clinicians are unprepared to take effective steps to actually achieve a more diverse and equitable field. This paper will review publicly declared values of diversity and equity, and provide recommendations for how practitioners and researchers can uphold and advance our mission of helping others and creating a better world. The paper will explore how an Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) approach might foster cultural competency and committed action in behavior analysts. Audience members will be encouraged to clarify personal values around diversity and equity, identify potentially problematic rules and rule deriving related to privilege and bias, and engage in specific behaviors that might move us towards a more diverse and equitable field.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #421
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/NASP
Theory of Mind in Autism: Parent Training in Narrative Book Reading to Improve Social Understanding
Monday, May 27, 2019
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom AB
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Nicole Heal, Ph.D.
Chair: Nicole Heal (Margaret Murphy Center for Children)
PATRICIA PRELOCK (University of Vermont)

Patricia Prelock, Ph.D., is Dean of the College of Nursing and Health Sciences, Professor of Communication Sciences & Disorders, and Professor of Pediatrics in the College of Medicine at the University of Vermont. Dr. Prelock coordinates parent training programs designed for caregivers of children with ASD and has been awarded more than 11 million dollars in university, state and federal funding as a PI or Co-PI to develop innovations in interdisciplinary training supporting children and youth with neurodevelopmental disabilities and their families, to facilitate training in speech-language pathology, and to support her intervention work in ASD. She has over 178 publications and 523 peer-reviewed and invited presentations/keynotes in the areas of autism and other neurodevelopmental disabilities, collaboration, IPE, leadership, and language learning disabilities. Dr. Prelock received the University of Vermont’s Kroepsch-Maurice Excellence in Teaching Award in 2000, was named an ASHA Fellow in 2000 and a University of Vermont Scholar in 2003. In 2011, she was named the Cecil & Ida Green Honors Professor Visiting Scholar at Texas Christian University and in 2015 Dr. Prelock was named a Distinguished Alumna of the University of Pittsburgh. In 2016, she received the ASHA Honors of the Association and in 2017 she was named a Distinguished Alumna of Cardinal Mooney High School. Dr. Prelock is a Board-Certified Specialist in Child Language and was named a Fellow in the National Academies of Practice (NAP) in speech-language pathology in 2018.  She was the 2013 President for the American Speech-Language Hearing Association and is leading the development of the University of Vermont Integrative Health Program.

Abstract: Theory of Mind (ToM) is understood as the ability to think about the thoughts, feelings, and intentions of oneself and others. Individuals with autism repeatedly fall behind on measures designed to test attribution of false beliefs, inference of others’ perspectives, beliefs, emotions, and motivations in varied social contexts, compared to their typically developing (TD) peers. This lecture will focus on a parent training intervention using book reading with scaffolded support to facilitate various aspects of ToM in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD).
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define the theory of mind deficits typically observed in children with ASD; (2) describe at least two ToM outcome measures that can be used to assess change over time; (3) explain the value of parent training in supporting the social communication and social cognition of children with ASD; (4) identify at least two reasons that support the use of narrative book reading as an intervention for enhancing the ToM in children with ASD.
 
 
Symposium #422
CE Offered: BACB
Token Reinforcement: An Examination of Token Function and Application
Monday, May 27, 2019
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom C
Area: AUT/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Jonathan W. Ivy (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg )
CE Instructor: Jonathan W. Ivy, Ph.D.
Abstract:

A token economy is a complex system of reinforcement in which a token is delivered (or removed) contingent upon target behavior(s) and can be later exchanged for back-up reinforcers. The complexity of a token economy is derived from three-interconnected schedules of reinforcement. Following the pioneering research of Ayllon and Azrin (1965; 1968), token economies and token reinforcement has become a common component of behavioral programming. Despite the broad success of this behavioral technology, the mechanics of token reinforcement have not been thoroughly studied (Hackenberg, 2009; 2018). Further, token economy literature often contains vague or incomplete procedural descriptions (Ivy, Meindl, Overly, & Robson, 2017). The purpose of this symposium is to present and synthesize token reinforcement and token economy literature. The first presentation will examine the methods to condition token reinforcers. The second presentation will explore assessment strategies to evaluate the function of tokens. Finally, the third presentation examines the application of token economies for individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): token economy, token reinforcement
Target Audience:

Practitioners and researchers who use token economies or token reinforcement.

Learning Objectives: The audience will be able to label and describe four methods to condition a token reinforcer. The audience will be able to describe strategies to access the function of tokens. The audience will be able to discuss the state of token economy research for individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder.
 
Methods to Condition Token Reinforcers
(Service Delivery)
JONATHAN W. IVY (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg), Kathryn Glodowski (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg)
Abstract: A token reinforcer is a type of conditioned reinforcer that can be exchanged for other, already established reinforcers (i.e., terminal reinforcers; Skinner, 1953, p.79). Tokens are unique among other conditioned reinforcers (c.f., attention) in that contact with the terminal reinforcer requires tokens be accrued and exchanged. Since the pioneering work of Ayllon and Azrin (1965; 1968), token reinforcement has become a common component of behavioral research and practice. Despite the large body of empirical evidence supporting the use of token reinforcement, the process to condition a token reinforcer has not undergone thorough evaluation. The purpose of this presentation is to identify and describe methods to condition token reinforcers from research and the conceptual analysis of behavior. The author will describe four primary methods of token conditioning: a) verbal description of token-reinforcer relation, b) token-reinforcer (i.e., stimulus-stimulus) pairing, c) response-independent token delivery with exchange, and d) response-dependent token delivery with exchange. Common procedural variations, implications for practice, and areas of future research will be discussed.
 
Measuring the Stimulus Functions of Tokens: Assessment Strategies for Clinicians
(Service Delivery)
MARY-KATE CAREY (Glenwood)
Abstract: Tokens are traditionally referenced as functioning as generalized reinforcers when used in clinical settings (Kazdin & Bootzin, 1976). However, evidence from basic research demonstrate tokens functioning as S-deltas and actually suppress early-component responding within a token schedule. (Foster, Hackenberg, Vaidya, 2001). Given that the clinical utility of tokens rests of the expectation that tokens will maintain behavior in the absence of or in the face of long delays to primary reinforcement, it is essential that they function as conditioned or generalized conditioned reinforcers. Likewise, avoiding token economy arrangements that facilitate S-delta effects is equally as important. This talk will focus on assessment strategies for measuring the stimulus function of tokens that are practical to implement in a clinical setting as well as provide suggestions for how to optimally arrange a token economy given varying stimulus functions.
 

A Systematic Review of the Token Economy With Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Applied Research)
STEPHANIE ORTIZ (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Jenny-Lee Alisa Aciu (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Token reinforcement systems are widely used in the field of applied behavior analysis to promote behavior change across settings, behaviors, and populations (e.g., individuals of typical development and with developmental delays). While previous literature reviews on token reinforcement have assessed staff training, selection of backup reinforcers, programed consequences, and generalization procedures across diverse populations, none have explicitly evaluated these procedures with individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The purpose of this systematic literature review was to extend previous analyses by evaluating applications of the token economy with individuals with ASD. The included studies were summarized across (a) participant demographics (age, gender, and diagnoses), (b) experimental setting, (c) token conditioning (d) target behavior defined, (e) inverse of target behavior, (f) programed consequences, (g) individual delivering tokens, (h) training on token delivery, (i) token production schedule, (j) exchange-production schedule, (k) token-exchange schedule, (l) token economies implemented, (m) token boards, (n) conditioned reinforcer, (o) token exchange, (p) backup reinforcer selection, (q) designated backup reinforcers, (r) opportunity to select backup reinforcer, (s) faded token economy, (t) maintenance, (u) generalization, (v) social validity, (w) procedural integrity, (x) interobserver agreement (IOA), and (y) outcomes.

 
 
Symposium #423
CE Offered: BACB
Strategies for Establishing Meaningful Social Skills Through Manualized Intervention Programs
Monday, May 27, 2019
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom D
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Matthew T. Brodhead (Michigan State University)
CE Instructor: Matthew T. Brodhead, Ph.D.
Abstract: Unfortunately, there are several barriers to widespread implementation of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) techniques, with particular difficulty delivering ABA interventions in community settings where a majority of individuals with ASD receive services. A second barrier is the long-term reliance on early social skills interventions derived from research methods developed in idiosyncratic research settings. The purpose of this symposium is to survey two examples of manualized social skills intervention programs, as well as to demonstrate how structured and easy to implement ABA interventions may be used to establish complex social behaviors in individuals with ASD.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Autism, Manualized Interventions, Response Variability, Social Skills
Target Audience: Board Certified Behavior Analysts
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) demonstrate how structured and easy to implement ABA interventions may be used to establish complex social behaviors; (2) have a better understanding of manualized social skills interventions; (3) potentially implement a manualized social skills intervention
 
An Evaluation of Fidelity of Implementation of a Manualized Social-Play Curriculum
EMMA SELIINA SIPILA (Michigan State University), Matthew T. Brodhead (Michigan State University), Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University)
Abstract: Play is the foundation upon which social skills are built. Though typically developing children learn from an early age to interact socially through play, children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) demonstrate characteristic deficits in social interaction and often do not engage in social play like their typically developing peers. When children with ASD engage in inappropriate, rigid, or isolated play, their peers often perceive them as odd or disrespectful. These perceptions lead to social isolation and stigmatization, and interfere with a child’s ability to build meaningful relationships with peers. The purposes of the present study were to: (1) implement a component of a play curriculum for children with ASD and (2) measure the extent to which that curriculum was accurately implemented by instructors. The results of this study indicated that instructors implemented the curriculum with high levels of treatment fidelity. The implementation of an instructor self-monitoring checklist further increased instructor fidelity. These findings and implications are discussed.
 

Teaching Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder to Vary Language During Social Interactions via Video-Chat

MATTHEW T. BRODHEAD (Michigan State University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University), So Yeon Kim (Purdue University), Emma Seliina Sipila (Michigan State University)
Abstract:

Without the means to develop meaningful relationships, children with ASD are more likely to experience social isolation and struggle with depression. It is imperative, then, that researchers develop strategies to help children with ASD develop robust social relationships. The purpose of this study was to evaluate a strategy to teach children with ASD to communicate via video-chat, in order to provide a framework for how they may one day interact with distant family members or peers. A second purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of multiple exemplar training on producing varied conversation in the context of the video-chat experience.

 

Promoting Conversation Skills of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder With a Manualized Social Skills Curriculum

RODERICK O'HANDLEY (School Psychology Program, Department of Special Education, Rehabilitation, and Counseling, California State University, San Bernardino)
Abstract:

A core feature of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) includes difficulty engaging in fluid conversations and social interactions due to verbal and nonverbal communicative deficits and difficulty recognizing environmental social cues. Social skills training is a treatment approach that may be used to promote the social skills of children with ASD. The current study evaluated the effects of a manualized social skills training program in promoting accurate demonstration of three conversation skills with three children with ASD. A multiple baseline design across three conversation skills was implemented across three elementary-aged children. Maintenance of skill accuracy was assessed two months post-intervention. Visual analysis indicated large and stable improvements of skill accuracy across all three skills for all three children. Indirect secondary measures of participant social functioning were also collected pre and post-intervention and suggested generalized improvements associated with social skills training.

 
 
Panel #424
CE Offered: BACB
Discussion of Behavior Analysis in Community Corrections, Criminal Justice, and Policing
Monday, May 27, 2019
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Fairmont, B2, Imperial Ballroom
Area: CSS; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Holly Seniuk, Ph.D.
Chair: Janice Ellen DeWitt (University of Mississippi)
AUTUMN KAUFMAN (Virginia Department of Juvenile Justice)
SARAH M. RICHLING (Auburn University)
HOLLY SENIUK (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Society has begun to increasingly notice problematic practices within Criminal Justice, Community Corrections, and Policing systems. The public’s attention and work within academic criminal justice programs has led to an increased use of data within these systems. The use of empirical research to shape the culture of the criminal justice system, particularly community corrections, is relatively new. As the use of empirically supported interventions is emerging, behavior analysts may have the opportunity to make large and lasting impacts within these systems. Some states and regions have already sought out behavior analytic support and have seen this support positively impact outcomes. Behavior analysts have also conducted and published research in this area, yet many within these systems have little awareness of the potential use of behavioral principles and methods. This panel will explore various behavior analytic employment opportunities within these systems, discuss the variety of behavioral research that has been conducted, and discuss potential next steps for increasing behavioral influence.
Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience: Practicing behavior analysts looking to expand areas of expertise and practice, graduate students and faculty interested in research and practice in the criminal justice system
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe employment and research opportunities within the criminal justice, community corrections, and policing systems. 2. Discuss recent behavioral research within these systems 3. Identify
Keyword(s): Community Corrections, Criminal Justice, Policing, Recidivism
 
 
Panel #425
CE Offered: BACB
Ethics of Effective Advocacy: Operating on an Island
Monday, May 27, 2019
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Fairmont, Lobby Level, Cuvee
Area: CSS/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Amanda N. Kelly, Ph.D.
Chair: Amanda N. Kelly (BEHAVIORBABE (Hawai'i))
VICTORIA M SIMS (Positive Behavior Supports, Corp.)
JENNIFER ROSE LONARDO (Positive Behavior Supports, Corp.)
GOLDEAN LOWE (Positive Behavior Support, Corp.)
Abstract: "At this very moment enormous numbers of intelligent men and women of goodwill are trying to build a better world. But problems are born faster than they can be solved" (B.F. Skinner). In order to achieve the change our world needs to survive, we must continue to work together for a common goal —which becomes increasingly difficult the more isolated you are. On this panel, three behavior analysts who live on three separate islands (literally) will present about their experiences advocating for access to ABA services in the most isolated population center on Earth. Each member of the panel will discuss some common (and not so common) barriers they have faced, as well as some creative solutions identified. Whether you feel like you operate on an island, or you actually do, this discussion on the ethics of effective advocacy is for you.
Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience: Behavior analysts; beginner, intermediate and advanced
Learning Objectives: - Attendees will name at least one common barrier faced by each panelist. - Attendees will name at least one create solution proposed by each panelist. - Attendees will ask questions related to overcoming challenges in their state/country.
Keyword(s): Advocacy, Consultation, Ethics, Telehealth
 
 
Symposium #426
CE Offered: BACB
Further Consideration of Variables Related to Skill Acquisition: A Review of the Literature
Monday, May 27, 2019
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Montreux 1-3
Area: DEV; Domain: Theory
Chair: Kimberly Sloman (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment/ Florida Institute of Technology )
CE Instructor: Kimberly Sloman, Ph.D.
Abstract: This symposium includes three literature reviews aimed at identifying critical variables affecting skill acquisition. In the first presentation, Alexandra Knerr will provide a summary of peer-reviewed literature and component analysis of the TAGteach procedure. In the second presentation, Dr. April Michele Williams will provide an overview of stimulus-stimulus pairing procedures and discuss parallels to autoshaping literature. In the third presentation, Hannah MacNaul will summarize the results of a meta-analysis of preference stability over repeated administrations. Presenters will also provide recommendations for practice and future research.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Literature Review, Preference Assessments, Stimulus-stimulus Pairing, TAGteach
Target Audience: The target audience are researchers and practitioners who implement skill acquisition procedures.
 
TAGteach: A Critical Evaluation and Component Analysis of the Peer-Reviewed Research
ALEXANDRA KNERR (Rollins College), April Michele Williams (Rollins College)
Abstract: TAGteach is a systematic procedure for presenting immediate auditory feedback (e.g., via a clicker) to train a new skill or enhance a skill that already exists within an individual’s behavioral repertoire. It is grounded in operant conditioning principles and, according to TAGteach International (https://www.tagteach.com/), is able to be applied in diverse areas including business management, occupational safety, sports, special education, and for teaching animal trainers. Although there are myriad examples of thesis projects and refereed conference presentations describing TAGteach research, only 9 studies utilizing the technique have been published in peer-reviewed journals. Moreover, these studies vary widely regarding the degree to which the researchers adhered to the proscribed method of TAGteach. For this paper we analyzed the procedural components of each of the aforementioned published studies in an attempt to identify which components, if any, are most crucial for success. We also attempted to determine whether adherence to the TAGteach protocol itself is necessary for a successful outcome, or if the apparent success of TAGteach lies in the behavioral principles themselves rather than any single, formalized procedure.
 
Translations in Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing: Autoshaping of Learner Vocalizations
Stephanie P. da Silva (Columbus State University), APRIL MICHELE WILLIAMS (Rollins College)
Abstract: Stimulus-stimulus pairing (SSP) is a procedure used by behavior analysis practitioners that capitalizes on respondent conditioning principles to elicit vocalizations. These procedures usually are implemented only after other, more customary methods (e.g., standard echoic training via modeling) have been exhausted. Unfortunately, SSP itself has mixed research support, likely because certain as-yet-unidentified procedural variations are more effective than others. Even when SSP produces (increased) vocalizations its effects can be short-lived. Although specific features of SSP differ across published accounts, fundamental characteristics include presentation of a vocal stimulus proximal with presentation of a preferred item. In the present paper, we draw parallels between SSP procedures and autoshaping, review factors shown to impact autoshaping, and translate the body of autoshaping research into recommendations for SSP applications. We then call for additional reporting, testing, and extended use of SSP in behavior-analytic treatments. Finally, three translational bridges created by this paper are identified: basic-applied, respondent-operant, and behavior analysis with other sciences.
 

Preference Stability Across Repeated Administrations: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis

HANNAH LYNN MACNAUL (University of South Florida), Shannon Wilson (University of South Florida), Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

A key component to any successful intervention aimed at increasing appropriate behavior for individuals with disabilities is the identification of potential reinforcers to be delivered upon the occurrence of appropriate target responses (Verriden & Roscoe, 2016). It has been noted in the literature that shifts in preferences may occur due to a multitude of reasons and these changes may hinder performance (Hanley, Iwata, Roscoe, 2006). Therefore, the purpose of this meta-analysis was to synthesize results from nine studies that conducted at least two preference assessments, 24 hours or more apart from each other, and analyze the stability of preference across repeated administrations. This paper investigated the impact of the inter-assessment interval (i.e., how often preference assessments are conducted), preference assessment format, and stimulus type (i.e., tangibles, edibles, social interaction) on preference stability. Based on the analysis of correlation coefficients, results suggest that preference is most stable at brief inter-assessment intervals (one week or less) and when using the paired-stimulus format (PS; Fisher et al., 1992). In addition, preference assessments completed with edibles had greater correlation coefficients than those completed with tangible items. Implications for practitioners and future research is discussed.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #427
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/NASP

Positive Reinforcement: Not Always "Positive"

Monday, May 27, 2019
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich D
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Christine Hughes, Ph.D.
Chair: Elizabeth Kyonka (University of New England)
CHRISTINE HUGHES (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Dr. Christine Hughes received her MS and Ph.D. from the University of Florida in behavior analysis and completed a post-doctoral fellowship at the University of North Carolina Chapel Hill. She currently is a Professor in Psychology at the University of North Carolina Wilmington where they have a Ph.D. and a Master’s program in applied behavior analysis. Dr. Hughes conducts translational research in the areas of punishment, schedules of reinforcement, and behavioral pharmacology, specifically the effects of drugs of abuse on impulsive choices and on punished behavior. Dr. Hughes has been program chair for Behavioral Pharmacology and Toxicology for the ABAI, program chair, secretary, and president of the Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis, and President of Division 25 – Behavior Analysis of the American Psychological Association. She also was an Associate Editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and was a member of the Society of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior Board and the Science Board of ABAI.
Abstract:

Transitions from favorable to less favorable positive reinforcement conditions (i.e., rich-to-lean transitions) can produce aberrant behavior during the transition before work is initiated, such as disruptive behavior, aggression, and self-injurious behavior. In the laboratory, these type of transitions are studied most often under fixed-ratio schedules, in which extended pausing occurs during rich-to-lean transitions before the ratio is begun. In this presentation, I will discuss a series of experiments in which we systematically analyzed the aversive functions of signals of rich-to-lean transitions and variables that might attenuate the behavior produced during the transitions. I also will discuss the need for further research in this area overall and translational implications.

Target Audience:

Experimental and applied behavior analysts

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the potential aversive aspects of positive reinforcement; (2) describe rich-to-lean transitions; (3) describe post-reinforcement pauses and how they can be viewed as a measure of escape.
 
 
Paper Session #428
Looking at the Big Picture Through Systemic Change
Monday, May 27, 2019
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Toronto
Area: OBM
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Peter-Cornelius Dams (Dams & Associates, Inc.)
 
The TPS on a Napkin: A Practical OBM Job Aid for ABA Practitioners
Domain: Service Delivery
PETER-CORNELIUS DAMS (Dams & Associates, Inc.)
 
Abstract: ABA practitioners face increasing demand for their services. To meet this demand, leaders of ABA service agencies must juggle the dual challenge of maintaining service quality while growing their organization with staff who have little experience. This might work for a while, but unless internal operations keep up with the pace, problems in service delivery will arise. Business owners and managers who are excellent clinicians may struggle when it comes to diagnosing and improving organizational performance. This presentation introduces a proven tool for improving organizational health. The Total Performance System (TPS; Brethower, 1982) can help leaders and managers to quickly and effectively troubleshoot organizational, process, and employee issues. Being able to draw the TPS (e.g., on a napkin, flipchart, or whiteboard) creates an immediate job aid which allows them to structure conversations about what is working and what is not – without blaming and finger-pointing. The completed analysis can be used to develop action plans for improving performance. After this presentation, attendees will be able to (1) describe the seven elements of the TPS; (2) sketch the TPS so they can apply it readily in any situation; and (3) identify which interventions to start with.
 
Intentional Systemic Change in Pursuit of Competing Objectives
Domain: Theory
DOUGLAS ROBERTSON (Florida International University), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University)
 
Abstract: We discuss a case study in a line of behavioral analytic research on intentional, systemic change in Public Metropolitan Research Universities (Robertson & Pelaez, 2016, 2018; Robertson, under review). Concepts employed include selecting environments, interlocking behavioral contingencies, metacontingencies, macrobehaviors, macrocontingencies, and rule-governed behavior. In 2015, the case university’s leadership implemented a rule (Pelaez, 2013) that when an existing faculty line opens in an Academic Unit (Department), funds supporting that line come to central Academic Affairs. No more than 50% of the funds can return to the Academic Unit for purposes of faculty hiring after Academic Affairs reviews and approves the Academic Unit’s request. Academic Affairs invests these accumulated funds from these faculty lines primarily in Temporary Faculty (e.g., Instructors) to teach high enrollment, high failure, gateway courses and in cluster hires in narrowly defined research areas, both investments directed at targeted metrics in performance-based funding systems. This paper discusses the consequences of this rule and others that radically redistribute resources specifically regarding the ratio of Permanent (Tenured and Tenure-Earning) Faculty to Temporary (Contract) Faculty at this Carnegie Highest Research Activity University. The analysis suggests that the University’s research breadth, doctoral education, and faculty governance are adversely affected by this intervention.
 
 
 
Panel #429
CE Offered: BACB
Breaking Barriers: Creating New Service Models With Behavioral Technology
Monday, May 27, 2019
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich BC
Area: PCH; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Ryan Lee O'Donnell, M.S.
Chair: Jamie Waldvogel (Behave Your Best, LLC)
RYAN LEE O'DONNELL (RYANO, LLC)
TRAVIS BLEVINS (Behavior Services of the Rockies)
TERESA A. COOK-GUERCIO (Washington University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Autism may be responsible for the explosive growth in behavior analysis and cultivating funding sources for behavior analytic treatments. Paradoxically, could this windfall also mean the end of behavior analysis as it withers from a robust field tackling any and all socially significant behavior, pigeonholed to an albeit noble pursuit of autism treatment providers? Breaking through existing barriers to create new service delivery models requires self-awareness and skill development within and outside behavior analytic skills sets. This panel discussion will lay the foundation for entrepreneurs to break into new service delivery models outside typical funding streams and populations. Topics will include how to design solutions for neurotypical children and their parents, working with technology developers and enthusiasts, and how to obtain skill sets required beyond an ABA grad school program to succeed.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Behavior Analysts looking to expand their area of expertise into areas beyond current models of delivery and funding streams.

Learning Objectives: Identify 3 markets or industries ripe for behavioral technology development. Identify what constitutes a behavioral technology and how to go about collaborating with professionals outside behavior analysis to build one successfully. Identify 3 soft skills shown to affect professional skill sets and service delivery.
Keyword(s): behavioral technology, entrepreneur, neurotypical children, soft skills
 
 
Symposium #430
CE Offered: BACB
Train-the-Trainer: Achieve Best Training Outcomes Using Evidence-Based Procedures for Staff Training
Monday, May 27, 2019
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Fairmont, Lobby Level, Rouge
Area: TBA/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Yendri Diaz (Skillometry Inc.)
Discussant: Yendri Diaz (Skillometry Inc.)
CE Instructor: Yendri Diaz, M.A.
Abstract:

The development and maintenance of an ethical training department within an ABA company is paramount to the successful implementation of ethical ABA interventions. This talk will explore the establishment and maintenance of a training program and examine recruitment, trainers’ training, training curriculum development, training technology, and ongoing support at various ABA programs.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Master's level and doctoral level BCBAs; Graduate Students in Behavior Analysis; Basic Researchers; Applied Researchers; Scientist-Practitioners; Trainers

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the symposium, participants will be able to: 1. Identify and define evidence-based training strategies 2. Identify technologies to reinforce appropriate trainer responses 3. Identify how to measure quality and effectiveness of their training 4. Identify the importance of staff training and increase effectiveness of train-the-trainer programs.
 

Implementation of Behavioral Skills Training in Train-the-Trainer Programs

YENDRI DIAZ (Skillometry Inc.)
Abstract:

Building and maintaining an ethical training company or training department is paramount to the effectiveness and success of any ABA practice. Trainers are responsible for training staff to fluency and mastery and ensuring readiness to work in the field. In this talk, we will discuss the development and growth of a train the trainer program, starting from recruitment of trainers, to the development of trainer skills, behavioral skills training, ongoing supervision, adherence to BACB standards. Also, implementation of evidence-based training methodologies, providing continuous training for all trainers across different levels or credentials, utilizing technology to achieve training goals, and implementing the train-the trainer- program across different agencies.

 

Evaluating the Use of Acoustical Guidance as an Immediate Method of Reinforcement for In-Vivo Staff Training

MARIA BROWN (FLORIDA INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY; FLORIDA ASSOCIATION FOR BEHAVIOR ANALYSIS)
Abstract:

Behavioral skills training (BST) is a treatment package used to teach a variety of skills to different populations. Feedback is an essential component of BST. During the rehearsal portion of BST, a real client (trainee) maybe used, delivery of feedback can interrupt sessions or cause confusion. During in vivo training of staff, acoustical guidance can be used to provide reinforcement for correct responses without interrupting session or confusing the learner. We will discuss the results of using acoustical guidance on staff training in a classroom setting with Lead Trainers training Assistant Trainers, and assistant trainers training trainees, and its effect on assistant trainer procedural fidelity.

 
 
Symposium #431
CE Offered: BACB
Model Dependency in Basic Research and Clinical Practice: Why Behavior Analysis Cannot Be the Same Tomorrow as it is Today
Monday, May 27, 2019
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom CD South
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Caleb Stanley (Southern Illinois University)
Discussant: Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
CE Instructor: Jordan Belisle, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Science is self-correcting, generating quantifiable and testable predictions of events in nature (basic experimental models) and influencing such events to improve the lives of people (applied clinical models). Skinner discussed the importance of understanding the behavior of scientists in his radical behavioral account, and more recent attempts have been made in other fields to develop a self-correcting and evolving science of science. In particular, model dependent realism developed by Hawking and Mlodinow (2010) puts forward contextual and pragmatic criteria for vetting competing scientific models. In the first presentation, Dr. Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University) compares four basic theories of human language learning framed within model dependent realism. He also discusses advances in the quantitative analysis of behavior that could be used to make quantitative predictions about human language. In support of a quantitative approach, the presenter will show new data that support Relational Density Theory as a model for predicting and potentially influencing higher order properties of language. In the second presentation, Dr. James Moore (Canopy Children’s Solutions) extends model dependent realism in the context of comparing applied clinical models from within a pragmatic truth criterion. Traditional models that have emphasized direct contingency control and verbal behavior are compared against contemporary treatment models in relational training and acceptance and commitment training. Finally, the discussant highlights the need for basic experimental and applied clinical models that can generate large-scale outcome research, as only by examining the utility of our models in changing the lives of people, can we move toward a more complete, adaptive, and evolved science of human behavior.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): ACTraining, Model Dependency, Relational Density, Relational Framing
Target Audience:

BCBAs

Learning Objectives: Define stimulus equivalence and related research Interpret research on relational training Interpret research on acceptance and commitment training with children with autism
 

Model Dependent Realism in Behavior Science and Higher-Order Relational Behavior

(Basic Research)
JORDAN BELISLE (Missouri State University)
Abstract:

A defining feature of radical behaviorism is the assumption that behavioral principles can be applied to the behavior of the scientist, and indeed, to the science itself (Skinner, 1945, 1956, 1974; Chiesa, 1992). Two model dependent theories of science have been put forward by Kuhn (1962) and Hawking and Mlodinow (2010) that are largely consistent with radical behaviorism. Model dependent realism in particular establishes four criteria that can be used to compare competing models in basic science that may be useful when models are incompatible. The criteria propose that models should (a) be elegant, (b) contain few if any arbitrary or adjustable elements, (c) explain all existing observations, and (d) make quantifiable predictions about future events that are falsifiable. Current models of human language learning (verbal behavior, bidirectional naming, equivalence, and relational frame theory) are compared using these criteria to determine elements of each that are compatible, and when models are incompatible, to determine which models best explain human language. In pursuing the fourth criteria, Relational Density Theory (Belisle & Dixon, in press) is put forward as a model of higher-order and self-emergent properties of relational language that generates quantifiable predictions that can be directly tested. Data are presented that support the predictions made in Relational Density Theory, along with preliminary data in application with children with autism.

 
Model Dependent Clinical Application: Extending the Account to Autism Treatment
(Applied Research)
JAMES MOORE (Canopy Children's Solutions), Breanna Newborne (Canopy Children’s Solutions), Christopher M. Furlow (Canopy Children's Solutions)
Abstract: Contextually controlled relational responding, also referred to as relational framing, has been established as a basic model of complex human learning. Hayes et al. (2001) conceptualized phenomenon as generalized operant behavior that is learned through multiple exemplar training. This behavior appears to emerge spontaneously in typically developing children, as they learn through natural language contexts (e.g., Lipkens, Hayes & Hayes, 1993; Luciano, Gómez & Rodríguez, 2007). However, children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) do not easily learn this key form of responding and may experience psychological suffering when language emerges (e.g., Rehfeldt, Dillen, Ziomek, & Kowalchuk, 2007). Relational training and acceptance and commitment training provide clinical training models that make use of contemporary advances in relational frame theory. The former emphases derived relational responding and transformations of stimulus function that participate in language development. The latter emphasis the role of experiential avoidance and cognitive fusion in psychological inflexibility in human suffering. In the presentation, we present data demonstrating the efficacy of training relational frames in the early portions of intervention for children with ASD. We also present data suggesting that acceptance and commitment training can effectively influence behavior when language is evident. Whereas prior work has posited that more basic models may be needed developmentally prior to introducing relational training, we review data suggesting that these elementary verbal operants may be accounted for within relational learning, leading to early generative language acquisition, and a necessity for more complete clinical models in autism treatment.
 
 
Symposium #431A
CE Offered: BACB
A Conceptual Analysis of Self-Injurious Behavior Maintained by Automatic Reinforcement in a Clinical Setting
Monday, May 27, 2019
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency East, Lobby Level, Plaza Ballroom AB
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ken Winn (Firefly Autism)
CE Instructor: Ken Winn, M.S.
Abstract:

This symposium addresses a conceptual framework, using a variety of systematic manipulations and assessments besides descriptive analysis to determine the function and most effective treatment method for self-injurious behavior across 2 subjects in a clinical setting. One subject is a 19-year-old woman diagnosed with ASD, who engages in self-injurious behavior in the form of thumb/hand biting and eye gouging. The other subject is a 17-year-old boy diagnosed with ASD, who engages in self-injurious behavior in the form of finger biting. The assessments used include: pre-cursor functional analysis, stimulus-avoidance assessment, brief punisher assessment, competing items assessment, component analysis, and pair-wise analysis. This symposium provides further direction in the field for self-injurious behaviors maintained by automatic reinforcement. The results of each assessment and the following treatment will be discussed

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Automatic Reinforcement, Component Analysis, Conceptual Analysis, Self-injury
Target Audience:

BCBA's RBT's ABA Therapists

Learning Objectives: 1) Participants will be exposed to a variety of state-of-the art analyses for the subcategories of automatically maintained self-injury 2) Participants will identify best practices when selecting systematic analysis for identifying maintaining variables for self-injury 3) Participants will be able to connect effective treatment strategies for subcategories of automatically maintained self-injury based on selected analyses
 

Use of Protective Equipment as a Behavioral Prosthetic for Self-Biting

HAILEY GOULD (Firefly Autism), Lily Dicker (Firefly Autism), Melissa Marks (Firefly Autism)
Abstract:

Clinicians systematically increased the duration in which protective equipment was tolerated each day. Following the daily tolerance of protective equipment, clinicians evaluated the effectiveness of additional interventions to further decrease rates of the behavior. A Self-Injury Trauma Scale was completed daily to measure evidence of injury.

 

A Component Analysis for Eye-Gouging

LILY DICKER (Firefly Autism)
Abstract:

The researchers compared the components of a treatment package for a 20-year-old girl who engages in severe, longstanding self-injurious behavior in an applied setting. There were four components tested within the component analysis: a fixed-time schedule for accessing competing items, differential reinforcement of other behavior, response-interruption and redirection, and contingent use of protective equipment. In phase 1, inter-response time data was recorded to develop an interval for the fixed-time schedule and differential reinforcement of other behavior. In phase 2, we compared a fixed-time schedule for accessing competing items with differential reinforcement of other behavior. The more effective treatment was used in phase 3 while also comparing response-interruption and redirection and contingent use of protective equipment. Throughout the entire component analysis, response blocking was used to ensure the subject’s safety.

 

Using Stimulus Avoidance and Brief Punisher Assessments for Treatment of Severe Self-Injurious Behavior

MELISSA MARKS (Firefly Autism)
Abstract:

The current study examines the assessments used to determine functions of behavior and treatment methods to reduce levels of automatically maintained self-injury in a clinical setting. Behavioral interventions are supported as the most successful strategy for treatment of self-injurious behavior in individuals diagnosed with developmental disabilities. Previous research indicates that punishment is the most effective treatment for self-injurious behavior and is recommended when other procedures have failed or when self-injury is extremely severe (Favell et al., 1982). Self-injurious behavior is associated with restricted educational, vocational, and community-based opportunities in addition to increased social isolation and carries significant health risks (Minshawi et al., 2014). A precursor functional analysis was used to assess the function of behavior due to the high risk associated with traditional functional analysis methods used for self-injurious behavior. Assessment methods used to evaluate the most effective treatment strategy included a stimulus avoidance assessment, brief punisher assessment, and competing items assessment

 
 
Symposium #432
CE Offered: BACB
Advances in Play Acquisition Research
Monday, May 27, 2019
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom A
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Azure Pellegrino (University of Kansas)
Discussant: Ruth M. DeBar (Mrs.)
CE Instructor: Azure Pellegrino, Ph.D.
Abstract: Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often display deficits in the area of play skills, which impacts their development throughout childhood. Previous research has identified several interventions that improve the quantity and quality of play within this population. This symposium includes four studies that extend the research on effective interventions to promote play in children with ASD. The first presentation will share the results of a study on increasing the sociodramatic play behavior of young children with ASD with their typically developing peers using group activity schedules. The second presentation will summarize findings of a study on increasing appropriate behavior in children with ASD and typically developing children using a wearable activity schedule. The third presentation will describe a study that compared developmentally-matched and age-matched play targets on play skill acquisition and generalization in children with ASD. The fourth presentation will share the findings of a study on increasing multi-exchange conversations in children with autism using text-message prompts. The symposium will conclude with discussant remarks from Dr. Ruth DeBar.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Activity Schedule, Autism, Developmental, Play
Target Audience: Researchers, practitioners, and students interested in increasing play skills in children with disabilities.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the symposium, participants will be able to: (1) describe the importance of targeting play within skill acquisition; (2) identify and describe a research-supported play acquisition intervention; and (3) describe the different types of play behavior a play acquisition intervention can increase.
 

Promoting Sociodramatic Play Between Children With Autism and Their Typically Developing Peers Using Activity Schedules

AZURE PELLEGRINO (University of Kansas), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Lorraine A Becerra (Utah State University), Lyndsay Nix (Utah State University; ASSERT Autism Program), Katelin Hobson (University of Washington), Kassidy Reinert (Utah State University; ASSERT Autism Program)
Abstract:

An activity schedule is a set of words or pictures that cue an individual to complete a series of steps (McClannahan & Krantz, 2010). Previous research has demonstrated the utility of activity schedules in promoting independent play and social game play in children with ASD; however, promoting more dynamic social play in children with ASD using this technology has yet to be investigated. The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of teaching the use of activity schedules with embedded scripts on the sociodramatic play of preschoolers with ASD with their typically developing peers. We also examined the extent to which we could remove scripts and schedule components while continuing to observe sociodramatic play. Two participants with ASD quickly demonstrated high levels of sociodramatic play with their typically developing peers compared to baseline, and an additional participant with ASD demonstrated similar increases with procedural modifications. All three participants continued to engage in sociodramatic play after all scripts and nearly all components of the activity schedules were systematically removed, including during follow-up sessions. In addition, all participants engaged in additional unscheduled yet contextually appropriate social play behaviors.

 
Evaluation of a Wearable Activity Schedule for Promoting Independent Skills in Young Children
KATHERINE HAGGERTY (Florida Institute of Technology), Basak Topcuoglu (Florida Institute of Technology), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Nicole Adriaenssens (Florida Institute of Technology), Kayce Nagel (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Activity schedules are a series of visual cues, which function as prompts for the completion behavior chains. These typically are arranged in booklets or binders that the individual can check to manage their own behaviors. Although activity schedules are useful, their typical presentation format in binders can be cumbersome and stigmatizing, placing additional barriers for independence and inclusion in less restrictive environments. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the usefulness of a wearable activity schedule and determine whether prompts provided by it would be sufficient to support completion of a complex chain of behaviors by young children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. In Experiment 1, the Octopus watch provided prompts to typically developing children to complete a morning routine independently. In Experiment 2, the usefulness of the watch was evaluated in children with ASD engaging in play activities in a clinical setting. In both experiments, children reliably engaged in greater proportion of independent engagement in target behaviors when prompts were delivered by the watch compared to behavior under control conditions.
 

Effects of Development-Matched and Age-Matched Targets on Play Skills of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

HEATHER PANE (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Hunter College), Anjalee Nirgudkar (Behavior Analysts of NJ, LLC)
Abstract:

Play is thought to be an important part of human development. Although children of typical development spend the majority of their time engaged in play activities, children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often present with substantial delays in the development of play. This study compared the acquisition of play skills using play targets that were development-matched (DM) compared to play targets that were age-matched (AM), determined from the results of the Developmental Play Assessment (DPA; Lifter, Edwards, Avery, Anderson, & Sulzer-Azaroff, 1988). The primary intervention was in vivo modeling. The dependent variables included play actions and vocalizations. Generalization was programmed for by teaching to three sets of toys for both the DM condition and the AM condition. In addition, a preference assessment was conducted before, during, and after the intervention to assess participant preference for the toys used in the study. Social validity measures were conducted to assess the goals, procedures, and outcome of the study. The participants demonstrated acquisition with the DM play targets and not the AM play targets. In addition, participants engaged in scripted actions during generalization probes (with novel toys) and during independent probes (experimenter not sitting with participant) in the DM condition. Last, participants maintained the play targets in the DM condition.

 

Teaching Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder to Engage in Reciprocal Conversations Using Text-Message Prompting

VIDA CANESTARO (Baylor University), Jessica Akers (Baylor University)
Abstract:

Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often have difficulties initiating and sustaining conversations. Although there are several established interventions which target initiations and responses to questions or comments made by others, there are fewer interventions which target sustaining conversations with multiple exchanges. A review of the literature revealed a variety of methodologies to teach individuals to engage in a multi-exchange conversation. The use of text messaging technology creates an electronic script that is portable, more socially acceptable compared to printed script, and creates a flexible means of prompting within a fast-paced changing social environment. The purpose of the current study is to replicate and extend the findings of Grosberg and Charlop (2017) by ensuring the researcher is not visible to the participants during any of the research sessions. In addition, we have included a pre-measure to better identify appropriate conversation partners and collect data on the conversation partner as well as the participant’s responding during sessions.

 
 
Symposium #433
CE Offered: BACB/NASP — 
Ethics
The Ethics of Functional Analysis: Implementation Challenges and Practical Solutions
Monday, May 27, 2019
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom B
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Michael Weinberg (Amego, Inc)
Discussant: Joshua Jessel (Queens College)
CE Instructor: Michael Weinberg, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Given the current ethical standard to conduct a functional assessment when addressing problem behavior, there are a myriad of challenges for practitioners in applied settings to conduct such an assessment consistent with evidence-based practices. Ethically, we are bound to conduct the most efficient, evidence-based assessment to find the function and other maintaining variables for problem behavior then devise a plan that is most likely to be effective. This symposium will provide an overview of several perspectives by the presenters regarding ethical and legal challenges to conducting functional assessments in applied settings and offer potential practical solutions for practitioners. One potential barrier pertains to acceptance by administrators, funders, parents and others regarding implementation of traditional functional analysis methods in the behavior analysis literature (cf. Iwata et al., 1982/1994). Reliable approaches to functional analysis are currently under development that are promising in addressing acceptability, and thus alleviate ethical and legal challenges (e.gs. Bloom et. al., 2011; Hanley et. al., 2014). Presenters will offer current approaches to functional assessment and functional analysis that may serve as potential solutions to these challenges and permit for evidence-based methods in settings where these are not currently permitted and may serve to address acceptance concerns.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): Ethical Considerations, Evidence-Based Methods, Functional Analysis, Practical Solutions
Target Audience:

BCBAs, BCaBAs, School Psychologists, Psychologists,  ABA practice owners and managers, school administrators, others involved with policy and financial roles for provision of ABA services.

Learning Objectives: By the conclusion of the symposium, participants will learn to: 1) identify three barriers to the implementation of FAs in applied settings; 2) identify which FA procedures meet the standard of Evidence Based Practices; 3) discuss which FA procedures should be used in which situations; 4) describe how functional analysis conditions can be altered to use in school settings.
 
The Ethics of Functional Analysis: Implementation Challenges and Ethical Considerations
(Service Delivery)
MICHAEL F. DORSEY (Amego, Inc.), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College)
Abstract: Functional assessment and functional analysis technologies have been extant in the field for decades, as has been the mandate to use these tools. One of the historic defining differences between the field of behavior modification and the field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has been the advent of the age of functional analysis (Bailey and Burch, 2005). Unfortunately, as noted by Oliver, A. C., Pratt, L. A., and Normand, M. P. (2015), the utilization of such diagnostic approaches is not commonplace within our profession, which seems to exemplify a disappointing, and somewhat confusing, inconsistency/disparity between the hundreds of functional analysis research publications and that of its clinical application. Addressing concerns by administrators, funders, parents and service recipients, as well as newer approaches to conducting valid and reliable functional analysis methods will be discussed. This presentation will address some of the challenges practitioners face in implementing Functional Analysis across applied settings, and how we might work to overcome these barriers
 
Ethical Challenges to Functional Analysis and Potential Practical Solutions
(Applied Research)
WILLIAM T. MARSH (Brevard Public Schools), Michael Weinberg (Amego, Inc)
Abstract: Conducting Functional Analyses poses legal and ethical dilemmas. Ethically, we are bound to conduct the most efficient, evidence-based assessment to find the function and other maintaining variables for problem behavior then devise a plan that is most likely to be effective. However, there have been legal and ethical challenges to doing so in many settings, such as public schools, and public funded services such as state departments of developmental disabilities. This presentation will review the main concerns regarding functional assessment and how these are presenting ethical and legal challenges to behavior analysts and some possible solutions to these dilemmas. The presenters will offer approaches to functional analysis that may serve as potential solutions to these challenges and permit for ethical, and evidence-based functional analysis methods in settings where these are not currently permitted or are considered an ethical human rights violation. The concept of the approach we refer to as “Molecular Functional Analysis” will be presented along with procedures and results of application of the method. This approach can change how behavior analysts apply and interpret results of functional analyses and gain acceptance from various concerned individuals, consumers, and stake-holders.
 
Ethical Considerations in the Absence of State Regulations: Relying Heavily on the Ethical Code
(Service Delivery)
RON DEMUESY (Dublin City Schools)
Abstract: Like many behavior analysts, as a behavior analyst employed by a school district, one’s role is to lead the completion of functional behavior assessments and writing behavior plans based upon assessment data. Unlike many behavior analysts, in the State of Ohio, there is little guidance surrounding how to complete Functional Behavior Assessments. The state has no current standards in place in public schools regarding acceptable practices for conducting a functional assessment or functional analysis. As a result, school administrators are left to make decisions regarding what will be allowed in their school district or school. Behavior analysts have a responsibility to adhere to the BACB’s™ Ethical and Professional Compliance Code which may pose challenges to the practice of behavior analysis in the school. This situation may open the doors to possible law suits by parents of children receiving special education services, and possibly child advocates as well as other concerned parties in the state. Given these considerations, this presentation will outline how the BACB™ Ethical Code Numbers 3.01–Behavior Analytic Assessment and 2.09 –Treatment Intervention Efficacy, are met using data collection, functional analyses and staff participation within a school district in Ohio.
 
Analyzing Consent: Ethical Practice in Assessment
(Service Delivery)
ANN B BEIRNE (Global Autism Project)
Abstract: Within the clinical practice of behavior analysis, consent is among our primary responsibilities. In this presentation, we will examine the nature of informed consent and the consent of acquiring and maintaining consent through a behavior-analytic framework. Although we as a field acknowledge environmental factors as influential in behavior, we often fail to apply this science in our interactions with stakeholders, leading to frustration, damaged rapport, and possible ethical violations. This is a significant issue in that the public, including parents of children receiving behavior analysis services, and colleagues in other disciplines, are not familiar with our evidence-based practices and methods nor terms. This can be a challenge for behavior analysts who are ethically responsible to provide a reasonable explanation of our services and approaches in a manner that parents and others can understand. Participants will identify the elements of informed consent, and the environmental factors that influence the process of gaining consent, as well as identify potential ethical pitfalls in the acquisition of consent to conduct assessments and ways to avoid them.
 
 
Symposium #434
CE Offered: BACB
Applying Behavioral Economics to Issues of Everyday Importance
Monday, May 27, 2019
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 3/4
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Rachel Nicole Sobol Foster (University of Kansas, Applied Behavioral Economics Laboratory)
Discussant: Brent Kaplan (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute)
CE Instructor: Shawn Patrick Gilroy, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavioral economists have made significant advancements in research that have not only greatly impacted the field of behavior analysis, but have also extended to other disciplines. Of note, work in this field has been used to inform public tax policies on commodities with addictive properties, assess the effects of differential price framings and verbal behavior on consumer choice and decision making, and evaluate impulsivity in the context of delay of gratification. This symposium presents a wide range of topics, including studying the effects of delay discounting to inform tornado warnings, examining a reinforcement pathology approach to risky sexual decisions, quantifying demand for food and sugar-sweetened beverages, and examining delay discounting in the context of parents’ choice of treatment for children. Thus, each presentation delivers a unique platform to discuss the multifaceted ways in which behavioral economic research is applied, providing a symposium for which behavior analysts in all specialties can relate.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): behavioral economics, delay discounting, demand, reinforcer pathology
Target Audience:

Master's level behavior analysts

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Explain basic behavioral economic concepts. 2. Describe applications of delay discounting to issues of everyday importance. 3. Describe applications of operant demand to issues of everyday importance.
 
Temporal Discounting of Tornado Shelter-Seeking Intentions Amidst Standard and Impact-Based Weather Alerts: A Crowdsourced Experiment
BRETT GELINO (University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Tornadoes are atmospheric events capable of massive devastation, involving physical destruction and human casualties. Following the 2011 Joplin, MO tornado that claimed the lives of nearly 160 people, the National Weather Service and National Institute of Standards and Technology concluded that better warning systems would have saved lives. This conclusion prompted the creation of “impact-based warnings” (IBW) which use explicit language that conveys damage threats and potential outcomes. The purpose of the current study was to examine the efficacy of IBW in evoking shelter-seeking in a simulated tornado event. Participants recruited through a crowdsourcing service were stratified into one of four simulated tornado warning conditions, varying with respect to alert content and level of detail (IBW). Participants rated their likelihood of immediate shelter-seeking given increasing delays to the potential tornado strike. Analyses indicated that participants receiving IBW maintained shelter-seeking most across increasing delays. To our knowledge, these data provide the first behavioral economic account of impact-based warning efficacy in tornadic events.
 

Obesity and Behavioral Economics: Examining Sex Differences in Relations Between Delay Discounting, Intensity, Persistence, and Body Mass Index Across Obesogenic Commodities

JONATHAN R. MILLER (University of Colorado School of Medicine / Children's Hospital Colorado), Brent Kaplan (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute), Warren K. Bickel (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute and Department of Psychology, Virginia Tech), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Extant research suggests behavioral economic assessments of delay discounting (DD) and demand curve analysis may be useful for understanding behavioral processes related to obesity in adults. To date, hypothetical purchase tasks (HPTs) have primarily assessed demand for food; however, consumption of sugar-sweetened beverages (SSBs) and use of screens that compete with physical activity (screen media use; SMU) can also contribute to an energy imbalance that promotes obesity, yet tasks for these commodities have not been developed. Novel HPTs assessing demand for SSB and SMU, along with an established HPT for fast food and a 5-trial delay discounting task, were administered to over 200 adults via Amazon Mechanical Turk. Relations between body mass index (BMI), delay discounting (ln(k)), demand intensity (log(Q0)), and demand elasticity (log(alpha)) were examined. Results suggest these behavioral economic parameters are differentially related to BMI for men and women, as BMI was related to DD for women only, and elasticity was more consistently related to BMI for men, whereas intensity was more consistently related to BMI for women across commodities. Results are discussed in terms of the Reinforcer Pathology Model and implications for assessment and treatment of obesity.

 
The Economics of Safe Sex: Examining Condom-Use Decisions Within a Reinforcement Pathologies Framework
JOSH HARSIN (University of Kansas), Brett Gelino (University of Kansas), Meredith Steele Berry (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Matthew W. Johnson (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Negative outcomes of unprotected sex (e.g., sexually transmitted infections, unwanted pregnancies) disproportionately affect young people (i.e., 15-24 y/o) in the United States. The aim of the current study was to assess sexual choice behavior of this population in light of the reinforcer pathology model. According to this framework, commodities with high abuse liability (e.g., drugs, alcohol) are characterized by (1) a preference for immediate availability (i.e., excessive discounting) and (2) a high valuation of the commodity (i.e., elevated demand) within clinical populations. The Sexual Discounting Task (SDT) examines the role of temporal delay in receipt of a condom on safe-sex behavior (i.e., using a condom). A novel condom purchase task (CoPT) was developed in order to study the effect of increasing monetary cost on demand for safe sex. Within the CoPT, participants (M age= 19.7 y/o) were presented with a hypothetical scenario wherein they were able to indicate whether they would become abstinent or engage in unprotected sex at breakpoint. Indices generated from the CoPT suggest one’s willingness to engage in unprotected sex may be a predictor of discounting rates on the SDT. Results are discussed in light of the reinforcer pathology model.
 

Parental Discounting of Delayed Outcomes in Treatment-Related Decision-Making

SHAWN PATRICK GILROY (Louisiana State University), Brent Kaplan (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute)
Abstract:

Behavioral treatments seldom have an immediate effect, and for many, the value of behavioral therapies may not be fully observed until after a substantial time commitment. As a result, parent perceptions of the value of behavioral treatments may be discounted because of these delays to treatment outcomes. This study compared the effects of delays on hypothetical outcomes of behavioral treatments in parents recruited from the Amazon Mechanical Turk framework. A novel adaptive hypothetical choice task was designed to evaluate parental preferences for smaller, immediate improvements in behavior over larger ones that include a delay. Results from this task were compared to a similar task measuring hypothetical choices for monetary outcomes. Multi-level modeling across outcomes and individuals revealed that outcomes of behavioral treatments were discounted at levels like those of monetary rewards. These findings suggest that parent perceptions and preferences in treatment-related decision-making warrant further consideration and research. Implications of the discounting of delayed treatment outcomes are discussed in the context of behavioral therapies and the time necessary for therapies to produce noticeable benefits to families.

 
 
Symposium #435
CE Offered: BACB
Callous, Unemotional, and Anti-Social Behaviors: What Applied Behavior Analysis Has to Offer
Monday, May 27, 2019
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 1/2
Area: CBM/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
Discussant: Willy-Tore Morch (The Arctic University of Norway, Tromsø)
CE Instructor: Jeannie A. Golden, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Callous, unemotional and anti-social behaviors are exhibited by children, adolescents and adults with a variety of diagnoses including oppositional defiant disorder, conduct disorder, autism spectrum disorder and anti-social personality disorder. Behaviors can include: lack of remorse, guilt, and concern for others’ feelings; lack of concern over poor performance at school; and shallow/deficient emotions. Regardless of diagnosis, children and adolescents with these behaviors are often challenging for parents and school personnel and adults for society in general. Because they readily express anger, seek immediate reinforcement, engage in risky behavior, and do not learn from punishing consequences, these children and adolescents may experience problems such as academic failure, office referrals and suspensions/expulsions, and involvement in fighting, bullying, and gangs. Adolescents and adults may engage in domestic violence and abusive relationships, criminal acts, and active shooting incidents. Ways that ABA can assist in recognizing and providing interventions for these individuals will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

BCBAs, Psychologists, Psychiatrists, Social Workers, Counselors, Nurses

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to describe strategies for teaching children who only exhibit anger to exhibit alternative emotional behaviors such as empathy, sorrow and remorse. 2. Participants will be able to describe assessments, intervention strategies, and outcome measures suitable to working with children with CU traits 3. Participants will be able to describe the difficulty with the affective elements of empathy for children with CU traits and a strategy of providing analogies that helps these children with the affective elements of empathy. 4. Participants will be able to describe the motivating operations, reinforcers, punishers, and response effort as variables that influence the active shooter’s behavior.
 

Children and Adolescents Who Exhibit Anger: Teaching Alternate Responses of Empathy, Sorrow and Remorse

JEANNIE A. GOLDEN (East Carolina University), Dottie Dator (East Carolina University), Kathryn Gitto (East Carolina University)
Abstract:

Children and adolescents who only exhibit anger in situations where other negative emotions are more appropriate often have learning histories in which they were only taught to exhibit anger. They were provided with no modeling, instruction and reinforcement for empathic, sorrowful or remorseful behaviors. These children and adolescents often find anger to be more functional and reinforcing than empathy, sorrow or remorse. Traditional psychologists often diagnose these children with oppositional defiant disorder or conduct disorder with callous-unemotional traits. Regardless of diagnosis, children and adolescents with these behaviors are often challenging for parents, school personnel and society in general. Because they readily express anger, seek immediate reinforcement, engage in risky behavior, and do not learn from punishing consequences, these children and adolescents may experience problems such as academic failure, office referrals and suspensions/expulsions, and involvement in fighting, bullying, and gangs. Strategies for teaching alternative emotional behaviors of empathy, sorrow or remorse will be provided.

 

Early Intervention for Children With Callous and Unemotional Traits

Andre Maharaj (Florida International University), JEANNIE A. GOLDEN (East Carolina University)
Abstract:

Early intervention strategies have been successfully employed for prekindergartners with externalizing behavior problems (EBP) such as oppositional defiant disorder, conduct disorder, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, and developmental delays, such as autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Callous and unemotional (CU) traits seem to moderate intervention success for children displaying EBPs, specifically with regard to an oversensitivity to reward and undersensitivity to punishment. These traits are thought to be precursors to an adult diagnosis of antisocial personality disorder. There has been little work done that has utilized the techniques of applied behavior analysis, such as functional assessments and individualized behavior plans, for treatment in this population. Blanketed classroom\at-home approaches, such as the utilization of time-out, have usually been found ineffective for children with CU traits relative to their peers. The lack of sensitivity to punishment at this formative age is thought to influence maladaptive antisocial developmental trajectories. We discuss suggested assessments, intervention strategies, and outcome measures suitable to working with children with CU traits.

 

Distinct Difficulties Expressing Empathy: Children With Autism Versus Children With Callous-Unemotional Traits

LORI STUART (Behavior Consultation & Psychological Services)
Abstract:

Difficulty with empathy for many children with autism is interpreting others’ behavior. Children with CU traits understand how others think, they just don’t care. While children with autism have intact affective elements of empathy, children with CU traits lack this ability. The presenter will operationally define both the cognitive and affective elements of empathy, describe the difficulty with empathy in interpreting the behavior of others for many children with autism and describe how difficulty with empathy in children with autism is often addressed through social cognitive programs. The presenter will then describe the difficulty with the affective elements of empathy for children with CU traits and describe a strategy of providing analogies for children with CU traits. By discussing what they do care about and how other people care about the feelings of others, they can then emphasize the benefits of attending to others’ feelings as an indirect way of helping the children with CU traits meet their own needs or wants.

 
A Behavioral Perspective on Active Shooters
MERRILL WINSTON (Professional Crisis Management, Inc.)
Abstract: The rise in active shooter incidents in schools and other places is boiled down by the media into gun control and mental health issues which prevents looking at the problem from other perspectives. The questions most people ask is “How can people do these things?” but the more important question to ask is “What are the variables that prevent most gun owners from doing the same things?” Most people who own guns do not commit these acts, by why not? This presentation will outline the necessary and sufficient conditions that will greatly increase the chances of someone becoming an active shooter. There are motivating operations (bullying, teasing, being ostracized, being rejected, notoriety motivated by the media, an internet subculture that glorifies shootings, etc.), not valuing one’s own life (nothing to lose), low/selective/no empathy for others and reduced/neutralized aversives (lowered or ineffective aversives, e.g., no fear of death or incarceration). Any one of these variables may figure into a variety of homicidal behavior, but they are all typically present in the active shooter scenarios. Guns do not “create” the active shooter, but they amplify damage and reduce response effort.
 
 
Symposium #436
CE Offered: BACB
Current Research on Refinements to Functional Communication Training Programs
Monday, May 27, 2019
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom A
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Tara Hays (Children's Hospital Colorado )
Discussant: Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center)
CE Instructor: Tara Hays, M.A.
Abstract:

Using functional analysis to develop functional communication training (FCT) programs is a well-established mode of behavioral assessment and treatment. Broadly, refinements to FCT programs include helping practitioners and researchers make these programs more socially acceptable (Hays & Romani), address multiply maintained problem behaviors (Hardee, Mitteer, Fisher, Briggs, & Greer), and address treatment relapse following FCT (DeRosa, Sullivan, DeBartelo, & Roane; Shpall, Falcomata, Ramirez-Cristoforo, & Londono). Hays and Romani address social acceptability by evaluating procedures to introduce naturally occurring stimuli into FCT conducted within a multiple schedules arrangement. Hardee and colleagues show the effectiveness of using an “omnibus” functional communicative request to rapidly decrease multiply maintained problem behaviors. DeRosa and colleagues and Shpall and colleagues evaluate how the response topography used during FCT affects treatment relapse and the persistence of communication. Taken together, this symposium will provide attendees with an update on the most current research related to applying FCT in a variety of contexts.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Functional communication, Multiple schedule, Resurgence
Target Audience:

Practitioners and researchers studying and implementing functional communication training.

 

Transferring Stimulus Control to Naturally Occurring Stimuli During Functional Communication Training

TARA HAYS (Children's Hospital Colorado), Patrick Romani (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus)
Abstract:

Therapist-arranged stimuli (e.g., red/green cards) during functional communication training (FCT) conducted within a multiple schedules design can call unnecessary attention to the individual and the stimuli can be lost or forgotten. To address these limitations, the current study evaluated stimulus fading to transfer stimulus control from therapist-arranged to naturally occurring stimuli during FCT. First, we demonstrated stimulus control using a therapist-arranged discriminative stimulus and S-Delta for two children engaging in problem behavior to access attention. Next, within a multiple baseline across contexts design, we gradually reduced the size of the therapist-arranged stimuli in the context of (a) an adult on their phone and (b) an adult looking through cabinets. The size of the cards were reduced until they were eliminated. By gradually decreasing the size of the therapist-arranged stimuli, we transferred treatment effects (i.e., decreased problem behavior, appropriate communication) to naturally occurring stimuli. These data will be discussed in terms of increasing the acceptability and effectiveness of FCT procedures.

 
Evaluation of an Omnibus Functional Communication Response in the Treatment of Multiply Controlled Destructive Behavior
ALEXANDRA HARDEE (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Daniel R. Mitteer (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Adam M. Briggs (Eastern Michigan University), Brian D. Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is a commonly used and effective treatment for socially reinforced destructive behavior. However, when a functional analysis suggests that destructive behavior is multiply controlled (e.g., by attention, tangibles, and escape), teaching and evaluating separate functional communication responses (FCRs) can be time-consuming or only partially effective when failing to address all establishing operations simultaneously. We evaluated the use of an omnibus FCR that produced access to attention, tangibles, and escape within each functional-analysis test condition for two boys with autism spectrum disorder who displayed multiply controlled destructive behavior. The omnibus-FCR treatment resulted in low rates of destructive behavior and high percentages of independent FCRs within each antecedent condition for both children. We then collaborated with each child’s caregivers to develop an FCT-based intervention that accounted for changes in each reinforcer’s availability (e.g., using a conditional multiple schedule, teaching precise FCRs). Our data suggest that using an omnibus FCR can teach communication skills and reduce destructive behavior quickly prior to introducing other treatment components.
 
Using Progressive-Ratio Schedules to Improve the Efficacy of Functional Communication Training
NICOLE M. DEROSA (SUNY Upstate Medical University), William Sullivan (Upstate Medical University), Jacqueline DeBartelo (Student at Kaplan Universtiy), Henry S. Roane (Upstate Medical University)
Abstract: Functional Communication Training (FCT) is a commonly used reinforcement-based intervention for challenging behavior. Although the majority of FCT research has focused on response-specific variables (i.e., effort) that affect outcomes, additional procedural variables have received increased attention. For example, invariant responding under single-operant arrangements may affect maintenance of therapeutic outcomes during FCT when treatment challenges are introduced (i.e., schedule thinning). Furthermore, researchers have evaluated the presence and impact of treatment relapse (i.e., resurgence) during FCT generalization. The purpose of the current study was threefold. First, we assessed participants’ proficiency and preference across functionally equivalent communication responses. Next, we evaluated the effects of progressive-ratio (PR) schedules of reinforcement, under a concurrent-operant arrangement on varied communication and maintenance of clinically significant reductions in challenging behavior. Finally, we examined the effects of introducing multiple communication responses during FCT on resurgence of challenging behavior during treatment challenges. Clinical implications and areas of future research will be discussed.
 
Further Evaluations of the Effects of Mand Topography Proficiency on Persistence of Communication and Resurgence of Problem Behavior
CAYENNE SHPALL (Student), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin), Andrea Ramirez-Cristoforo (The University of Texas at Austin), Fabiola Vargas Londoño (University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract: interventions for problem behavior. One element that has been shown to impact treatment outcomes relating to FCT is the proficiency with which individuals can utilize individual mand topographies that are targeted during the treatment. Ringdahl et al. (2009) found that higher proficiency resulted in better outcomes during FCT relative to low proficiency mands. Despite the demonstrated robustness of FCT as a treatment for problem behavior, recent studies have also shown resurgence of problem behavior can ensue during FCT when challenges to the treatment occur. We evaluated the effects of mand proficiency on resurgence of problem behavior during FCT. First, we conducted a mand proficiency assessment (MPA) with children who engaged in problem behavior. Based on the results of the MPA, FCT was implemented with high and low-proficiency mand topographies. Next, we evaluated resurgence (i.e extinction of mands and challenging behavior) across the two-mand topographies as well as persistence of engagement in the respective mands. Resurgence of problem behavior was similar across conditions; however greater persistence in high proficiency mands was observed during extinction phases relative to low proficiency mands. Potential clinical implications of the results will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #437
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Basic and Applied Research on Reinforced Behavioral Variability
Monday, May 27, 2019
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich E-G
Area: EAB/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Armando Machado (University of Minho)
Discussant: Allen Neuringer (Reed College)
CE Instructor: Sara Pound, M.A.
Abstract:

In this symposium, presenters will describe basic and applied research in the field of operant variability. This symposium will be chaired by Armando Machado, who will provide brief commentary between presentations. First, Galizio and Odum will share a basic research study on the generalization of reinforced variability across response topographies, levers and nosepokes, in rats. Next, Roberts, Biondolillo, and Yarbrough will show data from a basic research study examining operant variability of timing responses in rats. Next, Falcomata, Bagwell, Ringdahl, McComas, and Shpall will present a translational research study using a human operant resurgence paradigm to determine the effects of using a lag schedule as an alternative response. Lastly, Wolfe, Pound, McCammon, Chezan, and Drasgow will present a systematic review of interventions that promote variability in communication for individuals with autism. They will analyze the existing research on variability interventions for individuals with autism and make recommendations for future research and clinical applications. Finally, Allen Neuringer will serve as the discussant and will discuss theoretical implications of this research.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): FCT, operant variability, relapse, timing
Target Audience:

Basic and applied researchers; practitioners

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will describe current research on reinforced variability in nonhuman animals. 2. Participants will describe the application of research on variability to mitigating the effects of resurgence during FCT. 3. Participants will describe the current state of the literature on interventions to promote variability in individuals with ASD.
 
Investigating Generalization of Reinforced Variability in Rats
(Basic Research)
ANNIE GALIZIO (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Abstract: A great deal of research suggests that behavioral variability may be an operant, and can be controlled by reinforcement. If variability is an operant, then variability training should generalize across situations. The present study was designed to determine whether variability training on one response topography would generalize to another response topography. In Phase 1 of this experiment, rats produced four-response sequences across two nosepoke apertures (e.g., LRLR, where L and R indicate left and right responses, respectively). One group of rats (Vary) earned food for producing sequences of nosepokes that differed sufficiently from previous sequences using a threshold contingency, in which only infrequent sequences produced a reinforcer. The other group (Yoke) earned food at the same rate, but was not required to vary. In Phase 1, levels of variability were high for the Vary group and low for the Yoke group. In Phase 2, all rats were exposed to a threshold contingency for lever presses. If rats in the Vary group learned to vary lever presses more quickly than the Yoke group, then it is likely that variability training generalized across response topographies. Such evidence of generalization would support the idea that variability is an operant and inform clinical applications.
 
The Impact of Reinforcement Contingency on Interresponse Time in Rats
(Basic Research)
JAROD CLARK ROBERTS (Arkansas State University), Kris Biondolillo (Arkansas State University), Gary Yarbrough (Arkansas Northeastern College)
Abstract: Current research in the area of operant variability suggests that response variability can be controlled by operant reinforcement; however, there have been few studies of variation in timing of responses. To investigate the latter phenomenon, five female Wistar rats were exposed to a series of contingencies in which subjects were required to vary the times between lever press responses in order to obtain reinforcement. After a baseline condition, rats were exposed to three increasingly demanding variability contingencies with a return to baseline following each, and finally a comparison phase in which reinforcement probability was limited. It was predicted that subjects would vary sequences of responses as a function of variability contingency. The results of the study supported this hypothesis, with high levels of interresponse time variability observed, particularly in the most stringent variability contingency. These results support the notion that reinforcement can control variability in the timing of operant responding.
 

A Comparison of Lag Schedules and a Serial Approach to Training Multiple Responses on Persistence and Resurgence of Responding Within an Analogue of Functional Communication Training

(Applied Research)
Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin), ASHLEY BAGWELL (University of Texas at Austin), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota), Cayenne Shpall (University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract:

Myriad previous studies have demonstrated the efficacy of functional communication training (FCT) for the treatment of problem behavior exhibited by individuals with disabilities. However, resurgence may occur if the treatment is challenged by lapses in fidelity. One strategy for “inoculating” against resurgence of problem behavior involves the teaching of multiple modalities of communication during FCT. In the current human operant-based study serving as an analogue to FCT, we alternated two conditions across a 3-phase resurgence preparation. During Phase A, in both conditions, a target response was reinforced on a variable ratio (VR) 10-s schedule. During Phase B, target responding was on extinction in both conditions; an alternative response was reinforced on sequential (i.e., serial) fixed ratio (FR) 1 schedules in one condition and multiple responses were reinforced on a Lag 3 schedule in the other condition. During Phase C, all responses across both conditions were on extinction and persistence of alternative responding and resurgence of targeting responding was compared across conditions. Results varied with regard to resurgence of target responding while the majority of subjects exhibited higher persistence of alternative responding in the Lag schedule condition. Future avenues of research and potential implications of the current results will be discussed.

 

A Systematic Review of Interventions to Promote Variable Communication Behaviors in Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorders

(Applied Research)
SARA POUND (SCABA), Katie Wolfe (University of South Carolina), Meka McCammon (University of South Carolina), Laura C. Chezan (Old Dominion University), Erik Drasgow (University of South Carolina)
Abstract:

Abstract: Some individuals with ASD do not acquire vocal language, and those who do may engage in repetitive communicative behaviors that can limit skill acquisition, access to reinforcement, and access to less restrictive settings. Basic and applied research indicate that variability, or the extent to which responses are topographically different from one another, is influenced by antecedent and consequence interventions. Our purpose in this study was to systematically review the literature on interventions to increase variable communication behaviors in individuals with ASD. We identified 31 articles through a database search, and screened them using the What Works Clearinghouse (WWC) Single-Case Design Standards. Twenty studies containing 58 cases met WWC Design Standards. We coded the descriptive characteristics and strength of evidence, based on visual analysis, from each of these 20 studies. Our results indicate that mands and intraverbals were the most frequently targeted verbal operants, and that lag schedules were the most common intervention used to promote variability (65%). Most cases (72%) provide strong evidence of a functional relation between the interventions and varied communicative behavior. We will discuss the implications of our results for practice and for future research on interventions targeting variability with this population.

 
 
Symposium #438
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Why You Are Still Biased, Prejudiced, and Culturally Incompetent: Behavioral Conceptualizations to Possible Solutions
Monday, May 27, 2019
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Swissôtel, Lucerne Ballroom Level, Lucerne 1/2
Area: PCH/EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Robyn M. Catagnus (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Susan Wilczynski (Ball State University)
CE Instructor: Susan Wilczynski, Ed.D.
Abstract:

Every attendee at this conference, including you, is impacted by social and clinical effects of bias, racism, and cultural incompetency; it’s critical to further conceptual and theoretical study of, and practical approaches to, mitigating those effects. This is a local, global, and personal problem. Personal because of our direct experiences of discrimination. Personal, too, because you suffer bias’s negative effects as a clinician, related to client outcomes and career burnout. Locally, communities and schools continue to experience the devastating effects of bigotry and racism. Globally, we are disseminating our science and practice into new cultures but creating extraordinary ethical risk when we replicate ‘what has worked’ without culturally adapting and researching carefully. You are not immune from these concerns if you don’t work internationally. In a global world, diversity is so much more than visible differences, and your assessments, interventions, and interactions require nuanced and practiced cultural competencies: in higher education, in clinical practice, in training and supervision. Behavior science can help ameliorate these clinical and social effects in career, education, community, and international settings. We will share some of what we’ve found to work. Join us as we continue the fight to mitigate bias and increase multi-cultural competencies.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Bias mitigation, Burnout, Cultural competency, Diversity
Target Audience:

This topic of diversity, bias, burnout, and multicultural competency applies to every person living, working, and learning in the field of ABA. The topic is growing in importance, and everyone from students through seasoned doctoral level experts will benefit from exploring how all of us are affected by implicit cognition - and to learn how to culturally adapt our effective behavior analytic practices to cross-cultural, non-Western, and diverse populations of clients and students.

Learning Objectives: Explain racism and prejudice from the perspective of radical behaviorism. Describe two ways RFT and ACT can be utilized to ameliorate the effects of racism, prejudice and discrimination in school settings. Define a behavioral conceptualization of implicit cognition. Specify how to assess bias with a behavior analytic, computer based tool. Discuss two methods to intervene on patterns of behavior related to the construct of burnout. Utilize culturally adapted behavior analytic procedures to enhance outcomes of cross-cultural interventions. List three key methods for teaching multicultural competencies to graduate students while simultaneously accommodating students from different cultural backgrounds.
 
Diversity submission A Brief Behavior-Analytic Conceptual and Applied Review of Racism, Prejudice, and Discrimination
(Theory)
KOZUE MATSUDA (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Children Center Inc), Yors A. Garcia (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Robyn M. Catagnus (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Despite ongoing efforts to eradicate racism, it persists globally, affecting education, health, and employment. The science of behavior analysis aids in understanding human behavior but requires constant evaluation to improve its methods. Recent research on relational frame theory (RFT) and acceptance and commitment theory (ACT), both based on contextual behavioral science (CBS), has helped this evolution. CBS provides new tools for dealing with racism issues in basic and applied studies. The purpose of this paper is to provide a brief conceptual and applied behavior-analytic review of racism, prejudice and discrimination. First, we present an analysis of racism, prejudice and discrimination from the traditional behavior-analytic perspective. Second, we describe the role of CBS in racism research. Third, we explain the roles RFT and ACT can play in ameliorating the clinical and social effects of racism, prejudice and discrimination, and briefly discuss applications in school settings.
 
Diversity submission 

Culturally Focused Caregiver Training to Increase Praise for Ghanaian Students With Autism

(Applied Research)
ASHLEY ELIZABETH KNOCHEL (University of South Florida), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

The effectiveness of behavior-analytic interventions for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is well- documented. However, little is known about the contextual appropriateness or translational capacity of those interventions in non-western cultures. ASD treatment centers in majority world countries lack funding for teacher or staff training. Thus, those programs rely heavily on the western community for training supports. Therefore, research on how to best culturally adapt training methods is crucial for increasing training effectiveness and sustainable dissemination of behavior-analytic services around the world. This study examined the impact of self-monitoring with performance feedback on caregivers’ use of culturally adapted praise. We also measured collateral effects on student academic engagement. Four caregivers and four students with autism in Accra, Ghana participated. Results indicated that self-monitoring and performance feedback effectively increased caregivers’ use of praise across phases. Additionally, adaptations to the topography of praise were critical for establishing desired student outcomes. This experiment provides an impetus for further examination of behavior-analytic interventions for children with autism in non-western contexts.

 
Diversity submission Assessing Implicit Cognition Related to Burnout and its Relevance for Behavior Analysts
(Applied Research)
GREGORY SCOTT SMITH (CARD; University of Nevada, Reno School of Medicine), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Nicole Jacobs (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Timothy Baker (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Mary Froehlich (University of Nevada, Reno School of Medicine), Alison Szarko (University of Nevada, Reno), Carolyn Brayko (University of Nevada, Reno School of Medicine), Melissa Patricia Piasecki (University of Nevada, Reno School of Medicine)
Abstract: Although the construct of implicit bias was formulated by researchers of a social-cognitive orientation, contemporary advancements in behavior analysis have allowed for a functional-behavioral conceptualization of implicit cognition and a corresponding computer-based assessment tool. While much of the research on implicit bias has focused on areas traditionally associated with diversity, such as race, ethnicity, and gender, research of implicit cognition is by no means limited to these topics. This paper will present ongoing interdisciplinary research at the University of Nevada School of Medicine which focuses on the assessment of implicit cognition across a broad range of domains, including but not limited to burnout among medical students. Burnout, its sources, its impact on well-being and behavior, and efforts to mitigate its effects are currently top priorities within the field of medical training, but behavior analysts would be remiss if we did not consider the relevance of burnout in our own field, from behavior technicians to BCBAs, administrators, and academicians. Relational Frame Theory and Contextual Behavioral Science provide a useful framework to conceptualize, assess, and ultimately intervene on patterns of behavior related to the construct of burnout, which is of social significance to people in virtually all areas of professional life.
 
Diversity submission 

Sensitivity in Teaching Multicultural Competencies: Developing Frameworks for Teaching Graduate Students From Diverse Cultural Backgrounds

(Service Delivery)
VANESSA PATRONE (Daemen College), Vicki Madaus Knapp (Daemen College)
Abstract:

As the demand for behavior analytic services grow, we can expect to see increased diversity among both people seeking behavior analytic services and people seeking licensure or certification as behavior analysts. We must consider the best methods for teaching multicultural competencies to graduate students while simultaneously accommodating students from different cultural backgrounds. This case study describes a potential framework for a parallel process of remaining culturally sensitive as instructors while teaching students how to maintain their ethical responsibility of cultural sensitivity when practicing as a behavior analyst.

 
 
Paper Session #439
Utilization of Pivotal Response Treatment
Monday, May 27, 2019
10:00 AM–10:20 AM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Montreux 1-3
Area: DEV
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Stephanie Northington (PACES, LLC)
 

Utilization of Pivotal Response Treatment: Direct Implementation, Generalization Beyond Autism Spectrum Disorders, Utilization Across the Lifespan, and Efficacy of Parent-Training

Domain: Applied Research
STEPHANIE NORTHINGTON (PACES, LLC)
 
Abstract:

Pivotal Response Treatment (PRT) has demonstrated significant increase in functional language and communication for children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). When compared with analogue teaching conditions, PRT outcomes were superior. Utilization of PRT occurs with children with ASD, either verbal or nonverbal. Generalization of PRT techniques beyond ASD has been examined, with increased functional verbal output demonstrated in children with other developmental concerns. Not only are results of PRT generalizable among children, but also adults. ASD and other diagnoses impact the presentation and development of emotional intelligence due to impairments in reciprocal social interaction. These deficits become more pronounced over the lifespan; thus, treatment remains important. Addressing social conversation skills is necessary for friendships, dating relationships, and employment. Evidence suggests teaching self-management is successful in targeting these behaviors. Video feedback has targeted a number of social behaviors. While the majority of the literature supporting the utilization of said techniques is discussed in relation to ASD, these techniques were useful with other conditions. Finally, one aspect of PRT that differs from other interventions is utilization of parent-training models. Traditional direct service models require at least 25 hours a week for several years to produce published outcomes. PRT, with its emphasis on family involvement, has demonstrated unmatched outcomes while utilizing less time and resources. Because parents spend more time with their children during the days, evenings, and weekends, they can provide more consistent and time intensive intervention for their children. Furthermore, research demonstrates that parents can be trained effectively. This paper reviews multiple aspects of PRT and its utilization with individuals diagnosed with a variety of conditions, at different points across the lifespan, with different developmental and social concerns. Finally, parent-training models are examined and discussed, as parents assist in providing the unmatched outcomes PRT demonstrates.

 
 
 
Symposium #440
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluating Data Collection Procedures During Discrete Trial Teaching
Monday, May 27, 2019
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency East, Lobby Level, Plaza Ballroom AB
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College)
Discussant: Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
CE Instructor: Robert K. Ross, M.S.
Abstract:

There are several data collection procedures available to the interventionist during discrete trial teaching (DTT). These include, but are not limited to, first trial data collection, probe data, trial-by-trial data collection, and estimation data. This symposium features two comparisons of trial-by-trial and estimation data during DTT in two different instructional formats. The first presentation compared the two data collection procedures while teaching tact relations in a one-to-one instructional format. The second presentation extends the findings of the first by comparing the two data collection procedures while teaching tact relations in a group instructional format. The symposium will close with comments on the relative strengths and limitations of presentations as well as future areas of research and practice.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): data collection, DTT, estimation
Target Audience:

Any individual providing supervision of staff providing ABA-based intervention for individuals diagnosed with autism will benefit from this symposium in addition to those providing direct intervention. Clinical or site directors in charge of making data based decisions and determining data collection systems for use agency wide will also benefit from this symposium.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the symposium, the participants will be able to: 1. identify and describe the conditions under which various data collection systems are more or less preferred within a DTT context 2. identify the strengths and limitations of at least two approaches of data collection within a DTT context 3. describe the methods to collect estimation data when using DTT to train tact relations for individuals diagnosed with autism within group and one-on-one instructional formats
 

A Comparison of Data Collection Procedures Used During Discrete Trial Teaching to Teach Tact Relations

ANNA DOTSON (Autism Partnership Foundation Academy), Julia Ferguson (Autism Partnership Foundation), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Christine Milne-Seminara (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership)
Abstract:

There are many data collection procedures utilized during discrete trial teaching (DTT) including first trial data collection, probe data, trial-by-trial data collection, and estimation data. Continuous, or trial-by-trial, data collection consists of the interventionist collecting data on learner behavior on each trial. Estimation data consists of the interventionist estimating learner performance after a teaching session using a rating scale. The purpose of the present study was to compare trial-by-trial data collection to estimation data collection during DTT to teach children expressive labels. The data collection procedures were examined in terms of accuracy of data collection, efficiency of teaching (i.e., number of trials delivered per session), and rate of child acquisition of targets. Results of the adapted alternating treatment design replicated across three participants and multiple targets will be discussed.

 

Comparing Two Data Collection Procedures When Using Discrete Trial Teaching to Teach Tact Relations Within a Group Instructional Format

ASIM JAVED (Autism Partnership Foundation Academy), Julia Ferguson (Autism Partnership Foundation), Amanda Griffin (Autism Partnership), Tracey Terhune (Autism Partnership), Christine Milne-Seminara (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College)
Abstract:

Most research comparing data collection procedures has been done during one-to-one discrete trial teaching (DTT; e.g., Cummings & Carr, 2009; Taubman, Leaf, McEachin, Papovich, & Leaf, 2013). This study aimed to extend previous literature comparing continuous methods of data collection to estimation data but this time implementing the data collection procedures within group discrete trial teaching with three individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Group discrete trial teaching was completed in a classroom setting using relevant academic targets for each child. The data collection procedures were examined in terms of accuracy of data collection, efficiency of teaching (i.e., number of trials delivered per session), and rate of child acquisition of targets. Results of the adapted alternating treatment design replicated across sets and multiple targets will be discussed.

 
 
Paper Session #441
Issues in Data Collection and Analysis
Monday, May 27, 2019
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom C
Area: AUT
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Tara Olivia Loughrey (The Victory Center for Autism and Related Disabilities)
 

Behavior Analysis Service Delivery and Technology: Advancements in Data Collection Platforms and Online Training Programs for Staff

Domain: Service Delivery
TARA OLIVIA LOUGHREY (The Victory Center for Autism and Related Disabilities), Jessica Naomi Cadette Dunn (The Victory Center), Diana Lozano (The Victory Center), Tiffany Morhaim (The Victory Center for Autism and Related Disabilities), Maria Soto (The Victory School)
 
Abstract:

Given increasing demands and the lack of funding towards indirect hours, BCBAs are in need of efficient methods to deliver services effectively. Technological advancements in online data collection platforms (e.g., Catalyst) and online training programs (e.g., Relias) will be discussed in terms of improving efficiencies, effectiveness and consumer satisfaction. First, we will discuss the implications of using an online data collection platform and the process of transitioning an organization from paper and pencil datasheets to an online platform. Using a multiple probe across participants (teachers) design, we evaluated the effects of Catalyst on data entry duration for five ABA teachers at a small school for students with autism and developmental disabilities. Results indicate that Catalyst was effective in significantly decreasing data entry duration for all five participants. In addition, social validity measures as well as permanent product data on the number of datasheets prior and following the use of the online platform were collected. Recommendations for future research and implications for the use of online data entry platforms in practice are discussed. Second, we will discuss the implications of using an online training program for individualizing training of practitioners. Specifically, we will discuss the process to set up an online training program and the advantages for an ABA organization. We will present social validity measures on consumer satisfaction of teachers. In addition, we will present data measuring the amount of time teachers will spend accessing training online outside of direct hours. Recommendations for future research and implications of the use of online training programs in practice are discussed.

 

Leveraging Machine Learning to Auto Collect Data From Video Samples

Domain: Service Delivery
MANU KOHLI (Cogniable; Learning Skills Academy, India), Ap Prathosh (IIT Delhi, India), Swati Kohli (Learning Skills Academy, India), Prashant Pandey (IIT Delhi, India), Joshua K. Pritchard (Factari Holdings)
 
Abstract:

Imagine software that collects all of your data during sessions. We did! As we all know, the success of ABA in the treatment of children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder depends upon the collection and analysis of high quality observational data. However data collection can be labor intensive and prone to human error. To overcome those challenges we developed software using artificial intelligence and machine learning that can automatically collect data from video inputs of traditional DTT scenarios across multiple response domains. Videos of imitation and listener responding sessions during three months of treatment with 18 children was processed via our machine learning model. The outputs were contrasted with the true measure and those of humans.

 
 
 
Symposium #442
CE Offered: BACB/NASP
Behavior Analysis and Restorative Justice: Birds of a Feather?
Monday, May 27, 2019
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Fairmont, B2, Imperial Ballroom
Area: CSS/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Jack Treadway (University of Mississippi)
Discussant: Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana - Lafayette)
CE Instructor: Emily Kennison Sandoz, Please Select...
Abstract: Restorative Justice (RJ) practices have been implemented within the contexts of school, community corrections, and criminal justice systems. These practices provide those directly and indirectly affected by harmful behaviors and perpetrators opportunities to effectively repair harm, leading to the reintegration of the community. Such processes have been adopted by only a few professional USA-based organizations, typically those directly involved in propagating RJ. Additionally, these practices have only recently been the topic of behavior analytic research. This symposium will provide an introduction to the basic features of RJ, highlight the similarities between RJ and behavior-analytic principles, and provide an example of behavior analytic research with RJ. The first paper will also provide recommendations for implementing RJ techniques in professional organizations such as ABAI. The second paper will present methods, findings, and implications from an empirical study within the school system implementing RJ principles using performance feedback techniques. The second paper will also discuss the potential to use Behavioral Skills Training to build competency and fluency with RJ techniques.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Performance feedback, Professional Organizations, Restorative Justice, Schools
Target Audience: Practicing behavior analysts and counselors; graduate students; faculty; officers in professional organizations
Learning Objectives: Learning outcome 1: Describe the basic assumptions and processes of restorative justice and its overlaps with behavior-analytic principles. Learning outcome 2: Discuss considerations for implementing RJ within the context of professional organizations. Learning outcome 3: Describe behavioral methods of building capacity and fluency among those implementing RJ.
 

Restorative Justice Within the Context of Professional Organizations: Is RJ the Way?

JEFFREY PAVLACIC (University of Mississippi), Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Stefan Schulenberg (University of Mississippi)
Abstract:

Restorative Justice (RJ) practices are rarely implemented within the context of professional organizations, despite their effectiveness in reducing recidivism within the Criminal Justice (CJ) system. RJ, broadly, is a theory with roots in CJ traditionally designed to detract recidivism and guide the effective reparation of harm. The overarching goal of RJ is to provide parties affected by harm an opportunity for engagement in the resolution process, thereby enhancing community well-being and reintegrating victims and offenders. Overlap exists between RJ and basic behavior-analytic principles. Behavior is a function of context, where behaviors reinforced are more likely to occur in the future. Unfortunately, traditional correctional systems are punishment-focused, which may lead to eliciting, discriminative, behavior-suppressing, and physiological effects. Thus, implementing RJ practices from a reinforcement-focused, behavior-analytic approach may effectively address misconduct within professional organizations. The current paper reviews RJ principles and their overlap with BA principles. Additionally, we provide recommendations for implementing RJ within the context of professional organizations, such as Applied Behavior Analysis International.

 
Using Single-Subject Design to Evaluate School Restorative Justice Technologies
DARREN AITCHISON (National Louis University)
Abstract: In prior research, Restorative Justice (RJ) has been implemented to reduce conflict and produce positive behavior change in the American school and criminal justice systems. Peace Circes and victim-offender reconciliation programs (VORP) are used in place of traditional, punitive-based systems. These programs specifically are heavily used within the criminal justice system. Performance feedback has been implemented to produce skill improvement at the organizational level. Monitoring, coaching, and feedback on an employee’s performance are given at regular time intervals. In this study, three teachers, one administrator, and three students were each given feedback and coaching on how they managed chronic misbehavior in delayed multiple baseline designs. Results suggested that when exposed to performance feedback and coaching on RJ at full implementation, student discipline referrals decreased significantly, suggesting that the independent variable may have been responsible for the measured behavior change. Implications of these results and the potential to improve fluency and capacity for implementing RJ using other behavioral techniques (e.g., Behavioral Skills Training) will be discussed.
 
 
Paper Session #443
Behavior Analysis and Community Applications
Monday, May 27, 2019
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Fairmont, Lobby Level, Cuvee
Area: CSS
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University)
 
The Effects of a Collaborative, Multidimensional Truancy Prevention and Diversion Program: A 10-Year Analysis of Single-Subject and Group Data
Domain: Applied Research
KELSEY DACHMAN (University of Kansas), Jan B. Sheldon (University of Kansas), James A. Sherman (University of Kansas)
 
Abstract: Education is fundamental to the development of skills required for academic and social success. When students fail to attend school, adverse consequences result at the individual, school, and societal level. Past research suggests the need for a collaborative and comprehensive approach to address truancy that includes monitoring attendance, mentoring, providing consequences, parent and school involvement, and ongoing evaluation. This study evaluates the effects of a truancy prevention and diversion program on the decrease in unexcused absences accumulated by students (N= 450) in violation of the compulsory education law. The program has been offered as an alternative to formal court involvement for 40 years and is a collaborative effort with public schools, the district attorney’s office, a child protective and youth services agency, and a midwestern university. Undergraduate practicum students act as mentors by developing positive relationships, monitoring attendance, and providing incentives through a behavioral contract. The program includes a review team led by an assistant district attorney. The primary investigator analyzed group data collected over the past 10 years and a representative sample (n= 60) of individual participant data per year using single-subject methodology. Results show the program is effective in reducing truancy across students and years.
 
 
 
Invited Paper Session #444
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP

Applied Behavior Analysis for All: Building Systems to Help Children Through Transdisciplinary Behavioral Approach

Monday, May 27, 2019
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, St. Gallen 1-3
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Nirvana Pistoljevic, Ph.D.
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
NIRVANA PISTOLJEVIC (Edus-Education for All)
Nirvana Pistoljevic received her B.A. in Psychology from Rutgers University. Then, from Teachers College she received an M.A. in General and Special Education, Ed.M. in Instructional Practices in Special Education and an M.Phil. in Behaviorsim. In 2008, she received a Ph.D. in Applied Behavior Analysis in Education from Columbia University, where she has been teaching for the past 9 years at the Graduate School of Education. Dr. Pistoljevic has achieved the rank of Assistant Research Scientist through the CABAS® system and is a published researcher and invited lecturer in the fields of education, psychology, behavioral science, e-learning, early childhood development, and language development. Her current research interests include development of early childhood sevices, science of teaching, behavioral approach in assessment, early childhood development, language development, observational learning, inclusion, behavior-environment interactions, teacher training and behavioral systems. Also, Dr. Pistoljevic is committed in helping children with Autism and other developmental disorders in Bosnia and Herzegovina, where she is one of the founders of an NGO “EDUS-Education for All” committed to advancing educational practices in this country. She is currently spending most of her time in Bosnia and Herzegovina, where she is working with the UN agencies (UNICEF and UNDP) and USAID, training her staff of 60 professionals, providing education and services for over 200 children through 4 different EDUS programs, running first Early Intervention program in BiH, conducting research and writing. With the support of a UNICEF grant, she created first B&H developmental behavioral screening and monitoring tool for detection of developmental delays and/or monitoring children’s’ development birth through start of school, also an evaluation and educational program creating tool for children with and without developmental disorders, and curricula for parent education and future parent education. Currently, in partnership with UNICEF in B&H, she is conducting preschool and schoolteachers training, developing early detection and intervention systems, and developing materials for transdisciplinary teams “around the child”.  She is also working with UNICEF- Palestine on different modalities on implementation of National Early Detection and Intervention Policy, creating the early detection and intervention system, and training the professional staff from health, education, higher education and social care sectors. In B&H with the support of an USAID research grant, with the transdisciplinary team of professors form UK and USA, she is work on the validation of the developmental screening and monitoring app, development of protocol for ASD diagnostics, and research on the best model of early intervention services for B&H and low and mid-income countries.  With the Public Health Institute and Ministry of Health of Montenegro, she is working on developing a first Center for Children Diagnosed with Autism, where all children in additoin to diagnostics will be able to receive education and support services. With UNICEF Serbia, she is working on traning preschool and kindergarten teachers on best evidence-based practices for sucessful inclusion of all chidren, and creating a model for development and implementation of Serbian version of IFSP and IEP. She is also a president of a Bosnian-Herzegovinian-American Academy of Arts and Sciences (BHAAAS), and organizes and chairs a largest multidisciplinary scientific conference in Balkans every year. She  is also one of 9 nominees for 2019 Brock International Prize in Education.
Abstract:

EDUS-Education for All is a non-for-profit organization trying to bring science, newest methods and conduct research in the fields of early detection, diagnostics, intervention, and inclusion of children with developmental disorders. EDUS creates systematic approaches and trains transdisciplinary teams of service providers using behavioral principles to advance health, education and social care systems in low resource countries. In partnership with UNICEF, USAID and relevant ministries in Bosnia and Herzegovina, EDUS was able to work on developing Early Detection and Intervention concepts for the country, and to provide services based on a behavioral but transdisciplinary approach for thousands of children through health, education and social care systems. We have created and standardized a behavioral developmental instrument, to detect and monitor early childhood development and tested it on over 2500 children in order to create developmental norms for the country. Now as an easy to use App, this behavioral tool will aid pediatricians in early detection and monitoring. Same process has now been started with UNICEF-Palestine for children in Gaza and West Bank, creating their developmental norms and behavioral approach to screening, monitoring, and advancing development. I will also talk about our research in application of technology and molecular biology to help detect and diagnose children with ASD and other neurodevelopmental disorders, and our research on methodologies for inducing language and other developmental milestones when they do not develop naturally. Our goal is development of reliable and evidence based methods for low and mid-income countries in order to advance health and education practices for children with and without disorders. We focus on transdisciplinary research and projects based on collaboration of medical, technical and social sciences. I will show you how using the science of Applied Behavior Analysis across several mid-income countries with limited resources can promote early childhood development with concrete steps, measures, tools and applications. It’s a showcase of the power behavioral science has for advancement of outcomes for all human kind.

Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. 

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify critical components of Early Detection and Intervention Systems needed for a country to be able to provide services to children with developmental disorders in early childhood; (2) apply concrete steps in order to create a behavior-based transdisciplinary approach to intervention; (3) communicate with professionals from other fields using behavioral tools; (4) use applied behavior analysis in collaboration with other fields to promote early childhood development.
 
 
Panel #446
PDS: Organizational Behavior Management: The Present and Future of the Field
Monday, May 27, 2019
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Toronto
Area: OBM; Domain: Theory
Chair: Kathryn M. Roose (University of Nevada, Reno)
NICOLE GRAVINA (Florida Institute of Technology)
RAMONA HOUMANFAR (University of Nevada, Reno)
DOUGLAS A. JOHNSON (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Behavior science first entered the business world in the 1960s and 1970s. In 1977, the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management was first published and became the official outlet of OBM research. By the 1980s, Organizational Behavior Management was a well-established discipline (Dickinson, 2001). Since then, the field has expanded, with a growing library of books for scientists and for the general public, research articles, conference strands at the Association for Behavior Analysis International annual conferences, OBM conferences, the OBM Network, and graduate training programs dedicated to training OBM practitioners. While the expansion of the field may be interpreted as a sign of health, there are potential issues with the growth. There are varying interpretations of what is and is not under the umbrella of OBM, students of OBM may receive conflicting training, and unlike course sequences and certification requirements around clinical skills for ABA services, there is disagreement regarding sufficient training for OBM practitioners. This panel of OBM researchers and practitioners will provide their views and answer audience questions about the field of OBM as a whole - where it has been and where it is going.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): OBM, organizations
 
 
Invited Paper Session #447
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP

Why are the Behavioral Sciences Not More Effective: Reprise

Monday, May 27, 2019
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom AB
Area: SCI; Domain: Theory
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Ruth Anne Rehfeldt, Ph.D.
Chair: Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
RUTH ANNE REHFELDT (Southern Illinois University)
Dr. Ruth Anne Rehfeldt is a Professor in the Rehabilitation Services undergraduate program and an affiliated faculty in the Behavior Analysis and Therapy program. She holds a Ph.D. (1998) and MA (1995) from the Behavior Analysis Program (in Psychology) at the University of Nevada, and a BA (1993) in psychology from the University of Puget Sound. She is also a Board Certified Behavior Analyst at the doctoral level. Dr. Rehfeldt has taught undergraduate and graduate courses in research methods, behavioral assessment, principles of behavior, introduction to behavior analysis, verbal behavior, and radical behaviorism. Dr. Rehfeldt has authored nearly 100 articles and book chapters, primarily in the areas of derived stimulus relations and verbal behavior. Dr. Rehfeldt has served as the editor of The Psychological Record for 12 years and has been an editorial board member for a number of behavior analytic journals over the years.   She has co-edited one textbook with Yvonne Barnes-Holmes, entitled Derived Relational Responding: Applications for Learners with Autism and Other Developmental Disabilities: A Progressive Guide to Change, and is currently co-editing a textbook tentatively entitled, Applied Behavior Analysis of Language and Cognition, with Mitch Fryling, Jonathan Tarbox, and Linda Hayes.
Abstract:

The controversy over whether behavior analysts should not only examine, but intervene on, private events has not ended. Reluctance to incorporate analyses of covert language processes into applied behavior analyses has limited our field’s scope. Moreover, applied behavior analysis continues to focus its energies predominantly on small-scale studies in highly controlled environments while larger societal problems flourish. The purpose of this presentation is to discuss how the concepts encompassed by Acceptance and Commitment Therapy can be applied to several very diverse areas of social concern, including: 1) human service agency staff training; 2) health prevention behaviors; and 3) marine conservation. I will articulate the often underappreciated relationship between relational learning and psychological inflexibility and experiential avoidance, and will describe how concepts such as acceptance, values, and committed actions can have an impact in building the adaptive repertoires needed to resolve a number of small and large-scale issues of social significance.

Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) explain the relationship between ACT and Relational Frame Theory; (2) discuss an overview of procedures and results from staff training studies on components of ACT; (3) conceptualize possible areas of application of behavioral principles to health-related and conservation behaviors.
 
 
Panel #448
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Easier Said Than Done: Practical Supervision Across Settings
Monday, May 27, 2019
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Fairmont, Second Level, International Ballroom
Area: TBA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Cameron Mittelman, M.A.
Chair: Cameron Mittelman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
LISA DAVIES (By Your Side)
LAUREN J LESTREMAU (Ivymount School)
ROSIE WARD (Reach ABA)
Abstract:

The quality of the supervision experience for future behavior analysts is assumed to be a factor predictive of the quality of their practice (Turner, Fischer, & Luiselli, 2016). Although the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) has taken steps to increase the likelihood of effective supervision by mandating completion of an 8-hour supervision training (BACB, 2012), increasing the time period before new behavior analysts may supervise others (BACB, 2017), and adding supervision to the BACB task list (BACB, 2017), there are still variations and disparities as to the frequency, quality, and manner in which supervision is provided. One major reason for such variations is likely the settings in which supervision takes place, with different environments offering different benefits and supervision opportunities, as well as different challenges and considerations (Carr & Nosik, 2017). In this panel, the speakers will describe their experiences providing BACB supervision in three common settings: a private day school, a clinic, and in the home. Speakers will discuss how they have adjusted their supervision practices to best suit their environment and will provide practical recommendations and considerations for new supervisors or those who will begin supervising in the future.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

This panel is geared toward early career BCBAs who (a) provide supervision currently (to behavior analytic supervisees), (b) will provide supervision in the future, and (c) supervise individuals who supervise others, particularly others who are early BCBAs.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe practices for implementing the new BACB supervision standards across training settings, (2) compare and contrast considerations for supervision aligned to different settings, (3) identify training methods for development of supervision skills aligned to setting, and (4) state strategies to address challenges unique to individual training settings.
Keyword(s): BACB Supervision, Clinical Training, Effective Supervision, Supervision Practices
 
 
Symposium #449
CE Offered: BACB
SAFMEDS: Historical Perspectives, State of the Art, and University Course Applications
Monday, May 27, 2019
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Fairmont, Lobby Level, Rouge
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Donald M. Stenhoff (Arizona State University)
CE Instructor: Donald M. Stenhoff, Ph.D.
Abstract:

SAFMEDS (Say All Fast Minute Every Day Shuffled) is a well-tested and validated learning tool that has evolved with changing technologies. The effectiveness of SAFMEDS has been demonstrated across learners from preschool through college-aged individuals. As the amount of information increases, so does the need for college-aged leaners to acquire information at a high rate and to demonstrate acquisition from testing at universities to national board examinations. Thus, using SAFMEDS in college courses is an ideal way to meet the growing demands placed on students. In this symposium, the evolution of the technology and application of SAMEDS will be discussed. In the first presentation, the past, present, and future of SAFMEDS will be described. In the second presentation, the presenter will describe a study in which two SAFMEDS procedures were assessed and the effect on undergraduate student achievement in an introductory applied behavior analysis course. In the third presentation, the presenter will describe a study in which paper versus digital SAFMEDS were evaluated with master’s students in an applied behavior analysis program. Results will be discussed in terms of participant performance related to SAFMEDS format, and format preference.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): College teaching, Precision teaching, SAFMEDS, Standard celeration
Target Audience:

College instructors, BCBA supervisors, educators

 

SAFMEDS in the Digital Age

Richard Kubina (Penn State), Donald M. Stenhoff (Arizona State University), DOUGLAS E. KOSTEWICZ (University of Pittsburgh)
Abstract:

SAFMEDS offer a well-tested, validated learning tool aimed at generating behavioral fluency in verbal or graphic information. SAFMEDS (Say All Fast Minute Every Day Shuffled) have applicability spanning preschool to college-aged and beyond. From there inception SAFMEDS have appeared in mostly a paper medium. Instructors would create their SAFMEDS on paper or an Excel or Word template. The resulting paper product allowed learners to use practice and learn the targeted content anywhere. As Precision Teaching has evolved through the digital age so too has SAFMEDS. The current presentation will discuss the past, present, and future of SAFMEDS.

 
A Comparison of the Effects of Two Variations of SAFMEDS in an Introductory Undergraduate Behavior Analysis Course
JENNIFER WERTALIK (Armstrong State University), Andrew Bulla (Georgia Southern University - Armstrong), Sal Ruiz (University of West Florida)
Abstract: SAFMEDS (Say All Fast Minute Every Day Shuffled) is a practice and assessment procedure developed to help students learn and build fluency on key facts (Graf & Lindsley, 2002). SAFMEDS is typically used to help students become fluent in definitions and basic concepts, thus making complex learning and later synthesis of concepts more likely. The present study examines the impact of two types of SAFMEDS procedures on student achievement. First, is the use of a traditional whole deck practice. Second, is dividing the deck into segments and practicing each segment to fluency. Participants include two sections of an Intro to ABA course at the undergraduate level. Results are displayed on a digital Standard Celeration Chart. Data demonstrate that students respond at higher rates with smaller deck segments, but make more errors when compared to a full deck practice model. A discussion of the benefits and detriments of each type of practice could guide future practice routines for students.
 
Comparing Paper and Digital SAFMEDS to Increase Masters Students’ Behavioral Terminology Fluency: Does Performance Differ by Format, and Which Format is Preferred?
DONALD M. STENHOFF (Arizona State University), Richard M. Kubina (Penn State)
Abstract: Students of behavior analysis are required to verbally demonstrate knowledge of dozens of behavioral terms and definitions during their programs. Their demonstration becomes more important for academic and career success when asked to overtly respond either vocally in class or answering items on national exams. A Precision Teaching methodology, SAFMEDS (Say All Fast a Minute Every Day Shuffled), was developed in the 1970s by Ogden Lindsey to increase behavioral fluency. SAFMEDS has been used to increase fluency of behavioral terminology with college students. Students typically use SAFMEDS that are printed on cards; however, researchers have also used SAFMEDS in digital format, presented on a computer or a handheld device. In this presentation, we will describe a study in which students in two courses in an on-campus Master of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis program used both paper and digital formats to study behavioral terminology. The participants used both versions of SAFMEDS across three phases, which concluded with students selecting which format they preferred. Correct and incorrect responses were recorded in an online standard celeration chart. Results will be discussed in terms of participant performance related to SAFMEDS format, and format preference.
 
 
Symposium #450
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluating Procedures for Teaching Children With Autism to Communicate Using Speech-Generating Devices
Monday, May 27, 2019
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom CD North
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Christopher A. Tullis (Georgia State University)
Discussant: Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon)
CE Instructor: Wendy A. Machalicek, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Approximately 30% of children with Autism Spectrum Disorder do not develop speech. As a result, there may be benefits from interventions that teach the use speech-generating devices to establish verbal behavior repertoires. Numerous studies have shown the effectiveness of teaching the use of speech-generating devices in the context of basic manding. However, extension of this research is needed to evaluate procedures for teaching advanced verbal behavior for children who use SGDs. This symposium will present empirical data related to teaching verbal behavior to children using speech-generating devices. The first single case study evaluated procedures aimed at teaching two nonvocal children with autism spectrum disorder to use a speech-generating device to mand to their peer and engage in listener responding. The second study replicates the procedures from Frampton, Wymer, Hansen, & Shillingsburg (2016) to teach children who use speech-generating devices tacts of noun-verb combinations using matrix training. Wendy Machalicek will sever as the discussant.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): autism, generalization, speech-generating device, verbal behavior
Target Audience:

Target audience are practitioners, students, and researchers in the field of applied behavior analysis who work with individuals with autism who have limited communication skills.

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will learn about nonvocal children with autism learning to communicate use SGDs. 2. Participants will learn about two types of intervention smethods to teach communication to children using SGDs. 3. Participants will understand the implications of interventions as they relate to generalization of these skills.
 

Teaching Mands to Peers and Peer Listener Behavior to Children With Autism Using a Speech-Generating Device

(Applied Research)
JOSHUA CHARPENTIER (Butterfly Effects), Amarie Carnett (University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorder with limited speech are often taught to use speech-generating devices as an alternative communication mode. Intervention with speech-generating devices often begins by teaching the child to mand for, or request, preferred objects. To date, research on teaching children to produce mands for actions via a speech-generating device is limited. In the present study, we evaluated procedures aimed at teaching two nonvocal children with autism spectrum disorder to use a speech-generating device to mand to their peer and engage in listener responding. Naturalistic teaching procedures were used to teach both speaker and listener behavior. We also assessed for maintenance of the skill over time. A multiple baseline design across participants design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of this intervention. Both participants acquired the mands to peer and listener responding. These results suggest the feasibility to teaching mands to peers and listener behavior to children who communicate using speech-generating devices.

 

Matrix Training to Promote Recombinative Generalization in Children With Autism Using a Speech Generating Device

(Applied Research)
VIDESHA MARYA (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Frampton (May Institute, Inc.), M. Alice Shillingsburg (May Institute)
Abstract:

Approximately 30% of individuals diagnosed with autism fail to develop vocal communication. For these individuals, Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC) systems such as manual signs, picture exchange communication system (PECS), and speech generating devices (SGD) are often used. Numerous studies have shown the effectiveness of selection-based pictorial systems to promote functional communication. However, there is a dearth of research on strategies to teach advanced verbal behavior using SGDs. The current study presents a replication and extension of previous work conducted with vocal children teaching tacts of noun-verb combinations using matrix training (Frampton, Wymer, Hansen, & Shillingsburg, 2016). Three males diagnosed with autism were exposed to matrix training with mastered tacts of nouns (e.g., “elephant”) and verbs (e.g. “reading”). Two matrices were constructed (Matrix 1 and Generalization matrix), using mastered nouns and verbs. Following baseline of the matrices, diagonal targets within Matrix 1 were trained (e.g., “elephant reading”). Post-tests were conducted for the Generalization matrix followed by post-tests for Matrix 1. Two participants showed recombinative generalization with the Generalization matrix after training of diagonal targets in Matrix 1. For the third participant, correct responding with the Generalization matrix targets was observed after training with four different matrices (Matrix 1 – 4).

 
 
Symposium #451
CE Offered: BACB
Understanding Complex Relational Stimulus Control Does Not Require a Relational Frame Theory
Monday, May 27, 2019
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom CD South
Area: VBC/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Paul Thomas Thomas Andronis (Northern Michigan University)
Discussant: Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University)
CE Instructor: T. V. Joe Layng, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Is a Relational Frame Theory (RFT) really required to account for responding to complex relations between stimuli? This symposium will provide alternative accounts not requiring a hypothetical relational operant for relational responding found in both the experimental laboratory and more applied or everyday settings. The emergence of relational responding has been explained by RFT as a product of a history of multiple exemplar training. However, the formation of relational responding might be better characterized by the process of adduction. We will look at an experimental study that explores this idea. This symposium will also review procedures in applied settings that produce responding to relational stimuli that have their origin in research beginning over 60 years ago, and that have routinely been applied to establishing complex “relational responding” for decades. These procedures demonstrate that central to establishing control by relational stimuli is the non-example, and that it is discrepancy as well as sameness that is critical to establishing such control. The contribution of hierarchal and coordinate abstract tacts to understanding the acquisition of complex relational responding in both controlled and everyday settings will be described.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Adduction, abstract-tact
Target Audience:

Basic and applied behavior analysts

 

Equivalence Relations: Emergence or Adduction?

(Basic Research)
JESUS ROSALES-RUIZ (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

When people are taught the conditional discriminations A-B and B-C, untrained conditional discriminations often emerge (e.g, B-A, C-B, A-C, C-A). A, B, and C become interchangeable events in the contingency and are said to be members of an equivalence class. Current explanations of the emergence of stimulus equivalence point to the immediate history of conditional-discrimination training (Sidman, 2000), perhaps to organismic variables (Sidman, 1992, 1994), and to a history of differential reinforcement across multiple exemplars (Hayes, 1991; Hughes & Barnes-Holmes, 2016). In addition to training history, the explanations also include some kind of selection mechanism that occurs during testing. That mechanism could be seen as a context controlling the appropriate relational response (Hayes, 1991) or as a process that screens out alternative stimulus control (Sidman, 1992). These views suggest that equivalence will emerge as a result of the right training history and favorable testing conditions. An alternative to this view is that equivalence classes may be the result of the fusion of two (or more) repertoires (Hineline, 1997), as exemplified by the process of adduction (Andronis, 1983). This presentation will explore this alternative and present an experiment relevant to this question.

 

Responding to Complex Relations Among and Between Stimuli: The Intradiemesional and Interdimensional Abstract Tact

(Theory)
T. V. JOE LAYNG (Generategy, LLC)
Abstract:

Treatments of the tact often do not extend beyond the simple tact. Skinner (1957), however, described the abstract tact where the speaker’s behavior is guided by a subset of stimulus properties. The abstract tact “chair” is guided not by a specific piece of furniture, but by features of that stimulus. Layng (in press) has described such guidance as an “intradimensional” tact. Abstract tacts also include behavior under control of relations between stimuli, such as distant, larger, opposite, same, different, me, you, to believe, etc. Layng (2014; 2016; in press) describes these relations as “interdimentional” tacts. This presentation will describe how these relations may be analyzed and sequences designed for their effective teaching, often without using match-to-sample procedures. It will be argued that these procedures may more closely resemble how these relations are acquired outside the laboratory than do the match-to-sample preparations often found in the laboratory. Further, it will be shown how such interdimensional tacts form the basis of “autoclitic frames,” whereby interdimensional relations can guide both speaker and listener behavior in completely novel situations, such as, “Y believes X will…” No hypothetical arbitrarily applicable relational operant is required to understand or teach these relations.

 
 
Symposium #452
CE Offered: BACB
A Pragmatic Look at Integrating Functional Analysis and Accompanying Function-Based Interventions in Applied Settings
Monday, May 27, 2019
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom D
Area: AUT/PCH; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Morten Haugland (Haugland Learning Center)
Discussant: Jessica Slaton (Nashoba Learning Group)
CE Instructor: Jessica Slaton, Ph.D.
Abstract:

For many people with disabilities, challenging behavior is a significant barrier to learning and full participation at school and at home. Researchers have demonstrated by using functional analysis, it is possible to identify the function of challenging behavior through systematic experimental manipulation of variables, and based upon that function, design an effective intervention. Iwata et al. (1994) introduced the functional analysis to the science of behavior. This in-depth process has inspired myriad adaptations and systematic replications of the functional analysis process evaluating different conditions, settings, and durations. In this presentation we will focus on four issues related to functional analysis and function-based treatments utilized by practitioners. First, we will review data from interviews of experts in functional analysis, and a survey of BCBA’s and BCBA-D’s regarding their use of components of functional analysis. Second, we will review data from researchers examining the Interview Informed Synthesized Contingency Analysis (IISCA). One, studying the effects of function-based intervention, implemented by paraprofessionals in a classroom context. The second researcher will examine the replication of the function-based intervention with parents as implementers. Finally, there will be an examination of function-based intervention on PICA following an adaption of standard functional analysis.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): delay tolerance, FCT, functional analysis, IISCA
Target Audience:

BCBAs looking to add functional analysis and function-based intervention to their repertoires. Additionally, practitioners that work in home and clinical settings working with parents and paraprofessionals.

Learning Objectives: The presenters will provide information and discussion on functional analysis in practice across settings, populations and professionals. Instructors will outline simple and pragmatic avenues to using functional analysis and look to describe derived treatments for a variety of response classes. Additionally, the presenters will seek to detail the prevalence of functional analysis in practice and bring awareness to the need to maintain an approach that is empirically verifiable.
 

Evaluating Recommendations Versus Utilization of the Essential Components of a Functional Analysis Procedure

ALISSA CONWAY (Drexel University)
Abstract:

The current dissertation project is a descriptive analysis composed of two interrelated studies. The dissertation proposes an opportunity to identify the essential components deemed necessary by behavior analytic experts in the field to implement and analyze a functional analysis (FA) followed by an examination of which of these components are utilized consistently by practitioners in the field. The project involves one interview and one survey; the interview is directed toward experts in functional analysis in behavior analysis, and the survey is directed toward Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) and Board-Certified Behavior Analysts- Doctoral Level (BCBA-Ds) actively practicing functional analysis in the field of behavior analysis. The outcome data for the expert interview recommendations will be presented in comparison to the survey outcome data for the utilization of functional analysis components by practitioners.

 

The Implementation of Function-Based Intervention by Paraprofessionals Resulting From Interview Informed Synthesized Contingency Analysis

DIMITRIOS V. MAKRIDIS (Haugland Learning Center; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Eric Anderson (The Ohio State University)
Abstract:

The application of function-based intervention by paraprofessionals in the classroom context, requires extensive training and experience to be effective and impactful. Functional communication training (FCT), specifically mand training, has served as a standard intervention, and has been utilized as a default replacement for problem behavior by practitioners. While mand training is effective in increasing communication responses in contrived and instructional settings, often it does not result in generalization and independence across people and settings. This is mostly related to the extinguishing effects of synthesized contingencies in the natural environment. On the other hand, when FCT is paired with a contingency-based delay and denial tolerance, it is programmed to address these synthesized contingencies by establishing a functional, generalizable, and long-lasting replacement behavior. Three individuals with developmental disabilities and extensive histories of severe problem behavior (e.g., aggression, self-injury, high magnitude disruptive behavior, etc.) participated. FCT with contingency-based delay and denial tolerance was implemented following interview informed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA) in a classroom setting by paraprofessionals. Results are expected to show variable responding following baseline by front line staff and a decrease following the addition of a behavior skills training (BST) component. The integration of contingency-based delay and denial tolerance, and FCT informed through functional analysis, was demonstrated to be an effective intervention for increasing communication and acceptance of denials, while decreasing the rate and magnitude of severe problem behavior.

 
A Brief Functional Assessment of Pica
CODY MORRIS (Western Michigan University), Kelsey Webster (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Pica is a severe behavior involving the consumption of items that are non-edible and/or are non-nutritive. Pica occurs in approximately 6-26% of the population of individuals with developmental disabilities and can be life-threatening in some cases. Due to the challenging nature of this behavior, relevant assessment and treatment practices described in behavior analytic literature are often exceedingly time consuming. The purpose of this presentation is to extend research on pica in two ways. The first is to describe the results of a brief functional analysis conducted in home and hospital settings to address pica with an individual adolescent diagnosed with autism. The second purpose is to describe treatment probes that were conducted after function was determined. Treatments probes included NCR, NCR+ blocking and redirection, and functional communication training. The results of the study indicated that the abbreviated assessments produced differentiated results that led to successful treatment probes. IOA data was collected during all sessions of the study with a mean exact agreement of 94.2%
 
 
Symposium #453
CE Offered: BACB
Mediator Training: Bridging Distance, Settings, and Skills!
Monday, May 27, 2019
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom B
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kendra Thomson (Brock University )
Discussant: Amy J. Henley (Western New England University)
CE Instructor: Kendra Thomson, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Effective, evidence-based behavioural interventions are essential to ensure socially significant behaviour change for people with developmental disabilities (e.g., autism spectrum disorder). Training mediators to implement these interventions with fidelity increases the likelihood of successful intervention outcomes. Effective staff training has been associated with more effective staff practices, as well as improved client outcomes. Additionally, training parents using the same evidence-based procedures increases the likelihood that parents will successfully implement in-home behavioural intervention programs. Effective interventions in-home or in-clinic may contribute to clients generalizing target skills across environments, decreased challenging behaviour, and improved learning outcomes. This symposium summarizes results from assessments of behavioural skills training (BST) across different modalities (i.e., in-person, or telecommunication), skills (e.g., in-person mindfulness training or pre-session pairing), and mediators (e.g., parents, staff). Results provide further evidence of how this evidence-based training procedure promotes behaviour change in both mediators and people with developmental disabilities, including children with ASD. Clinical implications will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): ASD, BST, mediator training, parent training
Target Audience:

Board Certified Behavior Analysts, graduate students studying behavior analysis

Learning Objectives: 1) Identify strategies to address challenges and barriers with skill maintenance and generalization across training modalities, populations, and varying target skills. 2) Identify barriers to treatment integrity for parent-implemented interventions, and strategies to mitigate these barriers. 3) Describe the recent evidence on the use of behavioural skills training (BST) through telecommunication platforms and for teaching pairing skills. 4) Describe the current evidence to support the effect of mindfulness training on staff behaviour towards individuals with developmental disabilities.
 
Parent Treatment Integrity Across Multiple Components of a Behavioural Intervention
RALUCA NUTA (Brock University), Julie Koudys (Brock University)
Abstract: Children with a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often present with challenging behaviours such as aggression, tantrums, non-compliance, or self-injury. Behaviour analytic interventions are considered evidence-based practice for decreasing these challenging behaviours; however, most effective, multi-component interventions are implemented in-clinic by trained professionals, and treatment effects do not automatically generalize to the home. The literature is lacking on parent-implemented, multi-component interventions in the home, and little research has reported on the levels of treatment integrity with which such interventions are implemented. Treatment integrity is crucial to both intervention outcomes, as well as confidence in the validity of the results. As such, it is important to select effective training procedures that may enhance treatment integrity, such as behavioural skills training (BST). BST is an evidence-based training procedure that is widely used in behaviour analysis to train complex skills. The present study sought to determine whether BST can be successfully used to train a parent of a six-year old child with ASD to implement a multi-component intervention in the home, while carefully monitoring treatment integrity levels for each treatment component. Results support the use of BST for this purpose, and implications for future research are discussed.
 

Staff Training on Pairing Skills: How Does it Relate to Treatment Outcomes for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder?

REBECCA ENSOR (Brock University), Priscilla Burnham Riosa (Brock University)
Abstract:

Pairing, a strategy to enhance therapeutic rapport between a therapist and client, is a critical component of behaviour analytic interventions for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Despite its importance, few behaviour analytic studies to date have examined the necessary skills required to effectively pair with clients. Of those studies, none have identified the feasibility of training those skills. The purpose of this study was twofold: (1) to teach new instructor therapists to implement six pairing skills and (2) to examine the relation between pairing skills training on treatment outcomes for children with ASD (i.e., challenging behaviour and targeted skill accuracy). Although behaviour skills training was initially effective, consistent feedback on therapist performance was necessary for therapists to maintain pairing skills at mastery level. In terms of clients outcomes, challenging behaviour decreased in the first two participants as pairing was implemented. Skill accuracy; however, did not change as pairing was implemented. A replication of the procedure is currently underway. Implications of the findings and future study directions will be discussed.

 

Telecommunication Training for Early Intervention Staff: An Evaluation of Generalization and Maintenance

JOSEPH ROBERTSON (Brock University), Kendra Thomson (Brock University), Mary Hume (ONTABA), Carly Magnacca (Brock University), Amanda Marcinkiewicz (Brock University), Jessica Cauchi (none)
Abstract:

Telecommunication models (TCMs) have been shown to increase the accessibility of effective behavioural services for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Behavioural skills training (BST) delivered via TCM has preliminary support for effectively training individuals to provide support to children with ASD. Further evaluation is needed to assess generalization of trainee outcomes to clinical settings, on untrained procedures, and the corresponding effects of training on child outcome measures. In a concurrent multiple-baseline design across three novice early intervention staff, this study evaluated the effects of BST-TCM on: staff accuracy implementing the target procedure (e.g., errorless learning) and an untrained procedure (e.g., paired stimulus preference assessment). Staff fidelity was assessed in both contrived role-plays with an actor and in a clinical setting with a child. Corresponding child outcomes were measured as percent correct on typical programming taught using the target procedure (i.e., errorless learning). Results to date demonstrate that all three staff showed increased fidelity when implementing the target procedure following BST-TCM, and children showed a corresponding increase in program performance. One participant showed improvements in untrained procedures. The feasibility and efficacy of BST-TCM as an accessible modality for training staff supporting children with ASD will be discussed.

 

Does Mindfulness Training Change Staff Behaviours Toward Persons With Developmental Disabilities?

JESSICA SUMMERS (University of Manitoba), Toby L. Martin (St.Amant Research Centre)
Abstract:

To be mindful means to be in the moment, focusing on your mind, body and surroundings (Kabat-Zinn, 1990). Mindfulness training programs for caregivers of persons with developmental disabilities can benefit the caregivers and their clients (Singh, Lancioni, Karazsia, Chan, & Winton, 2016). Few studies have reported effects on specific caregiving behaviours. In a multiple-baseline-across-participants experiment, a brief mindfulness training session was evaluated by directly observing: announcement of actions prior to contact with client, looking away from the client or caregiving activity, and making contact at the torso prior to touching an extremity. Participants were three adult female staff (two DSPs and one nurse) and one adult male client. Announcements and torso-before-extremity contact increased and looking away decreased for all staff following the training; not all improvements were maintained over an extended period. Client happiness and unhappiness indicators were measured before and after the training, but no clear effects were observed.

 
 
Symposium #454
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching Math and Writing With Typical and Near-Typical Learners, and Children With Autism
Monday, May 27, 2019
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Fairmont, Second Level, Gold
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
Discussant: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
CE Instructor: Jennifer Holloway, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The four presentations in this symposium illustrate how evidence based practices in instructional design and Precision Teaching can be combined in new ways to provide instruction and practice to fluency with foundational and complex math and writing learning objectives. The first three presentations will demonstrate applications of the Morningside Mathematics Foundations Fluency, progressing in their scope from within a single classroom, to two studies with a large number of participants, to a schoolwide, multi-year implementation. First, Nicole Erickson will describe the synthesis of the conceptual aspects of Singapore Primary Math’s number bond component into the Morningside Math Facts Fluency program, along with a procedure for effective classwide implementation with typical and near-typical learners. Next, Jennifer Holloway will present the results of two studies that examine the effects of Precision Teaching, frequency building, and the Morningside Math Facts Fluency program on the computation repertoires of typical learners in the United Kingdom. Third, Kathy Fox will describe a long-term, schoolwide implementation of the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction with students with autism, with particular focus to moving beyond foundational math skills and computation skills to higher order problem solving involving word problems using Morningside’s Algebra for Beginners program. Lastly, Marianne Delgado will move into the area of writing, describing an even more complex program which assessed the effect of instructional design and Precision Teaching of specific sentence combining repertoires on the syntactical maturity of middle school students’ writing. The chair will make comments on each presentation in turn as the symposium proceeds.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

behavior analysts and other psychology and educational professionals

 

Evidence-Based Practice and Constructivist Curricula: Synthesizing Precision Teaching With Concepts From Singapore Primary Mathematics

(Service Delivery)
NICOLE ERICKSON (Morningside Academy)
Abstract:

In 2016, Morningside Academy began using the popular, constructivist curriculum PrimaryMathematics (a Singapore Math program)as its core mathematics curriculum. Morningside’s team of expert teachers and instructional designers have been thoroughly investigating the application of evidence-based practices in instructional design and Precision Teaching to this curriculum in order to maximize learning outcomes with typical and near-typical learners. Nicole Erickson developed a fluency-based activity, based on Primary Mathematics’ concept of the Number Bond, to help build conceptual understanding of themathfact families taught in MorningsideMathFacts. This program teaches students simple addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division problems, then provides opportunities for students to practice these basic facts to fluency with celeration. During structured fluency blocks, students were first taught to discriminate different error patterns and prescribe appropriate interventions. Then, students learned to analyze performance data from their Standard Celeration Charts, set their personalized daily improvement goals, and construct daily celeration lines that empowered them to make within-session decisions about when academic interventions were needed. Videos of how the Number Bond component was integrated into the daily Morningside Math Facts routine and examples of peer coaching repertoires will be shown.

 
Moderators of Fluency-based Instruction: The Impact of Individual Differences on Outcomes of Intervention
(Applied Research)
Aoife McTiernan (University of South Wales), JENNIFER HOLLOWAY (National University of Ireland, Galway), Olive Healy (Trinity College Dublin), Caroline Leonard (National University of Ireland, Galway)
Abstract: The research investigated the effects of precision teaching (PT), frequency-building (FB) and the Morningside Mathematics Fluency: Math Facts curriculum, as well as exploring the potential individual moderators of FB, across two experimental studies. The first study demonstrated outcomes of PT and the Morningside Curriculum with addition and subtraction computation. Twenty-eight fourth grade children were randomly assigned to experimental and treatment as usual (TAU) conditions. Results demonstrated outcomes similar to previous research and showed the effectiveness of PT, frequency-building, and the Morningside Mathematics Fluency: Math Facts curriculum. The second study explored the potential individual moderators of frequency-building, across an additional 71 participants, who received frequency-building with the Morningside Mathematics Fluency: Math Facts curriculum. Participant age, grade, gender, standardised measures of mathematical ability, and pre-intervention rates of correct responding with instructional materials, were investigated as potential moderating variables. Following correlational analysis, a hierarchical multiple regressesion was employed and showed that participant age and pre-test rates of correct responding demonstrated the greatest moderating factors on intervention outcomes. The current findings are discussed in terms of the contribution to the design and delivery of fluency-based intervention for children to promote lasting positive outcomes in mathematics performance.
 

An Evaluation of The Morningside Model of Generative Instruction on the Mathematics Performance of Students With Autism

(Service Delivery)
KATHY FOX (Haugland Learning Center), Jason Guild (Haugland Learning Center), Morten Haugland (Haugland Learning Center)
Abstract:

For the past eight years, the ASPIRE program at Haugland Learning Center has collaborated with Morningside Academy to replicate the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction (MMGI) with students with autism. This presentation will focus on student growth in the area of mathematics during that time period. Many parents and students of incoming students report math as a primary area of academic need. Students often arrive in the ASPIRE program with minimal classroom participation skills, as well as deficits of two or more years in the areas of math facts fluency and calculation. These areas of concern are addressed via direct instruction programming in coordination with the Morningside Mathematics Foundations Fluency curriculum. In addition to math fact and computation fluency, ASPIRE has recently implemented the newest Morningside Math program: Algebra for Beginners, which uses evidence-based practices in instructional design and Precision Teaching to teach students strategies for solving increasingly complex word problems. The heavy focus on constructing strong academic repertoires, and the use of unique classroom management techniques has led to several years of impressive outcome data. This presentation will discuss practices to facilitate student growth, the collection and evaluation of performance data, and data-based decision protocols. Specific examples of student growth will be presented.

 

Using Curriculum Based Assessment to Evaluate the Application and Adduction of Sentence-Combining Skills and Syntactical Maturity

(Service Delivery)
MARIANNE DELGADO (Morningside Academy), Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy), Geoffrey H. Martin (Morningside Academy)
Abstract:

The presence of 12 sentence combining skills denoting syntactic maturity was tracked, every two weeks, using 13-minute curriculum-based writing assessments (CBAs) with middle school students. Skills tracked, in order of increasing complexity, were usage of: adjectives, compound subjects, and compound predicates; adjectival, adverbial, participial, and infinitive phrases; parenthetical expressions; and adjectival, adverbial, and noun clauses. 15 students from three different classrooms participated, all using Dr. Arthur Whimbey’s Keys to Quick Writing Skills in coordination with Morningside’s Advanced Sentence Combining. Each class started their sentence combining instruction in staggered six to eight week intervals, allowing for a multiple baseline study. Data was recorded on a Standard Celeration Chart, which allowed for phase change lines as instruction on different skills occurred. Skill acquisition was analyzed for application (occurring close to instruction) or adduction (occurring further from instruction in unique combinations). Skills acquisition was compared across skill levels (high, medium, low), classrooms, and periods of instruction. Developing a twice-monthly method of assessing syntactic maturity will provide timely and useful feedback to teachers to help them provide effective instruction.

 
 
Invited Tutorial #455
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/NASP
Best Practices in Treating Repetitive Behavior: From Stereotypy to Social Skills
Monday, May 27, 2019
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom EF
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
PSY/BACB/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: William Ahearn, Ph.D.
Chair: Cynthia M. Anderson (May Institute)
Presenting Authors: : WILLIAM AHEARN (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

This tutorial will describe the best practices for treating automatically-reinforced repetitive behavior. Intensive behavior analytic intervention for children diagnosed with autism can produce large gains in social, cognitive, and language development. One critical area to address is repetitive behavior such as stereotypy. Some applied research on evaluating and treating stereotypic behavior will be reviewed with a focus on effective interventions for building core adaptive living and social skills, in addition to procedures for treating stereotypic behavior directly. Treatment strategies discussed will include Response Interruption and Redirection (RIRD; noted by The National Professional Development Center on Autism Spectrum Disorder as one of 34 “best practice focused interventions”). A variety of redirection strategies that are contextually relevant in situations in which stereotypic behavior is interfering will be discussed. Additionally, verbal operant training and training social behavior in situations where stereotypy is problematic will be reviewed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

ABA practitioners.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the function of stereotypic behavior; (2) describe a variety of Response Interruption and Redirection (RIRD) procedures; (3) describe when RIRD procedures are NOT necessary; (4) describe procedures for supporting contextually appropriate behavior in situations in which stereotypy is problematic.
 
WILLIAM AHEARN (New England Center for Children)

William H. Ahearn, Ph.D., BCBA-D, LABA joined The New England Center for Children in August 1996, and serves as the Director of Research. He is also Adjunct Faculty in Western New England University's masters and doctoral programs and the UMass Medical School Department of Psychiatry. Bill was named the 2009 American Psychological Association - Division 25 awardee for Enduring Contributions to Applied Behavioral Research. His work has been published in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, Behavioral Interventions, Behavior Modification, The Lancet, Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders and has written book chapters on teaching children with autism, pediatric feeding problems in children with autism, and the certification and licensure of behavior analysts. Bill is currently the Editor-in-Chief of Behavioral Interventions and serves on several Editorial Boards. He has also been a federally-funded researcher in collaboration with Bill Dube, Bill McIlvane, Tony Nevin, and others. Bill is a past-President of APBA and BABAT and serves as the chair of the board that licenses behavior analysts in MA being appointed by both a Democratic and Republican Governor.

 
 
Symposium #456
CE Offered: BACB
Factors Affecting Quality of Life for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Monday, May 27, 2019
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency East, Lobby Level, Plaza Ballroom AB
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas)
Discussant: David A. Celiberti (Association for Science in Autism Treatment)
CE Instructor: Jessica Zawacki, M.S.
Abstract:

Quality of Life (QoL) is defined as a term that integrates objective and subjective indicators of a broad range of life domains and individual values and has long been a focus of mainstream society. When it comes to people with disabilities, however, attention to a QoL has historically not been a priority. While educational and civil rights litigation has advanced quality of life for individuals with disabilities and the literature is replete with studies assessing QoL, including happiness, little attention has been given to parental perceptions and priorities for their children when it comes to QoL concerns. The purpose of this symposium is to further the extant research to include information from families regarding what factors they believe are important to obtaining a QoL for their child and whom they perceive is responsible to ensure that their child obtains a QoL, and to present a behavior analytic procedure to assess specific factors that might be highly correlated, if not causally related, to indices of happiness, and to challenge the current staff training model during pairing in order for staff to exceed beyond becoming conditioned reinforcers, but to become primary reinforcers to the individuals they serve.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): autism, happiness, quality
Target Audience:

Clinicians, teachers, human service providers, BCBAs, psychologist, social workers.

Learning Objectives: 1. Orally describe the importance of a QUALITY OF LIFE 2. orally list at least 5 dimensions that make up a quality of life 3. conduct a preference assessment across various staff members
 
Parent Perspectives on the Importance of Quality of Life and its Potential Impact on Programing Decisions Including Staff Training
GLORIA SATRIALE (PAAL)
Abstract: Agencies serving individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder typically focus on teaching academics, social skills, adaptive behavior, and workplace competencies with little attention devoted to what components of programming are necessary to result in an overall quality of life. An emerging area is the importance of happiness and achieving a quality of life (QoL) as the ultimate outcome of support services. This study examined parental perspectives on the importance and priority of individual indices of QoL. Data were gathered through an online survey. Parents reported happiness to be an important component to an overall positive QoL (PQoL). Further, parents placed responsibility for identifying and attaining PQoL on educational and service systems, but believed that educational and service providers are not currently performing services in a manner that addresses QoL concerns. Results from this study established what indices of happiness are important to parents and demonstrated that parental priorities are incongruent with much of the literature discussing and prioritizing indices of happiness necessary for an overall PQoL. The results of this study provide educational professionals and service providers with a deeper understanding of parent perceptions and priorities regarding QoL potentially impacting current service provision models.
 

Staff Preference: Another Dimension of Assessment and its Relation to On-Task and Compliance Behavior

JESSICA ZAWACKI (MECA), Gloria Satriale (PAAL)
Abstract:

This study seeks to investigate the effects of staff preference (highly preferred staff versus less preferred staff) on the affect, compliance, and on-task behavior of adolescents and adults with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) during demand activities that require prompting for on task engagement and task completion. Individual participants who indicate (through a preference assessment) a clear preference for certain staff members when compared to others, will be included in the study. Each participant will engage in the same demand activity conditions while direct-care staff members will be randomly alternated (highly preferred and less-preferred). Data will be evaluated through an alternating treatments design. Post hoc analysis will be conducted in order to identify the specific characteristics of the highly preferred staff (e.g., physical contact, facial expression, praise). Implications for the study include the value of providing choice and assessing preference of staff members and the potential impact for changing traditional staff training models to emphasize training for staff to position themselves as conditioned reinforcers to the individuals they serve.

 
 
Symposium #457
Services to Students With Autism in San Antonio
Monday, May 27, 2019
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom C
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: L L Mason (Univ of Texas at San Antonio)
Discussant: Alonzo Alfredo Andrews (The University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract:

For the 2018-2019 academic year, nine San Antonio area school districts were funded by the Texas Education Agency to provide early intensive verbal behavior intervention for 100 students with autism. At the start of the year students were assessed using the Verbal Behavior Stimulus Control Ratio Equation (VB-SCoRE) to determine the extent to which mands, echoics, tacts, and sequelics exerted disproportionate levels of control over their verbal behavior. The results of the VB-SCoRE were then used to develop individualized verbal behavior intervention plans for each student. More than 100 teachers and paraprofessionals were trained to implement referent-based verbal behavior instruction to transfer control across these four primary verbal operants. In addition to providing direct classroom-based services for students with autism, the project included parent trainings conducted by district behavior analysts. At the end of the year, students were re-assessed with the VB-SCoRE to analyze verbal behavior gains. This symposium presents data from the two largest participating districts along with a description of how the project was contextualized to fit the diverse student populations they serve.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): classroom-based intervention, preschool, public school, verbal behavior
 

Services to Students With Autism in Northside Independent School District

LUPE CASTANEDA (Northside Independent School District)
Abstract:

Northside Independent School District (NISD) in collaboration with 8 other school districts in the San Antonio, Texas area partnered with the University of Texas at San Antonio’s (UTSA) Autism Research Center and the Region 20 Education Service Center to provide training and services based on applied verbal behavior (AVB). The NISD is the largest school district in San Antonio and the 4th largest in Texas with over 1,900 students with autism enrolled. UTSA’s Autism Research Center conducted the SCoRE (Stimulus Control Ratio Equation) with each of the 30 student participants to determine the balance of verbal operants (i.e., mands, tacts, echoics, sequelics) in their language repertoire. Teachers, instructional assistants, and speech language pathologists who worked with the grant participants were trained to utilize AVB techniques in the natural school environments. Parents were provided training in ABA/AVB principles and techniques throughout the grant period. The training and services provided to the NISD and collaborating school districts addressed the needs of a growing population of individuals with autism and related disorders, especially in school systems where most of these individuals will receive services for up to 18 years.

 

Services to Students With Autism in San Antonio Independent School District

Kelsey Cody (San Antonio Independent School District), SONYA CASAS (SAISD)
Abstract:

San Antonio Independent School District serves a diverse urban population in Downtown San Antonio, including students in 17 self-contained PPCD units. Through the TEA Services to Student with Autism grant in the 2018-2019 school year, 43 students in these units received interventions focused on using the principles of Applied Behavior Analysis to increase language and communication. The focus on teaching verbal behavior was based on the premise that communication deficits are a principal characteristics of Autism which impedes successful inclusion into the General Education setting. The focus on children ages 3-5 targeted the need for early intervention in teaching language. In addition to direct services to students, the grant also provided participating teachers and parents with training on Autism and principles of Applied Behavior Analysis. Because SAISD serves a high percentage of Spanish speakers, parent trainings were provided in both English and Spanish. This paper will review demographic information as well as pre-and post-test data from the students and parents served through this grant in the 2018-2019 school year.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #458
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP

Evolving Organizationally: Acceptance and Commitment Therapy as Organizational Behavior Management in a School-Based Partial Hospital Program

Monday, May 27, 2019
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom AB
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Stuart Libman, Ph.D.
Chair: Amy Murrell (University of North Texas)
STUART LIBMAN (PLEA)
Stuart Libman, M.D. is a Child, Adolescent and Family Psychiatrist, with further sub-specialization in Sports Psychiatry. After graduating from Ohio University and the School of Medicine at Case Western Reserve University, he completed training in Pediatrics, General Psychiatry, and Child and Adolescent Psychiatry at the University of Pittsburgh. In addition to serving as the Medical Director of the PLEA School Based Partial Hospital Program (SBPHP), he has experience providing executive coaching and organizational consultation in school districts, law firms, hospitals, business corporations, universities and sports teams. He has presented at such conferences as the Annual Meeting(s) of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry and the International Precision Teaching Conference, on topics ranging from a Developmental Framework for Adult Participation in Youth Sports, to a Psychiatric Perspective on ABA as Precision Teaching and ACT, to ACT Workshops for audiences in these as well as various other professional settings.
Abstract:

Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) is evolving from clinical intervention into Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) at PLEA, a public sector, non-profit agency in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. PLEA’s School-Based Partial Hospital Program (SBPHP) serves a population of children and adolescents with diagnoses on the Autistic Spectrum. The SBPHP has grown over the past fifty years from a preschool started by parents desperately seeking services for their Autistic children to a program using principles of Applied Behavior Analysis in three main forms: Precision Teaching, Relational Frame Theory, and Acceptance and Commitment Training. ACT’s model of Psychological Flexibility as reflected in the ACT Matrix diagram has undergone progressive transformation from clinical to administrative functions. The “Prosocial” method, an approach integrating the ACT Matrix with the Core Design Principles of Successful Groups for which Elinor Ostrom won the 2009 Nobel Prize in Economics, also has been introduced at various levels within the organization (https://www.prosocial.world/). “Prosocial” is being broadly conceived as providing a platform for studying the evolutionary theory of multilevel selection. The impact of selection by consequences was discerned by B.F. Skinner not only for natural selection but also for operant conditioning of individual behavior as well as cultural evolution. In their recent book, Evolution and Contextual Behavioral Science: An Integrated Framework for Understanding, Predicting and Influencing Human Behavior, David Sloan Wilson and Steven C. Hayes elaborate Evolutionary Science as a multilevel process of variation, selection, and retention. The ACT Matrix will be used throughout this presentation to explicate this multilevel process of ACT evolving into OBM at PLEA.

Target Audience:

Behavior analysts and other mental health professionals working in community-based organizations, particularly if interested in CBM, AUT, OBM, and/or CBS in the forms of RFT, ACT, and/or “Prosocial.”

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, attendees will be able to: (1) define “Psychological Flexibility” as used within Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT); (2) explain the ACT Matrix in terms of the two key discriminations represented by its horizontal and vertical axes and in term of the questions that accompany each of its four quadrants; (3) explain how ACT can be viewed as an evolutionary model; and (4) describe how ACT can be applied organizationally.
 
 
Symposium #459
CE Offered: BACB
Stepping Outside of Our Comfort Zone: Behavior Analysts Addressing Anxiety and Other Mental Health Challenges in School and Community Settings
Monday, May 27, 2019
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 1/2
Area: CBM/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Jesse (Woody) W. Johnson (Northern Illinois University)
CE Instructor: Jesse (Woody) W. Johnson, Ed.D.
Abstract:

Historically, applied behavior analysts have focused on the development of interventions to address problematic behaviors that are easily defined and measured. As a result, many behavior analyst have avoided working with individuals with more complex mental health concerns such as anxiety. Mental health diagnoses involve private events and are therefore difficult to operationally define, observe, and measure. Unfortunately, non-behavioral practitioners often view aberrant behaviors in individuals with mental health diagnoses as symptoms of underlying constructs and use the diagnosis as the reason for these behaviors. As a result, these practitioners often propose more global treatments such as therapies or medications. On the other hand, behavior analysts view those behaviors as serving an environmental function that can be replaced with a more acceptable behavior serving the same function. The behavioral perspective also includes an analysis of motivating operations in the form of private events, physiological sensations, bio-behavioral states, psychological feelings, and covert tacts/mands and learning history with particular discriminative stimuli for reinforcement and punishment. The presenters in this symposium will describe tools and strategies for addressing mental health issues from a behavioral perspective.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): anxiety, biomarkers, mental health, wearable devices
Target Audience:

BCBAs working in school and community settings

 

Overview of Wearable Biomarker Devices in Applied Behavior Analysis: Implications for Individuals Who Experience Significant Anxiety

(Service Delivery)
JESSE (WOODY) W. JOHNSON (Northern Illinois University), Toni R. Van Laarhoven (Northern Illinois University), Michael Ackerman (Indian Prairie School District), Natalie Andzik (Northern Illinois University), Maria Wheeler (Indian Prairie School District), Gretta Ward (Northern Illinois University), Heather Kerfoot (Northern Illinois University), Ann Robinson (Northern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Up to 80% of children and youth with ASDs experience clinically significant anxiety (Leyfer, Folstein, Bacalmen, et al., 2006). Individuals with ASDs and comorbid anxiety are at increased risk for displaying externalizing behavior problems, social avoidance, and difficulties establishing/maintaining peer relationships across environments (Davis, Hess, Moree et al., 2011). A number of physiological markers associated with stress have been identified and often involve measurement of electrodermal activity (EDA)/skin conductance level or response (SCL and SCR), heart rate (HR), heart rate variability (HRV), blood pressure (BP), muscle tension, respiration/breathing patterns (Choi & Gutierrez-Osuna, 2009), and other measures such as Error-Related Brain Activity (ERN) (Rosen & Lerner, 2017), and cortisol (Moskowitz, Rosen, et al, 2017). Much of the research involving biomarkers conducted to date has been done by researchers in the medical field in lab settings with participants having various electrodes and wires attached to their bodies; however, many researchers are investigating the effectiveness of using wearable sensors that are unobtrusive and allow for measurement of physiological markers associated with stress over longer periods of time in naturalistic settings (Lakudzode & Rajbhoj, 2016; Moskowitz, Walsh, et al, 2017). New research is beginning to investigate the effectiveness or wearable biosensor devices to measure physiological indicators of stress and anxiety in naturalistic settings (Lakudzode & Rajbhoj, 2016). The purpose of this presentation is to describe a number of commercially available wearable technologies that have the capacity to measure physiological markers (biomarkers) associated with stress and anxiety. The presenters will provide an overview of current research on the use of wearable biomarker devices and discuss the implications for using these devices in applied settings.

 

Integrating Wearable Biomarker Devices Into Behavioral Assessment and Intervention

(Service Delivery)
TONI R. VAN LAARHOVEN (Northern Illinois University), Jesse (Woody) W. Johnson (Northern Illinois University), Lisa Liberty (Northern Illinois University), Beth Collins (Northern Illinois University), Veronica Cornell (Northern Illinois University), Angie Lobdell (Northern Illinois University), NATASHA A RADNOVICH (Core Therapy, Inc), Jennifer Johnson (Northern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Researchers suggest that anxiety-related concerns are among the most common presenting problems for children and adolescents with ASD (White, Oswald, Ollendick, & Scahill, 2009). Up to 80% of children with ASDs experience clinically significant anxiety (Leyfer, Folstein, Bacalmen, et al., 2006). Anxiety is a multi-component construct involving affective states (e.g., subjective fear), cognitions (e.g., thoughts, beliefs) behavioral patterns (avoidance), and associated physiological arousal (e.g., increased heart rate, changes in respiration patterns) (Moskowitz et. al 2017). Assessing anxiety in individuals with ASD and IDD is difficult due to communication deficits, difficulty distinguishing symptoms of anxiety from symptoms of ASD/IDD, and the idiosyncratic behavioral expression of anxiety in individuals with ASD/IDD (Hagopian & Jennett, 2008; While et al., 2009). Behavior analysts frequently rely on direct observation measures to quantify observable behaviors associated with anxiety, agitation, and/or stress for individuals with limited verbal skills (e.g., increased rocking, change in tone of vocalizations) while also attending to environmental variables associated with anxiety or stress. Although direct observation is effective for identifying behavioral manifestations of anxiety, this type of measurement may result in incomplete information as anxiety and stress are internal states that may not be accessible through direct observation. As a result, research on behavioral assessment and interventions for individuals with ASD/IDD has not adequately addressed the role of anxiety as a contributing factor in challenging behavior with these individuals. The purpose of this presentation is to describe how physiological information obtained from wearable devices can be used for behavioral assessment and the development of function-based interventions for anxiety-related challenging behavior. We will also provide case study examples to illustrate how these devices can be used to teach the individuals to self- regulate or use coping and/or relaxation strategies.

 

Treating Children With Complex Behavioral and Mental Health Concerns Across Settings

(Service Delivery)
KATHERINE SAGE (University of Wisconsin- Milwaukee)
Abstract:

Complex cases of behavioral, medical, and social difficulties in adolescents can cause emotional distress for children, adolescents, and their families. Helping individuals to build an understanding of their internal emotional states as well as the motivating operations of their behaviors and emotions can decrease problem behaviors due to emotional distress. The presenter works with adolescents in both medical and school settings in a rural, impoverished area. Many of the individuals in this area lack the resources to seek mental health or behavioral services that are needed to address emotional and behavioral concerns. The presenter will describe how she bridged medical, school, and home settings using behavioral principles to address social skill deficits and anxiety in an adolescent presenting with school refusal and Autism-Spectrum Disorder related deficits.

 
 
Symposium #460
I Bet You Think This Talk is About You: Philosophical and Practical Perspectives on the Self in Solitude and in Society
Monday, May 27, 2019
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Fairmont, B2, Imperial Ballroom
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Hayden Hudson (University of Mississippi)
Abstract:

This symposium will focus on philosophical and practical perspectives on the self in solitude and in society. Topics such as practical implications for behaviorists and behavioral interventions of a non-ontological self, relational frame theory, the RFT-informed concept of the self, the implications of "no-self" for both simple and complex behavioral interventions, and the ways in which RFT-informed behavior analysis shares considerable common ground with self-abnegating spiritual traditions will be considered. Also discussed will be the role of psychological flexibility in prosocial and helping behaviors, the relationship between self-compassion and prosocial behaviors, and implications for contextual interventions to increase prosocial behavior. Further discussion will be on the relationship between self-enhancement and self-verification in those diagnosed with depression, moral assessments of the self and others, the relationship between self-judgments of character and behaviors as well as how these judgments are formed, and whether imaginative engagement could increase the frequency of people engaging in helping behaviors.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): psychological flexibility, RFT, self-compassion, social behaviors
 
Differential Moral Assessments: Judgments of Character and Behaviors of Self and Others
(Theory)
MAKENSEY SANDERS (Univeristy of Mississippi)
Abstract: Studies of self-enhancement and self-verification have shown that people diagnosed with depression report lower levels of self-esteem and are more likely to report a fundamental disposition to see themselves as bad and undeserving than others.  It may be that people diagnosed with depression do not incorporate positive feedback or instances of helping behaviors into their self-concept and verbal self-knowledge. While this has not been specifically examined, it seems that depression could affect the relationship between self-judgments of character and behaviors as well as how these judgments are formed. This paper will discuss a theoretical framework that incorporates principles from moral philosophy and behavioral psychology in the understanding of the relationship of depression and judgments of character. The paper will also propose an experiment that could 1) determine whether people reporting varying levels of depression provide different moral assessments of their own character and behaviors and others’ character and behaviors and 2) consider whether imaginative engagement (i.e., engagement with vignettes of helping behaviors in the first and third person) could increase the frequency of people engaging in helping behaviors. The paper will also discuss potential implications on clinical treatments and the role of psychological flexibility in judgment formation and imaginative engagement.
 
Help Yourself by Helping Others: The Relationship Between Self-Compassion, Prosocial Behavior, and Psychological Flexibility
(Theory)
LAUREN ANN SHORT (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Daryl Rachal (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Jessica Auzenne (University of North Texas), Emmy LeBleu (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract: Self-compassion, described as treating oneself with kindness, connecting with humanity, and being mindful of one’s emotions, has been demonstrated to be important to psychological health and functioning. For example, self-compassion has been proposed to share many core characteristics with psychological flexibility, which is the tendency to engage in values-directed behavior in the presence of unwanted experiences. Self-compassion has also been associated with improved interpersonal outcomes, such as increased social connection and other-focused concern. The present study further assessed the relationship between self-compassion and prosocial behavior, considering the role of psychological flexibility in that relationship. Ninety-six undergraduate students completed questionnaires assessing self-compassion, empathetic concern, altruistic behavior, psychological flexibility, and valued living. In addition, self-reports via ecological momentary assessments of the same were utilized collected four times a day for seven days. Both self-compassion and psychological flexibility contributed to the prediction of prosocial behavior. Moderation and mediation effects further highlighted the complex relationships amongst these repertoires. Implications for contextual interventions to increase prosocial behavior will be discussed.
 
Who Are You? Practical Implications for Behaviorists of a Non-Ontological Self
(Theory)
TROY DUFRENE (California School of Professional Psychology: San Francisco), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract: Relational frame theory (RFT) offers a purely behavioral account of language and cognition, the building blocks of which are bidirectional relations between things, whether in-the-world objects or symbols. This idea scales up to an account of the self, which identifies the self construct as the set of bidirectional relations in which a given subject is a relatum. In this conceptualization, "self" is not an ontological category but a convenient description of a particular set of relata. For behaviorists, this raises some interesting questions: Does the self exist? If so, how? And what might that imply for behavioral interventions? Virtually all contemporary psychologies agree that self-ideation is a perilous activity, but none have been willing to concede that the self concept is unnecessary baggage that should be tossed into the nearest trash can (a practice advocated for by several of the great spiritual traditions.) This conceptual paper explores the RFT-informed concept of the self, the implications of "no-self" for both simple and complex behavioral interventions, and the ways in which RFT-informed behavior analysis shares considerable common ground with self-abnegating spiritual traditions.
 
 
Symposium #461
CE Offered: BACB
Increasing Activity Engagement in Older Adults With Intellectual Disabilities and Neurocogntive Disorder
Monday, May 27, 2019
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Montreux 1-3
Area: DEV/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Sandra Wagner (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Maranda A Trahan (Trahan Behavioral Services)
CE Instructor: Maranda A Trahan, M.A.
Abstract:

1. Activity engagement is imperative to promoting independence, reducing the number of opportunities to engage in problem behavior (e.g., wandering), and has been associated with increasing quality of life among older adults. Given the benefits of activity engagement, it is imperative to examine how we can effectively increase engagement with preferred activities. With some activities, social attention may be a significant component and may help facilitate engagement. This symposium will include two talks: 1) Assessing Preferences for Care of People with Dementia: A Simultaneous Treatments Design and 2) Promoting Activity Engagement in Older Adults.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Activity engagement, Neurocognitive disorder, Older adults, Preference assessment
Target Audience:

This presentation is tailored to practitioners and researchers in the field of behavioral gerontology; however, practitioners and researchers outside the field of behavioral gerontology are encouraged to attend. Given the importance of activity engagement, practitioners, both in and outside the field of behavioral gerontology, prioritize increasing engagement.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the importance of activity engagement in the older adult population, (2) describe the different treatments to increase activity engagement in older adults with intellectual disabilities and dementia, and (3) describe the issues of faulty stimulus control among older adults with dementia.
 

Promoting Activity Engagement With Older Adults

(Applied Research)
SYDNEY BULOCK (Western Michigan University), Andrea Perez (Western Michigan University), Sandra Wagner (Western Michigan University), Jonathan C. Baker (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Older adults with intellectual disabilities are likely to have lower levels of engagement. In efforts to increase activity engagement, researchers have implemented various strategies to increase engagement (Engelman, Atlus, & Mathews, 1999; Engstrom, Mudford, & Brand, 2015). Current literature, however, has not directly compared those approaches to one another. The purpose of this study was to use an alternating treatments design to compare the following four strategies: 1) provided access to preferred items with no attention, 2) provided attention every 10 minutes for 60 seconds, 3) provided attention every 10 minutes for 10 minutes, and 4) provided 30 minutes of attention followed by 30 minutes of no attention. The participant was a 63-year old male diagnosed with moderate intellectual disability and attended an adult day program. Prior to implementing those approaches, a paired stimulus preference assessment was conducted to determine the participant’s top preferred activities. Results suggest that providing social attention for 30 minutes followed by no attention produced the greatest level of activity engagement. Implications and suggestions for future research will be discussed.

 

Assessing Preferences for Care of People With Dementia: A Simultaneous Treatments Design

(Applied Research)
ZOE LUCOCK (Bangor University), Rebecca A Sharp (Bangor University)
Abstract:

Stimulus preference assessments have previously been used with people with dementia to determine their preferences for tangible items such as edibles and leisure items. However, to date there is no literature exploring preferences for the type of social interaction that may accompany engagement with preferred activities. We used a rarely-used simultaneous treatments design to measure the preferences of people with dementia who were unable to state vocally their preferences for different contingencies of care. For example, for a participant for whom completing jigsaws was a preferred activity, we investigated whether she preferred to be provided with prompts to complete the activity jigsaw, to be left to complete the jigsaw alone, or to receive non-contingent attention during the activity. We compared simultaneous presentations of the available contingencies to sequential presentations in order to determine whether either presentation format was more effective than the other for measuring preference. Additionally, we took continuous data on engagement and indices of happiness as corollary measures of preference during the delivery of each chosen contingency. We will discuss our findings in relation to supporting people with communication difficulties and dementia, and with regard to issues of faulty stimulus control in the behavior of people with dementia.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #462
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/NASP

An Analysis of the Components of Bidirectional Naming, the Naming Experiences to Occasion the Incidental Acquisition of Language and Protocols to Induce Bidirectional and Complex Naming Repertoires

Monday, May 27, 2019
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, St. Gallen 1-3
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Jennifer Longano, Ph.D.
Chair: Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University)
JENNIFER LONGANO (Teachers College, Columbia University)

Dr. Jennifer Longano received her BS in education from the State University of New York at Geneseo. She then earned her MA M.Phil, and Ph.D. in applied behavior analysis from Teachers College, Columbia University. Jennifer Longano is a supervisor of the Early Intervention Program for the Fred S. Keller School located in the suburbs of New York City. She has worked for the Fred S. Keller School, a CABAS® model school, since 2008 supervising both preschool and early intervention classrooms for children with and without disabilities. She also is an Adjunct Assistant Professor for Teachers College and has taught courses in Applied Behavior Analysis, Single-Case Design, and Inclusion for the Health and Behavior Studies Department. She has earned several CABAS® ranks and currently holds a Senior Behavior Analyst and an Assistant Research Scientist rank. Her research has focused on verbal developmental cusps including: the source of reinforcement for naming, procedures to test for and induce naming, pre-foundational verbal developmental cups and capabilities, and conditioned reinforcement related to observing responses.

Abstract:

I will discuss the acquisition of bidirectional naming from the verbal developmental perspective. Observing responses selected out by conditioned reinforcers can set the occasion for the acquisition of verbal developmental cups and capabilities. These observing responses establish a history of stimulus-stimulus pairings, which set the occasion for the listener and speaker repertoires to be joined. Once joined, more complex cusps and capabilities can be acquired allowing for the emergence of incidental language, bidirectional operants, and advanced naming repertoires. For some individuals, listener and speaker repertoires are not joined naturally. Thus, protocols that can arrange the environmental contingencies to occasion the acquisition of bidirectional naming can be implemented. In CABAS® model schools, which are affiliated with Teachers College Columbia University, ongoing research has focused on identifying when bidirectional naming is present or missing, the types of naming repertoires, protocols to induce bidirectional naming, and the best instructional practices to accelerate learning when bidirectional naming is present.

Target Audience:

The following presentation will be for individuals interested in verbal behavior and verbal behavior developmental theory with a heavy focus on the source of reinforcement for incidental language acquisition or bidirectional naming. The presentation will also discuss how to identify when Naming is present or absent, different types of naming experiences, and procedures to induce naming. The audience should have some understanding (intermediate level) of verbal developmental theory and naming.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss the components of bidirectional naming and once acquired how other more complex naming repertoires can emerge; (2) provide detailed descriptions of different types of Naming experiences to test for the presence or absence of naming; (3) review protocols to induce bidirectional naming; (4) discuss best instructional practices once bidirectional naming is present to accelerate learning.
 
 
Panel #463
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Ethics in Organizational Behavior Management: A Discussion of Leadership, Regulation, and a Call to Action
Monday, May 27, 2019
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Toronto
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Dennis Uriarte, Ph.D.
Chair: Dennis Uriarte (Florida Institute of Technology)
DARNELL LATTAL (ABA Technologies, Inc.)
MOLLI LUKE (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
JOSHUA K. PRITCHARD (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

As behavior analysts, we are all continuously working to integrate what we as individuals and a field view as ethical into our daily practices. We actively self-evaluate to ensure compliance with our current work and try to be proactive while evaluating potential new work we might be pursuing. For example, if a new job or promotion expands an individual’s scope of competence beyond the direct implementation of a given area of service, then the scope has now shifted from direct-provision of services to managing employee performance. Ethics, in all its forms and extensions (e.g., regulation, credentialing), should be defined and applied to OBM practitioners the same as they do in other areas where behavior analysis is applied. The purpose of this panel is to discuss OBM ethics from various perspectives, including the role of business owners, researchers, consultants, supervisors, and various areas of leadership and the role of OBM ethics in the pursuit of credentialing and licensure.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

The target audience is new and experienced OBM practitioners or those who might eventually become OBM practitioners (e.g., front-line BCBA seeking promotion).

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the panel, attendees will be able to: 1. Describe how the BACB Ethics Code relates to OBM. 2. Describe how credentialing and licensure is applicable to OBM practitioners. 3. Describe various roles OBM practitioners can have in business and how these roles relate to ethical decision making.
Keyword(s): Credentialing, Ethics, Leadership, OBM
 
 
Invited Paper Session #464
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/NASP

What Evolutionary Theory Tells Us About Behavior

Monday, May 27, 2019
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich D
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: William Baum, Ph.D.
Chair: Carsta Simon (Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway)
WILLIAM BAUM (University of California, Davis)
Dr. Baum received his BA in psychology from Harvard College in 1961. Originally a biology major, he switched to psychology after taking courses from B. F. Skinner and R. J. Herrnstein in his freshman and sophomore years. He attended Harvard University for graduate study in 1962, where he was supervised by Herrnstein and received his Ph.D. in 1966. He spent the year 1965–66 at Cambridge University, studying ethology at the Sub-Department of Animal Behavior. From 1966 to 1975, he held appointments as post-doctoral fellow, research associate, and assistant professor at Harvard University. He spent two years at the National Institutes of Health Laboratory for Brain, Evolution, and Behavior and then accepted an appointment in psychology at the University of New Hampshire in 1977. He retired from there in 1999. He currently has an appointment as associate researcher at the University of California, Davis and lives in San Francisco. His research concerns choice, molar behavior/environment relations, foraging, cultural evolution, and behaviorism. He is the author of a book, Understanding Behaviorism: Behavior, Culture, and Evolution.
Abstract:

Why do organisms and behavior exist? Organisms exist because genes that make organisms increase reproductive success. An organism’s behavior is its interactions with its environment. Behavior, on average and in the long run, functions to serve reproducing. Surviving usually serves reproducing, and other activities like maintaining health, maintaining relationships, and gaining resources usually serve surviving and sometimes directly serve reproducing. When phylogenetically important features of the environment vary in ways that can be tracked by physiological mechanisms, selection favors phenotypic plasticity. Part of phenotypic plasticity is behavioral plasticity. Phylogenetically important events (PIEs), such as presence of potential mates, predators, or prey, impact reproductive success and underpin selection for behavioral plasticity. PIEs induce activities that tend to mitigate threats and enhance benefits. Additionally, selection favors phenotypes that respond to covariance in the environment between PIEs and other events and between activities and PIEs. Events that covary with a PIE come to induce the same activities as the PIE, and activities that covary with a PIE come to be induced by the PIE. Induction is the mechanism of the Law of Allocation that governs the allocation of time among an organism’s activities.

Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) understand why organisms exist; (2) understand why behavior exists; (3) understand why behavior must be extended in time.
 
 
Panel #465
PDS: Navigating Dual Relationships in Graduate School and Ethical Considerations
Monday, May 27, 2019
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Fairmont, Second Level, International Ballroom
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Jamiika Thomas (University of Nevada, Reno)
PATRICK M. GHEZZI (University of Nevada, Reno)
DAVID J. COX (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
NANCY ROSENBERG (University of Washington)
Abstract:

Dual or multiple relationships are generally described as engaging in more than one kind of relationship with an individual that is secondary to the professional relationship (Barnett, 2008). While the Board Analyst Certification Board’s Professional and Ethical Compliance Code mandates avoidance of multiple relationships, it is likely that graduate students will encounter circumstances of this sort before becoming a Board Certified Behavior Analyst. For instance, essential components of graduate training may include a relationship with an academic advisor who may also serve as a practice supervisor. Alternatively, a practice supervisor may be a more senior student who is also a friend or colleague. This panel of experts will explore various issues graduate students may want to consider for current and/or potential multiple relationships in graduate school. Areas of discussion will touch on ethical considerations when working with friends, colleagues, and advisors in other contexts such as academic and work settings and the importance of navigating through these issues early in one’s career.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Ethics, Graduate School, Mentoring
 
 
Symposium #466
The Science of Skinner’s Analysis of Verbal Behavior: Basic and Translational Research
Monday, May 27, 2019
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom CD South
Area: VBC/EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Mike Harman (Briar Cliff University)
Abstract: In the current symposium, the authors will present a series of basic research investigations related to verbal behavior. In the first presentation, Harman and colleagues will present a study that demonstrates the effects of disrupting (i.e., introducing irrelevant sources of stimulus control) and blocking overt verbal behavior (i.e., engagement in competing verbal behavior) on the completion of basic arithmetic problems in typically developing adults. In the second presentation, Cox and colleagues will present a two-part study demonstrating training sequence effects in the context of training to relate visual stimuli to verbal labels prior to- or following training to relate pairs of labels in a vocal match-to-sample task across auditory-visual (experiment 1) and auditory-print (experiment 2) emergent conditional discriminations in typically developing adults. In the third presentation, Cordeiro and colleagues will present a study that demonstrates the interaction between speaker behavior (e.g., talking out loud) on the acquisition of relational tacts (i.e., analogical reasoning: same or different) across arbitrary stimuli in typically developing adults.
Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): Basic research, Verbal behavior
 
An Experimental Analysis of Verbal Behavior: The Effects of Auditory Stimuli and Competing Verbal Behavior on the Completion of Math Problems
MIKE HARMAN (Briar Cliff University), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University), Leah Bohl (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Theresa Mayland (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Sarah Farhan (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the extent to which a final verbal response is dependent on verbal behavior (covert or overt) occurring between the offset of the discriminative stimulus and the target response. Participants were instructed to solve an arithmetic problem while continuously emitting overt verbal behavior. The overt verbal behavior either consisted of “whatever the participant was thinking” (think aloud condition), or of reciting the ABCs (blocking condition). A third condition consisted of a playing an auditory file containing the ABCs during the response interval (disrupt condition). Data was collected on the latency to respond, attempts to provide a correct response, and the rate of echoic and self-echoic responses emitted during the response interval. Participants’ mean latency to respond and mean number of attempts was the greatest during the blocking condition. Furthermore, participants’ mean rate of echoic and self-echoic responses significantly decreased during the blocking condition. When participants were instructed to emit verbal behavior in opposition to the verbal behavior necessary to solving the math problem, responding suffered compared to conditions in which competing verbal behavior was not required. In sum, appropriately responding to an arithmetic problem requires emitting and attending to one’s own verbal behavior.
 

Effects of Baseline Training Sequence in Vocal and Match-To-Sample Format on Speed of Emergent Conditional Discriminations

REAGAN ELAINE COX (Texas Christian University), Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to compare two instructional sequences on emergent relations between visual stimuli. Participants were college students between the ages of 18 and 47 years. In each of two experiments, 16 participants were assigned to a standard group that received training to relate visual stimuli to verbal labels prior to training to relate pairs of labels, and 16 participants to a reverse group that received the opposite training sequence. Emergent relations between visual stimuli were assessed in match-to-sample (MTS) format. In line with previous findings, we predicted that the standard group would perform with greater speed on the MTS test. Experiment 1 attempted to replicate the results of a prior study in which baseline relations were trained as vocal tacts and intraverbals, while taking steps to increase baseline retention from the prior study. Baseline retention increased but although between-group differences in reaction times were in the predicted direction they were not statistically significant. In Experiment 2, vocal tact and intraverbal training were replaced with analogous MTS tasks involving visual stimuli and print labels, and the standard group had significantly faster reaction times during testing than the reverse group (p = .01).

 
The Role of Tact and Listener Training on the Establishment of Analogical Reasoning
MARIA CLARA CORDEIRO (California State University, Sacramento), Tatiana Zhirnova (California State University Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract: Analogical reasoning has been modeled in the laboratory by assessing whether participants can relate two different stimulus classes based on the relationship within their elements (equivalence-equivalence responding). Previous research suggested that positive performances on analogy tests depend on both the presence of relational tacts and listener behavior. The purpose of this study was to further assess the role verbal behavior in the establishment of analogical reasoning. Eight college students learned to tact arbitrary stimuli as “vek,” “zog,” or “paf” and were assessed on whether they could engage in relational tacts when these stimuli were presented in compounds (e.g., vek-zog, as “different”). All eight participants only tacted individual components (e.g., “vek-zog”) during relational tact tests and passed all analogy tests (see data). The four participants who were asked to “talk out loud” during analogy tests, tacted the relationship among class members and the relationships between sample and comparison stimuli, such as “same” and “different.” These results suggest that speaker behavior is necessary for analogical reasoning performances. These results are currently being replicated with listener training only.
 
 
Symposium #467
CE Offered: BACB
Repetitive Responses: Treating Obsessive Compulsive and Stereotypic Behavior in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders
Monday, May 27, 2019
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom A
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Marc J. Lanovaz (Université de Montréal)
Discussant: Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University)
CE Instructor: Jennifer Cook, M.S.
Abstract:

Practitioners treating children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder will inevitably encounter the problem of decreasing repetitive behavior. One form of repetitive behaviors are obsessive compulsive behaviors, and the paucity of research in this area leaves practitioners with few options. The first presentation will describe a randomized control trial involving 37 children to evaluate the effects of Functional Behavior-based Cognitive Behavior Therapy. The second presentation will suggest how the role of respondent and operant conditioning on obsessive compulsive behavior, and the implications for assessment and treatment. The third presentation will transition into a discussion on another commonly encountered form of repetitive behavior, stereotypy. Selections for stereotypy treatment may be context-specific; as such 5 children were assessed and treated to the extent necessary within an instructional setting. The fourth presentation extends stereotypy treatment into the home. Researchers in this study designed an iOS app, the iSTIM, and assessed the utility this app as a tool to be used by parents to treat stereotypy of their own children.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): OCD, repetitive behavior, stereotypy, treatment methods
Target Audience:

Psychologists, Board Certified Behavior Analysts, Board Certified assistant Behavior Analysts, graduate students, teaching faculty

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Discriminate between and identify the different types of repetitive behavior (2) Describe an appropriate assessment method that can be used for a specific type of repetitive behavior (3) Describe an appropriate treatment method that can be used for a specific type of repetitive behavior (4) Search the literature for unique approaches or methodologies for repetitive behavior
 

A Blended Approach of Cognitive-Behavior Therapy and Applied Behavior Analysis for Obsessive Compulsive Behavior

(Applied Research)
TRICIA CORINNE VAUSE (Brock University), Heather Yates (University of Manitoba), Nicole M. Neil (University of Western Ontario), Jan Frijters (Brock University), Grayzna Jackiewicz (Private Practice), Maurice Feldman (Brock University)
Abstract:

Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) frequently experience obsessions and compulsions similar to those specified in DSM-5 for Obsessive Compulsive Disorder (OCD) yet a paucity of research exists on treating these behaviours. Thirty-seven children (7 to 13 years old) received random assignment to a nine-week Functional Behavior-based Cognitive Behavior Therapy (Fb-CBT) or Treatment As Usual (TAU). Fb-CBT combines CBT (e.g., exposure and response prevention) and ABA elements (e.g., extinction, functional communication training and differential reinforcement) derived from functional behavioral assessment. Independent assessors administered measures pre- and post-treatment and at 6-months. Two primary outcome measures including the Repetitive Behavior Scale-Revised and the Children’s Yale-Brown Obsessive Compulsive Scale indicated statistically significant differences between groups, with large corrected effect sizes (Hedge’s g = 1.00 and 1.15, respectively). Time series parent report data corroborated these findings with two-thirds of treated behaviors in Fb-CBT showing a positive treatment response. This is the first known RCT to exclusively treat OCBs in children with high functioning ASD, and suggests that CBT with ABA components may be efficacious in decreasing OCBs and associated functional impairment.

 
A Behavior Analytic Conceptual Framework for the Assessment and Treatment of Obsessive Compulsive Behaviors
(Theory)
EMILY GUERTIN (Brock University), Tricia Corinne Vause (Brock University), Jan Frijters (Brock University), Maurice Feldman (Brock University)
Abstract: A subset of repetitive behaviors in Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) including insistence on sameness, ritualistic behavior, and compulsions overlaps topographically with symptoms characteristic of Obsessive Compulsive Disorder. The overlapping symptoms often present a challenge in the literature for selecting how to assess and treat these behaviors. This presentation discusses the often-complex role that the function of an obsessive compulsive behavior (OCB) serves for an individual. Based on Mowrer’s (1951) two-factor theory of avoidance learning, both classical and instrumental learning processes can be involved in the development and maintenance of repetitive behaviors. Using behavioral models, four case examples from clinical treatment studies illustrate the influence of primary or multiple functions on obsessive compulsive behaviors in ASD, highlighting that the topography of the behavior alone may not indicate the function of the behavior (see Figure 1 for a clinical example of a multiply controlled behavior). Behavioral models describe the role of respondent and operant conditioning and ways that behavioral technologies can be integrated to enhance treatment efficacy. Methods of functional behavioral assessment including informant and observational methods and recommendations for incorporating assessment results in treatment are provided. Limitations and future directions for function-based treatment of OCBs in persons with ASD are discussed.
 

To What Extent Do Practitioners Need to Treat Stereotypy During Academic Tasks?

(Applied Research)
JENNIFER COOK (University of South Florida, Monarch House), John T. Rapp (Auburn University)
Abstract:

Researchers frequently argue that a child’s engagement in stereotypy may compete with his ability to acquire academic skills, engage in appropriate social interactions, or both; however, few studies have directly tested these suppositions. We used a five-phase assessment to evaluate the extent to which behavioral interventions with a progressively greater number of components were necessary to decrease stereotypy and increase correct responding during academic instructions for five children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders. For one participant, stereotypy decreased when instructors provided standard instruction without specific intervention for stereotypy. For two participants, stereotypy decreased when instructors provided standard instruction plus antecedent intervention for stereotypy with continuous music. For another participant, stereotypy decreased when instructors provided enhanced consequences for correct responding during standard instruction without either antecedent or consequent intervention for stereotypy. For the final participant, stereotypy decreased and correct responding increased when instructors provided standard instruction and consequent intervention for stereotypy.

 

Reducing Stereotypy in Children With Autism

(Applied Research)
LYDIA TRUDEL (Université de Montréal), Marc J. Lanovaz (Université de Montréal), Isabelle Préfontaine (Université de Montréal)
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often engage in stereotypy, which may interfere with social integration, adaptive functioning and learning. Unfortunately, many children with ASD do not have access to behavioral interventions that could effectively reduce engagement in stereotypy while improving appropriate behavior. To address this issue, we developed an iOS app, the iSTIM, designed to support parents in reducing stereotypy in their child with ASD. The purpose of our study was to evaluate the effects of the iSTIM when used by parents. More specifically, we tested the effects of the app with ten children with ASD between the ages of 3 to 12 years old within a noncurrent multiple baseline design. To date, four families have completed their participation in the study. The iSTIM reduced stereotypy in the four participants, but only increased functional engagement in one participant. The preliminary results suggest that the iSTIM may benefit from modifications to improve the clarity of the procedures of the intervention.

 
 
Symposium #468
Further Evaluations of Teaching Verbal Operants to Children With Autism
Monday, May 27, 2019
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom B
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Michael Passage (Florida Institute of Technology)
Discussant: Ashley Marie Lugo (Southeast Missouri State University)
Abstract:

In this symposium, the authors will present on research evaluating different procedures to teach verbal operants to children diagnosed with autism. In the first paper, the author will describe a study examining effects of single-operant (different targets from one program presented within each trial block) and multiple-operant (different targets from multiple programs presented within each trial block) conditions on cumulative duration to mastery and percentage of independent, correct responses, for two children with autism. In the second paper, the author will present on the effect of a stimulus equivalence procedure on acquisition and maintenance of piano skills, novel piano performance, and generalization and maintenance of taught and untaught piano skills, with three individuals diagnosed with autism. In the third paper, the author will describe the effect of using a concurrent schedule of reinforcement with and without a prompting procedure to increase rates of manding for three individuals diagnosed with autism. The fourth presenter will discuss a comparison of the effects of video- versus picture-based instructional stimuli on generalization of action tacts for three children with autism.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): mand, music, tact, verbal operant
 

A Comparison of Trial Arrangement Procedures in Children With Autism

(Applied Research)
ASHLEY FELDE (Florida Institute of Technology), Katie Nicholson (Florida Institute of Technology), Sandhya Rajagopal (Florida Institute of Technology), Kristin M. Albert (Florida Institute of Technology), Amelia Dressel (Florida Institute of Technology), Michael Passage (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Improving the rate of skill acquisition for children with autism is an important focus for behavior analytic researchers. Prior research showed massed-trial instruction is more efficient than task interspersal. Less research has been conducted on the commonly recommended procedure task variation, sometimes called mixing and varying across the operants. The current study extended these lines of research by comparing the efficiency of two trial-arrangement procedures for skill acquisition. In the single-operant condition, all targets from a single program (e.g., tact) were taught during trial block 1, then, only targets from the next program (e.g., listener) were taught in block 2, and only targets from the third program (e.g., intraverbal) were taught during block 3. In the multiple-operant condition, acquisition targets across the 3 programs were interspersed within each of the 3 trial blocks (i.e., a few trials from each of the tact, listener, and intraverbal programs). A combined adapted alternating treatment and multiple probe design was used with 2 young boys with autism to compare efficiency of these arrangements through percentage of correct, independent responses and cumulative duration to mastery.

 
Manipulation of Reinforcement Schedules and Prompts to Produce Manding in a Multioperant Environment
(Applied Research)
JONATHAN SEAVER (The New England Center for Children), Michelle P. Kelly (Emirates College for Advanced Education (ECAE)), Rasha Baruni (New England Center for Children - Abu Dhabi), Clodagh Mary Murray (National University of Ireland Galway)
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) display social communication deficits (American Psychiatric Association, 2013). Although some research has targeted increasing response variability (Baker, 2000; Charlop-Christy & Haymes, 1996, 1998; Hanley, Iwata, Lindberg, & Conners, 2003; Hanley, Iwata, Roscoe, Thompson, & Lindberg, 2003), limited research designed to modify the distribution of manding in multioperant environments exists. The results of Bernstein and Sturmey (2008) indicate that manipulation of concurrent schedules of reinforcement may effectively modify the distribution of manding in a multioperant environment. For three individuals diagnosed with ASD, we examined the individual effects of manipulating concurrent schedules of reinforcement, and the combined effects of concurrent schedule manipulation plus prompting to increase rates of target manding. A non-concurrent multiple baseline design was used to evaluate the effects of the independent variables. Increases in target mands were produced for all three participants. Concurrent schedule manipulation plus prompting was effective in producing increased target manding for the two participants exposed, whereas the concurrent schedule manipulation alone was effective in producing increased target manding for one of the three participants exposed.
 

An Evaluation of a Stimulus Arrangement to Produce Equivalence in Piano Skills Among Children With Autism

(Applied Research)
KRYSTIN HUSSAIN (Florida Institute of Technology), Katie Nicholson (Florida Institute of Technology), Michael Passage (Florida Institute of Technology), Marilynn V. Colato (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Music-based interventions have been shown to benefit those with autism, improving deficits such as social behaviors, communication, and vocalizations, as well as improving behavioral excesses such as stereotypies. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effects of equivalence-based instruction (EBI) on acquisition and maintenance of piano skills, novel piano performance, and generalization and maintenance of taught and untaught piano skills among children with autism. Training consisted of auditory-visual musical stimuli in a matching-to-sample format. Following training, post-tests were conducted to test the emergence of novel untrained relations and generalization. Maintenance probes were conducted at least one week following the final post-test. Results were evaluated using a nonconcurrent multiple-probe design across participants.

 

An Evaluation of Static Versus Dynamic Stimuli on Generalization of Action Tacts

(Applied Research)
JOSHUA ADDINGTON (Florida Institute of Technology), Shana Fentress (Florida Institute of Technology), Katie Nicholson (Florida Institute of Technology), Sandhya Rajagopal (Florida Institute of Technology), Jacqueline Noto (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) have difficulty generalizing responses to stimuli beyond training conditions. This study investigated the effects of two types of stimulus delivery forms on generalization of action tacts to in-vivo performances: static (i.e., pictures), which are typically used during instruction and dynamic (i.e., videos), which provide stimulation similar to what a child would encounter in a natural setting. Videos were more effective and efficient for promoting generalization of action tacts to the natural environment for two of three participants. Results of an assessment to determine client preference for teaching procedure were unclear.

 
 
Symposium #469
CE Offered: BACB
Save the Children: Efficient Ways to Teach Safety Skills
Monday, May 27, 2019
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 3/4
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Marissa A. Novotny (University of South Florida)
Discussant: Richard Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Marissa A. Novotny, M.A.
Abstract:

This symposium includes four papers that evaluate interventions for efficiently teaching safety skills to children. Novotny and Miltenberger discuss the use of a website to train parents on how to conduct BST to teach firearm safety skills to their children. Maxfield and Miltenberger discuss research using small-scale simulation to teach firearm safety skills to young children. Grill and Leon discuss using social stories to teach a range of safety skills to children. Barchbill and Hurst discuss research using teacher conducted BST to teach preschool aged children appropriate safety skills in the presence of chemical bottles. Wayne Fuqua will serve as discussant.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Safety Skills, Small-Scale Simulation, Social Stories
Target Audience:

BCBA and BCaBA

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe efficient ways to teach safety skills ; (2)assess children's engagement in safety skills; (3) list ways to train others to conduct BST.
 
An Evaluation of Parent Implemented Web-Based Behavior Skills Training for Firearm Safety Skills
MARISSA A. NOVOTNY (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Trevor Maxfield (University of South Florida)
Abstract: This study evaluated a web-based manualized intervention implemented by parents for teaching firearm safety skills. A multiple-probe across participants design was used to assess the effectiveness of parent conducted BST. Children aged 4 to 7-years old received BST and firearm safety skills were assessed during in-situ assessments. Any child that does not respond correctly during the in-situ assessment will receive in-situ training. Results demonstrated the parent conducted BST was effective for two participants while an additional two participants required in-situ assessments.
 
Teaching Safety Skills to Preschool Children: An Evaluation of Teacher-Implemented Behavioral Skills Training
Kayla Brachbill (Southern Illinois University), Erica Jowett Hirst (Southern Illinois University), PAIGE BOYDSTON (Southern Illionois University)
Abstract: The present study evaluated the effectiveness of a teacher-implemented behavioral skills training (BST) procedure for teaching preschool students to exhibit an appropriate safety response in the presence of chemical bottles. Students’ safety responses were evaluated during baseline and teacher lessons (before and after BST) for each classroom. Prior to training, teachers were prompted to give a lesson including three safety steps (don’t touch, walk away, tell a teacher). No additional instructions were provided. Next, teachers received training from a researcher on how to implement BST in a classroom setting. Results indicated that the training procedure utilized was effective for increasing the number of BST components used by teachers. Further, teacher-implemented BST resulted in increases in preschool children’s appropriate responses to chemical bottles for two classrooms; however, the increase for one of the two classrooms was only moderate, and no increase was observed for children in a third classroom. Therefore, in-situ feedback was required for these two classrooms. In addition, the procedures resulted in generalized responding to a novel set of chemical bottles, as well as, a novel category of dangerous item (medicine bottles).
 

Evaluating the Utility of Social Stories to Teach Safety Skills to a Child With Autism Spectrum Disorder

NICOLE GRILLE (Florida Institute of Technology), Yanerys Leon (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

We evaluated the utility of social stories to teach safety skills to a pre-school aged boy with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). The safety responses targeted were: a) saying no to a stranger, b) looking both ways before crossing the street, and c) waiting for an adult at the door. During intervention, the participant was read social stories and then asked various questions regarding the safety situations. Prior to baseline and after the social story interventions, in-situ probes were conducted. The participant failed to emit the correct safety response in 2 of the 3 contexts after intervention (i.e., abduction prevention and waiting at the door). Next, behavioral skills training (BST) was implemented to teach the remaining two skills. After BST, in-situ probes were conducted, and the participant emitted the correct safety response in the following in-situ probes. Thus, results suggested that although social stories taught participants how to answer questions about safety, they were not an effective teaching method to produce actual safety skills. These results further highlight the need for in-situ probes to test for skill acquisition in this context.

 
Evaluating Small-Scale Simulation for Training Firearm Safety Skills
TREVOR MAXFIELD (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Marissa A. Novotny (University of South Florida)
Abstract: There is limited research using small-scale simulation in applied behavior analysis. We used small-scale simulation to train firearm safety skills to 3 to 5-years-old children and assessed whether the skills generalized to the natural environment through in situ assessment. Three participants completed the training and all participants learned the safety skills from simulation training. Two of the participants acquired the safety skills after the first simulation training and the third participant required one booster training before demonstrating the safety skills in the natural environment.
 
 
Symposium #470
Diversity submission A Verbal Behavior and Relational Frame Theory Examination of Sexuality, Gender, Privilege, and Power
Monday, May 27, 2019
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Fairmont, Lobby Level, Rouge
Area: CSS/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Glenna S. Hunter (Children's Hospital of Eastern Ontario)
Discussant: Worner Leland (Upswing Advocates)
Abstract:

Perceptions of sexuality, gender identity, and relationship structures are all shaped and maintained by our verbal communities. Additionally, verbal communities often have rules (both direct and implicit) that specify appropriate roles, and which reinforce alignment with those roles and punish stepping outside of them. Because of this, individuals who adhere to the rules of a verbal community through behavior or through endogenous traits often experience privilege- social advantages or benefits for aligning with the dominant group. Relational Frame Theory (Hayes, Barnes-Holmes, & Roche, 2001) provides a framework for examining this ingrouping and outgrouping in verbal communities. This presentation provides a behavior analytic examination of identities and privilege and offers initial suggestions on behavior analytic approaches to ethically supporting clients with marginalized identities and on decreasing inequity in our verbal community at large.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): gender identity, jealousy, privilege, sexuality
 
Diversity submission Tacting Internal Experiences: Asexual and Aromantic Identities
(Theory)
JANANI VAIDYA (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Worner Leland (Upswing Advocates)
Abstract: Relational Frame Theory (Hayes, Barnes-Holmes, & Roche, 2001) is a cognitive framework that defines language as operant behavior, in that language can be influenced by antecedent and consequent stimuli in the same manner as overt behavior. RFT further posits that language involves identifying stimuli as well as the act of relating stimuli events, and that changes in the function of these events can result in behavioral change. An important contribution of RFT is the concept of derived relational responding, i.e. the ability to train a few relations between arbitrary stimuli under the influence of certain contexts and derived a multitude of other relations that are not directly trained. One type of relation that can be trained in this manner are diectic frames of relational responding that rely on the perspective of the learner. This type of verbal responding is responding from a particular locus (Montoya-Rodríguez,McHugh, & Molina, 2016). This paper is an attempt to examine the formation of asexual and aromantic identities using relational framing. Specifically, how these communities have evolved to develop their specific language for types of relationships that fall outside of traditional definitions of romantic and sexual relationships and learning histories. Additionally, an examination of how to use perspective-taking to include an understanding of these orientations when disseminating sexual education, considering that they require the inclusion of the lack of specific covert behaviors or "desires" to be examined under the context of sexual behavior itself, is posited.
 
Diversity submission 

When Your Lover Loves Another: Understanding Jealousy and Compersion

(Theory)
GLENNA S. HUNTER (Children's Hospital of Eastern Ontario), August Stockwell (Upswing Advocates)
Abstract:

Jealousy — the emotion and collection of collateral responses that occur when a person is faced with a perceived threat to an important relationship — is a common source of distress within romantic and other close interpersonal relationships (Elphinston, Feeney, Noller, Conner, & Fitzgerald, 2013). In contrast, some people report an experience of compersion – joy in response to a partner experiencing emotional or sexual attraction toward and interactions with another person (Aumer, Bellew, Ito, Hatfield, & Heck, 2014). Jealousy and compersion are collections of responses emitted by individuals in both monogamous and non-monogamous relationships, and both can be understood in terms of their surrounding environmental contingencies. This presentation explores several potential contingencies at play in situations involving jealousy, and in so doing, identifies ways in which contingencies may be altered to produce a reduction in jealous responding. Finally, potential contingencies involved in compersion are presented, and suggestions made as to how it may be fostered within relationships in which compersion is a goal.

 
Diversity submission Beyond Checking: A Behavioral Analysis of Privilege as a Manipulable Context
(Theory)
EMILY KENNISON SANDOZ (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Evelyn Rachael Gould (McLean Hospital, Harvard Medical School; FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.)
Abstract: Privilege involves the advantages or benefits accessed by members of dominant groups at the expense of members of nondominant groups. For example, in the U.S., privilege is generally granted to members of groups who are: white, able-bodied, heterosexual, cisgender, male, Christian, middle or owning class, middle-aged, and/or English-speaking. Over the past decade, activists have increasingly called for us to “check our privilege,” or to acknowledge ways that our social status may have given us advantages (often unrequested, unearned, and unnamed advantages) while others of different social status suffered disadvantages. Describing, predicting, and understanding the inequities privilege creates is certainly important. And, as behavior analysts, we challenge ourselves to extend the analysis beyond describing, predicting, and understanding behavior to influencing it. In this way, a behavioral analysis of these inequities necessarily involves considering privilege, not merely in terms of personal characteristics, but in terms of the manipulable contexts those characteristics afford. This paper will review traditional conceptualizations of privilege, provide a behavior analytic conceptualization of privilege, and offer initial suggestions on a behavior analytic approach to studying, and intervening on privilege to decrease inequity.
 
 
Symposium #471
CE Offered: BACB
Toward a Better Understanding of Resurgence in Clinical Settings
Monday, May 27, 2019
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom A
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: William Sullivan (Upstate Medical University)
Discussant: Maggie Sweeney (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
CE Instructor: Ashley Marie Fuhrman, M.S.
Abstract:

Resurgence can be conceptualized as a form of treatment relapse that occurs when a previously extinguished behavior reemerges once a more recently reinforced behavior also contacts extinction. In clinical settings, resurgence of destructive behavior poses a serious threat to the individual, their caregivers, and the longevity of treatment effects. This symposium will describe four studies that examined resurgence of destructive behavior in clinical settings. The first two presentations will be given by Sean Smith and Dr. Valdeep Saini, respectively. Their presentations will describe a two-experiment study that examined the impact of baseline reinforcement rate on the magnitude of resurgence. More specifically, these studies tested a prediction of Behavioral Momentum Theory that suggests higher rates of baseline reinforcement will lead to greater resurgence. The third study will be presented by Dr. William Sullivan. This presentation will illustrate that when a target destructive behavior resurges, other destructive behaviors that are members of the same functional response class may also emerge. In the final presentation, Ashley Furhman will present a study that utilized discriminative stimuli under a multiple-schedule arrangement to mitigate resurgence. Each presentation will provide new insights into clinically meaningful variables that affect the resurgence of destructive behavior. Finally, Dr. Mary Margaret Sweeney will discuss the collective findings and provide directions for future research.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): destructive behavior, resurgence, treatment relapse
Target Audience:

BCBA's, graduate students, clinicians, and researchers

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will describe a treatment relapse phenomena, known as resurgence. 2. Participants will describe key variables (e.g., baseline rates of reinforcement) that affect the magnitude of resurgence. 3. Participants will describe target response resurgence within the context of a response class. 4. Participants will describe the use of discriminative stimuli under mutliple-schedule arrangements as a mitigation strategy for resurgence.
 
A Preliminary Investigation of Baseline Reinforcement Rate and Resurgence of Destructive Behavior
SEAN SMITH (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Valdeep Saini (Brock University), Brian D. Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), William Sullivan (Upstate Medical University), Henry S. Roane (Upstate Medical University), Ashley Marie Fuhrman (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Abstract: Although functional communication training (FCT) is a highly effective intervention for destructive behavior, FCT is susceptible to resurgence, a type of relapse that occurs when the functional communication response (FCR) contacts extinction. Behavioral momentum theory predicts that higher rates of reinforcement for destructive behavior during baseline will lead to greater resurgence than lower rates of reinforcement (Nevin & Shahan, 2011). The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the effects of high and low rates of baseline reinforcement on the resurgence of destructive behavior following FCT with four children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. We used a two-component multiple schedule across three phases. During Phase 1, destructive behavior produced reinforcement according to a dense-VI schedule in one component and a lean-VI schedule in the other component. Following FCT pre-training, Phase 2 arranged reinforcement for the FCR according to these same VI schedules in each respective component, while destructive behavior resulted in extinction. During Phase 3, neither the FCR nor destructive behavior produced reinforcement in either component. When resurgence occurred, it was consistently higher in the component associated with the dense schedule of reinforcement during baseline.
 

Clinically-Meaningful Baseline Schedules of Reinforcement and Resurgence of Problem Behavior

Valdeep Saini (Brock University), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), BRIAN GREER (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), William Sullivan (Upstate Medical University), Henry S. Roane (Upstate Medical University), Ashley Marie Fuhrman (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Abstract:

Behavioral momentum theory predicts that the magnitude of resurgence of problem behavior, when extinction is introduced, will be greater if the targeted response(s) previously produced a high rate of reinforcement during baseline relative to a low rate of reinforcement during baseline. A number of laboratory and translational investigations of resurgence using children who engage in severe problem behavior as participants have shown this to be accurate when comparing high and low variable-interval (VI) schedules of reinforcement. However, one limitation of these studies has been the use of VI schedules, whereas in most clinical studies evaluating the effects of behavioral interventions for problem behavior use dense fixed-ratio (FR) schedules. As a result, a more clinically relevant comparison would be one that uses a baseline schedule of reinforcement more common to the treatment of problem behavior. With three children who engaged in problem behavior we compared the magnitude of resurgence when participants were exposed to lean-VI schedules of reinforcement during baseline or dense FR-1 schedules during baseline. For all participants we observed greater resurgence of problem behavior in the condition that was associated with FR-1 compared to the condition associated with VI.

 
Resurgence: Examining the Role of the Response Class
WILLIAM SULLIVAN (Upstate Medical University), Valdeep Saini (Brock University), Nicole M. DeRosa (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Henry S. Roane (Upstate Medical University)
Abstract: Treatment of severe destructive behavior often involves withholding reinforcement for destructive behavior (i.e., extinction) while simultaneously reinforcing an appropriate alternative behavior (e.g., functional communication training; Carr & Durand, 1985). Research has demonstrated that if reinforcement of the alternative behavior is reduced or eliminated, resurgence of destructive may ensue (Volkert, Lerman, Call, & Trosclair-Lasserre, 2009). The current study evaluated the resurgence of a target destructive behavior while also assessing the emergence of other, non-targeted forms of destructive behavior. Following an initial functional analysis, a response-class analysis was conducted to confirm that various topographies of destructive behavior were functionally equivalent to the target. Next, a three-phase resurgence paradigm was conducted in which one topography of destructive behavior was targeted and reinforced in Phase 1. An alternative functional communication response was reinforced in Phase 2, while the target was placed on extinction. In Phase 3, the target and alternative responses were both placed on extinction. Furthermore, all other non-targeted forms of destructive behavior that were members of the same functional response class as the target were measured but never reinforced throughout the evaluation. Results suggested that when a target destructive behavior resurges, other response-class members may also emerge. These findings will be discussed in relation to the treatment of challenging behavior.
 
Mitigating Resurgence of Destructive Behavior Using the Discriminative Stimuli of a Multiple Schedule
ASHLEY MARIE FUHRMAN (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Brian D. Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Daniel R. Mitteer (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Resurgence is a form of treatment relapse that involves the reoccurrence of a previously reinforced response following extinction of a subsequently reinforced alternative response. Results of recent translational studies have suggested that correlating contextual or discriminative stimuli with the delivery or withholding of reinforcement for the FCR may mitigate resurgence of destructive behavior, but none have isolated the effects of those stimuli. In this study, we (a) trained the FCR, brought it under stimulus control of a multiple schedule, and thinned its reinforcement schedule in one stimulus context and then (b) tested the effects of the discriminative stimuli from the multiple schedule during a resurgence sequence (baseline, FCT, extinction) in a novel context relative to an equivalent resurgence sequence in another novel context without the discriminative stimuli. Participants included four children between the ages of 4 and 16 years old. Results showed greater persistence of the FCR and more resurgence of destructive behavior in the context with the discriminative stimuli present relative to the context without those stimuli. We discuss the applied and theoretical implications of these results relative to theories of resurgence that do and do not accommodate the effects of discriminative and contextual stimuli.
 
 
Symposium #472
Behavioral Economics and Transportation Safety
Monday, May 27, 2019
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich BC
Area: EAB/CSS; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Paul Romanowich (The University of Texas at San Antonio)
Discussant: Gregory J. Madden (Utah State University)
Abstract: Traffic safety is a socially relevant goal for every society. Traffic safety includes both vehicles, pedestrians and their interaction. All four presentations in this symposium have integrated behavior economic concepts with transportation safety to determine whether reliable relationships exist between an individual’s behavior and increasing (or decreasing) rates of traffic safety. The presentations include the effects of delay, social distance, fine amount and delay to destination on texting while driving behavior; the relationship between using smartphones while walking and delay and social discounting; and the role of delay discounting in errors during a driving simulation. The overarching goal of this symposium is to highlight how behavior economics can profitably be used to examine and promote traffic safety for current and future drivers and pedestrians. In addition, this research is intended to spur future researchers to seriously consider traffic safety as a viable collaborative research area in behavior analysis. Finally, future challenges for studying traffic safety with increasingly automated vehicles will be discussed.
Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): Behavior Economics, Demand Analysis, Discounting, Texting
 

Social Distance and Texting While Driving: A Behavioral Economic Analysis of Social Discounting

ANNE M. FOREMAN (CDC/NIOSH), Yusuke Hayashi (Penn State Hazleton), Jonathan E. Friedel (National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health), Oliver Wirth (CDC/NIOSH)
Abstract:

Texting while driving is a dangerous behavior, and drivers continue to engage in the behavior despite knowing its risks. The factors responsible for the decision to text while driving are poorly understood. This study examined how the relationship of the sender to the driver, in addition to the delay to the destination, may affect the decision to text while driving with the use of a social and delay discounting paradigm. Ninety-four (N = 94) undergraduate students completed a hypothetical social and delay discounting task in which they rated their likelihood of replying to a text message immediately versus waiting to reply until arriving at a destination. The social distance of the sender and the delay to the destination were manipulated across trials. For both social and delay discounting, the likelihood of replying and waiting, respectively, decreased as a function of social distance and delay to the destination. Social discounting varied inversely as a function of delay to the destination: The shorter delay to the destination, the greater social discounting. The findings indicate that social distance of the sender is an important factor involved in the decision to text while driving.

 

A Behavioral Economic Analysis of Demand for Texting While Driving

YUSUKE HAYASHI (Penn State Hazleton), Jonathan E. Friedel (National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health), Anne M. Foreman (CDC/NIOSH), Oliver Wirth (CDC/NIOSH)
Abstract:

The overarching goal of the present study was to determine whether a behavioral economic framework of demand analysis is applicable to texting while driving. To this end, we developed a novel hypothetical task in which college students receive a text message while driving, and they rated the likelihood of replying to a text message immediately versus waiting to reply until arriving at a destination when the amounts of a fine for texting while driving ranged from $1 to $300. The scenario presented two delays to a destination (15 min and 60 min). For drivers who self-reported a higher frequency of texting while driving, the demand for social interaction from texting was significantly more intense and less elastic. Demand was also significantly more intense and less elastic under the 60-min delay condition. The results of this proof-of-concept study suggest that behavioral economic demand analyses are potentially useful for understanding and predicting texting while driving.

 

Using Smartphones While Walking is Associated With Delay but Not Social Discounting

TAKEHARU IGAKI (Ryutsu Keizai University), Paul Romanowich (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Naoki Yamagishi (Ryutsu Keizai University)
Abstract:

This study examined associations between two types of discounting (delay and social) and the frequency of using a smartphone while walking (USWW). Two-hundred thirty-nine college students self-reported USWW behaviors. Participants were divided into two groups based on their self-reported frequency of USWW per day; those who engaged in USWW either infrequently (USWW-Low), or frequently (USWW-High). Participants from both groups completed paper-and-pencil-based delay and social discounting tasks. For both types of discounting, hyperbolic functions provided a good fit of crossover points for both participant groups. Figure 1 shows that USWW-High participants discounted delayed rewards more steeply than USWW-Low participants, whereas there was no significant difference for social discounting between groups. The findings that USWW is positively associated with delay discounting but not social discounting indicate that one aspect of impulsivity, but not social discounting, is associated with USWW. Furthermore, correlational analyses between delay and social discounting showed that there was no association between the two discounting tasks, suggesting that delay and social discounting operate independently. Given the association between USWW and delay discounting, strategies to prevent distracted behavior using delay discounting as a factor are discussed.

 

The Effects of Delay Discounting on Driving Behavior During a Simulated Driving Task

PAUL ROMANOWICH (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Jorge Castillo (University of Texas at San Antonio), Gustavo Chavez (University of Texas at San Antonio), Qian Chen (University of Texas at San Antonio), Shouhuai Xu (University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract:

Delay discounting is associated with many important health behaviors. If delay discounting is viewed as a trans-disease process, then a drivers’ vehicle control should also be more impulsive, resulting in more errors. The current study measured 50 participants’ delay discounting for hypothetical monetary rewards, texting while driving (TWD), reaction times and number of errors during a simulated driving task. Participants completed 40 trials (20 practice; 20 test) in which they were instructed to either brake or change one or two lanes to an auditory/visual prompt. Participants were split into two groups based on the median k-value, creating high and low discounting groups. Figure 1a shows that as task difficulty increased (brake; one lane change; two lane change) reaction times for low discounting group participants were progressively shorter than high discounting group participants. In addition, the proportion of errors during the two lane change tests were significantly higher for high discounting participants, relative to low discounting participants (Figure 1b; Χ2 = 12.01; p < 0.001). There was no difference in self-reported TWD between the two groups. The results suggest delay discounting is associated with increased driving behavior errors during a simulation.

 
 
Symposium #473
The Experimental Analysis of Social Behavior: Experimental Approaches to the Study of Operant Social Behavior
Monday, May 27, 2019
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich E-G
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Andres H. Garcia-Penagos (Delta State University)
Discussant: Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Compared to other disciplines like social psychology and behavioral ecology, relatively little research has been devoted in the experimental analysis of behavior to the understanding of social behavior, and of behavior in social circumstances, despite the recognition of the importance and relevance of such knowledge. The four papers in this symposium will present and discuss methodological approaches and the data collected by this means into our understanding of these phenomena that suggest a renewed and increasing interest in this topic and that extend the possibility of productive collaborative research outside of the traditional areas of inquiry in the experimental analysis of behavior. Two papers (Yencha; Garcia-Penagos & Shteynberg) explore the issue of audience effects in the operant responding of pigeons and humans, respectively, the first one on responding controlled by variable interval contingencies, and the second one on optimal response allocation in a three-choice task. The remaining two papers (Hackenberg, Wan & Kirkman; Avila & Toledo) explore determinants of altruistic behavior and cooperation in rats and humans, respectively. Hackenberg et al., will discuss evidence for and against the assumption that rats display cooperative behaviors in a social-release paradigm. Avila and Toledo will present data on the effects of increasing costs and decreasing benefits for cooperating on cooperative human behavior in prisoner dilemma scenarios. Discussion of these papers will center on the methodological and conceptual implications of introducing social variables in the traditionally isolated operant box (and its analogues with human participants), as well as in the contributions that the experimental analysis of behavior can make to the understanding of the phenomena related to social behavior.
Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): cooperation, social behavior, social discounting, social stimulation
 
Antecedent Effects of Social Stimuli on Operant Behavior
MICHAEL STEELE YENCHA (West Virginia University)
Abstract: The variables affecting social behavior are myriad, making the prediction and control of behavior occurring in social contexts relatively difficult. One can attempt to create a controlled social context in the laboratory by introducing a second organism into an operant chamber. To investigate antecedent effects of social stimuli on operant responding, key pecking responses of three pigeons were maintained on a variable-interval (VI) schedule of reinforcement. During the baseline condition no social stimuli were present in the operant chamber. When VI responding was stable, a mirror was introduced into the operant chamber to simulate the presence of another organism. The mirror covered the right side wall of the chamber adjacent to the work panel containing the response key. Relative decreases in rates of responding were observed when the pigeons had access to their reflections compared to when no mirror was present. Response rates returned to baseline levels when the mirror was removed in the following reversal condition, suggesting that access to visual-social stimuli disrupted pigeon behavior controlled by VI schedules of reinforcement.
 

Do Rats Share Food?: Tests with the Social-Release Paradigm

TIMOTHY D. HACKENBERG (Reed College), Haoran Wan (Reed College), Cyrus Fletcher Kirkman (Reed College)
Abstract:

Rats were given repeated choices between food and 30-s social access to a familiar rat, with the amount, location, and availability of food systematically manipulated across conditions. Social access was arranged by lifting a door to a restraint, within which the partner rat was held. Of primary interest was if, and under what conditions, rats would share food with the partner rat, operationally defined as a sequence of responses, consisting of (a) producing food; (b) producing social release; and (c) with food remaining in the receptacle, permitting food consumption by the partner rat. Consistent responding was maintained for access to both reinforcers across a series of conditions designed to vary the motivational value of food (varying the number of pellets per response and homecage food access). Responding for social access tended to occur later in the session, following high levels of food consumption, but sharing rarely occurred (<1% pellets produced), even with very rich schedules (5 pellets under FR1) and no food restriction outside the sessions. Taken as a whole, the present results cast doubt on claims in the literature that rats are motivated by empathy to share food with other rats.

 
Undiscounted Costs and Socially-Discounted Benefits of Cooperating as Predictors of Cooperation in Prisoner’s Dilemma Games
RAUL AVILA (National Autonomous University of Mexico), ALDO TOLEDO (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract: Cooperation is commonly defined as costly acts of an individual by which other person or persons benefit, as well as himself. It has been suggested that cooperative behavior is more likely to occur whether the benefit to others, discounted as a function of social distance (social discounting), is greater than the undiscounted cost of cooperating. The purpose of the current study was to contribute to the costs-benefits analysis, estimated with the social-discounting equation, as a prediction of cooperative behavior. We tested five two-player prisoner’s dilemma reward matrices in 117 participants, among which both undiscounted costs and socially-discounted benefits to others of cooperating varied. Costs and benefits were defined as the amount the participant lose and the amount the other player won whether the participant cooperated, respectively. Globally, systematically increasing costs and decreasing benefits of cooperating decreased the percentage of participants who cooperated, as predicted. These results suggest that costs-benefits of cooperating analyses are useful to predict cooperative behavior in social situations.
 
Shared Attention in a Three-Alternative Choice Task
ANDRES H. GARCIA-PENAGOS (Delta State University), Garriy Shteynberg (University of Tennessee)
Abstract: The allocation of behavior in a modified version of a three-alternative choice task (Kangas et al., 2009; Lie, Baxter & Alsop, 2013) was examined with 168 undergraduate students as participants. These participants completed the choice task either by themselves or with a confederate in the experimental room who had limited access to the participant's responding and performance. In this abridged version of the three-alternative choice task, which consisted of a computerized version of the classic rock-paper-scissors game, the probabilities that each of the three-alternatives was the correct choice in a particular trial was manipulated across four blocks. Furthermore, these probabilities were presented in either an ascending or descending order of discriminability. Overall, the social manipulation of shared attention by a coattending confederate didn’t have any significant effect in optimal allocation, with most participants showing undermatching, but differences were observed in the participant's strategies even if they didn't reflect in more optimal allocation. The sequence of probabilities across blocks, in contrast, was a good predictor of optimal allocation and this has potential implications for experimental choice research in humans
 
 
Symposium #475
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Training Care Givers in Applied Behavior Analytic Skills, Part 1: Training Individual Staff and Volunteer Skills
Monday, May 27, 2019
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom D
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Peter Sturmey (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York)
CE Instructor: Peter Sturmey, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Training staff in evidence-based practices is a key skill for behavior analysts. Despite the large number of studies in this area, there are still many under-researched and un-researched topics and a need for replication. This symposium, the first of two related symposia on this topic, presents three empirical papers on staff training. The first by Gormley et al., provides an overview by reporting a research synthesis of 156 staff training studies in Intellectual Disabilities including applied behavior analysis, positive behavior supports and other interventions. The second paper, by Gregori et al., evaluates the effectiveness of behavioral skills training to teach direct support staff to implement functional communication training correctly and its effects consumer mands and challenging behavior. The final paper, by Davis et al., reports a component analysis of behavioral skills training to teach volunteers in a university-based physical education program to teach motor skills to individuals with developmental disabilities. These empirical studies contribute to the growing literature on the effectiveness of behavioral skills to teach ta variety of skills in diverse contexts with individuals with autism and / or intellectual disabilities.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): Communication Training, Motor Skills, Staff Training, Systematic Review
Target Audience:

BCBAs in training; BCBAs requiring continuing education; applied researchers

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe evidence-based practices that they should train caregiver to implement; (2) Describe how to train staff to conduct functional communication and measure its effects on client mands; and (3) describe the effective components of behavioral skills training and the implications for training caregivers.
 

Synthesizing Research on Staff Training in Intellectual and Developmental Disability Settings

(Applied Research)
Laura Gormley (Trinity College Dublin), Olive Healy (National University of Ireland, Galway), Amanda Doherty (Trinity College Dublin), Darragh O'Regan (RehabCare), MAEVE BRACKEN (Trinity College Dublin)
Abstract:

Front line staff are a valuable asset within an intellectual disability service. Their work dictates the overall standard of care delivered by the organization. This research synthesis examines staff training in practices to support people with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Systematic searches of relevant databases identified 156 papers for inclusion in the review. Practices in which staff were trained were categorized as: a) Positive Behavior Support (PBS) interventions; b) Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) interventions, or c) other interventions. The ABA category was sub-divided into: a) assessment-based; b) antecedent-based; c) consequence-based and, d) “mixed” practices. Results showed that although staff were trained in a range of evidence-based practices, many empirically supported interventions were not utilized (e.g., functional communication training and non-contingent reinforcement). Importantly, this research synthesis also highlighted a continued reliance on individualized training packages, rather than the implementation of empirically supported training models. Finally, future research should prioritize training protocols for front line staff supporting adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities, as well as assessing the impact of staff training on service user outcomes. Findings from the current review provide a potential explanation for the apparent disconnect between theoretical advancements and practice in the applied setting.

 

Training Direct Care Staff to Implement Functional Communication Training Using Behavioral Skills Training

(Applied Research)
EMILY GREGORI (Educational Studies, Purdue University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University)
Abstract:

Direct service providers (DSPs) are staff who support individuals with developmental disabilities (i.e., consumers) in residential, community, and employment settings. DSPs are responsible for providing a number of services including managing challenging behavior. However, DSPs often lack training in effective behavior management procedures. Behavioral skills training (BST) is an empirically supported method of staff training and has been used to teach DSPs a number of skills. However, to date, no studies have evaluated the efficacy of BST on staff implementation of complex behavioral interventions. Therefore, the purpose of the current study was to examine the effects of BST on staff implementation of functional communication training (FCT). Three DPSs and consumers participated in the current study. The effects of BST on DSP and consumer behavior were evaluated using a nonconcurrent multiple baseline design. Results indicated that BST was effective in increasing DSP fidelity of FCT. However, an additional coaching phase was necessary for some DSPs to reach mastery criteria. Improvements in DSP fidelity corresponded with decreases in consumer challenging behavior and increases in appropriate communication. Findings suggest that BST is an efficient, effective, and socially valid method to train DSPs to implement FCT.

 

A Component Analysis of Behavioural Skills Training With Volunteers Teaching Motor Skills

(Applied Research)
SARAH DAVIS (Brock University), Kendra Thomson (Brock University), Maureen Connolly (Brock University), Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Catharine Lory (Perdue University), So Yeon Kim (Perdue University), Marie David (Purdue University)
Abstract:

Few physical education programs address motor development challenges for individuals with developmental disabilities (DD). The Special Needs Activity Program is one exception that capitalizes on university student volunteers to assist individuals with DD in developing motor skills. Evaluating efficient and effective ways of training these volunteers may positively impact outcomes and save valuable time and resources. We conducted a component analysis of behavioural skills training for teaching volunteers how to also use the BST framework to support individuals with DD. In an alternating treatment design embedded within a multiple baseline design across five volunteers, we measured the number of BST steps that volunteers completed correctly while teaching four motor skills from the SNAP curriculum. In the initial training phase, each motor skill received a different mode of training (i.e., instructions, modeling, rehearsal, or feedback). In subsequent training phases, modes of training were combined for skills that did not reach mastery criterion. Maintenance was also assessed at a 2-week and 1-month follow-up. Results indicated that instructions, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback alone were sufficient for volunteers to meet a predetermined performance criterion; however, the full BST framework was necessary for skill maintenance. Strengths, limitations, and recommendations for future research will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #476
CE Offered: BACB
Marijuana and Other Medication Use With Individuals With Autism: Review of Data and Protocols for Successful Consultation With Medical Professionals
Monday, May 27, 2019
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom C
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Gloria Satriale (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life (PAAL))
Discussant: Robert LaRue (Rutgers University)
CE Instructor: Jessica Zawacki, M.A.
Abstract:

Behavior analysis has been shown to be effective in dealing with a wide range of issues related to the support of individuals with autism. For example, behavior analytic principles have been used to improve skill acquisition and decrease behaviors that interfere with learning and independence. However, professionals from other disciplines also provide treatment from their respective worldview orientations. Specifically, medical professions are widely used in the treatment of individuals with autism by prescribing medications that are used for both physical and behavioral issues. The intersection of behavior analysis with medicine is frought with potential problems. Behavior analytic solutions to, for example, behavior problems is often in conflict with a medical solution (i.e, reinforcement plans versus medication). Since both approaches are often used in clinical situations, it is important for behavior analysts to learn how to work most effectively with other disciplines while, at the same time, upholding our ethical code of conduct (by behaving within our conceptual framework). This symposium will discuss two different situations in which behavior analysts collaborate with physicians to plan for, and assess the outcome of, various medications being used with adolescents and adults with autism.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): autism, collaboration, marijuana, medications
Target Audience:

front-line staff and other professionals interested in working in the medication area with their clientel

Learning Objectives: After these presentations, audience members will be able to: 1. orally review the literature on the effectiveness of marijuana products on autism symtomology; 2. orally explain the impact of preferred and nonpreferred staff on behavioral and skill development; 3. conduct preference assessments across staff;
 

A Preliminary Examination of the Influence of Medical Marijuana Products on Aberrant Behavior of Adolescents With Autism Spectrum Disorder

KAITLIN ROSS (PAAL), Gloria Satriale (PAAL), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Recently, there has been increasing use of medical marijuana. Coinciding with this trend is the belief that marijuana products can be used to treat symptoms of autism. There are no controlled studies evaluating the effects of marijuana on autism. Advocacy groups have formed to promote use of marijuana to reduce behavioral episodes and increase social behaviors. No scientific evidence exists that this drug is causally related to any improvements in developmental, behavioral or social areas. In contrast, most national organizations related to substance abuse strongly argue that marijuana is potentially dangerous.The purpose of this investigation was to examine the relationship between changes in problem behaviors and the use of the marijuana products. Participants included adolescents diagnosed with autism. Target behaviors for which a marijuana product was prescribed were operationally defined. Staff gathered daily data on the occurrence of these targeted behaviors, and the dates of administration of the marijuana products. Results showed no direct correlation between the use of the marijuana product and positive changes in problem behavior, casting doubt on the efficacy of this intervention. This suggests the need for the involvement of behavior analysis when manipulating medication in order to empirically evaluate the impact of such interventions.

 

Successful Collaboration With Medical Professionals: How to Integrate Medicine and Behavior Analysis

Jessica Zawacki (PAAL PARTNERS), Gloria Satriale (PAAL), DANIEL ALBRAND (The PAAL Program)
Abstract:

The prescription of psychotropic medications is increasingly common as an alternative for supplement to behavior therapy for managing ASD-associated aberrant behaviors In an ideal setting, medication used to decrease challenging behaviors, such as aggression or self-injury, should be considered only after medical diagnoses and comorbid psychiatric disorders have been addressed and behavioral interventions have been tried and, based on data analysis, deemed unsuccessful. It is the clinical responsibility to develop effective interventions using behavior analytic processes, conceptually consistent with behavior analytic theory. The ethical code also requires behavior analysts to evaluate concurrent treatments that individuals may be receiving and their overall impact on the target behavior. However, this is challenging for the behavior analyst working with individuals with more profound disabilities, specifically deficits in communication, as psychiatric disorders are typically measured via self-report. Case studies will be presented demonstrating formal protocols used to operationally define, measure, and track symptoms, diagnoses, and medication changes that are typically measured haphazardly or through self-report, such as anxiety and obsessive compulsive.

 
 
Symposium #478
CE Offered: BACB
Conceptualizing, Developing, and Using Treatments to Prevent and Address Trauma in Veteran and Related Populations
Monday, May 27, 2019
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 1/2
Area: CBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Nicole C Groskreutz (PEAK Behavioral Services, LLC)
CE Instructor: Mark P. Groskreutz, Ph.D.
Abstract: The effects of extreme stressors (e.g., combat-related) and trauma can be severe and persistent in active duty military personnel, veteran, and other populations: the trauma can lead to post traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and effects can include relationship difficulties, substance abuse, increased rates of suicide, among others (see Cornum, Matthews, & Seligman, 2011). Researchers and practitioners have been challenged to identify consistently effective antecedent and consequence interventions to address these concerns. Using a behavior analytic approach to resilience and treatment may help prevent the effects of and reduce the impacts from trauma. These talks will explore how behavior analysis can support effective treatment for trauma, training of professionals delivering treatment, and prevention of trauma. Because much of the previous work on resilience and trauma treatment has come from non-behavior analytic sources, these talks will also address links between behavioral analyses and other areas of psychology. Discussions will focus on how a behavior analytic approach to resilience and treatment for trauma may enhance research and practice.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): PTSD, Resilience, Trauma, Veterans
Target Audience: Professional behavior analysts
 

Prolonged Imaginal Exposure in Behavior Analytic Terms

(Theory)
KOMLANTSE GOSSOU (Université de Montréal)
Abstract:

Prolonged Imaginal Exposure (PE) is one of the few efficacious treatments for treating combat-related Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD; Foa, Hembree, & Rothbaum, 2007; Gros, Tuerk, Yoder, & Acierno, 2011; Resick, Monson, & Gutner, 2007; US Veteran Affair / Department of Defense, 2017). PE has been shown to be an effective manualized treatment in both the civilian and the military populations, and it has been endorsed as a best practice for the treatment of PTSD by the United States Departments of Veterans Affairs and Defense (VA/DoD, 2017), the Institute of Medicine (IOM, 2007), and the International Society of Traumatic Stress Studies (Boa, Keene, Friedman, and Cohen, 2010). Since it works, it must somehow operate via behavioral principles. However, our review of the literature indicates that it is difficult to find a behavior analytic conceptualization of PE, or a behavior analytic explanation of its effectiveness. This paper offers a behavior analytic explanation of why PE is effective and makes recommendations for improving this treatment using ABA strategies.

 

Training a Student to Conduct Acceptance and Commitment Therapy With Active Duty Military and Veterans Using Behavior Skills Training

(Applied Research)
JOHN BORGEN (Oregon Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) is being utilized by Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) to increase the effectiveness of caregiver training, decrease behaviors associated with diagnosed psychological disorders, and augment graduate programs and other organizations. Increasingly, more attention is being given to BCBAs implementing ACT to work with adults, targeting behavioral excesses or deficits associated with mood disorders, anxiety disorders, and chronic pain (American Psychological Association, 2018). This talk will focus on the use of behavioral skills training (BST) to assist a student in gradually increasing proficiency with ACT and in a talk-based therapeutic context in general. We present an evaluation of BST to teach the student to participation and utilization of ACT behaviors by the student in ACT sessions. Specifically, we evaluated client verbal behavior relevant to the six core processes of ACT (e.g., cognitive fusion, experiential avoidance, etc.). We will also discuss the logistics of starting a pro bono practice.

 
Behavioral Resilience in Military Personnel: Implications for Assessment and Intervention
(Theory)
NICOLE C GROSKREUTZ (PEAK Behavioral Services, LLC), Mark P. Groskreutz (Southern Connecticut State University)
Abstract: There is an extensive, multi-disciplinary body of literature exploring resilience within varied populations and across contexts. Yet there is no consensus amongst researchers on how resilience should be operationalized. The American Psychological Association (2018) defines resilience as “the process of adapting well” when faced with “adversity, trauma, tragedy, threats, or significant sources of stress” (para. 4). Defining resilience behaviorally, we might replace ‘adapting well’ with ‘particular patterns of positive behaviors that will persist’ in the presence of behavioral disruptors. Within the context of combat-related trauma, researchers and clinicians have looked to promote resilience as a means of decreasing the risk of soldiers developing post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). We may be able to enhance these efforts by applying a behavior analytic conceptualization of resilience, as it could result in identification of the particular adaptive behaviors (both overt and covert) that must persist in the face of various behavioral disruptors. Presumably, soldiers could then be trained, targeting increases in behavioral resilience through the application of behavior analytic interventions similar to those used to address other behaviors. We will review research targeting increasing resilience, and discuss the potential benefits of a behavior analytic interpretation of resilience within a military context.
 
 
Symposium #479
CE Offered: BACB
Impacting Others and the Home We Share: Psychological Flexibility, Prosocial Behavior, and Ecological Behavior
Monday, May 27, 2019
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Fairmont, B2, Imperial Ballroom
Area: CSS/CBM; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Rebecca Copell (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Discussant: Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi)
CE Instructor: Karen Kate Kellum, Ph.D.
Abstract: Behaving in ways that impact our relationships and physical environment positively is subject to many challenges. Amongst them is one’s willingness to experience the discomfort associated with our impact on each other and our planet such that effective behavior can be shaped. Psychological flexibility involves engagement in personally meaningful behavior, even when doing so increases discomfort. This symposium includes analyses of socially meaningful behavior through the perspective of the psychological flexibility model. Each presentation examines how psychological flexibility and associated repertoires might moderate the impacts of contextual manipulations on socially meaningful behavior. The first presentation will examine how an educational video on climate change might impact ecological behavior differently, depending on participants’ psychological flexibility. The second presentation considers the role of flexible connectedness in explaining relations between parenting and altruistic behavior. Finally, patterns between findings, lessons for future research, and implications for broad scale intervention to improve socially meaningful behavior will be discussed.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Altruism, Prosocial Behavior, Psychological Flexibility
Target Audience: Behavior Analysts interested in social issues
Learning Objectives: (1) describe how psychological flexibility and related factors converge with the parenting context to influence altruistic behavior (2) describe how psycholoigcal flexbility influences responsiveness to climate change education in terms of behavior change and behavior change intentions
 
Parenting Prosocial Prodigies: What Matters Most?
CALEB FOGLE (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract: The effects of parenting practices have been of consistent interest to the general public, as current parents and parents-to-be ask researchers and practitioners; “what matters most?” In order to explore the importance of parenting practices, they can be conceptualized either categorically in terms of parenting style, or continuously in terms of the degree care and overprotection they exhibit. The current study focuses on parenting practices effects on altruism and other prosocial behaviors. Altruistic behaviors can be defined in this case as a behavior in which some sort of expended effort or physical cost outweighs any sort of promised or potential reward. The current study investigated if perceived parenting predicted altruistic behavior in a decision making task. Next, components of flexible connectedness (empathic concern, perspective taking, and psychological flexibility) were explored as moderating and mediating factors in the relationship between parenting and altruism. Surprisingly, inflexible parenting styles tended to predict altruistic behavior, and none of the flexible connected factors explained this relationship. Implications for parent training and further research will be discussed.
 
Psychological Flexibility as a Predictor of Ecological Behavior Change After Informational Intervention
JESSICA CRIDDLE (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Meagan Perkins (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract: Climate change is a well-documented phenomenon affecting humankind as a whole, yet a large portion of individuals who understand this fact do not engage in behavior to address it. Avoidance of climate change and the prosocial behaviors needed to halt this condition may be related to psychological inflexibility, defined in the therapeutic approach of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy as dominance of aversive control. Psychological flexibility entails the ability to change behavior to match values even as it increases aversive stimulation. To examine this relationship, over 200 college students completed self-report questionnaires to assess psychological flexibility and attitudes toward humankind's relationship with the environment. Participants were then exposed to three educational videos on climate change and selected a list of behaviors they would be willing to adopt. Finally a subset of participants chose to receive seven daily surveys to assess progress in achieving these behavior changes. Both behavioral intentions and self-reported behavior were predicted from psychological flexibility. Convergence and divergence of these effects will be discussed along with implications for intervention.
 
 
Symposium #481
CE Offered: BACB
Innovations in the Assessment of Challenging Behavior for Individuals With Developmental Disabilities
Monday, May 27, 2019
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom B
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jessica Akers (Baylor University)
CE Instructor: Jessica Akers, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Assessment is integral to developing effective challenging behavior interventions. This symposium will include three studies related to innovations in the assessment of challenging behavior for children with developmental disabilities. The first study consisted of a systematic literature review of the previous research on the treatment of severe challenging behavior for adolescents with intellectual and developmental disabilities. The second study included an evaluation of the use of demand assessments to individualize functional analysis and treatment of escape-maintained challenging behavior. The third study included the use of a competing items analysis to individualize the intervention to reduce automatically maintained stereotypy. Overall, the symposium will involve a detailed discussion of methods to improve the efficacy of the intervention through the assessment of challenging behavior. Implications for the assessment and treatment of challenging behavior for practitioners who work with individuals with developmental disabilities will be discussed. In addition, the symposium will include specific directions for future research.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): assessment, challenging behavior, developmental disabilities
Target Audience:

Board Certified Behavior Analysts

Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will be able to describe the procedures of a demand assessment 2. Attendees will be able to describe the procedures of a competing stimulus assessment 3. Attendees will be able to match challenging behavior intervention procedures to the results of relevant assessments
 

Systematic Review of Behavioral Interventions for Adolescents With Developmental Disabilities and Severe Challenging Behavior (2001–2016)

CHRISTINE DREW (University of Oregon), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon), Buket Erturk (University of Oregon)
Abstract:

Individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) are more likely to engage in severe challenging behavior which include behaviors that are dangerous to the individual and others. These behaviors are often targeted for intervention because of their impact on educational, social, and health outcomes. However, research on assessment and intervention for adolescents with severe challenging behavior has not been systematically reviewed. Systematic searches of three online databases and ancestral searches of the resulting manuscripts were conducted, and 78 studies met inclusion criteria. The studies where then evaluated for: (a) participant demographic information; (b) behavioral intervention; (c) challenging behavior topography; (d) behavior assessment; (e) experimental standards ratings; and (f) percentage of zero data (PZD) for the final phase of the intervention. Participants were likely to have either an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) or intellectual disability. The vast majority of studies included some form of functional assessment and most included packaged interventions. The most common functions of challenging behavior were escape and automatic. Common combinations of interventions were compiled. Future research recommendations including using other measures such as amount of medications and time spent in less restrictive settings and addressing puberty and hormonal motivating operations in this population.

 
The Use of Demand Assessments in the Assessment and Treatment of Challenging Behavior
SUZANNAH AVERY (Baylor University), Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University), Kristen Williams (Baylor University)
Abstract: Selection of demands without a demand assessment could result in a failure to identify an escape function for escape-maintained challenging behavior. The purpose of this study was to (a) evaluate the effect of immediate help on the rate of challenging behavior during high-aversive, low-accuracy demands and (b) to evaluate the efficacy of an intervention based on the assessment results in reducing challenging behavior. One 3-year-old with autism spectrum disorder participated in this study. A demand assessment was used to identify high-aversive, low-accuracy demands. In a second assessment, high-aversive, low-accuracy demands with immediate help resulted in lower rates of challenging behavior as compared to high-aversive, low accuracy demands without immediate help. We evaluated the efficacy of the subsequent intervention using a reversal design. The results indicated that requesting help with differential reinforcement resulted in a reduction in challenging behavior. Data collection with a second participant is ongoing. Implications for practice and directions for future research will be discussed.
 
Evaluating the Effect of Competing Stimuli on Automatically Maintained Motor Stereotypy
GABRIELA JUANITA RIVERA (Baylor University), Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University), Jessica Akers (Baylor University), Marie Kirkpatrick (Baylor University)
Abstract: Automatically maintained stereotypy, or repetitive behavior, is common among children with autism spectrum disorder. This study described the treatment of automatically maintained stereotypy for a 2-year-old girl with autism. The child’s father implemented all intervention sessions. The initial intervention consisted of prompting for appropriate engagement, differential reinforcement for appropriate engagement, and extinction. The efficacy of the intervention was evaluated using an alternating treatment design. The treatment evaluation indicated the initial intervention was not effective in reducing automatically maintained motor stereotypy. The researchers then conducted a competing stimulus assessment. The initial intervention with a competing stimulus was effective in reducing motor stereotypy. Intervention effects persisted following the removal of the differential reinforcement and extinction components. The results indicated that the use of a competing stimulus with the initial intervention was effective in reducing automatically maintained stereotypy. The findings suggest the importance of identifying items that compete with automatically maintained stereotypy, to the extent possible, in order to effectively reduce stereotypy. Implications for practice and directions for future research will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #482
CE Offered: BACB
Basic and Applied Evaluations in Behavioral Gerontology With Older Adults With Neurocognitive Disorder
Monday, May 27, 2019
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Montreux 1-3
Area: DEV/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Haley Ciara Hughes (Western Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Andrea Perez, M.A.
Abstract:

As the aging population continues to grow and the prevalence of neurocognitive disorder increases, there is an increased need for behavioral gerontology and opportunities for research with a wide range of empirical questions needing to be answered. This will ultimately inform behavior analytic treatments available and increase the quality of life of older adults diagnosed with neurocognitive disorder (NCD). This symposium includes three talks that will cover wide applications of behavioral gerontology from basic preparations: (a) Stimulus control and Extinction with Older Adults with Neurocognitive Disorder: A Basic Research Study, in which researchers will present data from an ongoing evaluation on reinforcement, extinction and stimulus control; (b) Reinforcer Identification Form- a Tool to Identify Preferred Stimuli for Older Adults with Neurocognitive Disorder. Researchers will present on the development and use of a tool to assist in the identification of preferred stimuli; and (c) Lounge Layout to Facilitate Communication and Engage People with Dementia, which will expand upon previous literature by demonstrating the importance of living arrangement design and the impact of modifications of those arrangements on older adults’ communication and engagement levels.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

graduate students in behavior analysis, board certified behavior analysts, behavioral gerontology practitioners, behavioral gerontology researchers.

Learning Objectives: 1. Determine the impacts of environmental arrangement on communication and engagement levels with older adults with NCD 2. Identify considerations for stimuli selection to inform treatment for engagement with older adults with NCD 3. Identify how stimulus control and extinction may impact responding for older adults with NCD
 

Stimulus Control and Extinction With Older Adults With Neurocognitive Disorder: A Basic Research Study

(Basic Research)
JORDAN BAILEY (Western Michigan University), Sandra Garcia (Western Michigan University), Jonathan C. Baker (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

The effects of extinction have been demonstrated in community dwelling older adults (Plaud, Plaud, & Duvillard, 1999), but to date, there have been limited empirical demonstrations of the the effects of extinction for older adults with neurocognitive disorder. Therefore, the purpose of the study was to examine whether withdrawal of a reinforcer from a previously reinforced behavior would result in behavior change for this population. This study extends a study presented last year with the use of a multielement design rather than a reversal. Preferred stimuli (pictures) were identified prior to implementation through use of a preference assessment followed by reinforcer assessment. The effects of the schedules were assessed with a computer program on a tablet PC. Conditions were signaled by the presentation of various shapes along with the buttons. The effects of reinforcement were compared with extinction and/or non-contingent reinforcement schedules. The experimental arrangement consisted of a presentation of two buttons that (a) would activate a preferred picture; (b) produce nothing (in the extinction condition); or (c) produced nothing (but pictures were available on a time-based schedule). These data will be discussed with respect to the implications for both basic and applied research.

 

Reinforcer Identification Form: A Tool to Identify Preferred Stimuli for Older Adults With Neurocognitive Disorder

(Applied Research)
ANDREA PEREZ (Western Michigan University), Jonathan C. Baker (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

An important line of research within behavioral gerontology has been skill acquisition and activity engagement procedures with older adults with neurocognitive disorder. A critical underlying aspect of such work is to ensure that the stimuli that are being used in these procedures are functioning as reinforcers. Currently, research on preference assessments with older adults appears to involve the arbitrary selection of items informed by existing structured, close-ended and non-individualized tools. This approach is problematic because it may lead to the identification and selection of items that may not be preferred by an individual, and can lead to poor programming. Therefore, the purpose of this study is to evaluate the utility of a new tool, The Reinforcer Identification Form, and to validate the items identified by implementing a stimulus preference assessment and a modified engagement assessment.

 

Lounge Layout to Facilitate Communication and Engagement in People With Dementia

(Applied Research)
REBECCA A SHARP (Bangor University), Emma Williams (Bangor University), Rebecka Rornes (Bangor University), Choo Ying Lau (Bangor University), Carolien Lamers (Bangor University)
Abstract:

Direct measures of indices of happiness, engagement, and communication can serve as proxies for measures of quality of life in people with dementia. The design of care settings for people with dementia is often guided by expert opinion rather than empirical data. We evaluated the effect of arranging lounge furniture in different configurations on communication, engagement with activities, and indices of happiness in people with dementia living on a specialized dementia ward. We found that the common configuration of chairs placed around the outside of the room resulted in the least communication, engagement, and indices of happiness. Communication occurred most when the furniture was arranged in small groups, and engagement occurred most when the furniture was arranged to maximize the salience of the available activities. Our data show that simple antecedent manipulations that do not require extensive staff training or involvement can improve the quality of life of people with dementia in care settings.

 
 
Symposium #483
CE Offered: BACB
Efficient and Resource-Saving Interventions in Middle Schools: Two Empirical Examples
Monday, May 27, 2019
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Fairmont, Second Level, Gold
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sarah E. Pinkelman (Utah State University)
Discussant: M. Kathleen Kathleen Strickland-Cohen (Texas Christian University )
CE Instructor: Sarah E. Pinkelman, Ph.D.
Abstract: Middle school teachers struggle to effectively address the behavioral and academic needs of students with disabilities in their classrooms. Research in the fields of behavior analysis and special education provide a wealth of strategies that are likely to be effective with middle school students, however these strategies are often not feasible for teachers to implement in their classrooms. Teachers have limited resources (e.g., time, funding), and do not receive adequate training, coaching, and ongoing support to implement many of the interventions that have been documented as effective in the literature. As such, it is important that researchers identify efficient interventions that are reasonable for implementation in schools. This symposium will include two studies that examine the effects of contextually appropriate interventions, specifically activity schedules and interdependent group contingencies, in improving the behavior of middle school students with disabilities. Both studies used single subject research designs (multiple baseline across students with an embedded reversal and an ABAB) and demonstrate a functional relation between the intervention and student behavior. These strong treatment effects contribute to literature, provide directions for further research, and have important applied implications.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): classroom, middle school, problem behavior, special education
Target Audience: BCBAs working in schools. Faculty doing school-based research
 

Improving On-Task Behavior in Middle School Students With Disabilities: Modified Activity Schedules

STEPHANIE MATTSON (Utah State University), Sarah E. Pinkelman (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Middle school students receiving special education services under specific learning disability and other health impairment often struggle to remain on-task and meet independent work demands. Although a variety of strategies have been documented as effective in improving on-task behavior in students with disabilities, most are not contextually appropriate for public schools. Activity schedules may provide an efficient, minimally intrusive, and low-effort intervention for middle school classrooms. In this study, a concurrent multiple baseline design across participants with an embedded reversal was used to examine the effects of activity schedules on on-task and on-schedule behavior of four middle school students with disabilities in a resource classroom. Results demonstrate increased on-task and on-schedule behavior for all participants in math and language arts settings, and students and teachers both indicated that they enjoyed the activity schedule and that it improved on-task behavior and work completion. Implications for practice and future research are discussed.

 
Effects of an Interdependent Group Contingency and Randomized Reinforcers in a Middle School Classroom
KRISTY PARK (George Mason University), Robert Olberding (Virginia Beach City Public Schools)
Abstract: Middle school students receiving special education services under specific learning disability and other health impairment often struggle to remain on-task and meet independent work demands. Although a variety of strategies have been documented as effective in improving on-task behavior in students with disabilities, most are not contextually appropriate for public schools. Activity schedules may provide an efficient, minimally intrusive, and low-effort intervention for middle school classrooms. In this study, a concurrent multiple baseline design across participants with an embedded reversal was used to examine the effects of activity schedules on on-task and on-schedule behavior of four middle school students with disabilities in a resource classroom. Results demonstrate increased on-task and on-schedule behavior for all participants in math and language arts settings, and students and teachers both indicated that they enjoyed the activity schedule and that it improved on-task behavior and work completion. Implications for practice and future research are discussed.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #484
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/NASP

Behavioral Economics of the Marketing Firm: Bilateral Contingency, Metacontingency, and Agency

Monday, May 27, 2019
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom AB
Area: OBM; Domain: Theory
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Gordon Foxall, Ph.D.
Chair: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center)
GORDON FOXALL (Cardiff University; University of Reykjavik)
Gordon R. Foxall is Distinguished Research Professor at Cardiff Business School, Cardiff University (UK), and a Visiting Professor in economic psychology at the University of Reykjavik (Iceland). He holds a Ph.D. in industrial economics and business studies (University of Birmingham); a Ph.D. in psychology (University of Strathclyde); and a higher doctorate (DSocSc) also from the University of Birmingham. He is the author of some 300 refereed papers and chapters and over 30 books. He has held visiting appointments at the Universities of Michigan, Oxford, South Australia and Guelph, and is a Fellow of the Academy of Social Sciences (FAcSS); a Fellow of the British Psychological Society (FBPsS); and a Fellow of the British Academy of Management (FBAM). His principal research interests include consumer behavior analysis, the philosophical implications of the neurophilosophy of consumer choice, and the theory of the marketing firm.
Abstract:

The theme of this talk is the nature of the organizations that meet consumer demand, the susceptibility of their behavior to operant explanation, and the consequences of treating them as operant systems. All firms market. Marketing, moreover, provides the raison d’être of firms. Just as consumers can be shown to maximize the utilitarian and informational reinforcement they receive from commodities, so firms maximize similar sources of reward through the generation and implementation of marketing mixes that influence consumer choice. But over and above the operations involved in marketing functions, firms are compelled by the imperatives of modern economies to engage in customer-oriented management in order to compete within and between traditional industries for the dollars over which customers have discretion. This talk draws on ideas from microeconomics and marketing science, as well as behavior analysis, in a nontechnical exploration of the sensitivity of corporate activity to contingencies of reinforcement. I argue that the concept of metacontingency is central to understanding the behavior of organizations such as marketing firms and that the idea of bilateral contingency is central to understanding why they exist and what their function is.

Target Audience:

All those interested in the behavioral economics of organizations and their publics; organizational management; public policy with respect to business firms; the interaction of operant analysis and other disciplines and the implications of using economics to understand human behavior.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss how organizations that meet consumer demand can be analyzed in operant terms; (2) discuss the economic and marketing imperatives that explain the existence of prevalence of these marketing firms; (3) discuss the concept of bilateral contingency and how the interrelationships of marketing firms and their customers can be analyzed as interlocking contingencies; (4) discuss marketing firms as metacontingencies and the implications of this for their acting as economic and social agents; (5) discuss the policy implications of marketing firms as they interact with different kinds of customer (e.g., other business organizations vs. aggregates of individual consumers.
 
 
Panel #485
PDS: Master's Done: Get a Job or a Ph.D.?
Monday, May 27, 2019
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Toronto
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Ronald Joseph Clark (Florida Institute of Technology; The Scott Center for Autism Treatment)
LINDA A. LEBLANC (LeBlanc Behavioral Consulting LLC)
NICHOLAS WEATHERLY (Florida Institute of Technology)
ANSLEY CATHERINE HODGES (Florida Institute of Technology; Nemours Children's Hospital)
Abstract:

So, you've spent the past few years dedicated to developing yourself into the best behavior analyst you can be. You've completed hours and hours of writing papers, supervised practicum, and learning the difference between a mixed and a multiple schedule. Well, you finally did it! You successfully completed your Master's degree (CONGRATULATIONS!). But now what? Is it time to find a job as a BCBA in your local area? Is it possible your next steps might actually be more hours of writing and research labs? If you are unsure of what to do next, this event was inspired with you in mind. This panel is the perfect event to help guide you on what might be the biggest professional decision yet – getting a job as a behavior analyst or pursuing a doctoral degree? We have experts in the field who will be providing insight into the different roles masters and doctorate level personnel play in both the clinical and OBM worlds, as well as the career path for aspiring academics. At the completion of this panel, you will hopefully walk out a little more confident about getting a job or a Ph.D.!

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Development, Doctorate, Masters, Student
 
 
Panel #486
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Diversity submission What’s Culture Got to Do With It?: Essentials of Supervision
Monday, May 27, 2019
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Swissôtel, Lucerne Ballroom Level, Lucerne 1/2
Area: PCH; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Shane Spiker, M.S.
Chair: Shane Spiker (Positive Behavior Supports, Corp.)
JENNY PAGAN (BlueSprig Pediatrics)
SABRINA DE LA FE (Positive Behavior Supports Corporation)
ONAIDA SANCHEZ (Positive Behavior Supports Corporation)
Abstract:

As our field expands our analysts are exposed to various cultures, including work in international markets as well as diverse populations within our own communities. Because of the diversity of individuals we serve, there is a clear need to begin a discussion about the consideration of ethics when navigating the nuances between cultural norms. In addition, we may be missing the opportunity to support a large portion of the population due to our lack of cultural sensitivities. While this overarching discussion is broad and sometimes difficult to operationally define, there are areas of our practice that we can begin developing to create socially significant changes in the culture of our field. In this panel we would like to address how including multi-cultural competencies in our supervision process are crucial and can develop culturally sensitive practitioners. We would also like to address the ethical dilemmas we come across when working with differing cultures. As we are working in the homes of our clients for months sometimes years, and cultural sensitivity is imperative for programing, training of caregivers, and successfully achieving the client’s ultimate outcomes.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

This Panel is developed for current Board Certified Behavior Analysts, and Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analysts.

Learning Objectives: 1) Participants will identify multicultural competencies in behavior analytics. 2) Participants will learn how to navigate difficult cultural challenges in the supervisory role. 3) Participants will learn how to navigate ethics and respecting cultural systems. 4) Participants will learn how to effectively supervise and train their team on cultural competencies
Keyword(s): Culture, Ethics, Supervision, Training
 
 
Invited Panel #487
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Science Communication and Behavior Analysis: Correcting Missed Opportunities
Monday, May 27, 2019
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich D
Area: SCI; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Jonathan W. Pinkston (Western New England University)
CE Instructor: Jonathan W. Pinkston, Ph.D.
Panelists: MATTHEW NORMAND (University of the Pacific), RYAN O'DONNELL (RYANO, LLC), MATTHEW CICORIA (Positive Behavioral Outcomes, LLC)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts have long lamented the relative ignorance from the general public regarding our science. While the field has made efforts to address our dissemination, many still believe we have much work to do. On the contrary, other disciplines within the social and behavioral sciences have captured public interest, leveraging social media to garner attention and disseminate to large audience. Many of these audiences include stakeholders and policymakers with the power and authority to bring scientific influences into the mainstream. Despite a relative dearth of behavior analysts on social media platforms, there is a small group of highly effective communicators that have tips and strategies to share. This panel includes three effective behavioral science communicators who will share their experiences and expertise in the hopes of promoting others to more effectively communicate their own work in behavior analysis.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe current limitations in behavior analyst’s science communication, (2) describe contemporary methods of engaging the public with science communication via social media, and (3) operationalize ways behavior analysts can change their dissemination tactics to better communicate science.
MATTHEW NORMAND (University of the Pacific)
Dr. Normand is a Professor of Psychology at the University of the Pacific and serves on the Board of Directors of the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. His primary scientific interests, broadly defined, are the application of basic behavioral principles to problems of social significance (including obesity and community health issues), verbal behavior, and the philosophy and methodology of science. He is the former editor of The Behavior Analyst, a former associate editor for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, The Behavior Analyst, The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, and Behavior Analysis in Practice. Currently, he serves as an associate editor for the European Journal of Behavior Analysis and is on the editorial boards of Behavioral Interventions, The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, Behavior and Philosophy, and Behavior Analysis: Research and Practice. Dr. Normand was the 2011 recipient of the B. F. Skinner New Researcher Award from the American Psychological Association (Div. 25).
RYAN O'DONNELL (RYANO, LLC)
Hey, I'm Ryan. I usually go by Ryan O or RYANO. I hail from northern Nevada in the grungy, yet surprisingly classy, (and newly renovated) Reno, Nevada . I like my climate like I like my data: evolving, uncompromising, and progressive. I am a master of science; that is, I have an M.S. in Applied Behavior Analysis, however my interests have grown to include many other interests, including entrepreneurship and capturing perspectives and stories through various mediums. These interests and skills have allowed me to work with a lot of great people. I've started three businesses, started numerous active joint venture agreements, a behavioral think-tank, a podcast, a professional development movement, helped organizations that support people with Intellectual Disabilities, to list a few. Currently I am on a "gap year" creating content about behavior analysis as I ready for my next venture in 2019. I focus outside this role on building a community of thought leaders and doers to create content that increases the transparency of behavior analytic technologies with the hopes of creating a platform that truly saves the world. My interests are all over, from artificial intelligence and machine learning applications to the theory and philosophy behind Why We Do What We Do (wwdwwdpodcast.com). In my spare time you can find me consuming social media, prepping/climbing a giant mountain, or walking around with my camera in my hand (and, occasionally, all simultaneously). Connect with me personally on most all social platforms via @TheDailyBA and @TheRyanoDotCom and let me know what drives you to pursue the Behavior Analysis vision.
MATTHEW CICORIA (Positive Behavioral Outcomes, LLC)
Matt Cicoria is a behavioral and educational consultant in private practice, providing services to school and community settings in New Hampshire and Vermont. Matt earned his B.A. in Psychology at the University of New Hampshire, and then his M.S. in Psychology at Auburn University under the supervision of Dr. Jim Johnston. After graduate school, Matt went to work in the field of Developmental Disabilities, with tenures at large organizations such as AdvoServ and the Institute of Professional Practice. In 2002, Matt earned his BCBA certificate, and in 2007, he started his independent consulting practice, Positive Behavioral Outcomes, LLC. His clinical interests include the assessment and treatment of problem behaviors in public school settings, Acceptance and Commitment Therapy, and Precision Teaching. As a dissemination project, Matt created The Behavioral Observations Podcast, in February of 2016. The podcast publishes long-form interviews with leading behavior analysts, in which current topics in the field are discussed in a casual format. Since its inception, the show has been downloaded over three-quarters of a million times, and has reached audiences in over 100 countries. Matt, along with Dr. Lisa Britton, has co-authored the forthcoming book, Remote Fieldwork Supervision for BCBA© Trainees.
 
 
Symposium #488
CE Offered: BACB
Improving Public Speaking Skills via Expert Speaker Recommendations and Modified Habit Reversal Therapy
Monday, May 27, 2019
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Fairmont, Second Level, International Ballroom
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Danielle Geierman (California State University, Sacramento)
Discussant: Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
CE Instructor: Megan R. Heinicke, Ph.D.
Abstract: Public speaking is paramount to an individual’s professional and career development. Proficient speaking is also an important skill for communicating powerful messages to professional audiences (Friman, 2014). For example, Friman urges behavior analysts to use “front of the room” opportunities to help achieve Skinner’s vision of disseminating our science to mainstream audiences. However, public speaking is one of the most commonly reported human fears; thus “front of the room” opportunities are often avoided. This symposium will focus on identifying barriers to fluent public speaking as well as providing recommendations and interventions to improve speaker credibility and effectiveness while speaking in front of an audience. In the first presentation, Dr. Megan Heinicke will present results from a survey of behavior analysts’ public speaking practices as well as public speaking recommendations pulled from interviewing expert public speakers in our field. In the second presentation, Danielle Geierman will present a series of evaluations of modified habit reversal to decrease speech disfluencies (or “filler words” such as “umm” and the inappropriate use of the word “like”). Dr. Jonathan Tarbox will conclude this symposium by providing his remarks on both presentations as well as the importance of disseminating our science via public speaking.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): expert recommendations, habit reversal, public speaking, speech disfluencies
Target Audience: Board Certified Behavior Analysts or students pursuing the BCBA credential
 
Survey and Interview of Board Certified Behavior Analysts' Public Speaking Practices
MEGAN R. HEINICKE (California State University, Sacramento), Amber Valentino (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Tyra Paige Sellers (Behavior Analyst Certification Board), Jessica Foster Juanico (Trumpet Behavioral Health)
Abstract: In his 2014 paper, Friman makes 15 recommendations for behavior analysts wishing to improve their public speaking skills and encourages the field of ABA to view public speaking as a mechanism through which we can more broadly disseminate our science. However, for more behavior analysts to engage in public speaking, they must overcome the obstacles and fear associated with the task. Although some behavior-analytic research exists in public speaking, this body of literature is small, and many empirical questions remain. Little is known about why behavior analysts fear public speaking, which skills need to be targeted to improve public speaking skills, and what successful public speakers in our field do to be considered effective and entertaining by audience members. In this study, we 1) surveyed behavior analysts to identify barriers and fears associated with public speaking, and 2) identified and interviewed the most frequently invited public speakers at major ABA conferences. Results from 867 respondents to the survey will be summarized according to themes. In addition, themes from the interviews with 10 frequently invited public speaker will be used to generate a list of recommendations that may be helpful to behavior analysts wishing to improve their public speaking skills.
 
Evaluating the Efficiency of Modified Habit Reversal for Reducing Speech Disfluencies
DANIELLE GEIERMAN (California State University, Sacramento), Christina Montes (California State University, Sacramento), Megan R. Heinicke (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract: Recent literature supports using a multi-component awareness training procedure to decrease speech disfluencies for college students (Montes, Heinicke, & Geierman, in press; Spieler & Miltenberger, 2017). However, this procedure can be time-consuming and is likely not feasible in practical settings such as college classrooms or student support centers. The present study aimed to reduce the time commitment required to decrease speech disfluencies by extending previous research in a series of experiments. In Experiment 1, we conducted a component analysis of awareness training to determine if both components studied in previous investigations are necessary to produce meaningful outcomes. In Experiment 2, we evaluated the efficacy of a contingent vibrating pager to determine if an awareness enhancement device reduces training time. Finally, we evaluated the effects of the vibrating pager in conjunction with specific written feedback and graphic feedback on total training time in Experiment 3. Efficacy and efficiency of the interventions across experiments will be discussed along with preliminary recommendations.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #489
CE Offered: BACB/NASP

A Public Health Approach to Early Learning

Monday, May 27, 2019
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom CD South
Area: VBC; Domain: Service Delivery
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Einar T. Ingvarsson, Ph.D.
Chair: Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism)
DANA SUSKIND (University of Chicago)
Dana Suskind, MD, is Co-Director of the TMW Center for Early Learning + Public Health at the University of Chicago. A Professor of Surgery, she is Founder and Director of the Pediatric Cochlear Implant Program, and Founder and Director of Thirty Million Words. She received her MD at the University of Missouri-Kansas City School of Medicine. At the TMW Center, she is working on advancing a novel public health approach to early learning which places parents at the center of their children’s language and cognitive development. Her research focuses on foundational brain development, with an overarching aim to affect a population-shift in the knowledge and the behavior of parents and caregivers in order to reduce the achievement gap and prevent early cognitive disparities at onset. Given the absence of any such tools in the field, she and her team developed a knowledge assessment tool, the Survey of Parent/Providers’ Expectations and Knowledge (SPEAK), which influences all three areas of her research: behavior change interventions, efficacy testing, and implementation scaling. Her research includes numerous peer-reviewed publications, and national and international speaking engagements. Author of the book, Thirty Million Words: Building a Child’s Brain, she has been featured in The New York Times, The Washington Post, Crain’s Chicago Business, National Public Radio, and other national media outlets.
Abstract:

Dr. Dana Suskind is Co-Director of TMW Center for Early Learning + Public Health, Professor of Surgery and Pediatrics, and the Director of the Pediatric Cochlear Implant Program at the University of Chicago. Her research focuses on the role of parents and caregivers in foundational brain development, with an overarching aim to narrow the achievement gap and prevent early cognitive disparities at a population level. Dr. Suskind will share the observations that led her to create the TMW Center for Early Learning + Public Health. The Center develops evidence-based interventions that enable parents, caregivers, practitioners, and researchers to harness the power of language to impact early cognitive disparities particularly among children born into poverty. Dr. Suskind will discuss the science that drives her research and share excerpts of TMW curricula and study results. Additionally, she will highlight the need for a public health approach to early learning as well as the TMW Center’s upcoming community-wide rollout that will utilize existing social and health infrastructures to disseminate our suite of interventions and critical public health information within a single US city.

Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss the importance of early language exposure for foundational brain development; (2) define the 3 “Ts”: Tune in, Talk More, Take Turns; (3) discuss the importance of parent and caregiver engagement for children’s cognitive and language development.
 
 
Noteworthy Activity #490
Presenter Meet and Greet
Monday, May 27, 2019
1:00 PM–1:30 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall
 
GORDON R. FOXALL (Cardiff University; University of Reykjavik), KENT JOHNSON (Morningside Academy)
 

Meet presenters to discuss their research, ask questions, or just say "hi."

 
 
Noteworthy Activity #490A
Author Signing
Monday, May 27, 2019
1:00 PM–2:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, ABAI Bookstore
 
BOBBY NEWMAN (Proud Moments), W. JOSEPH WYATT (Marshall University), RICHARD W. MALOTT (Western Michigan University)
 

Purchase one of the many available titles at the bookstore and stop by to have it signed by the author!

 
 
Noteworthy Activity #492A
Professional Photographs
Monday, May 27, 2019
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall

Bring your badge and have your professional photograph taken for use in social media, professional online bios, and more!

 
 
Poster Session #493
EAB Monday Poster Session
Monday, May 27, 2019
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall
Chair: Weizhi Wu (Florida Institute of Technology)
1. Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior Displayed by an Individual With Autism and Obesity
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
FAHAD ALRESHEED (Center for Behavioral Sciences inc.), Shaji Haq (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.), Joyce C. Tu (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.), Justin Chan (Center for Behavioral Sciences Inc.)
Discussant: Weizhi Wu (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Individualized assessment and treatment is a hallmark of applied behavior analysis. First, we conducted a functional analysis (Iwata et al., 1994/1982) of severe problem behavior displayed by a female with autism. Then, a subsequent analysis was added to evaluate whether response effort (i.e., ambulation) associated with tasks in the escape condition would influence the results. Finally, the effects of differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (i.e., task completion) using edible and leisure reinforcers were compared to an escape condition in a preliminary treatment evaluation. The functional analysis indicated that problem behavior only occurred in the escape condition if tasks involved ambulation, and the treatment package appeared promising to reduce escape-maintained problem behavior for this individual. Implications for research and clinical practice will be discussed.

 
2. Asymmetry of Token Gain and Loss in an Individual Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
MOLLY K MCNULTY (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute; the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Alexander Rodolfo Arevalo (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Drew Elizabeth Piersma (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer N. Haddock (Johns Hopkins School of Medicine; Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Weizhi Wu (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Matching (Herrnstein, 1961) has been demonstrated with appetitive and aversive stimuli, as well as when appetitive and aversive stimuli are simultaneously presented (Farley & Fantino, 1978). Interestingly, in contexts where a single response produces both reinforcement and punishment, some research has demonstrated that a punisher subtracted more value than a reinforcer added (Rasmussen & Newland, 2008). This purported asymmetry in the effects of reinforcement and punishment was assessed in one individual with autism spectrum disorder, a population for whom the effects of simultaneous reinforcement and punishment has not been evaluated. To do so, we established tokens as reinforcers and evaluated the effects of a progressive token gain/loss schedule where losses gradually became denser to identify a schedule at which the individual would not respond. We then compared responding at the identified token gain/loss schedule where the participant stopped responding to a schedule in which an equal density of reinforcement was available for gain without the loss contingency. This was done to demonstrate that the loss contingency was directly responsible for the cessation of responding. Responding persisted when an equal density of reinforcement was available for gain (when the loss contingency was removed). Results are consistent with some previous findings suggesting that the punisher subtracted more value than the reinforcer added.

 
3. Dishabituation of Operant Responding in Preschool-Aged Children
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
NICHOLAS L VITALE (California State University, Fresno), Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno), Breanna Bower (California State University, Fresno), Simryn Franco (California State University, Fresno)
Discussant: Weizhi Wu (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: In clinical settings, reinforcement is often presented over long periods during which reinforcers may lose their effectiveness, resulting in response decrements. This may be particularly troubling for those working with individuals with limited ranges of identified reinforcers. Within-session decrements are often attributed to satiation; however, basic research has demonstrated that habituation to the sensory properties of reinforcers may be a more accurate explanation (McSweeney & Murphy, 2009). Dishabituation, the recovery of responding to a habituated stimulus following a novel stimulus change, is the primary test for habituation, and has been observed in studies of both human and non-human operant responding (Lloyd et al., 2014). The current study examined the effects of a dishabituation procedure on a simple operant task performed by 3 typically developing females, ages 4 and 5 years old, using antecedent and consequent stimulus changes that might be practical to implement in a clinical setting. Results indicated dishabituation patterns were reliably observed for 2 out of 3 participants in experimental conditions versus control (no change) conditions where no recovery was observed. More research is necessary; however, these results may provide practitioners with some options for actions to take in order to prolong, or temporarily recover, the effectiveness of a waning reinforcer.
 
4. Behavioral Analysis and Cooperation in a Prisoner's Dilemma: Effects of Communication in Different Cost-Benefit Relations
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MARESSA PRISCILA NEGRÃO CARDOSO BRAGA (Universidade de Brasilia), Miriã Cristina da Silva Carvalho (Universidade de Brasília), Mayana Borges da Cunha (Universidade de Brasília), Laércia Abreu Vasconcelos (Universidade de Brasília (UnB))
Discussant: Weizhi Wu (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Communication is a prominent variable in studies of social dilemmas which affects the selection and maintenance of cooperation between individuals who interact. The Prisoner's Dilemma, an imaginary situation employed in Game Theory, is the most famous game in investigations of cooperation. The Behavioral Analysis of Culture uses such games as experimental tasks, due to the possibility of reproduction of social phenomena in laboratory. This study analyzed the interaction and communication of two groups with four participants each in an Iterated Prisoner Dilemma. Different opportunity costs and benefits to cooperate were manipulated. The results replicated some findings of the literature, that is communication facilitated cooperation between individuals. However, communication may not a sufficient condition for the emergence of cooperation, especially in situations where opportunity costs to cooperate and benefits to compete are high. Moreover, correspondence between verbal agreements and choices made by the participants might be a necessary condition for the selection and maintenance of cooperative behaviors.

 
5. Chasing Ghosts: Sensitivity to Concurrent Schedules in a Computer Game
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
DEBRA J. SPEAR (South Dakota State University)
Discussant: Weizhi Wu (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: In similar conditions, human participants have not shown the same sensitivity to behavioral contingencies as other organisms. There is sparse research on this topic. This study extends a previous study with college students engaged in ‘chasing ghosts’ in a computer game. Ghosts were ‘available’ on a Conc FR (left side of a haunted house) FI (right side). Previously, three consecutive components were presented: FR 20 FI 1, FR 35 FI 1, and FR 50 FI 1. Each component was in effect for 10 min, in three different houses. There was no visual delineation between the sides of the houses (i.e., to separate FR and FI contingencies), and instructions did not mention the sides of the house or schedules of reinforcement. Although the number of ghosts found decreased as the FR values increased, there was little difference in responding on the sides of the house. In the current study, Conc FR 35 FI 30”, FR 35 FI 1’, and FR 35 FI 2’ schedules were presented. The number of ghosts found in the FI component decreased markedly across components, but again, there was little effect on responding. Several reasons are discussed.
 
6. Inequity Aversion in ABA Reversal Design: Effect of Different Expositions and the Opportunity to Learn About Another Person's Behavior
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CARLA JORDÃO SUAREZ (University Of São Paulo), Marcelo Frota Lobato Benvenuti (USP), Kalliu Couto (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Discussant: Weizhi Wu (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Inequity aversion may be defined as refusal reinforcement when there is an unequal distribution of reinforcements. The literature on inequity aversion shows that humans experience both, aversion to disadvantageous inequity (DI) and advantageous inequity (AI). However, few researches have reported how DI and AI aversion are learned or can be modified by individual experience in multiple conditions. The present study investigates DI and AI through an ABA reversal design, each phase consisting of sixteen trials in a computer game. Participants picked between blue or green card. The combination of blue-blue choices resulted in unequal distribution of reinforcement. AI and DI reinforcers were delivered by computer software, according to each experimental phase. In Group DI (n=10), participants were exposed to DI (phase1), AI (phase 2), and DI (phase three), and Group AI (n=10) to AI, DI, and AI. The results showed that 5 participants present aversion to DI and only 2 to AI. The second phase programmed interaction modulated the aversion to inequity for 8 and 2 participants in the DI and AI aversion, respectively. Confounding variables, such as cultural differences may have influenced aversion to AI and should be addressed in future research.

 
7. The Role of Response Effort on Preference Reversals in a Soft Commitment Paradigm
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
LUSINEH GHARAPETIAN (California State University, Los Angeles), Henry D. Schlinger (California State University, LA)
Discussant: Weizhi Wu (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Commitment is defined as a form of self-control in which a current choice restricts the range of future choices (Rachlin, 2000). However, in soft commitment, future choices are not restricted, and changeovers between two schedules, in which one offers a smaller immediate reward and the other a larger delayed reward, are possible. Experiment 1 evaluated commitment to a course of action with varied response requirements to assess the role of response effort on such changeovers in a soft commitment paradigm. Commitment responses were evaluated under mixed (n=7) and multiple (n=6) schedules of reinforcement. Participants completed a computerized protocol to earn real-time monetary rewards. Results indicated that 11 out of 13 participants completed all commitments fully. Given that sensitivity to increasing response requirement was not observed, a second experiment (n=6) was conducted with modified reward amounts to increase the likelihood of preference reversals. Results were consistent with the original data in that all participants completed their commitments fully. Lastly, the use of mixed and multiple schedules did not produce significant variability in responding.
 
8. Investigating the Effects of Choice on Human Behavior
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
KACEY RENEE FINCH (West Virginia University), Kathryn M. Kestner (West Virginia University), Jennifer M Owsiany (West Virginia University), Cody McPhail (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Weizhi Wu (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Following the treatment of problem behavior, resurgence may occur when a response-reinforcer relation is discontinued. Implementing differential reinforcement of alternative behavior can address resurgence of the target problem behavior by making it less valuable compared to a more desirable, alternative behavior. Previous research has shown that concurrent schedules of reinforcement can be used to treat problem behavior and its resurgence (Peterson et al., 2012). In the present study, a computer task involving three phases (1, 2, and 3) with different schedules of reinforcement was in effect. Phase 1 consisted of points delivered contingent on making the low quality target response. Phase 2 consisted of points available for all three response options, where five points were delivered contingent on the low quality target response, ten points were available contingent on the medium quality response, and 15 points were delivered contingent on the high quality alternative response. In Phase 3, all response options were on extinction. The goal of the study was to investigate whether target responding would increase briefly at the start of the Phase 3.

 
9. Effects of Daily Exposition to an Experienced Choice Task in the Response Rate of the Self-Controlled Option
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JUAN PABLO PABLO MOLANO GALLARDO (Universidad Nacional de Colombia), Cristian Yesid Urbano Mejia (Universidad Nacional de Colombia), Julian Zanguña (Universidad Nacional de Colombia), Santiago Rojas (Universidad Nacional de Colombia), Paula Lara Caicedo (Universidad Nacional de Colombia), Daniel Combita (Universidad Nacional de Colombia), Alvaro A. Clavijo Alvarez Alvarez (Universidad Nacional de Colombia)
Discussant: Weizhi Wu (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Searching for variables that affect the rate of temporal discounting is important to understand better how delay discounting (DD) phenomena works. We want to know if the daily exposure to a DD experienced task could reduce the number of impulsive choices in the task. Six students of twenty years on average from a Colombian University have done a procedure for sixteen sessions. In each session, six blocks of ten concurrent-chains choice trials were presented. The participants could choose between the smaller-sooner outcome and a larger-delayed outcome, two and six candy balls respectively. In each block, the delay of larger outcome varied from 0.1, 5, 10, 20, 40 and 80 seconds. Every 4 sessions the condition changed, the order of presentation of delays of larger outcome varied in each condition (ascending, descending, random and re-ascending). We found two things. First, participants made exclusive preference choices by block after some sessions. Second, the exposure reduces the discounting rate in three participants with a degree of confidence of 0,05. A post-experiment interview shows that the perceived time of the experiment is lower than elapsed time. A version of the experiment with time of a video game as a outcome is well underway.

 
10. Are “Mexican Tacos” Coming?: Differences of Pavlovian and Differential Inhibition on Outcome Prediction
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
FELIPE ERNESTO PARRADO (Universidad de Guadalajara), Óscar García-Leal (University of Guadalajara)
Discussant: Weizhi Wu (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Conditioned inhibition can be trained in different ways. In differential inhibition training a cue X is presented by itself, interspersed with another cue Y that is paired with the outcome. In Pavlovian inhibition training X and Y are presented together without the outcome, intermixed with trials where Y is presented with the outcome. In both cases, X becomes an inhibitor. In this experiment, participants were presented a computer task to compare the effects of both types of training on the prediction of food (an image of mexican tacos), as well as the effects of using the word (“Nothing”) or a blank screen on trials where the outcome was not shown (No image of mexican tacos). We ran both summation and retardation tests, to compare which training cue becomes a better conditioned inhibitor. The results are that the differential inhibition procedure was more effective than the Pavlovian procedure on training inhibition. Also, the summation and retardation tests showed that the blank screen was more effective than the word “Nothing”. The results are discussed with the comparator theory of associative learning.

 
11. Searching for a Craving Human Model: Verbal and Physiological Measures of Renewal, a Pilot Study
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ANDRE A. BRAVIN (Universidade Federal de Goias at Jatai), Weytel de Oliveira (Universidade Federal de Goias at Jatai), Izadora do Vale (Universidade Federal de Goias at Jatai), Diego Lima (Universidade Federal de Goias at Jatai / Universidade de Sao Paulo )
Discussant: Laércia Abreu Vasconcelos (Universidade de Brasília (UnB))
Abstract:

Renewal is a process related to craving in humans, and effort is been made to build a human model. Van Gucht et al. (2008) used chocolates (Unconditioned Stimulus, US) and a tray (Conditioned Stimulus, CS) to investigate the effects of context on chocolate craving. They ran an experiment where chocolate craving was acquired–extinct–put on test. AAA group ran the three phases on the same room light condition, while ABA group ran it with the lights on–off–on. Visual Analogic Scales (VAS) gave the US-Expectancy and US-Craving they would receive/eat chocolate. We suggest the use of physiological data to enhance the validity of their model. This pilot study used two women allocated each one in one group. The same procedure was kept, while sensors were attached to the participant (electromyography; skin conductance – SC; electrocardiography and temperature). The data show ABA acquisitions and extinction on both US-Expectancy and US-Craving, but no renewal. AAA doesn’t show learning. ABA SC follow her VASs acquisition and extinction patter, and it also shown renewal. Other physiological measures doesn’t show consistency. AAA shown no patter on all her physiological measures. Data discussion compares VAS and SC renewal for ABA, and argues about methodological improvements.

 
12. Evaluation of Slot Machine Outcomes on Post-Reinforcement Pauses
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
JESSICA M HINMAN (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Erin Bily-Luton (Southern Illinois University), Caleb Stanley (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Discussant: Laércia Abreu Vasconcelos (Universidade de Brasília (UnB))
Abstract:

Post-reinforcement pauses are a common behavioral measure utilized within the behavior analytic literature to evaluate the effect of different slot machine outcomes on gambling. Previous research has reported differences in post-reinforcement pauses demonstrated by gamblers as a function of slot machine outcomes (Barton et al., 2017). Most of the studies incorporating post-reinforcement pauses as the primary dependent measure have been conducted utilizing computerized simulations of slot machines, with limited research on post-reinforcement pauses being conducted in a naturalistic gambling setting. The current study evaluated the effect of three different slot machine outcomes, wins, losses disguised as wins (LDW), and losses, on post-reinforcement pause in a Midwestern casino. Post-reinforcement pauses were collected for each of the three different of outcomes across 18 participants, which were compared to determine if a difference existed between the outcomes. Preliminary data suggest that the post-reinforcement pause following a win (M = 3.492) is longer than that of an LDW (M = 1.688) or a loss (M = 0.833), which supports the existing gambling research.

 
15. A Comparison of the Effects of Loss Avoidance and Positive Reinforcement Contingencies
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
DERIC E. TONEY (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Laércia Abreu Vasconcelos (Universidade de Brasília (UnB))
Abstract: Two experiments were conducted with undergraduate students to compare the effects of reinforcement and extinction in gain (positive reinforcement) and loss avoidance (negative reinforcement) contingencies. In experiment #1, participants were assigned to one of three groups: Loss, Gain, or Control (N = 36 per group). Participants completed math worksheets during the session. Reinforcement (positive or negative) was contingent upon the duration in which participants completed each worksheet with respect to a changing criterion. In the Loss group, participants lost $1 for each trial in which the trial duration exceeded the current criterion, while participants in the Gain condition earned $1 for each trial in which the trial duration was less than the current criterion. Data were collected on the change in relative duration following instances of both reinforcement and extinction in each contingency. Results indicated that the effects of extinction in the loss avoidance contingency (Losses) were nearly identical to those of extinction in the gain contingency (No-Gains). The same results were obtained in comparing the effects of instances of reinforcement in the loss avoidance contingency (No-Losses) and the gain contingency (Gains). In experiment #2, a within-subject (N = 43) comparison of the effects of loss avoidance and gain contingencies was conducted across Loss-Gain and Gain-Loss groups. Results indicated that no significant difference existed between the effects of reinforcement and those of extinction across the two contingencies, as with experiment #1. Results are discussed in terms of how they may contribute to an understanding of the loss avoidance contingency, and further, to provide a behavior-analytic investigation of behavioral economics’ concept of loss aversion.
 
16. Let Me Pick! A PORTL Replication of Thompson, Fisher, and Contrucci (1998)
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
EVAN SCHLEIFER-KATZ (University of North Texas), Marla Baltazar (University of North Texas), Valeria Laddaga Gavidia (University of North Texas), Samantha Bergmann (University of North Texas), Mary Elizabeth Hunter (The Art and Science of Animal Training), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Laércia Abreu Vasconcelos (Universidade de Brasília (UnB))
Abstract:

Previous studies have suggested that compared to contingent delivery of reinforcers by others, self-selection of the same stimuli may increase reinforcer effectiveness. To evaluate preference for choice versus no-choice, we replicated a study by Thompson, Fisher, and Contrucci (1998) using the Portable Operant Research and Teaching Lab (PORTL). First, typically-developing adults learned a choice/no-choice discrimination via shaping using playing cards as initial links within a concurrent-operant arrangement. Next, we evaluated preference for choice vs. no-choice when (a) selection of choice and no-choice initial links produced equal, continuous rates of reinforcement (FR1) and (b) selection of choice was placed on a progressive ratio schedule (PR). During the FR schedule, all participants allocated more selections to the choice link. When the choice link was placed on a PR schedule, all participants shifted selections to the no-choice link. Unlike results from Thompson et al., initial evaluations of choice preference under equal conditions did not predict whether the preference would maintain when the conditions were no longer reinforced on the same schedule. Ultimately, this study allowed for further development of previous applied work on choice and preference.

 
17. A Parametric Analysis of Percentile and Progressive Schedules of Reinforcement: Increasing the Rate of Dribbling a Basketball
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
ALEX NIETO (University of Nevada, Reno), Gino Granzella (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Laércia Abreu Vasconcelos (Universidade de Brasília (UnB))
Abstract:

The present study is a parametric analysis of the effects of percentile and progressive schedules of reinforcement on the accuracy and rate at which individual youngsters dribble a basketball. A percentile schedule of reinforcement provides a systematic and arithmetic procedure for response shaping. The equation for percentile reinforcement is k = (m+1) (1-w), where m is the distribution of observations, w is the probability of reinforcement, and k is the rank the current response must exceed to deliver a reinforcement. A progressive schedule of reinforcement, also used in response shaping, utilizes ongoing assessment and calculation of the incremental effects of differential reinforcement alone. Performance data are displayed on the Standard Celeration Chart. Changes in the accuracy and rates of dribbling over time are portrayed as celeration values, which pertain to response differentiation in the w value of the percentile schedule and the values of the progressive schedule over time.

 
19. The Effects of Timeout Duration on a Concurrent Progressive-Interval Schedule
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
TIFFANY KRONENWETTER (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Laércia Abreu Vasconcelos (Universidade de Brasília (UnB))
Abstract:

Timeout from positive reinforcement is widely used as a punishment procedure however, there are still many unanswered questions about the controlling variables that influence the punishing effects of timeout. Two reinforcement variables that influence punishment effects include the schedule of reinforcement and the availability of an unpunished alternative. The present study is a systematic replication of Dardano and Sauerbrunn (1964), using TO as a punishment procedure instead of electric shock. The purpose of replicating Dardano and Sauerbrunn was to investigate the effects of TO under two variables: schedule of reinforcement and availability of a non-punished alternative. Investigating TO under these two variables provided information on both the TO and time-in environment. In the current study, pigeons responded under a Findley-switching-key concurrent schedule with equal schedules of positive reinforcement. Response-contingent TO was added to one of the alternatives. If TO is aversive, it was expected that pigeons would switch to the other alternative even though the time-in environment progressively became leaner. TOs from positive reinforcement necessarily result in a decrease in the overall reinforcement rate in the environment; that is, TO presentation is confounded with a decrease in overall reinforcement. Shifts in preference to the nonpunished alternative may result from the decrease in reinforcement rate, not from the punishing effects of TO per se. Therefore, in the current study, a progressive-interval (PI) schedule was used on both alternatives. Using a PI schedule, allowed overall reinforcement rates to be equated across the alternatives.

 
 
 
Poster Session #495
EDC Monday Poster Session
Monday, May 27, 2019
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall
Chair: Meghan Silva (May Institute)
20. Effect of Literacy Strategies on the Reading Comprehension
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
EMANUEL MERAZ (Universidad Veracruzana), Enoc Obed De la Sancha Villa Villa (Universidad Veracruzana-IPyE), Esperanza Ferrant-Jimenez (University of Veracruz), Dina Carmona (Universidad Veracruzana)
Discussant: Meghan Silva (PENDING)
Abstract:

Some researches that have evaluated the reading achievement of university students have found deficiencies of comprehension and writing of complex ideas in specialized texts. To recognize the effect of the types of literacy strategies that are qualitatively differentiated on the analysis of the texts, the classification of the psychological interactions of the progressive complexity was resumed. Based on this categorization, different literacy criteria were developed: 1) identify elements, 2) reorganize information, 3) relate concepts and identify variants, 4) transform or expand concepts by introducing elements of different readings, 5) abstract a non-explicit concept in the readings from the integration of information. In this study, university students participated and were divided into three groups: The Low Group was exposed to exercises of the first two levels, the Intermediate Group to the first three levels and the High Group exposed to the five levels. All the participants read three texts of the same theme. The results showed a higher score in the comprehension test for the Intermediate Group, with significant differences in criteria 2, 3 y 5. Additionally, a downward trend was observed in all subjects as the level of assessed criteria increased. The results are useful for the development of strategies in undergraduate students for the analysis of specialized texts that require profound comprehension.

 
21. Email Professionalism Training for Undergraduates
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
THOMAS FARNSWORTH (Western New England University), Rachel H. Thompson (Western New England University), Joseph Van Allen (Western New England University), Tylynn Kuralt (Western New England University)
Discussant: Meghan Silva (PENDING)
Abstract: Email is the primary form of communication between undergraduates and instructors outside the classroom, but past research suggests that undergraduate email writing needs improvement. Fortunately, simple interventions can help. The purpose of the present study was to extend research by Elbeck and Song (2011) by evaluating the effect of an out-of-class, self-guided email professionalism training on adherence with basic formatting and etiquette guidelines. The training package consisted of instructions, an online quiz, and written quiz feedback. “Email professionalism” was operationally defined by email checklist ratings based on the presence of features generally associated with beneficial outcomes in the email-communication literature. Experimental control of email checklist ratings by the training was demonstrated using a multiple baseline design across two sections of an introductory psychology course. Novel context probes, in which participants emailed a novel recipient for a class assignment, were rated higher than emails sent to the course instructor. Mean week-by-week interobserver agreement for both sections was over 90%. The results of social validity assessments suggest that the goals, procedures, and outcomes of the training were viewed favorably by participants and career-development staff. Email professionalism training outside the classroom is feasible and may supplement or replace other tactics.
 
22. Utilizing Behavior Skills Training for Graduate Students Conducting Classroom Observations
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
NICHOLAS LEONARD SCHEEL (University of South Florida), Diana Socie (University of South Florida), Jennifer M. Hodnett (University of South Florida)
Discussant: Meghan Silva (PENDING)
Abstract: Training individuals to conduct classroom observations typically requires practice in an analogue setting using one or a combination of strategies, including behavior vignettes, role-play, or video clips of target behaviors (Cooper, Heron, & Heward, 2013 p. 109; Hartmann & Wood, 1990; Bass, 1987). However, researchers have yet to determine a standard approach to training observers. Extant research in applied behavior analysis includes the use of behavior skills training (BST) to teach a variety of skills, including discrete trial teaching (Sarokoff & Sturmey, 2004) and stimulus preference assessments (Lavie & Sturmey, 2002). In the current study, BST was implemented to teach graduate students to collect disruptive and off-task behaviors student behavior utilizing videos of elementary students’ classrooms. Participants included 10 School Psychology graduate students with varying levels of behavior observation experience who were randomly assigned training dyads or triads. We utilized a concurrent multiple baseline design to evaluate the effect of BST on observers’ rating accuracy for both class-wide engagement and disruptive behaviors. Results indicate observers had difficulty achieving accuracy in ratings after BST due to variability in video quality and saliency of students’ disruptive behaviors. Once video quality was controlled for, all participants reached the predetermined level of rating accuracy.
 
23. The Effect of Electronic Guided Notes on Student Academic Performance in an Online Course
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
YAARA SHAHAM (Florida Institute of Technology), Kristin K. Myers (ABA Technologies; Florida Institute of Technology), Ada C. Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology)
Discussant: Meghan Silva (PENDING)
Abstract: This study examined the effect of electronic guided notes versus other note-taking techniques on student academic performance. Four students in an online, graduate level course participated. A multielement design was used to compare the effect of the use of electronic guided notes, traditional paper guided notes, and an unstructured, paper-and-pencil note condition on unit test scores. Within each condition, students were assigned to use electronic guided notes or to use another, student chosen, note taking method. The results revealed lowered performance when using electronic guided notes for two participants. For two other participants, no consistent differences existed between guided notes and the informal, paper-and-pencil note conditions were found. Social validity measures indicate that three of the four participants preferred electronic guided notes over paper-and-pencil note-taking methods. Two of these individuals indicated that the electronic format made studying easier while one indicated no difference in the methods. The remaining individual indicated that the use of electronic guided notes resulted in disruption of her note-taking and studying behavior.
 
24. Decomposition of Complex Addition and Subtraction Problems: A Behavior Analytic Intervention
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ALLY PATTERSON (George Mason University), Robin Moyher (George Mason University)
Discussant: Meghan Silva (PENDING)
Abstract: Although reliable gender differences in objective mathematics achievement do not become apparent until adolescence, gender differences in arithmetic strategy choices (ASCs) are evident by early elementary school. Boys are more likely than girls to rely on efficient, “covert” strategies such as retrieval or decomposition. First- and second- grade girls who were at-risk for poor performance in or attitudes toward mathematics were taught to solve complex addition and subtraction problems using a decomposition strategy. The ABA-based intervention relied on task analysis, differential reinforcement, chaining, and errorless learning. Data were analyzed in a single-subject, multiple-probe across participants design. A functional relationship between the independent and dependent variables was determined through analysis of six features for single-subject designs: level, trend, variability, immediacy of effect, overlap, and consistency of data points. As a result of intervention procedures, all participants used a decomposition strategy to accurately and efficiently solve complex arithmetic problems. Results demonstrate that ABA can be used to teach general education girls a mathematics strategy that is associated with success in and positive attitudes towards mathematics. Broad implications for the study relate to early intervention efforts to diversify mathematics- and science-related fields.
 
25. Teaching Addition to Learners With Moderate to Severe Disabilities Using Video Prompting
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
SCOTT DUEKER (Ball State University)
Discussant: Meghan Silva (PENDING)
Abstract: Academic performance for learners with moderate to severe disabilities falls far behind their typically developing peers and puts them at risk for continued dependence after school ends. Video prompting is an evidence-based practice that has been used to teach various non-academic skills. Few studies have focused on using video prompting to teach academic skills other than reading. This study used a multiple-probe-across-participants design to evaluate the use of video prompts to teach single- and double-digit addition to three learners with moderate to severe disability. Results indicated that all three learners improved their accurate completion of addition problems immediately upon introduction of the video prompting intervention. In addition, all three learners were able to completely fade the use of the videos and generalized completing addition problems to another setting. Social validity of the intervention was high across all participants, their families, and their teacher.
 
26. Time to Sweat the Small Stuff: Focusing on Math Tool Skills to Increase Math Fact Fluency
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
DANIEL ANTHONY CRAFTON (Georgia Southern University), Andrew Bulla (Georgia Southern University - Armstrong), Jack O'Connor (Matthew Reardon Center for Autism)
Discussant: Meghan Silva (PENDING)
Abstract: Children with autism often times receive accommodations and modifications to general education curriculum as part of their individual education plans (IEP) to help them in school. These services, however, may not be addressing the underlying issues that are impeding academic performance. Educational strategies derived from precision teaching provide one solution towards addressing academic issues in individuals with autism. The current project used a combination of precision teaching and direct instruction to increase the frequency of math facts completed by children diagnosed with ASD. The effects of building frequencies of see/say and see/write numbers 0-9 on Math Fact performance were assessed. Data were plotted on a Standard Celeration Chart to quantify the effects of the intervention. Results of the project suggest that for some students, intervening on tool skills produced changes in overall frequencies of math facts.
 
27. Science Instruction for Students With Autism Spectrum Disorders: An Analysis of Single Case Research
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research
DORIS ADAMS HILL (Auburn University College of Education), Jonte Taylor (Pennsylvania State University)
Discussant: Meghan Silva (PENDING)
Abstract:

Society at large has taken a major interest in supporting the need for a science-literate society (National Research Council [NRC], 2011). This is largely due to the fact that more occupational opportunities exist in STEM (science, technology, engineering, and math) fields. However, for students with disabilities, STEM opportunities lag behind their peers without disabilities. In fact, when it comes to STEM achievement during school, 8th grade students with disabilities score significantly less than peers. Even with the disheartening science achievement outcomes for students with disabilities, there is research that provides support for students with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) in science classrooms and learning science content and concepts. The purpose of this review was to synthesize the efficacy of classroom science instruction for students with ASD. The majority of studies examined used single case research (SCR) methodology, hence the focus of the current review and analyses of SCR effect sizes. The authors of the current study used a variety of SCR effect size analyses to answer the following questions: What were the effects of science-related achievement studies for students with ASD? What were the Intervention-based effect sizes for students with ASD?

 
28. The Effectiveness of Direct Instruction Mathematics on Teaching Numeral Identification to a High School Student With Down Syndrome and Autism in a Special Education Classroom
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER M NEYMAN (Gonzaga University), Yanell Magana (Gonzaga University), Alexis Kozyra (Gonzaga University)
Discussant: Meghan Silva (PENDING)
Abstract:

Early number skills such as number line estimation, counting skills, and understanding nonsymbolic and symbolic quantities have been found to predict math achievement (Fuhs, Hornburg, & McNeil, 2016). Numeral identification occurs when a student can communicate the symbol’s name representing the quantity shown and is an important skill that can be correlated to numeracy and literacy skills (Neumann, M., Hood, Ford, & Neumann D., 2013). The purpose of the study was to evaluate the effectiveness of Direct Instruction (DI) Mathematics teaching technique on numeral identification of a 16-year-old male with Down syndrome and autism in a high school special education classroom. Event recording assessed the participant’s ability to identify numerals. After being shown a group of blocks and numeral flashcards, the participant pointed to the correct flashcard. A multiple baseline design assessed the progress across the target numerals (2, 4, 5, and 6). For the intervention, the researchers used repeated trials, discrimination practice, and most to least prompting to teach numeral identification. If any error occurred, a model, lead, test procedure was the correction procedure. The participant reached mastery across numerals. The DI procedure was effective for a classroom setting and utilizing manipulatives to develop numeral identification.

 
29. Self-Directed Video Prompting for Rapid Acquisition of Vocational Tasks for High Schoolers With Developmental Disabilities
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
LOUIS R LEIBOWITZ (Ivymount School & Programs), Gulnoza Yakubova (University of Maryland College Park), Lauren J Lestremau (Ivymount School & Programs), Briella Baer (University of Maryland College Park), Nada Halawani (University of Maryland College Park)
Discussant: Meghan Silva (PENDING)
Abstract:

Community-based and integrated employment settings are becoming increasingly prioritized for individuals with disabilities, yet rates of employment for this population continue to be significantly discrepant from their non-disabled peers. Two significant barriers to employment that these individuals may face is the need for extensive on-the-job training to learn new job tasks, as well as prolonged dependence on a supervisor or job coach to perform those tasks. Identifying training practices that are both effective and efficient is of critical importance to improving employment outcomes. This study uses a multiple-probe across participants design to examine the effects of a video-prompting treatment package on the rapid acquisition of novel vocational tasks for four high school students with developmental and intellectual disabilities. Results showed an immediate and significant increase in task accuracy, with all participants achieving 100% task accuracy within two to six sessions and maintaining high rates of accuracy when staff-delivered prompts and error correction were removed. These results are significant as an extension of the applied research on video prompting and the development of an intervention package that may be practical, transferable, and socially valid in community-based employment settings.

 
30. Using Feedback to Teach Academic Skills to Students With Disabilities: A Single-Case Design Meta-Analysis
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
LANQI WANG (University of Iowa), Shawn M. Datchuk (University of Iowa), Derek Rodgers (University of Iowa)
Discussant: Meghan Silva (PENDING)
Abstract:

There is a persistent gap in academic performance between students with disabilities and their typically developing peers. To remediate academic difficulties, one typical instructional practice is the delivery of feedback. Numerous frameworks for instruction, such as direct or strategy instruction, include feedback; however, little is known about the benefits of feedback in isolation. This meta-analysis examined the effects of feedback to teach academic skills to students with disabilities. This poster presents the results of a meta-analysis of single-case design studies that investigated the effects of feedback in isolation. The purpose of the meta-analysis was three-fold: (a) to evaluate the effects of feedback for students with disabilities, (b) to compare the effects of different types of feedback. A total of 20 articles met the inclusion criteria, and 35 effect sizes (i.e., Tau-U) were calculated from the studies. A total of 95 participants were included in the studies. The majority of participants were from elementary school and most of participants were identified as having learning disability, autism, and developmental disability. Ten studies compared feedback to a non-instructional condition. The average weighted effect size was 0.82. Four studies compared feedback to other academic interventions. The average weighted effect size across these studies is 0.65.

 
31. Services to Students With Autism in South Texas
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
CAROL L. REYNOLDS (Military School Districts Cooperative), John A. Reynolds (Medina Valley Independent School District), Lupe Castaneda (Northside Independent School District), Sonya Casas (SAISD), Kelsey L Cody (San Antonio Independent School District), Janet Enriquez (Education Service Center - Region 20), Alonzo Alfredo Andrews (The University of Texas at San Antonio), L L Mason (Univ of Texas at San Antonio)
Discussant: Meghan Silva (PENDING)
Abstract:

For the 2018-2019 academic year, nine San Antonio area school districts were funded by the Texas Education Agency to provide verbal behavior training to preschool and kindergarten students with autism. At the start of the year we assessed participants using the Stimulus Control Ratio Equation (SCoRE) to determine the extent to which mands, echoics, tacts, and sequelics exerted disproportionate levels of control over each participant’s verbal behavior. The results of the SCoRE were then used to develop individualized verbal behavior treatment plans for each student to be carried out in his/her home classroom. We subsequently trained more than 100 teachers and paraprofessionals to implement referent-based verbal behavior instruction, with a goal of balancing out the relative strength of these four primary verbal operants. In addition to providing direct classroom-based services for students with autism, the project included ongoing parent trainings conducted by district behavior analysts throughout the academic year. At the end of the year, students were reassessed with the verbal behavior SCoRE to analyze language gains. Here we present an overview of the project along with the results of our grant activities.

 
34. Behavior Boot Camp: Training Educators to Implement Behavioral Strategies to Address Challenging Behavior
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
DAVID FORBUSH (Utah State University), Tyra Paige Sellers (Behavior Analyst Certification Board), Melody Andreasen (Utah State University), Jeana Cleaver (Utah State University), Seth Walker (Utah State Universtiy), Kerry Abigail Shea (Utah State University), Ronnie Detrich (Detrich and Associates), Katie Endicott Harris (Utah State University)
Discussant: Robin Codding (University of Minnesota)
Abstract: A significant increase in students who engage in challenging behaviors is present in public schools. Concurrent to these increases, resources continue to be limited to train educators in evidence-based behavior analytic strategies. In response to these challenges, the Utah Professional Development Network designed an intense week-long training (Bootcamp) for educators, administrators, and behavior specialists with supported follow-up sessions throughout the school year. In June of 2018, 55 participants from 43 schools attended. Content included: operational definitions, measurement selection, assessing functions of behavior, descriptive assessment, reinforcer identification procedures, antecedent interventions, differential reinforcement, function-matched interventions, extinction, functional communication training, treatment selection, punishment, development of behavior intervention plans, and self-care. Participants were then assigned to a Virtual Community of Practice (VCop) which met six times throughout the year. During the VCop meetings, participants presented case studies on students with challenging behavior and received feedback on: a) if they had developed a clear operational definition; b) if their descriptive assessment data resulted in a viable hypothesis of function, and c) if they selected an appropriate function-matched intervention. Baseline data was presented with each case study. All participants gained skills in addressing challenging behaviors and the project also supported Utah School Leaders with external resources.
 
35. The Influential Consultant: Evolution of Consultation Theory for School Consultants
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
SHARLA N. FASKO (University of Detroit Mercy)
Discussant: Robin Codding (University of Minnesota)
Abstract: Consultation skills are critical when developing interventions and implementer compliance. Early models of consultation included strict directives about the consultant-consultee relationship. More recently, the evidence-based communication approach of the VitalSmarts series (Crucial Conversations, Crucial Accountabilty, Influencer, etc.) has gained respect within the consultation community. Founded upon the work of Albert Bandura, this set of techniques is well suited for the consultation needs of behaviorists. However, while it has been well-received in the business community, this approach has scarcely been noticed by consultants within the school setting. Incorporating the techniques explained in Crucial Conversations (Patterson, et al, 2012) is worth exploring. This poster reviews the restrictions of the traditional consultation approaches in light of the research collected by the authors of this series. Of particular interest are the relationship limitations spelled out by Gutkin and Curtis (1982) and Reynolds et al (1988). How should we revise these tenets of consultation considering the recent research of this team?
 
36. Having Fun With Functions! Training Classroom Staff to Identify Behavioral Function and Select Function-Matched Interventions
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
DELANIE REED LOMBARDO (Western Michigan University), Kimberly Peck (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Robin Codding (University of Minnesota)
Abstract:

Classroom management is vital for an educational setting and should be the first step when addressing behavioral concerns. One strategy to improve classroom management is the use of universal strategies (Johnson & Street, 2005), which can help to improve students’ behavior and foster a positive classroom environment. Even with the use of such strategies, disruptive behaviors may pose a barrier to ongoing fidelity. As such, it is critical for teachers to be trained on basic foundational procedures for managing behaviors as it can help prevent unwarranted and more intensive interventions in the future. The current study provided a training, adapted from Loman, Strickland-Cohen, Borgmeier, and Horner (2013), to early childhood special education classroom staff. Participants’ accuracy of identifying behavioral function and function-matched interventions were collected in via two means: 1) brief classroom scenarios using pre- and post-training written assessments, and 2) through in-vivo classroom observations before and after the training. These results will be shared along with participants’ social acceptability of the training. Considerations for maintenance and generalization of skills will be discussed.

 
38. A Comparison Between the Use of Traditional Precision Teaching Standard Celeration Charting Approaches With an Electronic Version of the Standard Behavior Chart: Classwide and Individual Data SAFMEDS Instruction Combined With Precision Teaching Measurement
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
William Sweeney (The University of South Dakota), KIM KILLU (University of Michigan - Dearborn)
Discussant: Robin Codding (University of Minnesota)
Abstract:

This demonstration project illustrates the This demonstration project evaluated the effectiveness of SAFMEDS on the classwide acquisition and fluency of basic concepts in curriculum-based assessment/Precision Teaching course. SAFMEDS, an acronym for "Say All Fast a Minute Each Day Shuffle," was coined by Lindsley (1983) as a functional flashcard procedure for building large repertoires of sight words in a given content area. Second, this project illustrates the use of traditional Precision Teaching counting, recording, and charting approach that employs the Standard Celeration Chart in comparison to an computer-based charting technology developed by Chartlytics © that utilizes a similar semi-logmetric technique utilizing a Standard Behavior Chart. The perspective of this project was to implement SAFMEDS procedures as a means of teaching college level students to recognize important concepts related to instruction covered in a curriculum-based assessment/Precision Teaching course. Additionally, these SAFMEDS instructional procedures combined with Precision Teaching measurement approaches provide opportunity to model the importance of frequent and daily measurement of curriculum through the use of the SAFMEDS procedure with the class. The monitoring of this procedure, by the instructor on a class wide basis and by the students managing their daily data, was used to determine whether the SAFMEDS procedures was effective for improving the acquisition of key concepts imbedded with in the curriculum of the Precision Teaching and informal assessment course. Further, through the ongoing repeated practice procedures and formative evaluation procedures assure the pre-service teachers in this course practice essential skills necessary for successful implementation of appropriate and measurably effective instructional practices for future use in their respective classrooms and professional settings. This presentation also discusses some of the pros and cons of both the traditional use of the Precision Teaching Standard Celeration Chart as well as the use of the Chartlytics © electronically-based Standard Behavior Chart

 
39. Utilizing the Standard Celeration Chart to Make Decisions Across Students, Classrooms, and Teachers
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Justin Halton (Judge Rotenberg Center), JILL HUNT (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Discussant: Robin Codding (University of Minnesota)
Abstract:

We will be looking at ways to improve education decisions across students, classrooms, and teachers through analysis of the standard celeration chart. Over the past few months at JRC use of the standard celeration chart has increased across classrooms, teachers, and students. These increases have led to a wide range of decisions across the school on multiple levels. Standard Celeration charts utilized for the Morningside Math Fluency program have been reviewed for decision making by students, teachers, and coaches on a routine basis. We will be searching for ways to make chart analysis more efficient. Charts shared represent class wide interventions and individual interventions on daily charts. Also included is a monthly chart showing days charted across all teachers maintaining paper charts at JRC with the Morningside Math program. Charts shown demonstrate class wide interventions, individual student interventions, and teacher charting progress and decisions made through analysis of the charts. Listed descriptions of classroom interventions, individual interventions, and interventions utilized to increase teacher charting. Decisions reached from chart analysis include instructional/environmental changes, adjustments to rewards/performance criteria, and amount of teacher coaching received.

 
40. Training Parents of Children With Autism to Implement Naturalistic Teaching Using Interactive Computer Training
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ADRIANO BARBOZA (Federal University of Pará), Jade Rodrigues (Federal University of Pará), Romariz Barros (Federal University of Pará)
Discussant: Robin Codding (University of Minnesota)
Abstract:

Parent training has been an effective tool to facilitate access to behavior analytic treatment, especially in countries under development (such as Brazil). Because of the lack of human and financial resources that are available for that purpose, semi-presencial tools (e.g. videomodeling and Interactive Computer Training) have been used to disseminate behavioral intervention to wider portions of the population. However, these tools have been used in the Brazilian context only to teach structured teaching procedures (e.g. discretre-trial instruction) and not naturalistic teaching procedures. Therefore, this study aimed to develop an online training module to teach how to implement the Natural Language Paradigm procedure and assess its effects on the performance accuracy of parents of children with autism. The procedure was conducted at Federal University of Pará, in Brazil, and in a parent association in Pernambuco, Brazil. 4 parent-child dyads participated in the study: Mario and Martin, Sarah and Andrew, Natalie and Daryl and Paula and Victor. A non-concurrent multiple baseline across participants was used. All the participants presented zero levels of responding at baseline. After the online module was presented, the participants’ accuracy increased at least in 64%, but without reaching procedural criteria (i.e. at least 90%). After a 30-minute online feedback session (i.e. Skype) was provided, performance accuracy reached 100% for Mario, 95% for Natalie, 91% for Paula and 96% for Sarah. High levels of accuracy (90% in average) were still found when the participant implemented the procedure in a home setting, as well as with different materials. Based on the current data, it might be promising to use Interactive Computer Training to teach parents of children with autism to implement naturalistic teaching procedures. Since there was not any presence-based workload in order to teach the procedures to the participants, it is possible – by using this tool - to help disseminate the behavior-analytic intervention to places where there’s a lack of professionals to provide continuous training opportunities, as well as reducing the costs needed to provide services with high integrity.

 
41. An Examination of the Relationship Among Undergraduate Students’ Psychological Flexibility, Stress, and Academic Performance
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Lacie Campbell (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University), BREANNA LEE (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Robin Codding (University of Minnesota)
Abstract:

Psychological flexibility, which can be interpreted behaviorally as the ability to adjust responding in order to maximize reinforcement in the current environment, has been shown to correlate with a number of socially relevant behaviors among various populations, such as individuals with mental health needs, employees, parents, and others. The purpose of the present study was to examine the relationship of psychological flexibility, as measured by the Acceptance and Action Questionnaire-II, with other variables relevant to a population of undergraduate university students, including reported stress, as measured by the Perceived Stress Scale, and academic performance, as measured by average performance on weekly quiz scores. The results suggest that there was a statistically significant relationship between psychological flexibility and self-reported stress among participants (r=0.671, p=0.000), however a statistically significant relationship with either psychological flexibility or reported stress and academic performance was not found. These results suggest that, while students’ reported flexibility and stress may be related, while these self-reported measures may not be directly related to performance on academic tasks. The limitations of this study as well as suggestions for future research regarding psychological flexibility-based interventions for stress management and improved performance among university students will be discussed.

 
42. Do Bonus Points Lead to Success?
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
GRAYSON BUTCHER (University of North Texas), Mary Elizabeth Hunter (The Art and Science of Animal Training)
Discussant: Robin Codding (University of Minnesota)
Abstract: Procrastination is a common problem in courses that use a self-paced format. Procrastination may impact whether a student completes the course or withdraws, what final grade the student receives, and whether the student experiences unpleasant collateral emotions (Johnson & Ruskin, 1977). Previous research on the Personalized System of Instruction (PSI) has demonstrated that making a nominal amount of “bonus points” contingent upon early completion of some or all of the course material can result in positive outcomes, such as a decrease in overall procrastination (Powers and Edwards, 1974), an increase in the number of A grades (Riedal, Harmey, LaFief, and Finch, 1976) and fewer withdrawals and incompletes (Semb et al., 1975). This study investigated patterns of student progress on a self-paced, fourteen-part project in an undergraduate PSI class. During one semester, students were given six suggested deadlines throughout the semester. During the following semester, students were given the same suggested deadlines and a nominal amount of bonus points for completing the first four units of the project within the first 3.5 weeks of the semester. Preliminary results indicate that the addition of the bonus points increased early unit completion by 69% when compared to the previous semester.
 
43. Data Collection Methods: A Two-Part Study
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory
BETHANY A PATTERSON (Patterson Behavioral Services), Shaakira Sharif (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jennifer Kontak (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Robin Codding (University of Minnesota)
Abstract: In the field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) data collection measurements are in terms of accuracy, validity, and reliability. Comparisons of electronic and pen-and-paper data collection in ABA direct intervention will be discussed in the form of a literature review. Therapists are currently using large amounts of behavioral data that is used to determine treatment for their clients. The data collection process is complex, unstandardized, and can cause problems with the staffs’ ability to conduct their trials. Pen-and-paper data are not always useful when there are numerous papers, unorganized data practices, and complex coding. As a result, therapists are beginning to transition to electronic data collection methods. However, there is very little research focused on ABA settings using technology for data collection, as well as limited training provided to therapists. HIPPA compliance and client privacy play an ethical part in using technology in ABA. Although, technology has provided a great resource to organize and graph data during direct intervention in ABA, it is important for ABA providers to consider appropriate training and ethical considerations when choosing electronic data collection. Further research regarding use of technology for data collection needs to be conducted.
 
44. A Child With Behavior Problems Walks into a BARR...47 Times
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
RACHEL GAY (Collierville Schools), Michele Seiler (Collierville Schools), Merrill Winston (Professional Crisis Management, Inc.)
Discussant: Robin Codding (University of Minnesota)
Abstract:

Prone restraint in the school setting has historically been a hotbed of controversy for multiple reasons. This case study examines the use of prone restraint in compliance with the requirements set forth by the Professional Crisis Management (PCM), specifically the Brief Assisted Required Relaxation (BARR) procedure on an eight year old male diagnosed with an emotional disturbance. This physical intervention was part of a comprehensive intervention package that included a continuous schedule of reinforcement, discontinuous work schedules, response cost, and high-magnitude social reinforcement. The intervention resulted in a rapid reduction of aggressive behavior toward staff and peers in a tightly controlled setting, which had a collateral effect of reduced need for prone restraint. The case study serves as evidence in favor of the inclusion of prone restraint in a behavior-analytic treatment package that can have a dramatic reduction in dangerous behavior and a corresponding increase in productive classroom behavior.

 
45. An Examination of the Effect of a Values-Based Intervention on Undergraduate College Students’ Quiz Performance
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
BREANNA LEE (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Lacie Campbell (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Robin Codding (University of Minnesota)
Abstract:

Previous research has demonstrated that university students experience high levels of demand in their degree programs, which often results in difficulty maintaining their academic performance and managing their distress. As well, research suggests that values- and acceptance-based interventions may be beneficial to support academic success of university students. The present study examined the effectiveness of a 6-week values clarification and committed action training program derived from acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT), which has been utilized in previous research with graduate students, to increase academic performance undergraduate students in a psychology program in a multiple baseline design across across groups and participants. The effect of the intervention was measured in terms of academic performance as indicated by participants’ performance on weekly classroom quizzes. Participants completed the training outside of class, however the intervention was designed to guide participants through values clarification and determining committed actions related specifically to their education. Results suggest that a values-based intervention may be beneficial for students in an undergraduate setting, and limitations and future directions for research will be discussed.

 
 
 
Poster Session #497
CSS Monday Poster Session
Monday, May 27, 2019
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall
Chair: Anita Li (Western Michigan University)
46. Empirical Evaluation of Mobile Applications to Promote Walking in College Students: A Randomized Controlled Trial
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
SEO-I LEE (Yonsei University), Mincheol Jang (Yonsei University), Changseok Lee (Behavioral Psychology Laboratory in Yonsei University), Hee Won Kim (Yonsei University), Suhyon Ahn (Yonsei University)
Discussant: Anita Li (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Only few studies have assessed effectiveness of mobile applications for promiting walking behavior. The purpose of this study was to compare the effectiveness of three commonly used applications(Cashwalk, Fitmoney, Walker). 48 college students were recruited and randomly assigned to 3 application groups and one Control group. After collecting the baseline data for one week, participants in 3 application groups used the assigned application for 66 days. Results for repeated-measures ANOVA showed no significant differences in step counts across four groups. Additionally, bootstrapping was used to compare the confidence intervals of the mean of step counts for each individuals before and after using an application. The results showed that 30.77% of Cashwalk group, 9.09% of Fitmoney group, 14.29% of Walker group and 10% of Contorl group showed significant increase of their step counts on post test. These findings showed that 3 applications are not effective for facilitating walking behavior, suggesting the effectiveness of applications are limited.

 
47. The Impact of a Self-Management Exercise Program With a Supplemental Mindfulness Intervention on Exercise Duration
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
KATE ELIZABETH HARRISON (BCBA, Brett DiNovi & Associates), Mark Bradley (Brett DiNovi & Associates)
Discussant: Anita Li (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Regular exercise is proven to decrease a person's risk for disease and other physical health problems, as well as serious mental health issues including depression and anxiety. The United States Department of Health and Human Services suggests that adults get 150 minutes of moderate physical activity per week at minimum, and according to the Center for Disease Control only 23% of Americans are meeting this recommendation. While a commonly known barrier to regular exercise is a lack in self-management skills, poor body image as well as unclear values and focus may also limit an individual's willingness to engage in prolonged exercise. Self-management combined with reinforcement systems have proven to be successful in targeting healthy behaviors, including increasing physical activity. The research on the utility of mindfulness interventions (i.e., meditation) is growing, and shows that mindfulness training can increase executive attention across various tasks. There is little research to suggest whether proactive mindfulness interventions impact the duration of an individual's exercise. In this study, a multiple treatment reversal design is used to determine whether a supplemental pre-exercise mindfulness component to a self-management exercise program impacts the duration of exercise compared to self-management alone.

 
48. Not Your Everyday Life Coach: Using Applied Behavior Analysis to Assist Individuals in Obtaining Personal and Professional Goals
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
KRISTEN JENSEN (Mind Gym)
Discussant: Anita Li (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

I am a Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) that focuses on providing behavior analytic services to first responders, couples, parents, animal owners, those who may need assistance with health and fitness, businesses...basically anyone! This is NOT talk therapy or psychotherapy. It’s a simple plan, with measurable goals and accountability. I teach the use of self management strategies (F-01) to meet an overall goal of identifying and making environmental changes (G-08) to best support you and your needs. During the initial assessment and interview, I will make recommendations regarding behaviors that must be established, maintained, increased or decreased (I-06) to reach your overall goal(s). ? Additionally, we program for maintenance (J-12) so learned behaviors are maintained. Our intervention strategies are based on client preferences (J-04), clients current repertoire (J-05), supporting environments (J-06) and best scientific evidence. I have always supported individuals with some sort of diagnosis and ALWAYS BELIEVED behavior modification could benefit ANYONE, not just those with a medical diagnosis! I have written hundreds of effective behavior modification/support plans and am passionate about working with people and teaching them the tools needed to realize their full potential. I do this by creating a step by step plan to help people, JUST LIKE YOU, reach their dreams...and it is what I DO BEST!

 
49. Effectiveness of Backward Chaining on Youth Softball Pitching Performance
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
SARAH M. DUNKEL-JACKSON (Seneca College)
Discussant: Anita Li (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Engaging in behaviours associated with physical fitness is critical to the health of children and youth. Mendes (2014) reported that 84% of Canadian children play sports with softball being among the most financially accessible sports. Barrentine and colleagues (1998) noted that fastpitch softball pitching can lead to injury, especially in the upper extremities (e.g., elbow, shoulder). Furthermore, Powell and Barber-Foss (2000) suggest that girls are more susceptible to pitching injuries than boys. The application of positive behavioural principles such as reinforcement, chaining, shaping, prompting, and data collection can be successful in many applications, including sports. Because fastpitch softball pitching is a complex chain of several movements and behaviours, backward chaining may be an effective technique to increase the safe execution of this complex chain of behaviours. The current study examined the effectiveness of a softball clinic that incorporated backward chaining to teach safe softball pitching mechanics. During baseline, young female players performed a majority of pitching steps incorrectly. After gradually introducing drills that targeted the last steps in the pitching chain first, players’ performance increased during clinic pitching probes and later generalized to softball games.
 
50. Behavior Analysis and Tactical Urbanism: Analysis of a Pop-Up Protected Bike Lane
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER TRAPANI (University of Mississippi), Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi)
Discussant: Anita Li (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Tactical Urbanism involves low-cost, typically temporary, modifications to the built environment that attempt to improve common spaces. These strategies have received growing media attention in recent years; yet, data are rarely systematically collected to examine the effects of the modifications. A group of people interested in sustainability and active transportation in small college town sought to reduce vehicle speeds and improve safety of all users of a two-lane primary road with multiple intersections with the university. The group gained approval from the town council and the university administration to try various arrangements of temporary barriers for a protected bike lane and signage for crosswalks. The group undertook data collection, placed temporary 3-foot tall delineators along the existing bike lanes, and positioned pedestrian crossing signs in the middle of two crosswalks. University’s Active Transportation Advisory Committee funded the (total cost <$500). The project was evaluated with an ABCA design examining vehicle speed and social validity data. While the temporary barriers were in place, there was a substantial decrease in the 85th percentile speeds and an increase in perceived safety. Following the demonstration project, the town agreed to install more permanent signage and protected bike lanes.
 
52. Individual and Group Behavioral Skills Training to Teach College Students to Pour Standard Alcohol Servings
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
Meagan Strickland (University of the Pacific), Margaret Brock (University of the Pacific), CAROLYNN S. KOHN (University of the Pacific)
Discussant: Anita Li (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: College students engage in high levels of excessive drinking; those who report less excessive drinking also report counting their drinks and setting drink limits. However, to successfully implement these strategies, students must be able to recognize and pour standard servings. Unfortunately, this is a skill most college students do not possess. Although individual behavioral skills training (BST) has been used to teach college students to accurately pour beer (Hankla et al., 2017), little is known about the effectiveness of BST when taught in a group setting, the setting most commonly used to teach college students accurate pouring. Using a multiple probe design, we evaluated the effects of BST on the accuracy of college students’ (N = 9) free-pours, into an 18 oz red plastic cup, of standard servings of (a) beer when taught in a group setting and (b) liquor when taught in an individual setting. Results indicate that following group BST, all participants provided accurate free-pours of beer, but fewer did so with the untrained generalization cup. Following individual BST, participants free-pours of liquor were variable and most required at least two BST sessions. Implications for college alcohol education policies will be discussed. Data collection will continue through February 2019.
 
53. Using a Job Skills Training Program to Increase Longer Durations of Abstinence
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory
LYNSIE ANN BOELSCHE (University of South Florida; Jacksonville School for Autism)
Discussant: Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

A Therapeutic Workplace is a contingency based intervention designed to help individuals with drug addictions by providing them with the necessary skills to obtain an office job. Contingent on completing their work, Therapeutic Workplaces provide participants with vouchers that can later be exchanged for services and goods. This study would examine the extent to which a Therapeutic Workplace will affect the sustainability of abstinence for young adults with an addiction to opiates. Participants will be randomly assigned to Therapeutic Workplace (n=4) or Methadone Maintenance Treatment control group (n=4). This study will also compare base pay to productivity pay. In the productivity pay condition, participants will earn $12.00 per hour for attending the workplace and providing an opiate-free urine sample; they can also earn up to a $2.00 bonus based on performance. In the base-pay condition, participants will be paid $14.00 per hour for attending the workplace and providing an opiate-free drug sample. It is hypothesized that participants in the Therapeutic Workplace condition will achieve longer durations of abstinence than participants in the Methadone Maintenance Treatment condition. It is also hypothesized that participants will prefer the base pay condition over the productivity pay condition.

 
54. Community Violence Prevention Through Street Outreach and Mediation Services
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
DARYL ELLEN STEWART (University of Kansas), Jomella Watson-Thompson (University of Kansas), Erica Taylor (Kansas City, Missouri Health Department)
Discussant: Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Violence is a preventable public health issue that results in loss of life, and has numerous costs for survivors, their families and society. According to the Kansas City, Missouri Police Department (2017), the homicide rate was 27.8 and the aggravated assault rate was 1,190.3 per 100,000 people. The Kansas City, Missouri Health Department’s Aim4Peace Violence Prevention Program focuses efforts in a geographical area with the highest rates of firearm homicides and aggravated assaults. With a mission to increase the capacity of the community to peacefully resolve conflicts, mediations are one core program component implemented by street intervention staff. Aim4Peace staff identify and interrupt conflicts that may escalate to violence, and mediate by interacting with individuals involved to resolve or de-escalate the situation and prevent a violent response. Using a community-based participatory approach, staff document descriptions of actions taken during mediations, the outcome, and contextual factors (e.g., reason for conflict, presence of a gun). The poster examines the mediated conflicts using a behavioral lens and discusses the relevance of cultural competence in service delivery. Additionally, methods for collaboration and overcoming barriers in working with communities with high rates of gun violence are presented.
 
55. Rule Following and Children’s Selection of Healthy Foods
Area: CSS; Domain: Basic Research
JOSIANE MARIA DONADELI (São Carlos University), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Douglas Donaris (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Discussant: Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Childhood obesity is a serious public health challenge (WHO, 2018). One of the factors that contribute to this problem is inadequate nutrition. In a previous study we showed that stating rules for food intake may decrease the amount of unhealthy food ingested by children (Donadeli & de Rose, 2018). The present work investigated how to maintain over time a low amount of unhealthy food ingested by children. Seven children participated. In each session, nine pieces of healthy and unhealthy foods were displayed. Children were given a rule stating that they could eat how many pieces of healthy food they wanted and only one piece of unhealthy food. Differential consequences were contingent on following or not following the rule. Consequences were presented initially in a continuous reinforcement schedule (CRF). Subsequently, they were presented in variable ratio schedule (VR3) and then they were withdrawn. The rule was effective for reducing unhealthy food intake for all children when it was present in both CRF and VR3. After withdrawal of consequences, reduced ingestion of unhealthy foods was maintained for five children. Results indicate that rules and differential consequences may reduce intake of unhealthy food and reduction may persist after gradual withdrawal of differential consequences.

 
56. Behaving With Respect to Dogs: Teaching Children to Greet Dogs Safely
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
RACHELLE L. YANKELEVITZ (Rollins College), April Michele Williams (Rollins College), Alexandra Knerr (Rollins College)
Discussant: Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Dog bites are a major health and welfare issue for both children and dogs. The child’s behavior around the dog can be a key precursor to a bite. Little research has assessed the effectiveness of educational interventions teaching children safe behaviors around dogs. Whether safe behavior generalizes from the training setting to the application setting depends on a match between the training and application contexts (Miltenberger, 2015). This match has been absent from much dog-safety training (Shen et al., 2017). The current project examines which of a series of training experiences result in children behaving safely around live dogs. Three children 4 years of age progressed through a series of TAGteach training sessions, alternating with assessment sessions including novel, live therapy dogs. The initial training sessions were in a classroom, and subsequent sessions were successively more like the everyday situation of meeting a leashed dog outdoors. Training to proficiency in the classroom setting did not result in children behaving safely in the everyday context. These results agree with previous behavioral research on safety skills training and suggest that educational interventions aimed at modifying children’s behavior around dogs should take place in the most naturalistic setting possible.

 
57. Applications of Matching-to-Sample Training for the Improvement of Waste-Management
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
JORGE A. RUIZ (Universidad Autonoma de Baja California), Karina Bermudez (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico)
Discussant: Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: School-implemented waste management programs are useful in helping to improve the environment and to reduce costs for waste generation. However, people involved in waste management do not always have adequate training to make a correct classification of waste. In the present study, a matching-to-sample training was carried out in a group of 15 students to improve their skills in waste management. The task consisted in 50 trials in which an example of one of five types of waste was presented as a sample stimulus and then participants chose one of five different colored containers corresponding to each of five different categories of waste type. Each election was followed by the “right” or “wrong” message. According to a pretest-posttest, the correct allocation of different types of waste to the corresponding deposit was assessed, and it was found that in all the students there was an increase in the percentage of correct assignations of waste to the corresponding containers. The relevance of the application of experimental procedures such as the matching-to-sample to improve the discrimination of the types of waste according to their characteristics and separate them correctly is discussed.
 
58. Review and Discussion of Research on Training Paraprofessionals in Special Education Classrooms
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory
JAY LEUNG (University of Southern California), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Discussant: Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: It is common for children with autism in special education settings to be accompanied by paraprofessional teacher aides. Unfortunately, it is also common for teacher aides to receive little professional training in how to implement applied behavior analytic teaching techniques with the students they work with. This poster reviews research on training teacher aides and the effects that such training has on student outcomes. Studies suggest a lack of training is common and it follows that the caregivers’ competence to facilitate learning in students with autism. This paper discusses existing studies on the importance of the learning environment for the autism population and how it will likely benefit the population to provide enhanced training for teacher aides. Implications for training paraprofessionals in the school setting will be discussed and future directions will be recommended.
 
59. Bilingual Skill Acquisition Approaches within Applied Behavior Analysis: Review of Research and Future Directions
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory
JACQUELINE RAMIREZ (University of Southern California; Positive Behavior Supports), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Discussant: Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Over half of the world’s children are raised in homes that speak more than one language. In the US, the percentage of the population that speaks more than one language is growing rapidly, and yet very few behavior analysts are available to provide ABA intervention bilingually. In addition, behavior analysts in the US often recommend bilingual families to restrict ABA intervention to English-only, especially in the early stages of intervention. Although this is a common recommendation amongst ABA providers, it may not be a recommendation that is based on research. This poster will examine existing research that has evaluated bilingual approaches to skill acquisition for children with developmental disorders. Research on bilingualism in the context of ABA skill acquisition is still in its infancy but initial studies have addressed a variety of topics, including mand acquisition, preference assessment, and child language preference during acquisition. Based on the research, suggestions for future research will be made, in addition to exploring potential preliminary practice recommendations.
 
60. What's a BCBA Anyway?
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
PAIGE BOYDSTON (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Erica Jowett Hirst (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale)
Discussant: Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The current study provides an analysis of results for two surveys designed to gather information regarding the general public’s perceptions and understanding of various job titles related to behavior analysis. Survey data were collected using Amazon Mechanical Turk. Information regarding pleasantness and clarity of job titles as well as common words associated with job titles were collected and analyzed.
 
 
 
Poster Session #498
OBM Monday Poster Session
Monday, May 27, 2019
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall
Chair: Carl V. Binder (The Performance Thinking Network, LLC)
61. Integrating Behavior Analysis and Data Analytics to Target Interventions Toward Safety Outcomes
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
MATTHEW M LASKE (Appalachian State University), Maira Compagnone (Appalachian State University), Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University), Shawn Bergman (Appalachian State University), Angela R. Lebbon (Eastman Chemical Company)
Discussant: Carl V. Binder (The Performance Thinking Network, LLC)
Abstract:

In 2016, there were approximately 2.9 million injuries and 5,190 workplace fatalities in the U.S. private sector (Bureau of Labor Statistics, 2017). The business use of data analytics is growing (Davenport, Harris, & Morison, 2010) and is beginning to be applied to injury prevention (Wagner, 2014) for the detection of behavioral precursors associated with injuries and other safety outcomes. Data analytics in conjunction with behavioral safety observations (Cooper, 2006) and other data sources are used in this study to create a descriptive model to guide the behavior analyst in pinpointing, informed intervention design, and program evaluation through this multiyear study. This study identifies behavioral covariates of leading and lagging safety variables within databases from four divisions of a Fortune 500 chemical manufacturer, each with different manifestations of behavioral safety. Results relating specific at-risk behavioral trends with behaviors associated with safety management system participation and operational tasks (e.g., overtime work) as they relate to meaningful safety outcome (e.g., injury) data will be presented.

 
62. Ranking of the Most Prolific Authors and Institutions in Journal of Organizational Behavior Management
Area: OBM; Domain: Theory
ANDRESSA SLEIMAN (Univeristy of Florida), Nicole Gravina (University of Florida), Nicholas Matey (University of Florida)
Discussant: Carl V. Binder (The Performance Thinking Network, LLC)
Abstract:

The Journal of Organizational Behavior Management (JOBM) is the flagship journal for the growing field of Organizational Behavior Management (OBM). A number of researchers have contributed to the knowledge base in the field across the past forty years. The purpose of the current article was to identify the most prolific authors in JOBM. Articles that were either editorials or book reviews were excluded from the study. A total of 638 peer-reviewed studies published in JOBM were coded. The top 10 most prolific authors in JOBM were identified by decade and overall. The top 10 institutions were identified across all years. Additionally, representation by women was evaluated over time.

 
63. The Effect of Behavioral Based Safety Coaching for Manager on Safety Performance in Sawmilling Site
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
KWANGSU MOON (Chung-Ang University)
Discussant: Carl V. Binder (The Performance Thinking Network, LLC)
Abstract:

This study examined the effect of BBS coaching program on workers’ safety behaviors in three sawmilling site. One or two managers and about twelve workers at each site participated in this study. BBS coaching for manager consisted of safety leadership education, safety observation and feedback on workers’ safety behavior, low-cost reward for safety observation. Dependent variables were the percentage of workers’ safe behaviors. Critical behavior checklist developed for measuring safety behaviors trough Sulzer-Azaroff and Fellner (1984)’s process. A nonconcurrent AB multiple baseline design across settings was adopted. After baseline (A), BBS coaching program (B) was introduced to each site. The results showed that BBS coaching was effective to increase workers’ safety behaviors. These results suggest that BBS coaching would be an alternative treatment technique to improve safety management of small sawmilling site.

 
64. A Comparison of the Effects of Two Different Types of Gateway on the Reduction of Speeding Behavior at a Pedestrian Crossing
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
SUNG JUN LIM (Chung-ang University), kangcholong kim (Chung ang university), Kyunghwa Park (Chung Ang University), Shezeen Oah (Chung Ang University)
Discussant: Carl V. Binder (The Performance Thinking Network, LLC)
Abstract: This study compared the effects of two different types of gateways (i.e., single vs. multiple) on the reduction of speeding behavior at a pedestrian crossing in a school zone. The single gateway consisted of a single pair of traffic posts installed at the pedestrian crossing. The multiple gateway consisted of ten pairs of traffic posts, each pair 1.5 m apart from one another, installed along the street starting from the pedestrian crossing. The speeds of vehicles passing through the pedestrian crossing were measured using speed guns. The data were collected for two hours every weekday for 21 weeks. An ABABACBC design was adopted, in which the single gateway conditions were implemented in B phases and the multiple gateway conditions were implemented in C phases. The results indicated that both types of gateway were effective, but the multiple gateway conditions were more effective than the single gateway conditions in reducing speeding behavior.
 
65. Effects of Accurate and Inaccurate Feedback on Work Performance Under Two Different Work Conditions
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Jidong Lee (Chung Ang University), MINJEE HONG (Chung-Ang University), Sung Jun Lim (Chung-Ang University), Shezeen Oah (Chung Ang University)
Discussant: Carl V. Binder (The Performance Thinking Network, LLC)
Abstract:

This study compared the effects of accurate (i.e., contingent) and inaccurate (i.e., non-contingent) feedback on work performance under two different work conditions. One hundred twenty participants were randomly assigned to the four experimental conditions and asked to perform a simulated work task. Under one work condition, participants could clearly see the outcome of their performance (i.e., conspicuous condition). Under the other condition, they could not clearly see the outcome of their performance (i.e., inconspicuous condition). The results indicated that accurate feedback was more effective than inaccurate feedback under the conspicuous condition, but the two types of feedback produced comparable effects under the inconspicuous condition.

 
66. An Examination of the Effectiveness of Automated Vibration Feedback System on Safe Sitting Postures
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Ji yeon Ahn (Chung Ang University), JIHAN CHOI (Chung Ang University), Yeon Seo (Chung Ang University), Shezeen Oah (Chung Ang University)
Discussant: Carl V. Binder (The Performance Thinking Network, LLC)
Abstract: This study examined the effectiveness of an automated vibration feedback system in improving safe sitting postures. Participants were four office workers. The dependent variable was the percentages of time participants spent in safe sitting postures. The feedback system consisted of providing participants with vibration to their thighs either (1) when they engaged in safe sitting posture (i.e., positive procedure) or (2) when they engaged in unsafe sitting posture (i.e., negative procedure). A counterbalanced multiple-baseline design across participants was adopted. For two participants, the positive procedure was introduced after the baseline, and the negative procedure was introduced in the next phase. For the other two participants, the sequence of positive and negative procedure was reversed. Results indicated that both types of feedback were effective in increasing safe sitting posture, and the effects of the two types of feedback were comparable.
 
67. Effects of Computer-Based Behavioral Skills Training on the Implementation of the Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP)
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
IAN E. MCELFISH (Western Michigan University), Rebecca Kolb (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Carl V. Binder (The Performance Thinking Network, LLC)
Abstract: One of the most commonly used measurement protocols for the language and skills of individuals with developmental differences (disabilities) such as autism spectrum disorder is known as the Verbal Behavior – Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP) (Sundberg, 2008). Challenges faced by practitioners who supervise staff responsible for using this protocol include, but aren’t limited to, the amount of time needed to train staff to mastery and the effectiveness of training initiatives. In response to these challenges, researchers have investigated various training packages and methodologies (Molony, 2009; Barnes et al., 2014; Geiger et al. 2018). One particularly effective means of training staff is known as Behavioral Skills Training (BST). In recent years, with advancements in technology, practitioners have begun to adopt computerized training initiatives, often referred to as computer-based instruction (CBI), in order to mitigate the time constraints associated with training individuals in the administration of assessments such as the VB-MAPP. These technologies have afforded clinicians and researchers alike the opportunity to have trainees complete training on their own, in effect, freeing up time for the supervisor and allowing for them to spend more time on other important clinical tasks. The present study investigated the effectiveness of computer-based behavioral skills training (CBST) to teach practitioners to administer the level 1 Mand assessment protocol of the VB-MAPP. Of particular interest, were the effects of BST on the practitioners’ ability to demonstrate skill sets believed to be requisite for effectively evaluating a client/student’s language repertoire, as well as whether (or not) these skill sets would generalize to the practitioners’ assessment of other skills domains of their client/student(s).
 
68. Prompting and Decreasing Response Effort to Improve Employee Preparedness in a Human Services Organization
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
MARY LOUISE LEWIS (Florida Institute of Technology), Ashley Felde (Florida Institute of Technology), Katherine Haggerty (Florida Institute of Technology), Nicole Gravina (University of Florida), Andressa Sleiman (Univeristy of Florida)
Discussant: Carl V. Binder (The Performance Thinking Network, LLC)
Abstract: Prior literature in Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) has shown prompting procedures to be an effective antecedent manipulation used to increase a target behavior. This study used an email prompt to increase employee preparedness for a social skills program at a human services organization. Specifically, we decreased the response effort required to locate the lesson plan, which was included in the email. We used an alternating treatment design in which the antecedent manipulation was either implemented or withdrawn. We measured employee readiness using an anonymous self-report survey and assessed five variables. Our results showed that the email prompt increased employees’ overall preparedness.
 
69. Statistical Analysis for Changing Criterion Designs With One or More Reversal Phases
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
STEVIE ANN COLLINI (Western Michigan University), Bradley E. Huitema (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Carl V. Binder (The Performance Thinking Network, LLC)
Abstract:

Statistical analyses for single-case studies have been proposed for common reversal, multiple-baseline, and changing criterion designs (e.g., Collini and Huitema, 2018; Huitema, 2011, 2018). It is not unusual, however, to encounter embellished versions of the most common designs as well as less frequently applied designs; existing analyses do not apply to these designs. The motivation for the embellishments is usually to increase the internal validity of the experiment. The changing criterion design, for example, can be easily modified to strengthen the evidence for an intervention effect by incorporating one or more reversal phases. This is a good idea if the study is not likely to be harmed by introducing a temporary change of conditions to those that had been in place during an earlier phase of the study. The method proposed in this presentation applies to changing criterion designs that include at least one reversal phase. The statistical analysis provides (1) overall measures of behavior change related to criterion changes, (2) individual measures of change associated with each phase change, and (3) measures of the effect of the reversal conditions. Statistical inference (i.e., hypothesis tests and confidence intervals) are described for each of these three types of descriptive measure.

 
70. Will Work for Phone: A Reinforcer Assessment of Smartphone Access in College Students
Area: OBM; Domain: Basic Research
ALEXANDRA KNERR (Rollins College), Stephanie L. Kincaid (Rollins College), Rachelle L. Yankelevitz (Rollins College)
Discussant: Carl V. Binder (The Performance Thinking Network, LLC)
Abstract: Smartphones are ubiquitous in our society, yet little research has been done to assess the reinforcing value of smartphone access. In this study, four college undergraduate students completed a video transcription task to earn access to their smartphones. A progressive-ratio (PR) schedule was used in which the required number of transcribed words approximately doubled following each 2-min period of smartphone access (i.e., actual ratio requirements slightly varied from strict doubling to round to the nearest 5 s in the video). When analyzed as average words per minute for each ratio, three of the subjects did not exhibit ratio strain within the 1.5 h session. Subject 2 failed to meet the required word count in two of the ratio runs, made protest statements, and chose not to continue with the appointment. This study indicates that access to a personal smartphone can be a powerful reinforcer adds to the literature on reinforcers for typically developing adults.
 
 
 
Poster Session #499
CBM Monday Poster Session
Monday, May 27, 2019
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall
Chair: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
72. Developing a Relational Frame Theory Based Assessment and Intervention Protocol for People With Dementia
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
MICHELLE ELLEN KELLY (National College of Ireland, Dublin; Psychological Society of Ireland's Division of Behavior Analysis), Catherine Marie Smyth (Trinity College Dublin)
Discussant: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts working in the field of behavioral gerontology have massive potential to positively impact the lives of older adults in a number of domains. Despite this, behavioral interventions in aging are largely under-researched. The aim of this study was to expand the field of behavioral gerontology by developing a Relational Frame Theory (RFT) based intervention to target improved cognition and subjective outcomes for people with dementia. This pilot study incorporated a multi-component, pre-post intervention design. Three participants with dementia completed baseline and follow-up measures of cognitive flexibility (Ghent Odysseus Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure), cognitive function (Montreal Cognitive Assessment, Stroop Task, Controlled Oral Word Association Task), and subjective cognition (Cognitive Ability and Satisfaction Scales, Cognitive Failures Questionnaire, Memory Functioning Scale), as well as interviews. The intervention consisted of a 4-8 week RFT- based computerized intervention. The results demonstrated pre-post intervention improvements for all participants on cognitive and subjective outcomes. Qualitative data provided further support for the quantitative results and suggested that the intervention was socially acceptable. Recommendations for future research are included.

 
73. Single Case Design Meta-Analysis and Applied Behavior Analysis
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory
Jesus Alonso-Vega (Universidad Autonoma de Madrid), Miguel Nuñez de Prado-Gordillo (Universidad Autonoma de Madrid), Isabel Avila-Herrero (Universidad Autonoma de Madrid), Sara Arias (Universidad Autonoma de Madrid), Maria Xesus Frojan Parga Parga (Universidad Autonoma de Madrid), CONCEPCION SERRADOR DIEZ (Universidad de Guadalajara (CEIC))
Discussant: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
Abstract:

Nowadays meta-analysis is the most used statistical method to synthesize the intervention outcome. It helps us to decide which intervention has shown more effectiveness for a specific diagnostic label. The traditional meta-analytical syntheses based on the comparison between groups are not sensitive to the learning processes that underlie intervention effectiveness, nor the functional relationship between behavioral problems and environmental variables. Heterogeneity between groups is assumed without a behavioral functional analysis. To overcome these important limitations since the 90s, single case design meta-analysis has been developed. The purpose of this theoretical poster is to analyze the single case design meta-analysis uses in applied behavior analysis. It could be used for analyzing the methodological quality of intervention designs, for procedure development and improvement, and to create comprehensive syntheses of the outcomes of behavioral interventions, which could help us to influence the health policies decision making.

 
74. Flexin' and Stepin': The Relationship Between Psychological Flexibility and a Contamination-Related Behavior Avoidance Task
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research
PATRICK RICHARDSON (University of Mississippi), Emmie Hebert (University of Mississippi), Claire M’Lynn Lundy (University of Mississippi), Claire Price (University of Mississippi), Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi)
Discussant: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
Abstract:

Aversive control is an umbrella term for behavioral contingencies influenced by the removal or avoidance of aversive stimuli. When individuals are engaging in behavior that is under aversive control, the behavior becomes relatively insensitive to changes in the environment outside of trying to escape or avoid the aversive stimulation. Teaching individuals to increase behavioral and psychological flexibility around potentially aversive stimuli is a goal of a therapeutic perspective called Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT). ACT therapists and trainers use values to motivate their clients to engage in meaningful behaviors despite ever-changing, and often aversive, contexts. The aim of this study was to examine the relationship between participants’ psychological flexibility and fear of contamination at the time of the experiment and its relationship to approaching objects presented as contaminated (i.e. aversive). Participants were 200 undergraduate college students. Contrary to what was hypothesized, contamination fear was a significantly better predictor of approach behavior related to aversive objects than psychological flexibility, which was not significantly correlated with approach behavior. Theories about these findings will be presented and open for discussion.

 
75. Values Fear Factor: The Impact of Relating Values to Previously Established Aversive Stimuli
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research
EMMIE HEBERT (University of Mississippi), Claire M’Lynn Lundy (University of Mississippi), Claire Price (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi), Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi)
Discussant: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
Abstract: Using a behavioral and functional definition of aversive stimulation can be useful when examining the interaction between human behavior and the stimuli in the environment. In some situations, individuals might approach stimuli that were previously established as aversive stimuli. One reason for this may be that avoiding or escaping from the stimulus is more aversive than the stimulus itself. Another reason for engaging with typically aversive stimuli may be that there’s something reinforcing in the engagement. In other words, the engagement serves a purpose that matters to the individual. The aim of the current study is to demonstrate the effects of a values-related task on behavior in behavioral approach tasks with established aversive stimuli. College students participated in behavioral approach tasks with perceived contaminated stimuli. Data show that participants that completed a values task and contingency before interacting with the contaminated stimuli increased in approach behaviors from baseline more than those participants that just received reinforcement (tickets) for approach behaviors and the control condition with no contrived consequence. This study is one of the first that empirically support including a stand-alone values component in therapeutic interventions with an exposure component.
 
76. A Review of Training Methodologies for Providing Acceptance and Commitment Therapy to Caregivers
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory
CARLY MAGNACCA (Brock University), Kendra Thomson (Brock University)
Discussant: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
Abstract: Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) has been shown to increase psychological flexibility and decrease stress in caregivers of children with neurodevelopmental disabilities (NDDs). Given this population often reports high stress, this review examined the strategies for teaching ACT to caregivers of children with NDDs. The terms “Acceptance and Commitment Therapy” and “Parent” or “Caregiver” were entered in SuperSearch, ERIC, and PsycINFO databases. Inclusion criteria were: an experimental or quasi-experimental group or single-case design was used, the independent variable included teaching ACT to caregivers of children with NDDs, and group or individual data were presented on the outcomes of ACT. Case studies, review articles, and articles not peer-reviewed or written in English were excluded. In total, 269 articles were reviewed with 10 meeting the inclusion criteria. All but one article (n=9) used didactic training (e.g., providing information about ACT) even though performance and competency-based training is supported in the literature. All articles (n=10) used indirect outcome measures (e.g., questionnaires) to assess psychological flexibility. Only one study included direct outcomes of ACT, and only one measured treatment integrity. Future research should assess the efficacy of performance and competency-based training for teaching ACT to caregivers, include direct outcome and treatment fidelity measures.
 
77. Direct Measures of Committed Actions in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy: A Scoping Review
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory
Amanda Marcinkiewicz (Brock University), KENDRA THOMSON (Brock University)
Discussant: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
Abstract:

Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) increases psychological flexibility by modifying one’s relationship with internal states to overcome challenges. Committed actions (CAs) are a key component of the ACT process, yet are rarely directly measured (e.g., self-monitoring). Indirect measures of mental and physical health outcomes (e.g., stress scales) are most often reported. This review examined the ACT literature that directly measured CAs in relation to changes in health outcomes. The terms “committed actions” and “Acceptance and Commitment Therapy” were entered in GoogleScholar and PsycINFO databases. Peer reviewed, experimental or quasi-experimental evaluations of ACT as the independent variable with CA outcomes were included. Case studies, those that focused on other ACT processes, and non-English articles were excluded. Of the articles that met the criteria (n = 5), four included indirect measures of beliefs about performing actions to overcome challenges and only one article directly measured overt behaviors. Two articles measured social validity, and one assessed maintenance post-ACT. Results suggest a lack of direct measurement of CAs in the ACT literature which may be directly related to changes in health outcomes. Future research should attempt to better understand how participants’ actions contribute to increased quality of life after ACT.

 
78. Behavioral Skills Training Increases Appropriate Conversation Skills in a Detained Male Adolescent
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
ADAM J ALMANZA (Auburn University), Peta Kimber (Auburn University), Kristen Brogan (Auburn University), Sarah M. Richling (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University)
Discussant: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
Abstract: Due to the higher prevalence of antisocial personality disorder found in detained populations, these individuals are often more likely to show deficits in the realm of social skills that include decreased levels of social awareness and restrictive interests. These deficits may lead to many one-sided conversations and social interactions that rarely stray from the speaker’s interests and do little to involve or acknowledge the listener. Individuals with conversation skills deficits may experience difficulty in sustaining conversations with others, forming relationships, and integrating into their communities. Previous research has utilized Behavioral Skills Training (BST) to teach conversation skills to children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) who showed restrictive interests and lack of social awareness. We utilized BST to teach a 19-year old male with social skills deficits to tact the disinterested behavior of a listener during a conversation and then respond appropriately to regain the listener’s interest. With BST alone, the participant mastered tacting and responding to disinterest during a conversation, as well as appropriately leaving a conversation when strategies to regain listener interest were unsuccessful. The application of BST to conversation skills in detained adolescents and future directions are discussed.
 
79. Reducing Anxiety of Adolescents With Disabilities Using Wearable Biosensor Technology: A Pilot Study
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
TONI R. VAN LAARHOVEN (Northern Illinois University), Jesse (Woody) W. Johnson (Northern Illinois University), Ximena Burgin (Northern Illinois University), Jennifer McCormick (Northern Illinois University), Trisha Bailey (Northern Illinois University), Elizabeth Monterosso (Northern Illinois University), Samantha Riesen (Northern Illinois University), Margaret Hoffman (Northern Illinois University)
Discussant: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this presentation is to present findings on the effectiveness of a visually-based breathing app on the reduction of anxiety and/or stress-related behaviors among three adolescents with social (pragmatic) communication disorders using wearable biomarker technology and behavioral observation measures. Two males and one female enrolled in a private therapeutic day school serving adolescents with social and emotional disabilities participated in this study. They were between the ages of 14 and 17 years old and came from diverse cultural backgrounds. Each participant engaged in a visually-based breathing activity either with tense notifications/alerts (condition 1) or without tense notifications/alerts (condition 2) prior to attending an academic class session. Data were collected on observable anxiety-related behaviors and breathing patterns as measured by a Spire Stone device across baseline and experimental conditions and were evaluated using an alternating treatments design. Although results were not significant, the visually-based breathing activity with no alerts/notifications seemed to be the most effective condition for increasing calm breathing patterns and reducing tense breathing patterns; however, more research is needed and implications for future research will be discussed.

 
80. Behavior Analysts’ Attitudes Toward and Perceptions of Licensure Versus Certification
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
BRIAN CONNERS (Seton Hall University), Frank R. Cicero (Seton Hall University), Shawn Capell (Devereux Advanced Behavioral Health)
Discussant: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
Abstract:

This poster presentation will show results from a survey examining behavior analysts’ attitudes toward and perceptions of licensure versus certification in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). Participants (N = 368) were Board Certified Behavior Analysts-Doctoral (13%), Board Certified Behavior Analysts (83%), and Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analysts (4%). Participants were recruited through state ABA associations within the United States through membership email listserves. Results from the survey demonstrated that the majority of participants believed that licensure would help protect clients from incompetent behavior analysts and that it would benefit the field of ABA by gaining power and prestige. Majority of participants also believed that holding a Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) credential should be enough requirements for state licensure and additional state requirements should not be imposed. Furthermore, participants believed that there should be reciprocity between states with licensure. Participants also identified drawbacks of licensure including an additional financial burden to behavior analysts due to fees, further paperwork, and further training requirements in some states beyond BACB credential. Additional results will be presented and future directions of considerations in licensure of behavior analysts will be discussed.

 
81. Extending Behavior Analysis to Sports: Using Precision Teaching and Fluency Building to Advance Basketball Skills
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
NATALIE A. PARKS (Team ABA LLC), Kirk Kirby (Team ABA LLC), Richard M. Kubina (Penn State), Wesley J. Lowery (Team ABA LLC), Beverly Kirby (Team ABA LLC)
Discussant: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has been used to increase performance in various sports dating back to the late 1970’s (Komaki & Barnett, 1977). While several studies have demonstrated the positive effects of positive reinforcement, consistent feedback, public performance objectives, chaining, positive practice, time out, and precision teaching to increase acquisition of skills (Allison & Ayllon, 1980), the application of precision teaching to increase the fluency of specific complex motor skills is limited (Pocock, Foster, & McEwan, 2010). This study used precision teaching to increase free throw shooting fluency in a high school varsity boys basketball team. The study included four boys who played on the local basketball team; two sophomores, one junior, and one senior. Sessions consisted of three 30-second intervals in which the players were told to make as many shots as possible while trying to be as accurate as possible. Specific feedback was provided after each 30-second interval on both what the player did correctly and what to change. Feedback included specific descriptions of what to correct, a modeled demonstration, and practice. Results indicate that free throw accuracy and fluency increased in all four players as measured by their scores in the first 30-second interval each session.
 
82. Using Self-Monitoring Techniques and Technology to Increase Physical Activity: A Review of the Literature
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
PEDRO PRADO-ROMERO (Duquesne Univeristy), Edward Justin Page (Duquesne University), Andrew S Massey (Duquesne University), Shadi Albadawi (Duquesne University)
Discussant: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
Abstract: The current obesity epidemic and inactive lifestyles of many Americans may contribute to chronic health problems and in turn, millions of dollars in medical bills. One aspect of this problem is the lack of physical activity. Self-monitoring techniques have been effectively used to increase physical activity. Technological advancements, such as the abundance of options for computers, tablets, smartphones, and personal fitness trackers allow users to record and monitor their level and intensity of physical activity. To date there is no systematic review of the literature that summarizes these studies. The purpose of this review was to determine how self-monitoring techniques along with a technology could be used to increase physical activity. An exhaustive review of the literature was conducted and resulted in 22 articles. The results indicated that goal setting was the most popular form of self-monitoring technique used and fitness trackers were the prevalent type of technology used. Future research should continue to examine the most effective methodologies that produce lasting behavior change in physical activity.
 
83. Stepping Up: An Evaluation of Physical Activity During Fitbit Challenges
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
JESSICA NASTASI (Rowan University), Mitchell Kaplan (Rowan University), Bethany R. Raiff (Rowan University)
Discussant: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
Abstract: One in five adults satisfy physical activity guidelines in the United States. Sedentary behavior is associated with increased risk for multiple health conditions, thus interventions for increasing physical activity are needed. One strategy employed by Fitbit is to make “challenges” available, whereby users compete to get the most steps in the context of a leaderboard. Social comparison theory states that individuals will respond differently to individuals who perform better than them versus those who perform worse. The current study sought to examine the effect of Fitbit challenges on physical activity in sedentary individuals (n=4), and to determine the relative impact of challenges involving high activity and low activity confederates. Each challenge phase lasted 7 days, during which participants could compare their daily steps to the confederate on the leaderboard. All participants engaged in a higher average step count in challenge phases (M=53% increase) compared to their initial baseline average. There were no consistent differences across participants in challenges involving high versus low activity confederates. An additional four participants will be recruited this winter. Future research should seek to isolate and evaluate individual challenge components contributing to these results.
 
 
 
Poster Session #500
DEV Monday Poster Session
Monday, May 27, 2019
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall
Chair: Jo Ann Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University)
84. Systematic Prompting of Peer-Related Social Behaviors During Small Group Instruction
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
MARINA VELEZ (Vanderbilt University), Erin E. Barton (Vanderbilt University), Paul J. Yoder (Vanderbilt University), John Wright (Vanderbilt University)
Discussant: Jo Ann Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: Social competence in early childhood is predictive of a child’s quality of life in adulthood (Jones, Greenberg, & Crowley, 2015); as well as, the development of emotion and behavior disorders (Bornstein, Hahn, & Haynes, 2010). Educators report feeling overwhelmed to meet the social emotional needs of children (Quesenberry, Hemmeter, Ostrosky, & Hamann, 2014), resulting in alarming rates of young children being suspended and expelled from education settings (Gilliam, 2005). Tiered models of behavior support have demonstrated positive results for supporting young children (e.g., Hemmeter et al., 2006); however, these models do not articulate targeted interventions for teaching social competence. Utilizing a multiple probe single case research design, we established a functional relation between the system-of-least prompts and the frequency of unprompted peer-related social behaviors emitted by target children during small group academic instructional sessions in preschool-aged children with deficits in social competence. Further, we examined the effect of intervention on the untrained peer partner. Results were variable and did not support a functional relation. Our study extends the research in this area by examining the effectiveness of targeted instruction during small group instruction on potentially-context dependent, complex social behaviors (e.g., sharing materials, complimenting a friend, offering to help).
 
85. Effects of Repeated Probe Procedures on Inducing Bi-Directional Naming in Pre-Kindergarten Students
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
FRANCIS JIHYE HWANG (Teacher College, Columbia University)
Discussant: Jo Ann Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

I studied the effects of a repeated probe procedure using match-to-sample on the acquisition of Bi-directional Naming (BiN) in 4 female and 1 male pre-kindergarten students. All participants were typically developing. One student received free lunch through the district. Two students were English language learners. Throughout the experiment, we used a novel set for each probe and intervention phase. The stimuli were cartoon characters that the student were not previously exposed to or knew the names of according to pre-intervention tests. We used a multiple probe design across 2 groups. Following the pre-intervention probe, 3 students in the first experimental group entered the intervention. The criterion for intervention was 90% correct response across point-to, tact, and intraverbal tact responses. We conducted a post-intervention probe when the student met intervention criterion. The criterion for the presence of BiN was 80% accuracy across aforementioned 3 topographies. Among 5 participants, 4 students acquired BiN through the repeated probe procedure using match-to-sample. One student did not acquire BiN through the intervention; therefore, entered an intervention with a delayed phonemic response training. Following 2 intervention phases with the delayed phonemic response training, the student acquired BiN.

 
86. The Effects of Mastery and Fluency for Math Facts on the Accuracy and Fluency for Word Problems
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
YIFEI SUN (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Discussant: Jo Ann Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: We tested the effects of mastery and fluency training of a set of number facts on the emission of correct responses and the rate of correct responses emitted for a set of 20 word-problems with the number facts trained during intervention. The participants of the study were 8 middle school students aged from 11-14 enrolled in a self-contained multi-grade classroom. All participants performed below grade level on numbers and operations related math tasks. The dependent variables of the study were: (1) the number of correct/incorrect responses emitted toward a set of 20 word-problems, (2) rate of correct responding to word-problems, and (3) the number of counting strategies such as finger counting or tally marks used during word problem probe sessions. The independent variables of the study were mastery and fluent responding to math facts with pre-determined fluency goal based on participants' individual writing rate. Among the participants who completed the study, 4 participants had transformation of stimulus function (TSF) across saying and writing in repertoire. All 4 participants with TSF emitted increased number of correct responses with significantly increased rate of correct responding whereas the other 3 participants without TSF in repertoire did not show significant increase in number of correct responses emitted or rate of correct responding, suggesting a potential correlation between the presence of TSF across saying and writing and TSF across math facts and word-problems.
 
87. Exploring the Impact of the Duration of the Relationship on Perspective-Taking Skills
Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research
FION LY (California State University, Los Angeles), Brittany Merced (California State University, Los Angeles), Sylvie Hoang (California State University, Los Angeles), Mitch Fryling (California State University, Los Angeles)
Discussant: Jo Ann Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: Perspective-Taking is an important repertoire for behavior analysts to study. Indeed, the study of perspective-taking involves both conceptual challenges and vast social implications. Research shows that relationships of all sorts are impacted by perspective-taking ability. The present poster presents date from a series of studies which have explored one factor that may impact perspective-taking repertoires, the duration of the relationship with another person. Specifically, using multiple-baseline and alternating treatments designs, undergraduate students were given preference assessments where they were asked to “behave like the other person would”, both before and after observing someone make choices for varying amounts of time. Results showed that participants perspective-taking skills improved, largely in both conditions, irrespective of the duration of the relationship (i.e., how long they observed the other person make choices). Additional studies, correcting for possible procedural issues that may mask potential differences among conditions, are currently being conducted. We anticipate showing representative data from three studies on the present poster. Implications for further research are provided.
 
88. Mouthing, Pacifier Use, and Pacifier Weaning: Correlations in Pennsylvania Early Intervention
Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research
CIDNEY HELLER (Behavior By Design, LLC), Matthew Tyson (Behavior By Design, LLC)
Discussant: Jo Ann Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

Paediatrics Child Health (2003) encourages pacifier use for infants up to 12 months of age. Mauch et al. (2012) reported that 79% of first-time mothers followed these recommendations and introduced a pacifier to their first-born infants. Cited advantages of pacifier use include the documented decrease in risk for sudden infant death syndrome (SIDS), the decreased risks of future tooth development issues when compared with thumb sucking, as well as the ability to satisfy an infant’s instinct to suckle (Paediatrics Child Health, 2003). Disadvantages of pacifier use include the decreased breastfeeding, impact on teeth development, and delayed language development, (Sexton & Natale, 2009). Average mouthing behavior frequency, type, and duration is an under-researched area of importance for children under 5 years of age (Tulve et al., 2002). A single research study by Tulve et al. (2002) found that children mouth at similar durations regardless of gender. Research studies cite both advantages and disadvantages to mouthing behavior. Many of the advantages include environment exploration (“Early Milestones”, 2011), while many disadvantages relate to exposure to toxins (Tulve et al., 2002). This study seeks to begin understanding the relationship between mouthing behavior and pacifier use. Initial findings suggest a positive correlation between pacifier use and mouthing occurrence.

 
89. Can We Be Friends?A Replication and Extension of the Preschool Life Skills’ Friendship Unit
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
CIOBHA ANNE MCKEOWN (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kevin C. Luczynski (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Sara Ann Stodola (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Michael Aragon (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Caitlin Fulton (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institue)
Discussant: Jo Ann Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

The development of prosocial skills is considered pivotal to childhood development. Therefore, it is important to identify the most effective procedures to teach these skills. The friendship unit of the preschool life skills program (Hanley, Heal, Tiger, & Ingvarsson, 2007) addressed four early, prosocial skills that serve as a starting point for facilitating socially desirable behaviors. Given the inconsistent acquisition outcomes with neurotypical children when the prosocial skills were taught classwide, we sought to (a) extend features of the prosocial skills taught in the friendship unit and (b) systematically evaluate procedures necessary to teach all the skills in a one-to-one format. We taught children, three to five years old, with and without disabilities to say “thank you,” acknowledge and compliment others, offer toys, and empathize with distress and joy. We taught the skills using behavioral skills training during unstructured play in which the children engaged with highly preferred toys. That is, children had to momentarily stop playing to engage in a prosocial skill. Through a multiple-probe design, we evaluated the child’s performance with adults and tested the generality of the training with similar-aged peers. We discuss the necessity of supplemental reinforcement and the generality of the outcomes.

 
90. Using Acceptance Commitment Therapyas Part of a Behavioral Intervention Package to Decrease Aggressive Behavior
Area: DEV; Domain: Service Delivery
TRACY YIP (The Children's Institute of Hong Kong), Tsz Ching Ng (The Children's Institute of Hong Kong)
Discussant: Jo Ann Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

Acceptance commitment therapy (ACT) is a treatment strategy used to address private events (thoughts and emotions) and it has been demonstrated to be effective in reducing problematic behaviors. Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) intervention developed from behavioral principles have long been empirically supported to bring on socially significant change which are measurable and observable. The combination of the two strategies may be effective in reducing problematic behavior for individuals addressing both emotional instability and behavioral change. The current study employed the use of ACT and ABA principles in designing and implementing a comprehensive behavioral intervention package for a 10-yrs old participant in reducing aggressive behaviors in a school setting. Results showed the implementation of the ACT model in combination with behavioral based strategy significantly reduced aggression towards others, property destruction, and negative comments for the participant. The long term effects of this combined model will require further research on this topic.

 
91. Individual Differences in 3-Month-Old Infants' Visual Sensory Habituation and Learning
Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research
D. WAYNE MITCHELL (Missouri State University), Rachel Monroe (Missouri State University), Autumn Houser (Missouri State University), Amanda Bonnot (Missouri State University), Jordan Rawson (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Jo Ann Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: The purpose of these two experiments was to explore the sensory and behavioral characteristics of 3-month-old infants' visual habituation. In Experiment 1 (N = 34), the test-retest reliability of fixation time and rate of habituation was assessed via an infant-controlled floating-point calculation procedure. Reliability was in concordance of other researchers’ reported finding (r = .53, p = .001 for peak fixation time; r = .50, p = .002 for habituation rate; r = -.15, ns for number of fixations). Individual difference analyses revealed that habituation rate (slope) was slower for those infants who exhibited longer fixations and more fixations during habituation. In Experiment 2, N = 71 infants were habituated to a 3-component (varying in levels of saliency) stimulus and were assigned randomly to 1 of 4 dishabituation conditions, a control and 3 conditions differing regarding the stimulus component presented. The infants displayed significant dishabituation response only to the less salient component, suggesting they failed to learn that stimulus component although exhibiting habituation. Via secondary analyses, it was found that those infants who displayed long fixation times had a significant dishabituation response. These findings are interpreted theoretically as an interaction between prior environmental visual experience, sensory habituation, and visual scanning behavior.
 
92. The Effects of Repeated Naming Experiences on Bidirectional Naming
Area: DEV; Domain: Service Delivery
ABBY LEWIS (Teachers College, Columbia; Bx+), Victoria Hanczyk (Teachers College, Columbia), Victoria Verdun (Teachers College Columbia University)
Discussant: Georgette Morgan (Columbia)
Abstract: The verbal developmental cusp that is a capability of Naming is a crucial component to accelerating learning and learning in new ways. Lo (2016) induced bidirectional Naming (BiN) in students that already had the listener component of Naming, or unidirectional Naming (UniN), in repertoire using repeated experiences. In the present study, the experimenters examined the effects of repeated Naming experiences on the emergence of the speaker half of Naming responses across contrived and non-contrived stimuli. There were 6, third-grade, general education participants, all of which demonstrated UniN, but not BiN. The results demonstrated that two participants acquired BiN for both non-contrived and contrived stimuli. Two other participants acquired BiN for non-contrived stimuli and have demonstrated increased responding to the speaker comp]onents of Naming with contrived stimuli. The final two participants did not meet criterion for BiN with non-contrived stimuli. Multiple exemplar instruction will be used to induce BiN across all participants for both non-contrived and contrived stimuli (Fiorile & Greer, 2007). Future research should continue testing this method as a strategy to induce the speaker component of Naming.
 
93. Promoting Consumption of Solids for an Individual Following Exposure to Escape Extinction Procedures
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
EMILY MALUGEN (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Bethany Hansen (Munroe Meyer Institute), Christopher W Engler (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Georgette Morgan (Columbia)
Abstract: Escape extinction (EE) is an effective, evidence-based method of reducing inappropriate mealtime behavior (e.g., head turning; Piazza, Patel, Gulotta, Servin & Layer, 2003); however, when EE is prematurely terminated, inappropriate mealtime behavior may be reinforced (Kodak & Piazza, 2008). A variety of assessment and additional treatment components may be necessary to overcome the resulting increase in frequency and intensity of inappropriate mealtime behavior. The current study evaluates additional treatment procedures to use when an individual has prior exposure to EE. The participant is a three-year-old female with a complex medical history and a gastrostomy tube. Data include a brief evaluation of EE as an initial treatment, an assessment of both liquid consistency and utensils, and a blending procedure paired with EE (similar to procedures reported in Luiselli, Ricciardi, Gilligan, 2005; Mueller, Piazza, Patel, Kelley & Pruett, 2013). The data demonstrate an effective procedure for an individual with a history of EE in which minimal treatment effects were gained.
 
94. Evaluation of Competing Tasks in Reducing Self-Injury
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
STEPHANIE HOWELL (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Amanda Goetzel (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Alyssa Fisher (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Noor Javed (Kennedy Kreiger Institute)
Discussant: Georgette Morgan (Columbia)
Abstract: Previous research has shown the utility of competing stimulus assessments (CSA) with additional procedures such as prompting, re-presentation, and response blocking to identify the effects of stimuli on reinforcer competition for self-injurious behavior (SIB; Jennett, Jann, & Hagopian, 2011). The current study extends this research by evaluating specific, discrete tasks that involve interaction with a caregiver, and the utility of the inclusion of differential reinforcement of alternative behavior, for a 12-year-old male with autism who engaged in automatically maintained SIB. Using procedures commensurate with a CSA, a competing task assessment (CTA) was conducted to identify tasks associated with low rates of SIB and high levels of on-task behavior.Two phases were evaluated, all severe topographies of SIB (e.g., head-banging, skin-picking, and self-biting) were blocked, and the participant wore a padded helmet and arm splints.The phases included 1.) prompted engagement with the task and 2.) prompted engagement and differential reinforcement on an FR1 schedule (edible delivery) for task completion. Summative results across phases identified that the button pressing task and sort by color task maintained the lowest rates of SIB and the highest level of on-task behavior, specifically within the prompted engagement and reinforcement phase of the CTA. Interobserver agreement for SIB and on-task behavior were 98.72% and 84.83%, respectively. Keywords: competing stimulus assessment, automatic reinforcement, self-injury
 
95. The Effects of Peer Tutoring Using a Reversal Design Across Group and Dyad Instruction on the Acquisition of Novel Spelling Words
Area: DEV; Domain: Service Delivery
VICTORIA HANCZYK (Teachers College, Columbia University), Abby Lewis (Teachers College, Columbia; Bx+), Victoria Verdun (Teachers College Columbia University)
Discussant: Georgette Morgan (Columbia)
Abstract: We examined the effects of peer tutoring on the acquisition of novel spelling words across dyads and groups. We used a reversal design with pre-post-assessments to examine accuracy, session duration, number of sessions, and learn units to criterion. Participants were 6, third-grade, general education students with no diagnoses. All participants were on or above grade-level in reading and writing. Experimenters trained participants to tutor using learn unit instruction prior to intervention. Criterion to provide a spelling post-assessment and to alternate the type of instruction was 100% accurate responding across 2 sessions. Results support a functional relationship, as there was a significant increase in accurate responding for tutors and tutees from 0% to 100% accuracy from pre- to post-intervention. Although group sessions took 10 min longer on average, the tutor also delivered an average of 1.5 more learn units per minute during group instruction. Instruction in dyads required more sessions, but less overall learn units to meet criterion. Peer tutoring in dyads or groups is an effective tactic for spelling acquisition, and, while research is ongoing, it seems that higher rates of learn units per minute lend to peer tutoring in groups as a preferred tactic in a general education setting.
 
96. Trajectories of Antisocial Behavior From Childhood to Adolescence
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Marcela Rosas Peña (National Autonomus University of Mexico), Silvia Morales Chaine (National Autonomous University of Mexico), SANDRA FERRER (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Discussant: Georgette Morgan (Columbia)
Abstract:

Conduct disorders in childhood and adolescence become one of the most frequent reasons in the consultation and psychological, neurological and psychiatric assistance. Investigations have been developed that show that behavioral problems in early childhood increase the probability of presenting antisocial problems in adulthood, unlike when it begins in adolescence. Disruptive behavior has been of great interest to health professionals due to the problems found in the family, school and community and the fact that it is a strong predictor of delinquency, crime and substance use in adolescence and adulthood. In an attempt to understand the beginning of behavioral problems in childhood and its relationship with disruptive behavior in adolescence and antisocial conduct in adulthood, studies have been conducted that integrate the literature that analyzes the report of parents and teachers of children behavior and adolescents with the aim of generating trajectories of disruptive behavior that predict antisocial behavior. Through the analysis of these trajectories, it has been observed that disruptive behavior increased, not only, in the intensity and frequency, but also, the topography and the mechanisms involved in its maintenance and generalization. The effectiveness of psychosocial interventions for children with behavioral problems seems to decrease as the age of the children increases, so the objective of this paper is to analyze the evidence regarding the trajectories of behavior and the mechanisms involved in its occurrence and maintenance.

 
97. Psychological Reactance and the Development of Preference in Children
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
KACIE M MCGARRY (Florida Institute of Technology), Basak Topcuoglu (Florida Institute of Technology), Katherine Haggerty (Florida Institute of Technology), Marilynn V. Colato (Florida Institute of Technology), Dana M. Gadaire (Florida Institute of Technology)
Discussant: Georgette Morgan (Columbia)
Abstract: Counter Control is human operant behavior that occurs in response to social aversive control. The controller generates aversive conditions, and then controllee, can behave in ways that do not reinforce the controller's behavior and might even punish it. Motivation can be affected by satiation, deprivation, and aversive stimulation. Individual preferences for reinforcers have critical implications for the development of skill acquisition and behavior management programs. Though preferences are idiosyncratic across individuals, environmental variables have been shown to affect preference in a number of different ways. We evaluated the effects of routinely denying access to stimuli on children's future preferences for those items. Preference assessments were conducted to identify similarly preferred stimuli for each participant. Then, access to one item was freely provided on a regular basis. One item was hidden completely. The third item was placed in plain sight but children were routinely denied access to it. Subsequent assessments evaluated shifts in preference across these stimuli.
 
98. Examining the Effect of Self-Knowledge on Self-Control
Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research
AISHA ALHAFEEZ (University of Nevada, Reno), Will Fleming (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Georgette Morgan (Columbia)
Abstract:

Skinner (1953) argued that self-knowledge is acquired socially, and when individuals have enough self-knowledge they are better able to predict and control their own behavior. This study examined the effect of self-knowledge on self-control. Three issues were addressed: First, to determine whether video game (Sudoku) performance improves as a function of feedback on performance adequacy. Second, to examine the extent to which self-knowledge is able to be modified by its consequences. Third, to determine the relation between an increase in self-knowledge and self-control. Trials consisted of participants engaging in the game after which they answered questions about their performance. In condition A, which served as a baseline, participants were able to select a reinforcer without regard to their performance. In condition B, participants were allowed to select a reinforcer on the basis of their self-evaluation of their performance. In condition C, the reinforcer was determined by the experimenter’s evaluation of their performance. In condition D, the reinforcer was determined by the correspondence between the participant’s self-evaluation and the experimenter’s evaluation of the participant’s performance. Preliminary results suggest self-control as demonstrated by selecting a reinforcer commensurate with performance improves as knowledge of performance adequacy increases.

 
 
 
Poster Session #501
VRB Monday Poster Session
Monday, May 27, 2019
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall
Chair: Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism)
99. Assessing Generalization When Training Prepositions as Mands
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
ALYSSA P. SCOTT (Marquette University), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University), Mary Halbur (Marquette University), Jessi Reidy (Marquette University), Marisa E. McKee (Marquette University)
Discussant: Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism)
Abstract: A preposition is a tact of a spatial relationship between two items. Prepositions have been taught with incidental teaching (McGee, Krantz, & McClannahan 1985), error-correction strategies (Kodak et. al., 2016), and discrete trial training (Frisch & Schumaker, 1974). Although these methods have been efficacious, there is limited research on using the putative reinforcer to teach the preposition in a discrete trial format. The present evaluation extended previous research to a clinical application by teaching a child with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) to mand for preferred items by engaging in a tact of its location relative to a container. We assessed generalization by probing different preferred items and novel containers. We also assessed transfer of the preposition to a tact. During generalization sessions we observed high levels of independent correct responses without direct training. Furthermore, a replication is currently being conducted with a second set of targets. The present method was an efficacious and efficient procedure for teaching prepositions. Results will be discussed in relation to providing efficient training to children with ASD when teaching prepositions.
 
100. Increasing Mands in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder by Manipulating the Motivating Operations
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
DANIEL WAGNER (California State University Northridge), Crystal Diaz (California State University Northridge), Debra Berry Malmberg (California State University, Northridge), Megan Aclan (California State University Northridge)
Discussant: Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism)
Abstract:

Mands, under the control of motivating operations, are commonly taught using function-based interventions to replace maladaptive behaviors exhibited by children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD; Carr & Durand, 1985, Michael, 1988). This study sought to evaluate the effects of manipulating motivating operations during mand training in order to decrease grabbing behavior in 3 male participants diagnosed with ASD and between the ages of 7 and 11. The first phase of this study consisted of an abolishing operations (AO) phase, where participants were given free access to preferred items. The second phase of the study consisted of an establishing operations (EO) phase, where preferred items were placed in a clear box that was visible but out of reach. Through visual inspection, the preliminary data of this study demonstrated that the AO phase evoked high levels of problem behavior and low levels of manding while the EO phase evoked low to zero levels of problem behavior and high levels of independent mands. The implications of this study demonstrate the importance of motivating operations during mand training and may be of use to practitioners during mand training.

 
101. The Effects of Staff Training on Increasing Mand Repertoire on Children With Autism in Ecuador
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Maria Chang (ABAI), RICARDO HIDALGO (CENTRO ENIGMA), Dánika Andrea Aguirre (student)
Discussant: Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism)
Abstract:

Language acquisition in South American countries is based on the traditional theorists such as Chomsky, Piaget, or Brunner in which its development is taken as being innate, a biological process, and that it is controlled by internal cognitive mechanisms. Little is known on evidence based treatment and verbal behavior to improve language acquisition. For this reason we trained and evaluated the effects of staff training on increasing mand repertoires on children with Autism in Ecuador based on the principles of verbal behavior and applied behavior analysis. The evaluations and trainings included instructions, feedback, modeling, rehearsal and video modeling to conduct and training. The training must result in an increase in mand repertoire on 3 non-verbal children with autism ages two to four. As a result staff training on manding will help generalized staff skills to other patients.

 
102. Acquisition, Generalisation, and Maintenance of Manding Using the Software Application Proloquo2Go(TM)
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
ANNA CHUNG (Super Kids Behavioural Consulting; Monash University), Renee Any Collins (Super Kids Behavioural Consulting), Erin S. Leif (Monash University)
Discussant: Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism)
Abstract:

Mands are the first type of language acquired by children (Bijou & Baer, 1965). However, children with developmental disabilities and language delays may not acquire mands through exposure to language in the natural environment and may need early intervention to acquire this skill. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate a procedure for teaching mands to one 5-year-old child with autism. The participant was non-vocal and mand training was conducted using a speech generating device (SGD; a selection-based response). Mand training included the following components: (a) strategically altering the environment to create communication opportunities, (b) providing least-to-most prompting for the three-step selection-based communicative exchange (searching for and selecting the correct icon on the SGD, pressing the sentence strip, and making eye contact with the communication partner), and (c) differential reinforcement. During baseline and intervention sessions, data were recorded on the percent of correct and independent mands for preferred items, and eye contact. Mand training was conducted in the home setting, and generalisation was assessed in the school setting. Results showed that the participant rapidly acquired mands but required additional prompting to make eye contact. These findings add to the existing body of research (e.g., Adkins & Axelrod, 2001) showing that children with developmental disabilities and language delays can learn to mand using a selection-based response, and that selection-based responses can be taught using an SGD.

 
103. Decrease Response Time When Using an Augmentative and Alternative Communication Device
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Christina Lindberg (Quality Services for the Autism Community (QSAC)), MEGAN FAVALE (Quality Services for the Autism Community (QSAC)), Gina Feliciano (Senior Director of Education Services Quality Services for the Autism Community (QSAC)), Lindsay Maffei Almodovar Almodovar (Quality Services for the Autism Community (QSAC))
Discussant: Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism)
Abstract:

A nineteen year old male diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) engages in self-stimulatory behavior on his augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) device. This behavior resulted in increased response time when communicating with staff and peers and, interfered with his ability to communicate effectively. The purpose of the study was to determine what effect utilizing a self-monitoring checklist plus reinforcement would have on decreasing response time when using an AAC device. A self-monitoring checklist and reinforcement was used to decrease the duration of the student’s response time when responding to intraverbal questions during different areas of instruction. A multiple baseline design across three different academic areas was implemented throughout the school day. During intervention when the student met criteria in one phase, the schedule of reinforcement was thinned. Results demonstrated that the student’s average response time decreased in each condition due to implementation of the self-monitoring checklist combined with reinforcement. Future studies will measure if this skill will generalize outside in the community, in natural conversation, and in other academic areas.

 
104. Selecting Communication Modality by Preference and Acquisition
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
BRIDGET KEOUGH (Elwyn), Samantha Volpe (Endicott College / Elwyn NJ), Alexandra Held (Elwyn)
Discussant: Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism)
Abstract: Language and communication impairments are one of the hallmark challenges of individuals with autism spectrum disorder (APA, 2000). Individuals with autism may have delayed language or may be unable to communicate using vocal verbal language. The use of Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC) Devices has been demonstrated in the literature to be an effective method of increasing functional communication in individuals with autism (Mirenda, 2003). The current study is an evaluation of different modalities of communication in order to identify the most effective and efficient AAC system. The participant is a 34-year old female diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. At the onset of the study, she had limited functional communication with 5-10 approximations of American Sign Language (ASL). This study consisted of two phases: Phase I used an alternating treatment design, and Phase II used a multi-element design. During Phase I, requests for three different preferred food items were taught via Picture Exchange System (PECS), iPad, and sign language systematically until acquisition or termination criteria had been met. During Phase II a brief preference assessment was conducted, and all modalities were made available to use for 10 trials.
 
105. The Effect of Tact Training on the Acquisition of Nonvocal Tacting by Two Two-Year-Old Students with a Disability and Vocal Tacting by One Two-Year-Old Student With Developmental Delays in a Preschool
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER M NEYMAN (Gonzaga University), Samantha Romeo (Gonzaga University), Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University)
Discussant: Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism)
Abstract:

Many children diagnosed with a disability have a language deficit and require interventions to improve their language skills (Sundberg and Partington, 1998). Communication skills are imperative to be effective because one must understand what is said while also express themselves with words or gestures (Morreale, Valenzano, & Bauer, 2017). Tacting or labeling is a first language skill learned and often used in many programs for individuals with developmental disabilities (Marchese, Carr, Leblanc, Rosati, & Conroy, 2012). The purpose was to evaluate the effects of tact training on the acquisition of nonvocal tacting by two two-year-old male students with a disability and vocal tacting by one two-year-old male student with developmental delays in an early intervention classroom. Each participant was assessed using event recording within a multiple baseline design across tacting groups. During both procedures, the target tact flashcards were paired or mixed with mastered ones. Verbal Behavior tact training consisted of fading prompts and model, lead, test to either touch the specified flashcard (nonvocal) or say the name of the shown flashcard (vocal). Every participant achieved mastery across all three groups. Using the appropriate communication mode, appropriate words, and tailored Verbal Behavior intervention were all components to this study’s success.

 
106. Increasing Reciprocal Vocal Behavior in Toddlers and Daycare Staff
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
HANNAH PLANINSHECK (St. Cloud State University), Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University)
Discussant: Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism)
Abstract: The current project took place at a university-based child care center and examined the rate of staff prompting the toddler’s vocal verbal behavior. Baseline observations were initially taken for two weeks to determine how involved the staff were with prompting the toddlers’ vocal verbal behavior. After analyzing the results, a training was created and given to staff on how to provide prompts to the toddlers for echoics or mands. Then, observations were taken again shortly after the training for two weeks to see if the staff’s rate of prompting echoics and mands had increased. The results determined that the training was helpful in increasing the rate of the staff’s performance of prompting vocal verbal behaviors as well as increasing the toddler’s vocal verbal behavior. Further implications as well as possible limitations of the study are presented; the knowledge obtained can be used to implement similar trainings to help increase toddlers vocal verbal behavior.
 
107. Teaching Pronouns and Perspective Taking to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder: Implications from Behavioral Fluency
Area: VBC; Domain: Service Delivery
Adam Peal (Bierman ABA; Penn State University), Christina Gallagher (Bierman ABA), KELLY LEBLANC (Bierman ABA)
Discussant: Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism)
Abstract:

Perspective taking involves commenting on a situation from someone else’s point of view. Correct use of pronouns, especially “you” and “I”, is essential to perspective taking. Fluency-based instruction was implemented to teach two children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), ages 5 and 6, to use pronouns fluently and generatively within their environment. Both participants demonstrated inappropriate pronoun usage throughout their day prior to instruction. For the first participant, discrete trial training and differential reinforcement in the natural environment failed to result in correct pronoun usage in the natural environment. Fluency-based instruction is typically used to build the frequency of a particular behavior, resulting in retention, endurance, stability, and application. Following fluency-based instruction, both participants demonstrated improvement in correct pronoun usage during practice sessions. In addition, the frequency of correct pronouns emitted by both participants outside of the practice sessions increased. For one participant, erroneous pronoun usage was reduced to zero instances per day. Generalized pronoun usage and perspective taking emerged for both participants across a variety of environmental conditions. These data lend support to the view that generalization and maintenance of pronoun usage and perspective taking can be enhanced through the use fluency-based instruction, and that commonly reported deficits related to ASD can be remediated via effective, science-based, instructional techniques. Data presented on Standard Celeration Charts, video of outcomes, and future directions will be discussed.

 
108. An Investigation of Fluency in the Development of Basic Language and Learning skills
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
LORI L. CHAMBERLAIN (PaTTAN Autism Initiative ABA Supports), Mary Caruso-Anderson (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism)
Abstract: As behavior analyst embark on the practice of using the principles of applied behavior analysis and specifically the work of B.F. Skinner in the field of education it is crucial to teach skills as efficiently as possible. The use of fluency trials is an effective method for teaching skills to mastery. Currently, there are no developmental norms for typically developing children that serve as a guide for fluency instruction with basic building blocks of behaviors or atomic repertoires. This study reviews typically developing preschool children to determine rates of responses for imitation, echoic and tacting skills. The data suggest a potential fluency aim sequence to aid the mastery of basic language skill sets which will aid educators in instruction with regards to verbal behavior and imitation. The data of fluency for 28 typically developing children shows that there is an increasing trend with responses per minute of tacts, echoics and imitation skills with preschoolers between 15 and 48 months.
 
109. Self-Controlled Choice as a Function of Rule Completeness
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
NOHA ALMARZOOQ (University of Nevada, Reno), Will Fleming (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism)
Abstract:

Self-control is important because it minimizes a person’s contact with the consequences of impulsive choices. This study examined the extent to which impulsive choices were able to be controlled by rules which varied in completeness and correspondence with prevailing contingencies. 15 undergraduate students participated in the study. In this experiment, participants engaged in a choice task that appeared on a computer screen for approximately 30 minutes in duration. During these periods, a rule specifying the way to increase the amount of money earned by performance appeared on the screen. Participants were randomly assigned to one of four experimental conditions differing on the degree of rule completeness: high completeness, medium completeness, low completeness, and no rule. We examined the relative effectiveness of different levels of rule completeness on self-control responses and the extent to which this control sustained self-control in the face of competing contingencies of reinforcement. Preliminary results demonstrated differential influence of rule completeness on self-controlled choice.

 
 
 
Poster Session #502
DDA Monday Poster Session
Monday, May 27, 2019
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall
Chair: Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center)
110. Results From a Down Syndrome Early Intervention Project
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
E AMANDA DIGANGI (Arizona State University), Samuel DiGangi (Arizona State University), Shelby Serafin (Texas State University), Carissa VanAsten (Texas State University)
Discussant: Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

This pilot study sought to determine whether short term, low dose ABA therapy (2 hours per week for 3 months) would improve overall Developmental Index scores and functioning across 7 developmental domains: Cognitive, Adaptive Skills, Socio-Emotional, Receptive Language, Expressive Language, Fine Motor, and Gross Motor. The assessment measure used was the Developmental Assessment of Young Children, 2nd Edition (DAYC-2). Participants were five children with Down Syndrome, ages 9 months to 3 years old. Results demonstrate improved functioning for all children, with some attaining an average Developmental Quotient after 3 months. Results suggest greater improvements for older children (ages 2-3) than for younger infants. Implications for future research in both Down Syndrome and efficacy of ABA therapy for infants and toddlers are discussed.

 
111. The Effects of Gross Motor Imitation Intervention for Generalized and Fluent Imitation
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Jinhyeok Choi (Pusan National University), MINYOUNG KIM (Pusan National University), Sangah Lee (Pusan National University)
Discussant: Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

We tested the effects of GMI (Gross Motor Imitation) intervention on the improvement of accuracy and fluency for untaught imitations. Two 5 year-old males participated in this study, who were diagnosed with an intellectual disability. The independent variable of this study was the completion of GMI in which the participants were taught four sets (i.e., Raise arms, Put hands on the head, etc.). An intervention session was presented in the fashion of Lear Unit presentations: (a) present teacher’s behavior modeling (antecedent), (b) perform gross motor imitation of participant, and (c) teacher’s consequences (e.g., reinforcement and correction procedures) on participant’s responses. The intervention sessions were run two or three times a week for approximately 45 min for approximately three months. The intervention session continues until four sets are complete. The dependent variables were the percentage of correct responses to (a) the probe imitation trials which were conducted in the middle of the intervention phase, and (b) fluency tests which were conducted prior to and after the completion of the GMI intervention. A multiple probe design across participants was employed to identify a functional relationship between the dependent and independent variables. Results demonstrated that the GMI intervention was effective to improve accuracy and fluency for generalized motor imitations.

 
112. Using Structured Teaching to Teach Preschool-Aged Children With Developmental Delays Functional Play Skills
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Megan Pullum (Tennessee Technological University), Krystal Kennedy (Tennessee Technological University), SETH KING (Tennessee Technological University)
Discussant: Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Deficits in functional play skills can result in long-term social skill impediments for children with developmental delays. This poster describes a multiple probe across participants design study that evaluated the effects of structured teaching on the play skills of preschool-aged children with developmental delays (n = 6) in a school setting. During baseline, participants received adult-mediated play time. Structured teaching consisted of displaying all tasks for the session and items needed for each task, asking the child to work left to right, and setting up the environment to minimize distractions. Five of the six participants displayed a clear increase in their functional play skills following the intervention. However, gains for all students markedly reversed following the withdrawal of the intervention during maintenance. One child displayed no significant change in his functional play skills after receiving the structured teaching intervention. Teacher prompting did not change considerably between baseline and intervention. Social validity measures indicated that parents recognized a noticeable increase in functional play skills at home and all three interventionists stated they were pleased with the program outcomes for each student. Discussion addresses the need for supports designed to address maintenance and generalization of gains obtained through intervention.

 
113. Using Textual Stimuli to Prompt Intraverbal Behavior Between Older Adults
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
GRACE FRANCINE BOATMAN (Florida Institute of Technology; Nemours Children's Hospital), Diana C. Carlos (Florida Institute of Technology), Sandhya Rajagopal (Florida Institute of Technology), Maranda Ann Trahan (The Fountains of Melbourne), Trisha Mitra (Florida Institute of Technology), Courtney Hannula (Florida Institute of Technology), Ada C. Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology)
Discussant: Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Dementia often leads to behavioral changes such as deficits in communication and social interaction. These deficits may lead to withdrawing from social activities. Application of behavioral gerontology can lead to socially significant behavior change, and one effective strategy involves environmental rearrangements (Davies & Snaith, 1980; Burgio & Burgio, 1986; Skinner & Vaughan, 1997). In the present study, researchers placed an individualized textual prompt on the dinner table of four women at an assisted living facility. Textual prompts included large-print font messages with the topic questions about the participants’ interests, memories or favorite activities. Increases were observed in conversation duration as well as initiations, suggesting that antecedent interventions can improve social interactions for individuals with dementia. Future directions for this research include systematic replication with individuals with and without dementia in independent or assisted living, spouse dyads, men’s group, or other arrangements to improve social opportunities. Results maintained during a six-month probe following the intervention.

 
114. The Use of Errorless Instruction in Teaching Functional Communication Skills to Individuals With MECP2 Deletion Disorders
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
EMILY MANDEL (Firefly Autism), Rebecca McVey (Firefly Autism)
Discussant: Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Mutations affecting the MECP2 gene are responsible for a wide variety of neuro-developmental disorders, most notably Rett Syndrome and other forms of cognitive and motor impairment. Specifically, the MECP2 gene is plays a vital role in the normal functioning of the nervous system. Individuals impacted by this type of genetic disorder typically acquire new skills slowly and often experience challenges maintaining previously-learned skills. The present study investigated the use of various stimulus and response shaping procedures to teach functional skills to a 3-year-old girl with a MECP2 deletion disorder. The strategies that produced the most lasting behavior change involved errorless instruction and systematic increases in response requirement.

 
115. Effects of Delay in Conditional Discrimination Tasks in Adolescents With and Without Intellectual Disability
Area: DDA; Domain: Basic Research
LIDIA MARIA MARSON POSTALLI (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Isabela Teixeira (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Discussant: Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

The present research aimed to investigate the effects of different delays on identity and arbitrary matching-to-sample (MTS) tasks in participants with intellectual disabilities and typical development. The participants were four individuals with intellectual disabilities and eight with typical development, aged between eleven and fourteen, who attended in a mainstream school. The experimental conditions were composed by teaching identity matching and delay tests (0, 2, 4, 6, 8 seconds) and teaching arbitrary matching and delay tests (0, 2, 4, 6, 8 seconds). After the establishment of relations with continuous reinforcement, the reduction of the consequences was programmed (50% and 0%). After reaching the criteria, the delay tests were conducted. Twelve participants presented accurate performances in the identity MTS tasks and learned the arbitrary MTS tasks, however, three participants with intellectual disabilities needed more sessions to reach the criteria and two of the three participants required additional procedures to learn arbitrary relations. In the delay test, the results showed that the number of incorrect responses increased with the increasing delay duration, mainly for the participants with intellectual disability and on arbitrary MTS tasks. The results suggested that conditional discrimination procedures and different delays can be used to study remembering behavior.

 
116. Evaluating the Effects of Failing to Adhere to a Token-Production Schedule
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ODESSA LUNA (Auburn University), Sacha T. Pence (Drake University), Barathi Chinnappan (Auburn University)
Discussant: Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Within the home, school, and community, behavior–change agents may want a child to engage in a specific, competing response to earn a reinforcer. Interventions incorporating a token economy and differential-reinforcement-of-alternative-behavior procedures are a way to increase a specific response and bridge the delay between appropriate behavior and a reinforcer. Within this arrangement, the behavior-change agent delivers tokens on a specified schedule contingent on appropriate, replacement behavior and places problem behavior on extinction. However, in the natural environment, behavior-change agents may not adhere to the designated token-production schedules due to a variety of reasons (e.g., low staff-to-student ratios, competing responsibilities, poor training). This omission error, failing to reinforce appropriate behavior in a token economy, may be detrimental to treatment success. Thus, the purpose of this study was to parametrically evaluate the extent to which differing levels of omission errors (100%, 80%, 60%, 40%, 20%, and 0%) influenced the efficacy of token economies across fixed-ratio and variable-ratio schedules of reinforcement on appropriate and problem behavior. In general, as levels of integrity decreased, problem behavior increased and compliance decreased for five of the six participants. The outcomes suggest omission errors within a token economy can be deleterious to treatment outcomes for individuals who engage in escape-maintained aggression.
 
117. Evaluating Treatment Outcomes of an Outpatient Behavioral Treatment Program Focusing on Social Validity
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
YUNYI TSAI (Marcus Autism Center; Children's Healthcare of Atlanta), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center; Children’s Healthcare of Atlanta; Emory University School of Medicine), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center; Children’s Healthcare of Atlanta; Emory University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Applied Behavior Analysis is the application of behavioral science in real –word settings such as school, home, and community and focuses on addressing socially significant issues. Lane and colleagues (2016) described social validity as a keystone variable in ABA (Common & Lane, 2017). Most current researcher on social validity follow the lead of Kazdin (1977) and Wolf (1978) and suggest 3 components of social validity: social significance of the goals; social appropriateness of the procedures; and social importance of the effects. Despite the importance of social validity, the majority of research on ABA treatments for challenging behavior takes place in clinic settings with well-trained therapists and social validity is often not assessed. This study assessed the outcomes from an outpatient behavioral treatment program that was designed to incorporate the above mentioned components related to social validity. The program aimed for ten 2-hour weekly appointments with a BCBA, with optional extensions if goals were not met. Several aspects were included to promote social validity including developing treatment goals with the primary caregivers, training caregivers on treatment implementation from the start of the program, monitoring the caregiver’s treatment fidelity through direct observation and weekly home practice assignment. We evaluated treatment outcomes by looking at the percentage of caregiver selected goals that were met and outcomes on indirect assessments (e.g., Behavior Problems Inventory). We also explain the procedural aspects of considering social validity in the development of the treatment program.

 
118. Use of Visual Supports to Increase Treatment Integrity of Parents' Implementation of Noncontingent Attention in Non-Native English Speaking Families
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MORGAN VAN DIEPEN (ABA Works), Sonia Saavedra (ABA Works), Natalie A. Parks (Pulse Business Strategies LLC)
Discussant: Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Noncontingent Attention has shown to be an effective and easy to implement treatment to reduce problematic behaviors maintained by access to attention from others (Hagopian, Fisher, and Legacy, 1994). In order to produce these behavior reductions, treatment integrity of the intervention must be high across settings and people. In fact, low levels of treatment integrity can undermine potentially positive intervention outcomes (Fallon et al. 2016). While there is evidence of numerous behavioral strategies that lead to higher treatment integrity, there is limited research on their use during parent training with non-native English-speaking parents. The use of visual supports in the applied setting of Parent Training is discussed, including implications of these findings, and areas for future research. This study included one 11-year old girl diagnosed with Down Syndrome and Intellectual Disability who engaged in aggression maintained by access to attention. Her father was semi-fluent in English while her mother’s English was more limited. While parent participation and implementation of treatment was high, treatment integrity remained low after repeated parent training sessions, therefore, visual supports were added. Results indicate that parent treatment integrity increased following the addition of the video modeling and further resulted in a reduction of client aggressive behavior.

 
119. A Descriptive Assessment of the Effects of Treatment Errors on Problem Behavior and Vice Versa
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
DREW E. PIERSMA (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute and the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute and the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute and the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Meagan K. Gregory (Kennedy Krieger Institute and the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Severe problem behavior (SPB) is common in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) or intellectual disabilities (ID) and often occurs at rates significantly higher than in the typically-developing population. Fortunately, behavioral treatments can be an effective means to treat SPB by altering conditions to support alternative behavior and weaken motivation to engage in SPB. However, these treatments do not erase the individual’s behavioral history. Thus, when caregivers implement treatment, errors are inevitable and SPB can reemerge quickly. Further, caregiver-child interactions related to SPB are likely to be part of an interlocking contingency (e.g., a caregiver providing a reinforcer for problem behavior causes this behavior to cease, thereby reinforcing both child and caregiver behavior). Currently, there is little research that investigates the nature of the relationship between child and caregiver behavior in the context of treatment errors. In this study, we examined the effect of caregiver errors on child SPB and child SPB on caregiver errors using a second-by-second descriptive assessment for one individual undergoing intensive treatment for SPB. The data suggest that for some treatment elements, the relationship between errors and SPB was bilateral, where problem behavior preceded errors and errors preceded problem behavior. However, for other treatment elements, a unilateral relationship was present, where problem behavior preceded errors, but errors did not precede problem behavior.
 
120. Improvement to Consultation Model and Impact on Supports
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
JODI LYNN CUSHMAN-PURCELL (State of Minnesota - DHS), Elizabeth Harri-Dennis (State of Minnesota - DHS, MNABA), Hilary Williams (State of Minnesota - DHS), Ashley Warling-Spiegel (Behavioral Health Division - MN Dept of Human Services)
Discussant: Christine Drew (University of Oregon)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to evaluate Successful Life Project’s service model and its effectiveness. Our team was charged to provide more efficient consultation services to a captured population. The team created a consultation model and associated tools where none existed before. Through a behavior analytic approach, Successful Life Project provides person-centered positive behavior support consultation to people with developmental disabilities, mental illness, and complex health needs. The team utilized existing statewide data reporting methods to evaluate the impact of changes to the consultation model and documented changes to the consultation model over time. Consultation model changes included development of outcome measures for quality of life indicators, different and targeted levels of consultation based on intensity of need, provider-level trainings, and streamlined assessment tools. The results of these efforts suggest services are faster and more targeted, more people have received services, and that there have been ongoing treatment effects of these services for the people receiving consultation.

 
121. Assessing Social Validity of the Parent Training and Coaching Program: Values of Using Mixed Methods
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MOON YOUNG CHUNG (University of illinois at Urbana-Champaign), Hedda Meadan (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), James Lee (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), Gakyung Jeong (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign)
Discussant: Christine Drew (University of Oregon)
Abstract:

The term social validity was developed from anecdotal reports of concerns about the social meaningfulness of interventions in ABA-based research (Wolf, 1978). In the ABA field, conducting research that is “socially important” is the primary purpose (JABA, 2016). Since 2005, measuring social validity became one of the quality indicators in single-case research (Horner et al.). However, according to the reviews of the literature, in single-case research, there are several limitations of measuring social validity (Snodgrass, Chung, Meadan, & Halle, 2018). One way to overcome the limitations of social validity assessment is to apply a mixed-methods. With multiple data sources from various methods will capture a different dimension of the social validity in a certain intervention. We conduct a mixed methods study to assess the social validity of the intervention we previously delivered to three parents who have children with disabilities and challenging behavior. The purpose of the intervention was to evaluate the effectiveness of a parent training and coaching program, delivered via telehealth, for implementing functional communication training (FCT) with their children. We used single-case design to demonstrate the intervention effectiveness by observing parents’ and children’ behaviors change. The intervention demonstrated a functional relation between parent training and coaching program and parents’ fidelity of behavioral strategy. Also, the intervention showed decreases in children’s challenging behaviors. To assess whether the intervention was necessary, acceptable, and effective to the participated family members, we conduct pre- and post-intervention questionnaire and interviews with parent implementers and other family members. In addition to that, we survey blind parent and professional raters to evaluate the acceptability of the intervention procedures and effectiveness of intervention outcome. By mixing all those data, we evaluate whether the intervention was socially valid to the participants and related stakeholders. Data collection and analysis are currently in progress, and the findings, limitations, and implications will be discussed.

 
122. Supporting Parents in Reducing Children’s Challenging Behaviors: A Randomized Controlled Trial of the FBSApp
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ANGEL FETTIG (University of Washington), Erin E. Barton (Vanderbilt University), Kaitlin Marie Kloes Greeny (University of Washington), Gounah Choi (University of Washington), Marina Velez (Vanderbilt University), Elizabeth Pokorski (Vanderbilt University), Moon Young Chung (University of illinois at Urbana-Champaign), Rebecca Hacker (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign)
Discussant: Christine Drew (University of Oregon)
Abstract:

Challenging behaviors are a significant concern in the homes, and research has demonstrated that without timely and effective intervention, challenging behaviors in children with disabilities can continue to worsen. Parents need support to enhance their capacity to prevent and reduce their child’s challenging behaviors; however, most families do not have access to home-based supports for challenging behaviors. We developed a Family Behavior Support mobile software application (FBSApp) for use by parents with young children with disabilities and challenging behaviors. The FBSApp uses positive behavior support framework to guide parents in using functional assessment based interventions to address their child’s behaviors. In this poster, we will share features of the app and present the randomized controlled trial findings of our study with children ages 6 and younger with disabilities and challenging behaviors. Sixty parent-child dyad participants are randomized to receive the FBSApp or webinar training. We hypothesize that parents will implement more function-based behavior support strategies which leads to significant reduction of child challenging behaviors and increased replacement skills when compared to the webinar training control group. The findings will support the utility of the FBSApp in supporting parents in reducing young children’s challenging behaviors in the home setting.

 
123. The Effects of Lag Schedules on Vocal Responses
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Sarah Katherine West (University of Georgia), ANDREA ZAWOYSKI (University of Georgia), Lindsey Powell (University of Georgia), Sarah Jacqueline Frantz (University of Georgia), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin)
Discussant: Christine Drew (University of Oregon)
Abstract:

Previous research shown that lag schedules of reinforcement can increase mand variability and decrease problem behavior. These previous studies have compared variability of responding using distinct responses in each component of the comparison (lag 0 and lag X). In the current study, a young child with ASD was taught three vocal requests for preferred items. Following mastery of those requests, their use was reinforced on either a lag 0 or lag 1 schedule, in an alternating treatments design. Results were evaluated with respect to rate and variability of communication exhibited in each treatment component. Results demonstrated that the participant exhibited similar higher rates of requests, and greater variability of requests, in the lag 1 condition, relative to the lag 0 condition. Results are discussed relative to the existing literature related to the effects of lag schedules on communication training, the implications for including the same responses across lag schedules, and the potential of exposures to lag X schedules to bring about variability.

 
124. Using Tactile Discriminative Stimuli to Signal Chained Schedule Components for Individuals With Visual Impairments
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ANDREW SODAWASSER (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Billie Retzlaff (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Natasha Chamberlain (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Alicia Odell (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Christine Drew (University of Oregon)
Abstract:

Chained schedules are frequently used during treatment of escape-maintained destructive behavior. The discriminative stimuli used to signal each component are often visual, such as colored smocks, cards, or lighting covers (Saini, Miller, & Fisher, 2016; Greer et al., 2016). As most of the discriminative stimuli used in the literature require visual abilities, the applicability of these procedures to individuals with visual impairments is limited. The current study used tactile stimuli, in the form of hard and soft Velcro, as discriminative stimuli to signal the components of a chained schedule for two individuals with visual impairments and autism spectrum disorder who engaged in escape-maintained destructive behavior. For both participants, the chained schedule resulted in greater than 80% reductions in destructive behavior from baseline. These results provide one example of the successful use of tactile discriminative stimuli within a chained schedule to reduce the occurrence of destructive behavior in individuals with visual impairments and autism spectrum disorder.

 
125. Evaluating the Efficacy of and Preference for Signaling Extinction in a Multiple Schedule
Area: DDA; Domain: Basic Research
ALICIA J. ODELL (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Brian D. Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Ashley Marie Fuhrman (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Christine Drew (University of Oregon)
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is a common treatment for destructive behavior. After teaching a functional communication response (FCR), behavior analysts often thin the schedule of reinforcement for the FCR using a multiple schedule in which they (a) signal the availability and unavailability of reinforcement for the FCR and (b) increase the amount of time without reinforcement. Despite the effectiveness of multiple schedules, bursts of destructive behavior can occur during schedule thinning. Previous research has suggested that these bursts may be due to signaling the extinction component. However, the findings of previous applied studies on this topic are difficult to interpret due to their use of common stimuli to signal the availability of reinforcement across conditions that do and do not signal extinction. The present studies correct this limitation by comparing multiple-schedule arrangements that do and do not signal extinction when unique stimuli signal each component across conditions. Results from an eight year-old male diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder indicate that both multiple schedule arrangements are similarly efficacious when teaching the successive discrimination. In addition, the participant preferred the arrangement that signaled both reinforcement and extinction. Behavior analysts can use these results to better inform the multiple schedule arrangements they employ.
 
126. Use of a Moving Average Data Smoothing Manipulation to Identify Cyclical Patterns of Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
TODD M. OWEN (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Billie Retzlaff (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Alex O'Donnell (DePaul University), Brian D. Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Christine Drew (University of Oregon)
Abstract:

For some individuals, destructive behavior varies in a predictable pattern, irrespective of the programmed contingencies during behavioral assessment and treatment. Identification of these cyclical patterns of destructive behavior can lead to treatments that are more effective as well as the potential identification of biological processes that disrupt treatment effects. However, identification of cyclical patterns of behavior can be difficult using traditional visual inspection methods. We describe a data manipulation method, referred to as data smoothing, in which one averages the data from the previous and subsequent days across a specified range (e.g., 3, 5, or 7 days). This minimizes variability in the data and can increase the saliency of cyclical behavior patterns. We provide two cases for which we identified cyclical patterns as well as a demonstration of the importance of analyzing smoothed data across various ranges. Practitioners are encouraged to analyze data in this way when a client’s behavior varies independent of programmed contingencies.

 
127. Cancellation Rates in Families Receiving Outpatient Applied Behavior Analysis Services
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
MARGARET ROSENCRANS (Marcus Autism Center), Stephanie Liollio (Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: Christine Drew (University of Oregon)
Abstract: Caregiver-mediated applied behavior analysis (ABA) interventions are successful in reducing problem behavior in children with autism spectrum disorders. However, research suggests that familial barriers (e.g., family stressors) can increase the risk of dropping out of treatment. Families who ultimately drop out of treatment are more likely to cancel or fail to show up to appointments, compared to families who complete treatment. Research on factors that predict cancellations is warranted, particularly in this high-risk population. The purpose of this study was to evaluate variables that predict treatment cancellations. Our preliminary investigation included a chart review of 20 participants receiving weekly ABA services for problem behavior. We examined cancellation rate based on family (e.g., number of siblings) and institute (e.g., location of appointments) variables. Data reveal an average cancellation rate of about 20% for all families, with two or more siblings in the home (44%) and at least one cancellation of an initial intake appointment (25%) as variables relating to higher cancellation rates in treatment. These preliminary results suggest that there are variables that may relate to cancellation rate of ABA appointments. These should be targeted in future research with more participants to determine predictive direction and potential interventions to reduce cancellations.
 
128. Levels of Tegulation and Self-Injury in a Female Subject With Rett Syndrome
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
SHAWN GIRTLER (University of Minnesota), Rebecca Kolb (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota)
Discussant: Christine Drew (University of Oregon)
Abstract:

Rett syndrome is a severe X-linked neurodevelopmental disability affecting an estimated 1 in 10,000 girls resulting in profound multiple disabilities across motor, communication, and cognition domains. Rett syndrome is considered a ‘Rosetta Stone’ disorder; understanding the behavioral phenotype will provide insights with broad generality for other developmental disorders associated with regression periods. There is autonomic dysregulation component to Rett syndrome that may impact behavior, but very little research has been conducted on these effects. This study aims to examine the relationship between the self-injurious problem behavior and level of regulation for one female subject with Rett syndrome. Self-injury was recorded using partial interval data recording (10 second intervals). Levels of regulation were scored using a partial interval coding system, where 1-minute intervals of each session were coded as either over-excited, neutral, or agitated. Sessions were conducted via telehealth and initial results suggest there may be a relationship between self-injury and levels of arousal, specifically agitation and over-excited, but the relationship is not consistent.

 
130. Free Operant Comparison of Interventions for Off-Topic Speech Using Reinforcement With and Without Preferred Topics
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Ingrid Saavedra (University of the Pacific), SADAF FAKHARZADEH (University of the Pacific), Corey S. Stocco (University of the Pacific)
Discussant: Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa)
Abstract:

Deficits in conversation skills can be one barrier to developing and maintaining relationships for individuals with developmental disabilities. Individuals with developmental disabilities may deter conversation partners if they do not stay on topic or if they dwell on topics. A majority of function-based interventions have targeted the reduction of off-topic or perseverative speech and withheld attention for its occurrence (e.g., Noel & Rubow, 2018). In addition to leveraging attention as a reinforcer, Fisher, Rodriguez, and Owens (2013) provided signaled access to preferred topics contingent on talking about nonperseverative topics or a therapist selected topic. Despite showing clear improvements in on-topic speech and stimulus control of preferred topics, little is known about the additive effects of contingent access to preferred topics as a component of intervention for attention-maintained off-topic speech. We used a free operant assessment to evaluate participant preference for including access to preferred topics as a component of intervention for attention-maintained off-topic speech. To date, results have shown that two participants preferred intervention with access to preferred topics over intervention without or noncontingent access to a leisure activity.

 
131. The Effects of Noncontingent Music on Classroom Attending of a Student With Williams Syndrome
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ASHLEY HOGAN (ABC Group Hawai'i), Keri Monteith (ABC Group Hawai'i)
Discussant: Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa)
Abstract:

A common feature of Williams Syndrome (WS) is hyperacusis or sensitive hearing. Meaning, children with WS are more sensitive to certain frequencies than other children and higher noise levels can be aversive to the individual. In a classroom setting, the level of noise can be variable and unpredictable at times. Traditional interventions include wearing headphones or teaching a request to leave the distracting environment. These interventions have been shown to be effective, however communication training is required and some children may not tolerate wearing headphones for long periods of time. Little research has been completed on alternative interventions that include children with WS preference for music. The use of music can be immediately implemented and potentially block out certain frequencies of noise. The current study uses a reversal design to evaluate the effects of soft music in a classroom setting and the frequency of ear plugging and delay to task completion in a 10-year-old male diagnosed with WS and Autism Spectrum Disorder. It is anticipated that the data will suggest that when music is played in the classroom, the frequency and duration of ear plugging and delay to task is reduced compared to when no music is playing

 
132. A Comparison of Continuous and Discontinuous Measurement on Acquisition Rate and Maintenance of Skills
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CYNTHIA DELA ROSA (Florida Autism Center; University of Florida), Crystal M. Slanzi (University of Florida), Daniel E Conine (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), James E. Carr (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Discussant: Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa)
Abstract:

Previous studies comparing continuous and discontinuous measurement have reported different outcomes regarding which measurement systems were optimal. For example, Cummings and Carr (2009) found that although targets were acquired more quickly when a discontinuous measurement system was used, they were less likely to be maintained. However, Najdowski et al. (2009) found no difference in rates of acquisition or maintenance between the two measurement systems. Furthermore, mastery criteria in all previous studies were based on a single target rather than a set of targets. Given that individuals with developmental disabilities often need to learn conditional discriminations, which are ideally taught in sets (Grow & Leblanc, 2013), it remains important to evaluate the relative benefits of continuous and discontinuous measurement systems when teaching multiple targets simultaneously. The current study will replicate and extend previous studies in this area by arranging mastery criteria that are based on correct responding across all three targets as a set (i.e., conditional discrimination) rather than with individual teaching targets. Preliminary results with 3 participants suggest that conditional discriminations met mastery criteria in fewer sessions when discontinuous data collection was used, and no difference in maintenance of skills has been observed with either measurement system.

 
133. Systematically Shifting Wake Times to Treat Sleep Problems in Individuals With Developmental Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
KAITLYN CONNAUGHTON (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Ashley Nicole Carver (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Molly K Bednar (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa)
Abstract:

Difficulties with sleep, such as delayed onset, night waking, and early waking, are pervasive amongst individuals with developmental disabilities. Interventions that seek to improve sleep outcomes are particularly useful when these individuals have experienced extended hospitalizations where low activity levels and decreased exposure to light-dark cycles develop or increase disturbance in sleep patterns. Previously developed interventions, including faded bedtime with response cost and chronotherapy, employ phase advances (i.e., making bedtime earlier) or phase delays (i.e., making bedtime later) to improve sleep outcomes in individuals with sleep disturbance (Piazza et al., 1997; Piazza et al., 1998). Alternatively, the current study examines the effects of phase advances to wake times on the sleep patterns of a 16-year-old male and 17-year-old female, both of whom presented with autism spectrum disorder, significant sleep disturbance, and severe aggressive, self-injurious, and disruptive behavior. In baseline, individuals were allowed to sleep until they independently woke. Irregular sleep patterns and late wake-up times were observed across individuals. As wake times were systematically shifted earlier to align with typical sleep patterns of same-age peers, an increase in total amount of consecutive sleep, decrease in inappropriate sleep, and fewer instances of night waking or early waking were observed.

 
134. Effects of Fluency Training on Competence and Reported Self-Confidence in Use of a Vagus Nerve Stimulator Magnet
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Amanda Duley (Indiana University South Bend), SORAH STEIN (Partnership for Behavior Change/Indiana University South Bend)
Discussant: Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa)
Abstract:

This study investigated the effects of fluency training on competence and reported self-confidence in use of a Vagus Nerve Stimulator (VNS) magnet, when used on persons experiencing seizure. The VNS device was replicated on a mannequin to train and test competence in use of the magnet. Magnet use was previously demonstrated, however, many experienced ‘freezing’ or reported discomfort during a learner’s seizure. In the present study, participants completed fluency training drills with the magnet, to improve seizure detection, reaction time, and correct use of the magnet. Mastery criteria were established by conducting timings with four fluent performers who reported comfort and confidence regarding the magnet. For social validity purposes, participants completed a survey, before and after training, to report confidence in working with learners who may have a seizure, confidence in detecting and reacting to a seizure, and questions about previous training on the magnet. Baseline social validity data showed that when asked about comfort in working with a learner who may have a seizure, 37.5% selected “uncomfortable” or “very uncomfortable,” only 50% of staff indicated they were confident they would know what to do, and 62.5% of staff reported they would not feel comfortable using the magnet.

 
135. Increasing Ecological Validity Through Use of a Function Based Individualized Levels System During Tolerance Training
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
NEALETTA HOUCHINS-JUAREZ (Vanderbilt University), Allyssa Lariviere (Vanderbilt University)
Discussant: Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa)
Abstract: Multiple component interventions may be required to not only successfully decrease severe challenging behaviors, but to also increase the ecological validity of the overall intervention. Functional communication training (FCT) is used to teach individuals an appropriate response to gain a functional reinforcer. However, functional communication responses are not always practical to reinforce at all times in the natural environment. FCT can be used in combination with tolerance training procedures to increase an individual’s ability to tolerate delays and denials of requests. However, these procedures may not always be sufficient to decrease severe problem behavior in the natural environment quickly. Function based individualized levels systems are punishment procedures used to reduce problem behavior. The purpose of this poster is to present a case study illustrating the use of tolerance training and a function based individualized levels system together with a 6-year old boy with Autism Spectrum Disorder to reduce aggressive behavior to improve the ecological validity of the treatment.
 
136. Evaluating the Relationship Between Derived Relational Responding and the Weschler Nonverbal Scale of Ability
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
AYLA SCHMICK (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Natalia Baires (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Linda Muckey (Southern Illinois University), Blair Williams (Southern Illinois Unversity), Kwadwo O. Britwum (Southern Illinois University), Becky Barron (Southern Illinois University)
Discussant: Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa)
Abstract:

Recent research has emerged suggesting positive correlations between derived relational responding (DRR) and various measures of intelligence (O’Hora, et al., 2008; O’Toole & Barnes-Holmes, 2009). Although such correlations have been found, most evaluations involve administration of verbal subtests of intelligence tests. To date, few studies have evaluated the extent to which measures of nonverbal intelligence relate to derived relational responding. The current study sought to address this limitation by evaluating the relationship between derived relational responding, as measured by the Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge (PEAK), and the Weschler Nonverbal Scale of Ability – Short Form. Assessments were administered across a total of 47 participants, all of which had a developmental or intellectual disability, and scores were then compared to determine the extent to which the measures were related. The results showed a strong, positive correlation between scores on the PEAK and scores on the Weschler Nonverbal Scale of Ability. These findings are consistent with previous research suggesting a relationship between intelligence and DRR.

 
137. Effectiveness of Behavioral Parent Training for Problematic Behaviors in Children With Developmental Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
YOONJUNG YANG (Yonsei University), Yuna Kim (Korea Institute for ABA)
Discussant: Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa)
Abstract:

The behavioral parent training (BPT) has been shown to be an effective method managing problematic behaviors in children with developmental disabilities (DD). However, only limited number of studies proved the effectiveness of BPT by objective methods. The current study examined the effectiveness of BPT with Parent Child Interaction Direct observation Checklist (PCI D) in the situation of free-play and instruction-following between the parent and respective child. 2-hour BPT was provided once a week for three months to seventeen parents of children, age from 3~19 years old, with DD who exhibit serious problematic behaviors. Seventeen pairs of parent-child participated in free-play session and instruction-following session for ten minutes each before and after BPT. Both parents and children’s behaviors were analyzed afterward through recorded session videos with PCI D; it scores behaviors of parent-child from 0 to 3 for the frequency of appropriate behaviors, and from 1 to 4 for frequency and severity of problematic behaviors of children. The results showed that parents’ behavior score in some areas significantly increased after BPT, and the follow up session indicated the prolonged effectiveness of the training. Yet, no significant changes were detected in children’s behaviors. Further implication and limitation of the study are discussed.

 
138. The Stigmatization of Concealable and Unconcealable Intellectual Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Basic Research
CLAIRE M’LYNN LUNDY (University of Mississippi), Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Yash Bhambhani (University of Mississippi)
Discussant: Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to investigate the degree to which people stigmatize individuals with unconcealable, visible, intellectual disabilities as compared to individuals with concealable, invisible, intellectual disabilities. The first study presented 19 participants with three self-report surveys: the Attitudes Towards Disabled Persons survey (ATDP), the Multidimensional Psychological Flexibility Inventory (MPFI), and a demographic survey. Participants also completed the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP), which measures the accuracy and responding time of the association between images and target words. The second study aimed to improve the disctinction between the photos of people with concealable and unconcealable disabilities. In both studies, participants had an easier time saying that every individual was good and a harder time saying that any individual was bad on the IRAP measures. Although we did not find statistical significance between the self-report measures or of the self-report measures and the last three trial types of the IRAP, we found slight statistical significance between the ATDP and the Apparent- Negative Trial Type of the IRAP.
 
 
 
Poster Session #503
AUT Monday Poster Session
Monday, May 27, 2019
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall
Chair: Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida)
139. Using Telehealth to Manage Problem Behavior: An Evaluation of Dropouts and Cancellations
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
PEI HUANG (The University of Iowa), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa), Kenzie Marie Miller (The University of Iowa), Sungeun Kang (The University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (The University of Iowa), Loukia Tsami (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida)
Abstract: Telehealth can be an effective approach for conducting functional analysis and functional communication training with children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) who display problem behavior (Wacker et al., 2013a; Wacker at al., 2013b). Researchers have investigated various aspects of telehealth delivery, such as cost benefits (Lindgren et al., 2016) and treatment fidelity (Suess, 2014). However, few studies to date has evaluated dropouts and cancellations within this model. The current study analyzed data from a telehealth behavioral assessment and treatment program which is part of a randomized clinical trial of functional analysis procedures in progress across three sites (Lindgren & Wacker, 2015-2019; NIMH R01MH104363). Young children diagnosed with ASD who engaged in problem behavior and their primary caregivers participated in this study. Treatments are based on the results of either a standard functional analysis (SFA) in the standard group or an abbreviated antecedent assessment (brief assessment of motivation; BAM) in the pragmatic group. Within a weekly assessment and treatment model employing functional communication training as the primary treatment, this study looked at the percentage of dropouts/cancellations and the major themes among the reasons for dropping out/cancellations. The results suggest that the most common reasons for dropping out include no response and lost before start; the most common reasons for cancellations include technology issues, health/illness, and schedule conflicts.
 
140. Decreasing Non-Contextual Vocalizations in a Child With ASD Using Differential Reinforcement Procedure
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
NICOLE MARTOCCHIO (Beacon ABA Services), Lisa Tereshko (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Discussant: Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Vocal Stereotypy has been reported to occur in an average of 54% ofindividuals with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) diagnosis (Chebli, Martin, and Lanovaz, 2016). This behavior can take many forms such as repetitive vocalizations, sounds, noises, babbles, or singing that are not directly related to the current context or activity, and can interfere with functional communication and hinder opportunities for social engagement (Ahearn, Clark, and MacDonald, 2007).. The current study examined the use of a differential consequences procedure to reduce vocal stereotypies in a six-year-old boy with ASD . In Phase 1 of this study, a watch on the child’s wrist was established as a discriminative stimulus (SD) that indicated availability of reinforcement contingent on the absence of vocal stereotypy during treatment sessions. Once control over vocal stereotypy in the treatment condition (wearing the watch) was established, Phase 2 of the study was implemented in which procedures to transfer control over stereotypy across people, settings, and activities were implemented. A third experimental phase was then conducted in which the participant was taught to self-monitor frequency of vocal stereotypy and self-deliver reinforcement using a token system. Data indicate that the differential reinforcement procedures implemented in this study were effective in reducing frequency of vocal stereotypy for this participant across all conditions . Discussion the study’s results will focus on social implications, limitations of the current study, and areas for future research.

 
141. Analysis of Precursors to Severe Problem Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JASMEEN KAUR (Kennedy Krieger institute), Amanda Goetzel (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Andrew Yang (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Joelle Krantz (Kennedy Krieger Institute; The Johns Hopkins School of Medicine), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute; The Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute; The Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Functional analysis procedures emphasize identifying the function of problem behaviors by observing differential responding as a result of environmental manipulations. However, each instance of severe problem behavior (SPB) is potentially dangerous. Research on precursors has been limited, however, two methods of identifying precursors have been described, and there is some evidence that interventions targeting precursors can prevent SPB occurrence. One method used to identify precursors is a correlational analysis. However, results are correlational and only indicate a temporal relation between the precursor and SPB. In order for a behavior to be a precursor to SPB, it must also have a functional relation (Fritz et al., 2013). The current study includes both methods described above and was completed with an 8-year-old male with autism who engaged in precursor behavior (negative vocalizations, stomping, and/or dropping to the floor from a standing or seated position) and SPB (self-injury and disruption). Interviews with caregivers and descriptive assessments were conducted to identify precursor and SPB. An experimental analysis of precursors was conducted to demonstrate that precursor and SPB fall within the same functional response class. During test conditions, the therapist systematically delivered social consequences for (1) precursor behavior or (2) SPB. During control conditions, the client had noncontingent access to highly preferred toys and adult attention. Results from the experimental analysis of precursors and the correlational analysis indicated that precursor behaviors reliably preceded SPB, the occurrence of SPB diminished if reinforcement was delivered for precursor behavior, and the behaviors were part of the same functional response class.

 
142. Using Stereotypy as Reinforcement for Alternative Behaviors in a Chained Schedule
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KATIE JOHNSON (University of Missouri-Columbia, Thompson Center for Autism and Neurodevelopmental Disabilities), Casey J. Clay (University of Missouri-Columbia, Thompson Center for Autism and Neurodevelopmental Disabilities), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University)
Discussant: Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida)
Abstract: Some individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) engage in stereotypy or repetitive behavior typically maintained by automatic reinforcement. Chronic stereotypy, especially at high frequencies, can interfere with learning and cause social stigmatization. Response blocking and response interruption and redirection (RIRD) have been found to be effective for reducing motor and vocal stereotypy. Previous literature has also evaluated stereotypy as reinforcement for alternative behaviors, such as functional play or work tasks. The current study sought to replicate and extend previous studies by evaluating the effectiveness of a chained schedule on gaining stimulus control over motor and vocal stereotypy and increasing the complexity of novel alternative behaviors. Preliminary results indicate that chained schedules are effective at reducing stereotypy during the s-delta and increasing the complexity of novel alternative behaviors. These findings emphasize the importance of providing contingent access to stereotypy when attempting to gain stimulus control and highlights the ability of skill acquisition of novel behaviors during the s-delta.
 
143. Mand Acquisition: An Inspection of Prompting Methods Within Mand Instruction
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LORI L. CHAMBERLAIN (PaTTAN Autism Initiative ABA Supports), Ashley Harned (PaTTAN Autism Initiative), Aimee Miller (PaTTAN Autism Initiative), Brooke Stock (PaTTAN Autism Initiative), Amiris Dipuglia (PaTTAN/ Autism Initiative)
Discussant: Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study is to determine if there is a difference in mand acquisition in learners with Autism and other language delays when they are taught to mand using an echoic prompt versus an intraverbal plus echoic prompt. An alternating treatments design was used to compare the rate of mand acquisition between the two different teaching procedures. This study was completed in the past with three participants that showed slower acquisition when mands were taught using the intraverbal plus echoic prompt. The study is being replicated this year with three more participants. These participants are showing mixed results presently. The parameters of mand instruction will be analyzed and discussed concerning important variables to consider during teaching. Motivating operations, prompt levels with early learners versus a learner that has had many mands previously acquired, and finally the use of the intraverbal prompt with instruction for a student that has previously only been taught using echoic prompting only are important variables to analyze with regards to mand instruction.

 
144. Rapport Building and Instructional Fading: Replication in a School Setting
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
STEPHANIE COE (May Institute)
Discussant: Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida)
Abstract: A key diagnostic feature of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is social impairment. Therefore, the teaching of social skills is frequently incorporated into treatment packages for individuals with ASD. However, because of social impairment, escape-related problem behavior can be evoked within the instructional setting (Geiger, Carr, & LeBlanc, 2010). In the current study, the guidelines described by Shillingsburg, Hansen & Wright (2018) were utilized in order to evaluate the effects of rapport building and instructional fading in the minimization of problem behaviors and promotion of social initiations for an 8-year-old boy with ASD. The participant was referred to an early-learner program in a private school for students with ASD due to a high frequency of severe problem behavior, including aggression and self-injurious behavior. The current study serves as an extension of Shillingsburg et al. (2018) in that it utilizes a nine-stage rapport building and instructional fading progression within a school setting. Results of the current study suggest that a treatment package incorporating rapport building and instructional fading is effective in minimizing problem behavior.
 
145. The Use of Technology to Teach Reading Skills to Students with Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Systematic Review of Quality
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SO YEON KIM (Purdue University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University), Rose A. Mason (PUrdue University), Catharine Lory (Purdue University), Emily Gregori (Purdue University), Marie David (Purdue University)
Discussant: Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida)
Abstract: Students with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) have diverse needs in reading. One increasingly popular technique for providing individualized instruction for students with ASD is using technology as an instructional tool. The purpose of this systematic literature review is to determine the quality of the research evidence on technology-based reading interventions for students with ASD and to analyze the characteristics of research studies with high-quality research evidence. A total of 31 experimental studies that incorporated technology (e.g., computer, iPad) into reading interventions for students with ASD were systematically aggregated. The rigor of group design studies (n = 4) and single-case studies (n = 27) were reviewed according to What Works Clearinghouse (WWC) design standards. Overall 17 studies (55%) met the WWC design standards without or with reservations. Descriptive information of technology-based reading interventions with high-quality research evidence (n = 17) was summarized (e.g., age, diagnosis, setting, interventionist, intervention components, outcomes). Additionally, the use of technology during the reading intervention was described based on the type of technology (i.e., hardware, software), roles of technology (i.e., presenting materials, delivering intervention, supporting instruction), and availability (i.e., price). Lastly, implications for researchers and educators will be discussed.
 
146. The Effects of the Mirror Protocol on Generalised Motor Imitation and Early Observing Responses
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
AISLING COLLINS (Jigsaw CABAS® School), Samantha Parker (Jigsaw CABAS® School), Jo Thorne (Jigsaw CABAS® School), Emily Peak (Jigsaw CABAS® School)
Discussant: Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida)
Abstract: The acquisition of a generalised motor imitation (GMI) repertoire is a fundamental developmental cusp that has significant impacts on an individual’s ability to learn without direct instruction and develop their repertoire of habilitative responses, yet studies suggest that children with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often have difficulties acquiring such a generalised repertoire. This research extends previous studies by investigating the effects of the mirror protocol on the inducement of a GMI repertoire and on other early observing responses in a 14 year old male participant who had a diagnosis of an ASD. The participant functioned at the early listener and early speaker levels of verbal behaviour. The research was conducted at an independent CABAS® day school for children on the autism spectrum aged between 4 and 19 years old. Results demonstrated a successful acquisition of GMI following the mirror protocol, with rates of acquisition increasing as phases went on. The protocol also had effects on some of the participant’s early observing responses, therefore the necessity to adjust future curricula for this participant discussed.
 
147. Relative Preferences for Edible and Leisure Stimuli in Children With Autism: A Replication in Italy
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Crystal M. Slanzi (University of Florida), Maria Graziano (Cooperativa Dalla Luna, Bari), GUIDO DANGELO (Cooperativa Dalla Luna, Bari), Daniel E Conine (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Discussant: Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Preference assessments are frequently used to determine which items may function as reinforcers during skill acquisition programs for clients with autism. Numerous studies have found that edibles tend to outrank leisure activities when they are included together in preference assessments (DeLeon et.al., 1997, Bojack & Carr, 1999, Fahmie, et.al., 2015). If so, the reinforcing potential of leisure items may be obscured by the presence of edible items in the same assessment. In recent years, with advances in technology, there are a wider variety of leisure items available, such as tablets and cell phones. As a result, some children may show a greater preference for technological leisure items with respect to food items during preference assessment. To date, only one study has included screen-based media in assessments that compare edible and leisure items (Conine & Vollmer, 2018). The present study replicated Conine and Vollmer with 16 subjects with autism in Italy. Results showed that for 44% of participants a leisure item ranked above all edible items, and for 28% leisure items displaced all edible items. Thus, our study replicates the results of Conine and Vollmer and suggests that these findings have generality across cultures.

 
148. Toilet Training of a 5-Year-Old Boy With Autism Spectrum Without Intellectual Impairment
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
YUMIKO SASADA (Academy of Behavioral Coaching), Kenji Okuda (Educational Foundation of Nishi Karuizawa Gakuen)
Discussant: Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida)
Abstract:

?Study Objectives?The purpose of this study is to examine toilet training and its effects in young autistic children without intellectual impairment. Despite being able to urinate in the toilet for the target child, the use of urine and diaper continued until 5 years old. So we gave consultation to parents and a token - economy to the boy. Subject: A boy with autism spectrum without intellectual impairment, is 5 years old, belong to kindergarten. Urination at the toilet was possible at the age of 3, but parents used diapers as he wanted, even after that. Before the intervention it confirmed to the attending physician that there was no physical abnormality about excretion. Target behavior: To urinate in the toilet Measure: Number of remains urine except toilet Intervention scenes: The time from getting up after getting up to the entrance at home and staying at the kindergarten was targeted. Generalization: The generalization setting was ranging from after kindergarten to going to bed. Procedure: We explained his parents that they continued to use the diaper according to the child's requirements, it increased his behavior to urinate at other place except toilet. We said to the boy, (1) time of morning at home (2) in the morning at kindergarten (3) kindergarten in the afternoon, If he was able to urinate in the toilet without being urinated all their period, he got a hero card. It was also sounded an alarm tone every 45 minutes to guide the toilet. ?Results and Discussion? On baseline, no success was observed for more than 2 days, but from the 6th day of intervention success was successful for 10 days. Given a hero card, the child was joyfully jumped and had the opportunity to voluntarily go to the toilet. There was no enuresis even during the evening hours at home in the generalization setting. In autistic children with excessively restricted or persistent interests and high language ability, parents are involved in the child's claims and sometimes maintain inappropriate life habits. Consultation to parents and motivation for children are important for obtaining appropriate ADL.

 
149. Effect of an Interactive Web Training to Support Parents in the Management of Problem Behaviors: A Randomized Waitlist Study
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
STEPHANIE TURGEON (University of Montreal), Marc J. Lanovaz (Université de Montréal)
Discussant: Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) frequently emit problem behaviors (PB). When left untreated, they are associated with consequences such as social exclusion, limiting learning, and potential harm to the child. However, many families have limited access to effective interventions, such as services based on behavior analysis, due to long waiting lists for public services, geographic isolation, and costs for obtaining services from the private sector. Web-based training for parents can be a useful tool to ensure early access to best practices for reducing PB in children with autism. The effectiveness of a web-based training intervention for decreasing childrens’ PB and increasing modifying parenting practices was assessed using a randomized waitlist design. Forty-seven parents of children with ASD were recruited for this study. Analyses using randomisation tests indicate a significant difference in the change of score for the integrity of the treatment (Mexp.= 1.07; Mwait.= -1.21; p< 0.01), as well as, a marginally significant difference for PB frequency (Mexp.= -12.86; Mwait.= -5.71; p = 0.063) and severity (Mexp.= -8.71; Mwait.= -2.54; p = 0.065). Results for the eight and twelve-week post-tests will also be presented. This study contributes to the knowledge regarding technology as an inexpensive and accessible tool to support families for the management of PB of children with ASD. Limits and future directions will be presented.

 
150. Assessment and Treatment of Response to Name in Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Daniel E Conine (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), ARLEEN M RUIZCALDERON (Florida Autism Center), Molly A Barlow (University of Florida), Emma Grauerholz-Fisher (University of Florida)
Discussant: Catharine Lory (Purdue University)
Abstract:

Many children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) do not reliably respond when their names are called. As such, response to name has become diagnostic for ASD and has been indicated as a critical target for early intervention. The current study extends previous research by evaluating an abbreviated assessment and treatment model for response to name with six children with ASD. Results indicate that tangible reinforcement procedures can produce rapid increases in discriminated response to name, often without the addition of response prompts. After treatment, response to name was maintained at lean schedules of tangible reinforcement for all participants. Caregiver training was also conducted after treatment, and our assessment procedures discriminated between children who did and did not require intervention for response to name. We also used a social screening condition with all participants to assess for deficits and response to name, and to determine whether necessary treatment conditions can be predicted based on performance during screening. The results of this study have implications for clinical practice in terms of efficient approaches to treatment, and methods of programming for generalization, maintenance, and caregiver training.

 
151. An Evaluation of a Clinic-Based Intensive Toilet-Training Package
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JANELLE KIRSTIE BACOTTI (University of Florida), Brandon C. Perez (University of Florida), Kerri P. Peters (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Discussant: Catharine Lory (Purdue University)
Abstract: Toileting skills are often delayed or not acquired by individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) (e.g., Tsai, Stewart, & August, 1981) which can negatively influence their quality of life (Kroeger & Sorensen-Burnworth, 2009). Effective toilet training procedures for young children with ASD have included multiple treatment components that require caregivers to implement them across settings (e.g., LeBlanc et al., 2005). The current study systematically replicated the procedures outlined by LeBlanc et al. (2005) in an early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) clinic. The subjects were three young children with ASD who experience urinary incontinence. A nonconcurrent multiple baseline design across subjects was implemented. The procedures involved a progressive toilet sit schedule, reinforcement for appropriate urinations and self-initiations, positive practice for urinary accidents, increased fluids, a urine sensor and alarm, and communication training. Baseline performance was near zero levels or variable. An immediate change in level of successful performance was observed with the implementation of treatment. These results suggest the toilet training package was effective when targeting urinary continence in children with ASD when implemented in an EIBI setting. This evidence implies children with ASD can be successfully toilet trained when urinary continence is targeted in one setting.
 
152. Equating Target Sets in the Adapted Alternating Treatments Design: A Review of Methods and Recommendations
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JULIE BETH HESTER (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Tom Cariveau (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Sydney Batchelder (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Sydney Ball (University of North Carolina Wilimington), Astrid La Cruz Montilla (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Catharine Lory (Purdue University)
Abstract: The adapted alternating treatment design (AATD) is a commonly used experimental design in comparative studies on instructional procedures. This design allows for the evaluation of two or more independent variables on responding to unique target sets, prominently used in skill acquisition research. A critical feature of this design is that the unique target sets must be equated for difficulty to ensure a valid comparison of the independent variables. The current review included articles published in five behavior-analytic journals that used the AATD between 1985 and 2017. The findings show an increasing trend in the cumulative number of articles using the AATD with 68 total articles published in the reviewed period. Of these articles, less than half (i.e., 42.65%) indicate using any form of logical analysis to ensure that targets are of equal difficulty. Alternative methods for assigning targets to conditions were commonly reported (e.g., random assignment), which may duly affect behavior analyst’s confidence in the findings of these studies. The implications of these findings and best practice in the use of the AATD are considered.
 
153. Research on Technology Used with Preschool Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders: A Systematic Review (1995-2018)
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
EMILY HENG (Université de Montréal), Marc J. Lanovaz (Université de Montréal), Alexia Beauregard (Université de Sherbrooke)
Discussant: Catharine Lory (Purdue University)
Abstract:

Researchers have widely adopted technology to provide intervention and to teach skills to preschool children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Using technology has the advantage of being accessible, and predictable, and these devices often function as reinforcing consequences. With the advance of science and the arrival of new types of technology, the number of studies on this topic has grown and it is difficult for researchers to know what has been done and what has not. This systematic review of studies from 1995 to 2018 therefore aims to provide a current state of the literature and guide future research on the subject. Our systematic review included 168 studies, which were categorized according to their study design, number of participants, settings, types of technology, devices, skills targeted and level of assistance. Our results recommended future studies to explore other types of technologies than speech-generating devices (SGD) and video modeling as they have been getting the most attention up until now. As for the methodology of the studies, our result indicated a need of more group studies following single-cases ones as well as a better isolation of the technology from human interventions to establish a greater conclusion on their efficiency.

 
154. Teaching Functional Communication Using a Picture Exchange Communication System Through Parent Training and Intervention: A Case Study
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
NICOLE GORDEN (Comprehensive Behavior Supports)
Discussant: Catharine Lory (Purdue University)
Abstract:

The Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) is a protocol designed to teach individuals with limited or no communication skills to communicate using pictures. Often, children with Autism display communication deficits at a very young age. Previous studies have shown that intervention in combination with parent training is essential for teaching and generalizing novel skills. The purpose of this poster is to summarize the effects of discrete trial teaching combined with parent training when teaching functional communication in an applied setting. The Board Certified Behavior Analyst used the Picture Exchange Communication System protocol to teach a nonverbal three-year-old child with Autism across a seven month period of intervention. The results demonstrated that the child’s spontaneous communication skills increased during intervention, however acquisition rate increased when parent training was utilized, as well. As a result, the client completed Phase III in the Picture Exchange Communication System protocol. Therefore, increased acquisition was observed when parent-implemented Picture Exchange Communication System training was combined with discrete trial learning during in-home Applied Behavior Analysis sessions.

 
155. A Personal Narrative Intervention for Adults With Autism and Intellectual Disability
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
NICOLE BIRRI (University of Cincinnati), Christina R. Carnahan (University of Cincinnati), Pamela Williamson (The University of North Carolina at Greensboro), Carla T. Schmidt (University of Cincinnati)
Discussant: Catharine Lory (Purdue University)
Abstract:

A personal narrative intervention package was used to teach macrostructure within participant-generated personal narratives. The effects of the personal narrative intervention package were assessed using a combined single-subject, multiple-baseline, and an A-B-A-B design across four adults with ASD and ID. During the initial baseline phase, participants included few macrostructure elements in their personal narratives. When the intervention package was introduced, there was an immediate increase in the number of macrostructure components included in participant-generated personal narratives. A withdrawal of the intervention yielded results similar to those of baseline. Following the reintroduction of the intervention, macrostructure scores immediately increased back to levels similar to those of the initial intervention. The skills taught to participants were maintained across three weeks post-intervention, however, generalization was not demonstrated. This personal narrative intervention package allowed adults with ASD and ID to share personal stories and more meaningful social experiences with others.

 
156. An Examination of Lag Schedules and Response Effort During Functional Communication Training in Children With Autism and Challenging Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
BRYANT C. SILBAUGH (The University of Texas at San Antonio, Department of Interdisciplinary Learning and Teaching), Emily Ailene Corley (University of Texas at San Antonio)
Discussant: Catharine Lory (Purdue University)
Abstract:

Functional communication training (FCT) outcomes are generally vulnerable to relapse evoked by treatment challenges. Basic and applied experiments have suggested that reinforced variability may be more resistant to change than reinforced repetition. Lag schedules of reinforcement can increase variability in play skills, feeding, and verbal behavior such as tacts, intraverbals, and selection-based or topography-based manding. Therefore, reinforcing mand variability during FCT with lag schedules may mitigate recurrence of challenging behavior by strengthening the persistence of manding during challenges to treatment such as a sudden increase in response effort. The current study evaluated potential recurrence mitigating effects of lag schedules during FCT by comparing challenging behavior and manding in an effort challenge preceded by a Lag 0 or Lag 2 schedule of reinforcement in a boy with autism and challenging behavior. We replicated experimental control over mand variability and challenging behavior demonstrated in prior studies but found no benefit of reinforcing mand variability in FCT prior to the effort challenge. Implications for future research are discussed.

 
157. Evaluation of a Brief Engagement-Based Single Stimulus Preference Assessment in Young Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
EMILY AILENE CORLEY (University of Texas at San Antonio), Bryant C. Silbaugh (The University of Texas at San Antonio)
Discussant: Catharine Lory (Purdue University)
Abstract:

Empirical preference assessments enable practitioners to predict which items or activities will function as reinforcers for children with disabilities. For example, practitioners can use a single stimulus preference assessment (SS-SPA) to identify preferred stimuli by repeatedly presenting the learner with stimuli singly and measuring approach or engagement. However, the SS-SPA may be incompatible with many clinical or educational environments due to its lengthy administration time and its utility in young children is not well understood. Therefore, the current study examined an abbreviated engagement-based version of the SS-SPA in two young children with development disorders and evaluated the reinforcing effects of preferred and nonpreferred stimuli in a concurrent operants reinforcer assessment. We discontinued the study for one participant after completing the preference assessment. Our results suggest that a single administration of an engagement-based single stimulus preference assessment can identify preferred stimuli in young children with developmental disorders. We also found that the Reinforcer Assessment for Individuals with Severe Disabilities questionnaire yielded more accurate predictions about reinforcing stimuli relative to our empirical preference assessment. We cautiously conclude that repeated administration of the engagement-based SS-SPA may be necessary to obtain differentiated data and we discuss some of the nuances of conducting reinforcer assessments that measure “in-square” behavior which seem to have received little or no discussion in the literature.

 
158. A Comparison of Nested and Un-Nested Stimuli to Teach Visual Identity Matching
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CLAIRE MARIE CUNNINGHAM (UNMC), Elizabeth J. Preas (UNMC), Regina A. Carroll (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Catharine Lory (Purdue University)
Abstract:

Early intensive behavioral intervention programs often use identity-matching procedures to teach children with autism basic discriminative and relational performances. However, teaching visual discriminations to some children with autism may be challenging when common methods of teaching identity matching have failed. In the current study, we manipulated the tactile features of stimuli to increase the discriminability between identical matching objects for two children with autism. We used an adapted-alternating-treatments design within a concurrent multiple baseline design across sets of targets to compare the effectiveness and efficiency of nested versus un-nested matching stimuli. Nested stimuli were objects in which the participant could place the identical matching stimulus inside the comparison stimulus when presented in an array of two; whereas, the participant placed the identical un-nested matching stimulus next to the comparison stimulus. The overall results showed that participants acquired nested targets in fewer sessions and trials compared to un-nested targets. Findings from this study suggest that tactile manipulation of stimuli may facilitate the acquisition of identity matching for children with autism with a history of failed attempts to teach matching using common teaching procedures.

 
159. An Evaluation of the Psychometric Properties of a Behavioral Assessment of Sibling Relationships
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CHARLENE NICOLE AGNEW (The Graduate Center; City University of New York; Queens College), Emily A. Jones (Queens College, The Graduate Center, City University of New York)
Discussant: Catharine Lory (Purdue University)
Abstract: Quality of sibling relationships is evaluated with written or verbal assessments; however, no assessment of sibling relationships captures the perspective of siblings who cannot complete these measures, such as those with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). A lack of assessments for this population makes it difficult to describe their sibling relationships, evaluate outcomes, and compare sibling interventions. In this study, we investigated a behavioral assessment of sibling relationship preference (the Sibling Relationship Assessment, or SRA) consistent with the methodology of preference assessments. We used a group design to assess discriminability between 10 dyads where both siblings were typically developing and 10 dyads where one sibling had ASD. We integrated the evaluation of SRA methodology into standard psychometric assessment guidelines of reliability and validity for psychological tests. The SRA demonstrated feasibility and efficiency. It also discriminated between groups. We found strong evidence for the psychometric properties of test-retest and inter-rater reliability, but low evidence for convergent and discriminant validity, possibly due to the bidirectional nature of validity assessment and lack of any current measure to assess validity for this population. Overall, the SRA is a feasible, efficient, and psychometrically reliable measure of sibling relationship quality, although further psychometric evaluation is recommended.
 
160. Use of Parent-Mediated Social Story(TM)Intervention for Social Interaction of Korean American Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
VERONICA YOUN KANG (University of Illinois at Chicago), Sunyoung Kim (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Discussant: Catharine Lory (Purdue University)
Abstract:

Greater attention has been on children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) as well as those with culturally and linguistically diverse backgrounds in applied research. The current study evaluated the effects of parent-mediated Social StoryTM intervention on social interaction of three 3- to 7-year-old Korean American (KA) children with ASD. Using multiple baseline design across subjects, the three children and their parents read stories written in their preferred language that illustrated four social play behaviors: appropriate verbal/nonverbal initiations and responses. During intervention, parents and children read the stories and were observed during a 10-min play at home with a designated set of toys. During baseline, generalization with researcher, and follow-up, social stories were not read prior to the 10-min play. Based on a visual analysis and percentage of non-overlapping data (PND), the three children showed improvement in their responses to adults’ initiations as well as in their initiations and affects after reading the Social StoryTM, although PND for initiations were relatively low in two children. The findings suggest that training KA parents of children with ASD to implement the Social StoryTM intervention positively impact children’s social interaction when Social StoriesTM reflect their home language and culture.

 
161. Reducing Blood Draw Phobia in an Adult With Autism Spectrum Disorder Using Low-Cost Virtual Reality Exposure Therapy
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
JAMES NICHOLSON MEINDL (The University of Memphis), Serena Saba (Lewis & Clark College), Mackenzie Gray (Independent Researcher), Laurie L. Stuebing (OR-ABA), Angela Nicole Jarvis (The University of Memphis)
Discussant: Amarie Carnett (University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract:

Needle phobias are common in children and adults worldwide. One effective intervention for this phobia is exposure therapy where a participant is gradually exposed to increasing levels of the fear-evoking stimulus while differential reinforcement is applied. This intervention, however, may be difficult to implement with some medical procedures as it may be difficult to obtain unfettered access to medical facilities and equipment for the purposes of exposure. Virtual reality may overcome these obstacles. In this investigation we developed a low-cost virtual reality-based exposure therapy which was used with an adult male with autism spectrum disorder and a history of extreme needle phobia. The intervention quickly eliminated the phobia and the effects were generalized across settings, behaviors, and time.

 
162. Acquisition of Manual Signs Using Within-Session Prompt Fading and Verbal Reprimands
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JAIME ALYSSA SCIBELLI (Melmark New England), Lauren Carter (Melmark New England), Silva Orchanian (Melmark New England)
Discussant: Amarie Carnett (University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract:

Errorless learning techniques teach skills under dense schedules of reinforcement while minimizing error pattern development. Undesirable outcomes of such techniques include prompt dependency. Paradoxically, physical prompting and error correction may be aversive students, making the relationship between prompting and skill acquisition complex. The purpose of this study was to utilize within-session prompt fading paired with verbal reprimands to overcome prompt dependency in an individual with Autism learning sign language using a multiple baseline design. During phase 1, all correct responses resulted in access to the functional reinforcer; incorrect responses resulted in error correction (full physical prompting). During phase 2, the participant was required to move through the prompting hierarchy until independence was achieved within each trial. Correct prompted responses resulted in verbal praise and the presentation of the next discriminative stimuli; correct independent responses resulted in access to the functional reinforcer. All incorrect responses resulted in a verbal reprimand (that’s not right!) followed by a requirement to repeat the trial. Generalization was assessed across settings and instructors. Procedures were replicated for an additional communicative response. IOA was conducted for 33% of sessions with a mean agreement of 100%. Results showed the intervention was highly effective in producing skill acquisition.

 
163. Using an Eye-Tracking Training Paradigm to Teach Responsiveness to Joint Attention
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ALLISON BRANDMARK (James Madison University), Cassidy White (James Madison University), Sarah Skidmore (James Madison University), Raquel Dash (James Madison University), Trevor F. Stokes (James Madison University), Krisztina Jakobsen (James Madison University)
Discussant: Amarie Carnett (University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract: Young children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) commonly display a deficit in Joint Attention (JA), which is correlated with delayed language development and lower levels of communication and social skills later in life. JA is a social interaction in which attention is concurrently managed between an object or event and a social partner. Several studies have successfully trained JA in children with ASD using in-person behavior analytic methodologies. With the development of new technology, researchers have started using an eye-tracking device for a more precise measurement of JA. This has led to innovative training paradigms. The current study used an eye-tracking device to train preschool-aged children with a deficit in JA to engage in JA using a prerecorded video. The participants, who were between the ages of four and six and who were suspected of having ASD, were shown videos of a model engaging in JA. Using most-to-least prompting, at least one participant successfully learned to follow the model’s eye-gaze and began to engage in JA with the model. While data is still being collected, training JA with an eye-tracking device and prerecorded videos may be equally effective and possibly easier than in-person trainings.
 
164. Treatment of Stereotypy: Differential Reinforcement Schedules and Reinforcer Delivery Rate
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
FINLEY CRUGER (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Angelica J Sedano (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Chelsea Hedquist (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University)
Discussant: Amarie Carnett (University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract: We used multielement and reversal designs to compare two differential reinforcement schedules, differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) and differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) in three individuals with autism who exhibited automatically-reinforced stereotypy. DRA was more effective than DRO for decreasing stereotypy and increasing appropriate engagement and productivity. A potential explanation for this differential efficacy is DRA may have been resulted in a greater reinforcer delivery rate than DRO. To examine this possibility, we retrospectively collected frequency data on reinforcer delivery from video samples of DRA and DRO sessions. For two of three participants, the mean rate of reinforcer delivery was higher in DRA than in DRO, suggesting that a higher density of reinforcer delivery was correlated with increased efficacy. Implications for clinical practice and suggestions for future research will be discussed. Interobserver agreement was collected for 37.1% of sessions and averaged 98.8%.
 
165. The Effects of Prompts in Error Correction in Early Behavioral Intervention for Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CHENGAN YUAN (Arizona State University)
Discussant: Amarie Carnett (University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract:

Error correction is one of the most common procedures used in early behavioral intervention programs for children with autism. Effective error-correction procedures are critical to facilitate task acquisition and typically include a prompt for learners to make a correct response. A variety of prompts during error correction have been reported, such as vocal model (e.g., Kodak et al., 2016) and gestural prompt (Leaf et al., 2016). However, given prompting procedures may have differential effects (e.g., Finkel & Williams, 2001; Ingvarsson & Hollobaugh, 2011), error correction with different prompts warrants investigation. The purpose of this study is to compare the effects of error-correction procedures with an echoic or a tact prompt on the acquisition of an intraverbal skill of three children with autism. When an error occurs, the instructor will either deliver an echoic model or a tact prompt for the participants to make a correct response. A multiple baseline design with embedded alternating treatments is used to detect differential effects of the two error-correction procedures. The results may provide guidance for effective use of prompts during error correction for children with autism in an early behavioral intervention setting. Data collection will be completed in February 2019.

 
166. Bite Sized: Teaching Self-Pacing to a Child With Autism During Mealtimes
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KATHRYN ANN HOYLE (SARRC), Brent Seymour (Southwest Autism Research)
Discussant: Amarie Carnett (University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract:

For individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), the area of feeding can be a challenge for many. Issues with feeding can range from skill deficits related to consumption, food selectivity, and prior traumatic experiences. Specifically, teaching one to safely consume a broader variety of foods and textures is critical to increase the individual’s adaptive repertoire, and as a result provides lifelong opportunity for social enrichment during mealtimes. The goal of the present study was to teach a child with ASD to learn self-pacing, while engaging in independent feeding. Extra-stimulus prompting and systematic manipulation of bite amount were used to teach the participant to pace themselves and consume an age-appropriate amount of food during each bite. The stimulus was then faded to a common plate used at home and school, and the number of bites available on the plate was gradually increased. Results indicate that fading the stimulus, as well as, manipulation of the amount during bites was successful in teaching a child to consume a safe and appropriate number of sequential bites while self-feeding.

 
167. Quantifying Small-Group Interactions With Motion Capture System: Perspectives on Behavioral Development
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
MASASHI TSUKAMOTO (Keio University), Airi Tsuji (University of Tsukuba), Satoru Sekine (Keio University), Kenji Suzuki (University of Tsukuba), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University)
Discussant: Amarie Carnett (University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract:

Using engineering technologies to quantify interpersonal interactions could provide another perspective for the social intervention in children with autism. This pilot study aimed to evaluate the small-group interactions between two typically developing children (age 6, respectively) and two adults using the motion capture system (MCS). This experiment consisted of a single session including testing phases and interaction phases. In testing phases (baseline, post 1, and post 2), the children and the adults played a kind of volleyball which required to toss a balloon toward each other, wearing a specialized cap which acquires the information about head position. The children freely moved around and touched the balloon in the circle with a diameter of approximately four meters while the adults were pinned in the predetermined position. Results from testing phases showed that the rate of children’s engagement to the adult who intended to reinforce their social-communicative responses in interaction phases consistently increased (Fig. 1). Our concern is whether we could observe a correlation between the number of interactions such as toss a balloon and the tripartite interpersonal distance calculated from information of head positions (the MCS data is under analysis).

 
168. Using Acoustical Feedback to Improve Autistic Student Behavior During Transitions
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ADELE ANAGRAFICA CARPITELLI (Centro di Ricerca ed Apprendimento Allenamente TICE Live and Learn), claudia loria (Centro di Ricerca ed Apprendimento Allenamente), Valentina Petrini (Centro di Ricerca ed Apprendimento Allenamente), sara nutini (Centro di Ricerca ed Apprendimento Allenamente)
Discussant: Amarie Carnett (University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract: Transitions are a natural part of everyday activities during the day when moving from one activity or place to another. Extended transition durations, particularly transition periods between one activity and another are related to problem behavior among children in educational, and all other settings (Ardoin, Martens, & Wolfe, 1999. The percentage of time spent in transitions during a school day is about 18-25% (Schmit, Alper, & Raschke, 2000), and 85% of teachers in preschool and kindergarten classrooms identified independent transitions as a critical key to success (Wilder, Chen, & Atwell, 2006). The purpose of this study was to evaluate the utility of auditory feedback to improve transition behavior in a children with autism using a changing criterion design. The dependent variables measured were the percentage of correct steps emitted by the student during the 5 minutes baseline and frequency of problem behavior in baseline. The independent variable was a training based on a modified TAGteachTM procedure and correction to decrease problem behavior while increasing appropriate walking. The results indicated that the intervention was successful in reducing problem behavior and increasing the percentage of correct step during transition for the participant.
 
169. Increasing Leisure Item Engagement in an Individual With Restricted Interests
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ELIZABETH PRESCOTT (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Abigail McVarish (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Eileen M. Roscoe (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Valerie Hall (New England Center for Children; Western New England University)
Discussant: Amarie Carnett (University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract:

The purpose of the current study was to increase simple and complex leisure item engagement across a variety of non-electronic items. An individual with autism, who engaged with an iPad to the exclusion of other leisure activities, participated. Response restriction (RR) preference assessments were conducted before, during, and following training to determine whether shifts in response allocation emerged. A multiple baseline across items design was used. We assessed leisure item training, including prompting and differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA), for increasing simple and complex forms of item engagement. Prompting alone was sufficient in increasing simple engagement to criterion levels. However, the addition of DRA was required to increase complex engagement. Increases in engagement occurred with an untrained leisure item. Shifts in response allocation from iPad to non-electronic leisure items occurred in post-training RR assessments. Reliability was collected in 31% of sessions and averaged 97%.

 
170. Using Essential for Living to Determine Selection-Based Communication Systems Among Learners Without Alternative Methods of Speaking
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
EMILY BEAL WILKINSON (Victory Academy), Kristina Vera Montgomery (Victory Academy), Danielle Vernon (Victory Academy), Jade Rey (Victory Academy), Anna DeMots (Victory Academy), Katie Anderson (Victory Academy)
Discussant: Amarie Carnett (University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract:

Typically, behavior analysts assess for augmentative or alternative communication systems by analyzing a client’s vocal-verbal behavior, fine and gross motor skills, visual discrimination and selection skills, and behavioral barriers (Valentino, et al., 2018; Sundberg, 1993). However, little research exists that establishes criteria or decision protocol for specific device selection, once the need has been determined. The Essential for Living (EFL) curriculum and assessment is a “comprehensive functional, life skills curriculum, assessment, and skill-tracking instrument designed for learners with moderate to severe disabilities and limited skill repertoires” (McGreevy, Fry, & Cornwall, 2014, p. 1). The assessment initiates a vocal-verbal intake of the client and provides clear categories of vocal profiles and speaker behavior to assess the need for alternative or augmentative communication systems. We used the EFL to specifically categorize the vocal-verbal and communication skills of 21 students, across three life-skills classrooms, and found that, of the 12 students who were eligible for or using devices, seven did not meet criteria for an effective, alternative method of speaking. Novel systems that lowered the response effort to request specific items were then introduced to those students, initially eliminating the need for a two-hit response to access preferred items. The result was a steady increase in engagement, independence and accuracy.

 
171. Examining Unclear Preference Assessment Results due to "Saving the Best for Last" Bias
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MWUESE NGUR (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Christopher M Dillon (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Amarie Carnett (University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract: Determining client preferences is an integral step in the development of a behavior change program. Research has yielded several empirical methods to assess client preference; however, it is unclear whether one preference assessment method may yield more accurate results for clients with specific characteristics over other methods. In this study, two preference assessments were conducted with a 15-year-old male diagnosed with autism and moderate intellectual disability who engaged in severe aggressive behavior. During a multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessment (DeLeon & Iwata; 1996), results across trials were inconsistent, and at times it appeared the participant “saved the best for last.” Following the MSWO, a paired stimulus (PS) preference assessment (Fisher, Piazza, Bowman, Hagopian, Owens, & Slevin; 1992) was conducted and a clear hierarchy of preferred items was observed. When the top item chosen from the MSWO was compared to the top item of the PS, the item ranked first in the PS was chosen by the participant 100% of trials.
 
172. Evaluating the Paired-Stimulus Preference Assessment for Identifying Social Reinforcers for Skill Acquisition
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Alison Schaefer (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children), ANGELICA J SEDANO (New England Center for Children; Western New England University)
Discussant: Hanna C. Rue (Autism Spectrum Therapies)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to replicate and extend previous research on pictorial-paired-stimulus (PS) preference assessments with social stimuli by assessing the generality of outcomes across multiple reinforcer assessments. A 16-year-old boy with autism participated. Following implementation of the PS assessment, highly preferred (HP) and less preferred (LP) attention forms were evaluated in two subsequent reinforcer assessments. First, we conducted a concurrent-operant arrangement in a reversal design, using a simple arbitrary response (i.e., target touch). Responding was allocated to the HP relative to the LP and control options; however, responding was allocated to the LP relative to control when the HP option was no longer available. Second, we conducted a single-operant arrangement in a multielement design, using a more complex arbitrary task (i.e., 8-step LEGO structures). Criterion performance was achieved only when the HP item was contingently delivered. Reliability was calculated for 33% of sessions and agreement averaged 96%.

 
173. Relations of Learning Abilities, Task Characteristics, and Acquisition of Skills in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MARIA PONGOSKI (Manitoba Association for Behaviour Analysis, University of Manitoba), Geneviève N. Roy-Wsiaki (Université de Saint Boniface), C.T. Yu (University of Manitoba)
Discussant: Hanna C. Rue (Autism Spectrum Therapies)
Abstract:

The current study seeks to establish whether learning ability and task difficulty interact to affect the rate of task acquisition for children with autism spectrum disorder in an early intensive behavioural intervention (EIBI) program. To do so, training tasks selected from the Assessment of Basic Language and Learning Skills-Revised that were previously categorized into learning ability levels will be taught to three children recruited from an EIBI program. For each child, three training tasks will be selected as Matched, Mismatched Above, and Mismatched Below the child’s current learning ability level and will be taught using discrete trial teaching methods. Within-subject and between-subject comparisons will be conducted to evaluate acquisition rates across training tasks. Results from this study may provide clinicians with pertinent information to create more efficient and individualized training procedures for children enrolled in EIBI programs, who are subject to increasing waitlists and delays in services.

 
174. The Effects of Reinforcer Magnitude on Preference for Response-Reinforcer Arrangements
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JACOB ANDREW RICHARDSON (Evergreen Center), Kimberly Beckman (Evergreen Center), John Claude Ward-Horner (Evergreen Center), Joseph M. Vedora (Evergreen Center)
Discussant: Hanna C. Rue (Autism Spectrum Therapies)
Abstract:

The purpose of this experiment was to examine the effects of reinforcer magnitude on preference for response-reinforcer arrangements. A 16-year-old boy with autism participated in the study. Within each experimental phase, the participant was provided a choice among different response-reinforcer arrangements. The continuous arrangement consisted of completing an entire academic task followed by continuous reinforcer access, the discontinuous arrangement consisted of dividing the academic task and reinforcer access into several smaller units, and the control condition consisted of completing an academic task without accessing reinforcement. The magnitude of reinforcement in the continuous arrangement was manipulated across experimental phases by providing shorter duration of access to the reinforcer. With the exception of one experimental phase, the participant preferred the continuous arrangement despite that it resulted in an 80% reduction in the total duration of access to the reinforcer. These results suggest that continuity of access to a reinforcer may be an important variable influencing preference for response-reinforcer arrangements.

 
175. Stimulus Pairing Observation Procedure and Echoic Response: Effects on Intraverbals Emergence in Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MALENA RUSSELAKIS CARNEIRO COSTA (University Federal of Pará), Carlos Souza (Universidade Federal do Pará)
Discussant: Hanna C. Rue (Autism Spectrum Therapies)
Abstract:

The emergence of intraverbals is mainly studied through procedures that involve differential reinforcement such as tact training and listener training. However, another procedure called the ‘Stimulus Pairing Observation Procedure’ (SPOP) emerged as an alternative to verify the emergence of verbal repertoires. This procedure consists of observation of stimuli presented contiguously, where the only response required is the observation and does not involve differential reinforcement of any responses. Studies have shown that verbal operants can be established through SPOP, and have also emphasized the role of echoic behavior as an intermediator in the emergence of tact, listener, and intraverbal responses. This study compared the efficacy of the SPOP with and without requirement of echoic response in the emergence of intraverbals in three children with autism spectrum disorder, with a multiple probe design with alternating treatment. The study consisted of seven phases: 1) Evaluation of syllable articulation; 2) Initial Intraverbal Probe; 3) Tact Training; 4) Baseline; 5) Implementation of treatments; 6) Generalization test; 7) Maintenance test. Results showed the efficacy of SPOP in intraverbal acquisition and the mediator role of the echoic behavior. Effects of training and testing without reinforcement and task structure are discussed.

 
176. Using a Video Modeling Treatment Package to Teach Imitation
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SOFIA F. PETERS (Western Michigan University), Corinne Kelley (Western Michigan University), Sarah Bradtke (Western Michigan University), Kelly Kohler (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Hanna C. Rue (Autism Spectrum Therapies)
Abstract: Imitation is a critical skill that allows individuals to learn through less restrictive prompting methods and may allow access to less restrictive learning environments such as a typical classroom, where instruction is often delivered by modeling. Many individuals with autism learn to imitate with interventions that utilize live models with least-to-most prompting strategies, but for some, these methods are not successful or efficient. While video modeling has been used to teach a variety of skills to individuals with autism, there is limited research using video models to teach imitation. This study investigated the effectiveness of using a video modeling treatment package to teach imitation to children with autism who had been unsuccessful with previous teaching methods. Baseline consisted of the treatment-as-usual, which used live models and least-to-most prompting. A multiple-baseline across behaviors was used to evaluate the effectiveness of using a video modeling treatment package to teach imitation, which consisted of video models and most-to-least prompting faded within session. Results and implications are discussed.
 
177. The Predictive Utility of Preference Rank on Substitutability of Preferred Foods by Healthier Alternatives
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SARAH WEINSZTOK (University of Florida), Kissel Joseph Goldman (University of Florida), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida)
Discussant: Hanna C. Rue (Autism Spectrum Therapies)
Abstract: Nutrition and weight status was listed as a primary focus of the Healthy People 2020 report. Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) may be especially vulnerable to nutritional deficits, as often these individuals may exhibit selective or restrictive eating habits. Selective eating repertoires can lead to overweight or obesity and/or nutritional deficits. One way to combat overweight and obesity through nutrition is to replace unhealthy foods with healthier substitutes. Therefore, the purposes of this study were: (1) to determine if topographically similar, but healthier, alternatives would substitute for less healthy foods commonly used as reinforcers, and (2) determine if preference rank for the alternatives predicts this substitution. Preferred foods and healthier alternatives were first ranked through paired-stimulus preference assessments. The most highly preferred foods in each assessment, and their pair, were then examined in a concurrent progressive-ratio assessment to determine if the healthier alternative functioned as a substitute for the preferred foods. Alternatives were considered substitutes if responding shifted towards the healthier alternative as the behavioral cost to access the preferred food increased. Results show that some healthier, formally similar, alternatives readily substitute for highly preferred foods. Implications for interventions to increase nutritional status among individuals with autism are discussed.
 
178. A Comparison of Electronic to Pen-and-Paper Data Collection: A Case Study in an Autism Service Agency
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Larissa Zwick (The University of Western Ontario), Lauren Kryzak (Above and Beyond Learning Group), NICOLE M. NEIL (University of Western Ontario)
Discussant: Hanna C. Rue (Autism Spectrum Therapies)
Abstract: Clinical decisions regarding a child’s behavior intervention plan are based on the analysis of continuous measurement of child performance. The efficacy of treatment is compromised when integrity errors occur during the data collection or graphing. Traditional intervention sessions use a paper-and-pencil method whereby trained instructors must adhere to clinical requirements for graphing data by hand. The use of an electronic software program (e.g. Catalyst) is an alternative modality for data collection where therapists are able to record, store, and program discrete trial data. The purpose of this study was to compare the pen-and-paper methods and Catalyst software on measures of integrity and social validity. Secondary analysis of data was conducted comparing measures of integrity 3 months prior to, and 3 months following the introduction of Catalyst Software for seven children with a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder receiving home-based applied behavior analytic treatment from a service agency in New Jersey. Measures of integrity show variable outcomes as a result of the introduction of the Catalyst Software. Social validity measures such as how therapists, team leaders, and parents perceive the significance of goals, the appropriateness of procedures, and the importance of the effects of Catalyst will also be reviewed.
 
179. Evaluating Long-Term Direct and Indirect Outcomes From A Severe Behavior Day Treatment Model
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JAMISON KEITH KEENUM (Children's Healthcare of Atlanta), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center), Nadratu Nuhu (Marcus Autism Center), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: Hanna C. Rue (Autism Spectrum Therapies)
Abstract: Behavior analysts typically use percent reduction of problem behavior as a primary outcome measure when evaluating intervention effectiveness for the treatment of problem behavior (Scheithauer, Muething, Silva, Gerencser, Krantz, & Call, 2018). However, families of individuals who engage in severe problem behavior are likely to experience a number of outcomes beyond what is captured by percent reduction. To date, few researchers have systematically evaluated the broader impact of behavior interventions, beyond the observed reduction of problem behavior, on the lives of patients and their families. In addition, the long-term outcomes of treatment gains following successful discharge have yet to be evaluated using data from both direct observations and indirect measures. The purpose of the current study was to assess the global long-term impact of problem behavior interventions on families from a sample of individuals that received treatment from a severe behavior day treatment model. Indirect measures include Behavior Problem Index, Parental Stress Index, and Severity Rating Scale. The current study includes data from participants’ severe behavior day treatment admissions at three time points during the admission: pre-treatment, post-treatment, and follow-up. Outcomes from the study may provide valuable information regarding how the global impact of interventions used to treat severe problem behavior maintain following discharge.
 
180. Examining Collateral Effects of Functional Communication Training for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KENZIE MARIE MILLER (University of Iowa), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa), Kelly Pelzel (University of Iowa), Nicole Hendrix (CHOA), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Loukia Tsami (UHCL), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Sara Elizabeth Wise (University of Iowa)
Discussant: Hanna C. Rue (Autism Spectrum Therapies)
Abstract:

One of the most common behavioral treatments for problem behavior in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is functional communication training (FCT; Tiger, Hanley, & Bruzek, 2008). Studies have shown FCT to be an effective treatment, even when training is delivered via telehealth (Lindgren et al., 2016). Despite numerous studies showing reductions in problem behavior in the training context, little research has been conducted on response generalization or collateral effects of FCT outside of the training context. Using a variety of standardized ratings scales to measure collateral effects, this poster presents findings from a multi-site, large-n study on FCT for young children with autism using telehealth. Thirty-four children with ASD who responded to FCT were assessed prior to and immediately following treatment. The results suggest that there is some collateral benefit related to targeted and nontargeted behaviors outside of the training context for some, but not all participants. Implications on clinical practice and future research will be discussed.

 
181. Effects of Short-Term Behaviour Consults for Adolescents and Adults With Autism and Intellectual Disabilities
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
LAUREN COWLED (Great Start Behaviour Services)
Discussant: Hanna C. Rue (Autism Spectrum Therapies)
Abstract:

Due to the way funding for disability is distributed in Australia, many of the clients we provide services to have a limited pool of funding for the year, so optimising service delivery, has been crucial. Our service provides home-based behaviour support consultation, to help carers learn how to identify the function of a behaviour, decide what to teach the individual, and then how to teach. We work with the client, and their carers, to assess and observe the behaviour, gather baseline data, develop a comprehensive Positive Behaviour Support Plan, and provide ongoing consulting services using Behaviour Skills Training to coach carers to implement strategies. Sessions are supplemented with information sheets on various topics including reinforcement, task analyses, and data collection. We provided this service for seven clients, aged 9 - 23, diagnosed with Autism and Intellectual Disability, in their homes, schools, and workplaces, in Sydney, Australia. Data indicate that over the course of 6 months, challenging behaviour decreased, while skills taught to replace the behaviour increased. Limitations with this study include lack of social validity data, and lack of observation of generalisation in multiple environments. Future directions include working with carers to enhance maintenance and generalisation.

 
182. An Analysis of Treatment Outcomes for Insurance-Funded ABA Programs in a Growing Digital and Direct World: Paper and Pen Versus Point and Push
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
SAM GARCIA (The ABRITE Organization)
Discussant: Hanna C. Rue (Autism Spectrum Therapies)
Abstract:

The practice of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in the treatment of children with autism has been widely accepted as an empirically validated treatment, therefore many health insurance carriers now provide ABA treatment for their members diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. As more medical insurance providers adopt the new American Medical Association category I CPT codes for billing ABA therapy services or “adaptive behavior services,” an examination of the efficiency of data collection methods is particularly emphasized given the requirement for qualified health professionals (QHP) to be “face to face” with the client or family. A move toward more direct services from a BCBA or BCaBA encourages ABA providers to look toward more efficient modalities to examine behavior data, learner prompting data and specifically skill acquisition data. This study seeks to discuss and examine trials to mastery data, prompt data and duration to mastery data between a paper and pen data collection system verses a digital data collection system. Results are discussed in relation to learner outcomes along with their organizational and clinical implications. Moreover, study limitations and recommendations for future studies of learner outcomes provided by insurance funded ABA programs are discussed.

 
184. A Consecutive Case Series Analysis of Resurgence and Renewal in a Clinical Sample
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LAURA SUZANNA COLEMAN (Marcus Autism Center), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Recurrence of previously extinguished problem behavior poses a threat to maintaining treatment gains both in the clinic and in generalization settings. Resurgence and renewal are both examples of recurrence phenomena that may occur independently, but little is known about their potential relationship. We conducted a consecutive case series analysis of thirty-two participants with autism who were admitted to a day treatment clinic to examine the relationship between the potential for resurgence when increasing the Sdelta interval of a multiple schedule of reinforcement and renewal observed during context changes. Results indicated that the likelihood of renewal was the same whether or not resurgence was observed during the first thinning step of the multiple schedule. However, when resurgence was observed, the magnitude of renewal was considerably higher than when resurgence was not observed (see Figure1). These preliminary results suggest that clinicians should anticipate a considerable increase in problem behavior when there is a context change later in treatment (i.e., renewal) when resurgence is observed earlier in treatment.
 
185. ?Utilizing a Positive Punishment Procedure to Decrease Bruxism in an Individual With an Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
JEFF SCHRAM (Engage Behavioral Health), Amye Morris (Engage Behavioral Health), Faith Woerner (Engage Behavioral Health)
Discussant: Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Bruxism otherwise known as excessive teeth grinding can have serious health concerns. Individuals who engage in bruxism can cause irreversible damage to their teeth, gums, and bones. This case study included a six-year-old female diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. The procedure used to reduce bruxism included positive punishment and took place in a clinical setting. Generalization with parents and maintenance measures were collected. As a result of the punishment procedure there was a decrease in teeth grinding. Positive punishment procedures may have beneficial implications on bruxism in a clinical setting.

 
186. Relocation Barriers Faced by Military Families With Children Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
BRITTNEY FARLEY (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; Collaborative Autism Resources and Education), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Military families relocate three times more often then nonmilitary families. This is concerning for military families who have children diagnosed with ASD due to inconsistencies faced relocation such as a delay in services and no continuity of care. The current study aims to expand on previous research relating to barriers of military families who have children with ASD following relocation and identify potential causes of delays in services. An online survey methodology to obtain information from 25 military caregivers with children diagnosed with ASD and 20 ABA providers. Descriptive statistics were used to analyze caregiver demographics and service delivery questions. Caregiver reports were consistent with current research on barriers military families face the following relocation. Based on caregiver reports delays in services can be contributed to provider waitlists lasting one to six months, obtaining a new referral taking one week to two or more months, and the intake process including a new assessment.

 
187. Feeding Problems in Children With Typical Development and Autistic Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
Felipe Diaz (Guadalajara University), JAIME GUTIÉRREZ (Guadalajara University), Jonnathan Gudiño (Guadalajara University), Maria Acero (Guadalajara University)
Discussant: Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Child feeding problems is a term used to describe dysfunctional childhood feeding. Children with eating problems show a wide variety of behaviors at mealtime. Feeding problems can range from mild to severe. The typical development in children refers to the acquisition of various skills that characterize children of similar ages within the same culture. These characteristics are severely deficient or not found in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The ASD is a condition characterized by problems in different areas such as social interaction, communication, stereotyped patterns of behavior, as well as motor delays that lead to eating or swallowing problems. Interventions based on applied behavior analysis (ABA) have shown to be effective in the modification and resolution of behavioral problems in children with typical development and ASD. Therefore, the purpose of the present project is to identify and modify the behavior problems related to problems of food and basic self-care through an intervention based on ABA in Mexico. These interventions will be probed in children with typical development and ASD.

 
188. Cognitive Behavioural Therapy to Treat Obsessive-Compulsive Behaviours in Children With Autism: A 5-7 Year Follow-Up
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HEATHER JAKSIC (University of Manitoba), Courtney Denise Bishop (Brock University), Dana Kalil (Brock University), Tricia Corinne Vause (Brock University), Nicole M. Neil (University of Western Ontario), Jan Frijters (Brock University), Maurice Feldman (Dept. of Applied Disability Studies, Brock University)
Discussant: Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Children with high functioning Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often engage in repetitive behaviours similar to those seen in Obsessive Compulsive Disorder. Recent research supports the use of a manualized Cognitive Behavioural Therapy (CBT) treatment package to treat these obsessive-compulsive behaviours (OCBs) in children (ages 7 to 12 years) with high functioning ASD (Vause et al., 2018). This package adapted traditional CBT to meet the unique needs of children with ASD (e.g., increased use of visuals, highly repetitive, a protracted cognitive component). However, there are limited studies that included extended follow-up. The current study evaluated treatment outcomes, five to eight years after the children received nine sessions of group CBT to treat their OCBs. Standardized (i.e., Repetitive Behavior Scale–Revised - Compulsive, Ritualistic, and Sameness subscales) and behavior specific parent-report questionnaires between baseline, post-treatment, and five to eight years following treatment were compared. Results from the 13 participants showed a substantial reduction in OCBs between pre-test and follow-up as well as no significant difference between post-test and follow-up. Qualitative data collection is ongoing. Future implications and limitation of these results will be discussed.

 
189. A Comparison of Prompting Methods for Teaching Receptive Identification
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KAYLEE TOMAK (Western Michigan University), Kelly Kohler (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Receptive language is critical for the development of spoken language (Grow & LeBlanc, 2013). Many activities that children engage in throughout their daily lives and education require them to have a receptive identification repertoire. Fisher, Kodak, and Moore (2007), and Carp, Peterson, Arkel, Petursdottir, and Ingvarsson (2012) compared methods for teaching receptive identification to individuals with autism. The methods used include a control condition, the use of a least-to-most prompting hierarchy embedded in the error correction, and the use of a picture prompt embedded in the error correction. This study was a replication of their comparison that extends their findings and assesses the efficacy of an additional method, the use of an immediate picture prompt being presented simultaneously with the auditory sample stimulus. This study is expected to help children with autism and other developmental disabilities acquire a receptive identification repertoire. If successful, this procedure could determine a more efficient alternative to other receptive identification procedures.
 
190. Use of Discrimination Training to Establish Instructional Control and Introduction of Novel and Non-Preferred Demands
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LAURA SABIN MILSTREY (The BISTA Center), Becky Baize (The BISTÅ Center)
Discussant: Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Fisher et. al. (1998) established a procedure whereby differential reinforcement of communication (DRC) was used to teach participants to tolerate delays to or tolerate denied access to reinforcement. In the present study, we attempt to extend the current literature by showing that using discrimination training to teach certain conditions with varied instructions and demands, results in positive effects of treatment. These effects include higher compliance percentages, decreased occurrences of problem behaviors when new or novel demands are introduced to sessions, and promotes better generalization and fidelity of treatment. A functional analysis of mands was conducted to assess whether the participant would exhibit problem behaviors upon the termination of mand compliance by the therapist. Upon establishing function of problem behavior, a treatment protocol using DRC with an accompanying SD and S△ was developed, resulting in problem behavior rates dropping to near zero rates per session, and higher compliance percentages per session whenever novel demands were introduced.
 
191. An Evaluation of Antecedent-Based Modifications During a Functional Analysis of Severe Problem Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ELISSA SPINKS (Kennedy Krieger Institute; University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute; University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Molly K Bednar (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Darre'll Joseph (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Loyola University Maryland), Brody Cavanaugh (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Although a general model for conducting functional analyses (FAs) exists, modifications are often necessary. Hagopian, Rooker, Jessel, and DeLeon (2013) evaluated FAs for 176 cases and noted that modifications classified as antecedent, consequent, and/or design were often conducted when initial results were inconclusive. We describe an antecedent-based modification made during the FA of problem behavior for a 14-year-old boy. Results from the standard FA suggested that his behavior was maintained by automatic reinforcement. However, anecdotal observations and parental report indicated that his behavior may also be maintained by access to attention and preferred items. Therefore, we modified the FA to be more representative of his home environment where problem behavior often started when he was alone. In the modified FA, each test condition began with him alone in a room. Contingent on problem behavior, a therapist entered the room and delivered various consequences (i.e., attention or access to a preferred toy) or he was left alone (i.e., in the alone condition). Results of the modified FA indicated that his problem behavior was sensitive to both automatic reinforcement and attention. A treatment consisting of noncontingent attention, functional communication, and competing stimuli was effective in reducing his problem behavior.

 
192. Teaching Job Interview Skills Using Behaviour Analysis
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HEATHER CHURCH (Western University), Phoebe So (Centre for Addiction and Mental Health (CAMH))
Discussant: Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas)
Abstract: In the Province of Ontario, Canada, efforts are being made to assist teenagers and young adults who have Autism to obtain work. The focus of these efforts tend to be on job placement and vocational skills training. Using video modelling, this multiple baseline design research focused on teaching four young adults how to conduct a task analysis to prepare for and complete a job interview.
 
193. Effects of Two Methods for Programming Reinforcement of Multiple Alternative Responses in a Test for Behavioral Resurgence
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER SCHWARTZ (The New England Center For Children; Western New England University), Chata A. Dickson (New England Center for Children; Western New England University)
Discussant: Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

In this translational study of behavioral resurgence, a 16-year-old young man with autism received small pieces of a preferred snack upon clicking moving objects on a computer screen. One object was designated as the target response (TR) and clicking this was reinforced during an establishment phase. Two objects were designated as the alternative responses (AR1 and AR2) and clicking these was reinforced during the elimination phase as follows: in the serial condition AR1 was reinforced for several sessions, and then AR2 was reinforced for several sessions. In the alternating condition, the object designated for reinforcement alternated each session. Elimination phases were followed by a resurgence test wherein no reinforcement was delivered. Data collection was automated by the computer program, and all analyses and calculations were verified by the second author. Each condition was completed twice, yielding two comparisons. In the first comparison, there was more complete elimination of the target response in the serial condition and greater resurgence in the alternating condition. These outcomes were not replicated in the second comparison. This failure to replicate may be accounted for by repeated exposure to the extinction condition. Extensions and methodological considerations will be discussed.

 
194. Matrix Training and Behavioral Generactivity: Teach of Autoclitic Tacts for Children With Autism Spectrim Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JADE LOUISE RODRIGUES (Universidade Federal do Pará), Sara Keuffer (Universidade Federal do Pará), MALENA RUSSELAKIS CARNEIRO COSTA (Universidade Federal do Pará), Mariane Guimarães (Universidade Federal do Pará), Álvaro Júnior Melo Silva (Universidade Federal do Pará), Carlos Souza (Universidade Federal do Pará), Romariz Barros (Universidade Federal do Pará)
Discussant: Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos)
Abstract:

Considering the importance of teaching verbal repertoires to children with ASD, mainly recombinative repertoires, the present study consisted of the systematic replication of a study, using two 3x3 matrices formed by nouns and verbs. Two children diagnosed with autism participated of the study, and a non-concurrent multiple baseline design was implemented between participants. The independent variable was the training in matrix, which consisted in the training of the three diagonal relations of the matrix, and the dependent variable was the percentage of correct answers in the matrix test, which verified the emergence of the relations of autoclitic tacts (noun and verb) with the six stimuli not involved in directly trained relations; and the emergence of relations involving the nine elements of the second matrix for which there was no training. The study consisted of the following phases: 1) baseline; 2) diagonal matrix training; 3) training matrix test; 4) generalization matrix test; 5) maintenance test and 5) direct teaching of relations that did not emerge. The results showed that the training in the matrix was effective for the establishment of autoclitic tacts for the participants of the present study. Points related to stimulus control are discussed in the study.

 
195. Measuring Electrodermal Activity in the Context of Shifting Reinforcement Contingencies
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
ANDREA ZUCHORA (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Chata A. Dickson (New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos)
Abstract:

Investigation of physiological correlates of behavioral variability may help improve understanding of differences in effects of reinforcement across contexts and individuals. Two students with autism at a special education residential school wore wireless wristbands that monitored electrodermal activity (EDA) as they completed a free-operant tabletop task which entailed placing a ball in one of two Montessori object-permanence boxes. Small pieces of a preferred snack were delivered according to concurrent schedules (FR 1/EXT), and unsignaled, unpredictable contingency changes were effected over the course of 48-66 sessions, sometimes within the same day. We evaluated relations between response allocation, EDA level (µS), and coefficient of variation (CV) in EDA. For both participants, same-day contingency reversals resulted consistently in lower levels of EDA and decreased allocation of responding to the reinforced alternative, as compared to comparable sessions without a same-day contingency reversal. Other analyses, however, did not show systematic relations between experimental manipulations and measures of EDA. Interobserver agreement (IOA) was calculated for 53% of sessions by dividing the total frequency of responses recorded by the first observer by the total frequency of responses recorded by another observer. The average IOA calculated was 96%, with a range of 91%-100%. Methodological considerations and extensions will be discussed.

 
197. A Case Study: Omnibus Mand Plus Delay and Denial Tolerance Training to Reduce Tantrum Behavior in an Adolescent With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KODIE HEADING (Logan Center- Sonya Ansari Center For Autism), Erin Rockhill (Logan Center- Sonya Ansari Center For Autism), Ashly Voorde (Logan Center- Sonya Ansari Center For Autism), Britany Melton (Endicott College; Logan Center- Sonya Ansari Center For Autism)
Discussant: Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos)
Abstract:

Self-injury and aggression are common behaviors observed in individuals with autism spectrum disorder (Kanne & Mazurek, 2010). These behaviors can cause serious harm to themselves and others as well as interfere with learning (Erickson, Srivorakiat, Wink, Pedapati, & Fitzpatrick, 2016). The present case study involves one individual being treated using variations of omnibus mand training combined with delay and denial tolerance teaching (Hanley, Jin, Banselow, & Hanratty, 2014). Data will be presented on frequency of aggressions and self-injury, as well as the duration of tantrum behavior. The data presented will be from January 1, 2018 through December 31, 2018. Approximately nine months of the data takes place after the intervention; the first three months take place before the intervention. There has been a decrease in all three behaviors, most notably in tantrum duration. Treatment and general strategies will be discussed. All phase changes throughout the course of treatment will also be discussed.

 
198. Establishment of Listener and Tacts With Intraverbal Control Possessive Pronouns in Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SARA KEUFFER (Universidade Federal do Pará), MALENA RUSSELAKIS CARNEIRO COSTA (Universidade Federal do Pará), Juliana Lobato (Universidade Federal do Pará), Michelle Brasil (Universidade Federal do Pará (UFPA)), Álvaro Júnior Melo Silva (Universidade Federal do Pará), Romariz Barros (Universidade Federal do Para), Carlos Souza (Universidade Federal do Pará)
Discussant: Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos)
Abstract:

The reversibility is pointed out as a difficulty in teaching pronouns for children with autism, as in the case of "mine" and "yours", which may refer to the same object in the same situation, but the use of one or another depends from the speaker's perspective. Considering perspective-taking relations and their importance to the development of children with autism, the objective of this study was to investigate the establishment of listener and autoclitic tact with intraverbal control of possessive pronouns in children with autism through Discrete Trials Training. A nonconcurrent multiple baseline experimental design was implemented among three participants. The procedure consisted of the following phases: 1) baseline of listener and autoclitic tact with intraverbal control of possessive pronouns (mine, yours, his and her); 2) listener relations training; 3) tact relations training; and 4) randomized test of tact and listener behaviors. Results showed that the procedure used was effective in teaching tact and listener relations of possessive pronouns for all participants. It is discussed that the training of tact and listener have occurred separately can be a reason for the effectiveness of the procedure and the need for future studies in this area.

 
199. Using Behavioral Skills Training to Teach Children With Autism to Seek Help from Police Officers When Lost
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ANGELICA A. AGUIRRE (Minnesota State University, Mankato), Greta Kos (Minnesota State University, Mankato)
Discussant: Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos)
Abstract:

Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) are at an elevated risk of becoming lost in otherwise mundane situations due to running away or wandering behaviors (Anderson et al., 2012). When children with ASD become lost it may be difficult for them to effectively and efficiently seek help from community helpers in a safe manner due to communication deficits and poor social skills (Dogan et al., 2017). The present study will use a multiple-baseline design to evaluate the effects of a behavioral skills training (BST) procedure to teach children with ASD how to identify when they are lost and how to seek help from confederate police officers in a center-based setting. Pretest and posttest generalization probes will be conducted to probe the participants’ interactions with different confederate police officers. BST will consist of teaching participants when to seek help and how to identify and communicate with a police officer. Proposed results anticipate that all children with ASD will increase their help seeking behaviors by asking a confederate police officer for help when lost during posttest in-situ generalization probes. Limitations and future research will be discussed.

 
200. Differential Results of Diverted and Divided Attention in Caregiver-Conducted Functional Analyses
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTINA SIMMONS (Rowan University), Jessica Nastasi (Rowan University), Brieanna Sanchez (Rowan University), Donald Daly (Rowan University)
Discussant: Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos)
Abstract: Positive reinforcement in the form of access to attention is a commonly identified function of aberrant behavior (Beavers et al., 2013). Clinicians frequently evaluate attention in a functional analysis (FA) to determine the maintaining role of this consequent variable. However, the antecedent of restricted attention may differentially evoke problem behavior whether attention is diverted (i.e., one person to another activity) versus divided (i.e., between two or more individuals). Determining which type(s) of restricted attention evoke aberrant behavior may influence FA results and subsequent treatment. In this study, two separate conditions were included in the FA when the functional assessment interview conducted with all participants receiving in-home behavioral services indicated that both diverted and divided attention were likely to evoke problem behavior. The case manager for each client conducted the FA as they typically would with the addition of diverted and divided attention conditions. All FAs were conducted by caregivers. Preliminary results suggest differing patterns across participants with a function identified in neither condition (16.67%), both conditions (50%), and only one condition (33.33%). No significant difference was found for number of sessions in each condition. Further questions that may better differentiate attention types and improve the efficiency of FAs are discussed.
 
202. Boundary Conditions of Observational Learning in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ANDREW PIERCE BLOWERS (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kevin C. Luczynski (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Ciobha Anne McKeown (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos)
Abstract:

Studying observational learning entails modeling contingencies for a child and subsequently testing whether the child learned. Researchers have identified a set of skills considered fundamental (called observational learning component skills) to establishing observational learning in children with autism. Attending to only a part of the contingency during observation opportunities, the stimulus modalities of contingencies modeled, observing an insufficient number of observation opportunities, and deficient component skills are some variables that may influence whether a child with autism will exhibit observational learning. In the current study, we initially sought to identify boundary conditions of observational learning in children with autism. We promoted attending to all parts of contingencies during observation opportunities, tested observational learning across four contingencies with different stimulus modalities, and developed an assessment to empirically identify the number of observation opportunities to model before testing. All children learned in baseline, albeit after experiencing a number of individualized observation opportunities beyond what would likely occur systematically in their home or school environment. Thus, we decided to identify a procedure that would lead to observational learning after a minimal number of observations of the same contingency. Teaching children to imitate the model’s behavior and engage in differential observing responses to the consequences the model experienced in observation opportunities was effective in teaching these children to leverage observational learning.

 
204. The Effects of Speaker Immersion Protocol on Independent Mands
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
RUBY SARA GIBSON (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Discussant: Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos)
Abstract: Independent language is the way in which individuals communicate and learn about the environment around them. Speaker immersion protocol (SIP), is a tactic used to increase vocal behavior of children with verbal delays. This tactic uses multiple establishing operations (EOs) in order to increase speaker behavior. The current study used a multiple probe design to evaluate the effects of SIP on the emission of mands for two fifth grade male students. The researchers collected pre-intervention probes on the emission of verbal vocal operants (VVOs) emitted across three non-instructional settings (NIS). In addition, the researchers collected data on the participants’ use of target form of the mand during EO pre-, and post- intervention probes throughout the day, which is referred to as EO probes. SIP occurred during two 15-min sessions in the morning and afternoon during NIS, with a total of 60 opportunities to mand for preferred items that the researchers contrived. During intervention, the researchers recorded correct and incorrect responses of the target mand, and the researchers implemented a correction procedure if the participant emitted an incorrect response. Results of this study showed an increase in mands across Participant A and B during EO probes, but not as dramatic of an increase in NIS. The researchers discuss on expansion of this study, as well as limitations within this experiment. Keywords: establishing operations, mands, speaker immersion protocol
 
205. Analyzing Trends in Empirical and Non-Empirical Behavior Analytic Relational Frame Theory Research, 1990-2017
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ELANA SICKMAN (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Taylor Lauer (Missouri State University), Breanna Lee (Missouri State University), Annalise Giamanco (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos)
Abstract:

Relational Frame Theory (RFT) provides a contemporary account of human language learning that may have several applications within Applied Behavior Analysis. We reviewed the current state of RFT research that was published in major applied behavior analytic journals from 1990 through 2017. The review extends upon prior work by directly comparing the publication of empirical and non-empirical studies within both a stimulus equivalence and RFT account of language development. Our results show that the publication rate for both empirical and non-empirical articles has increased over this time; however, following 2003, the rate of increase for empirical articles has exceeded the rate of increase for non-empirical articles. Our results also show that the journals that have most frequently published research on RFT or equivalence are the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and The Analysis of Verbal Behavior. These journals differ in that JABA has historically been more likely to publish empirical research, whereas TAVB has historically been more likely to publish non-empirical research. The presence of published studies across applied behavior analytic research along with overall rates of increase suggest that RFT and equivalence research is becoming increasingly prevalent and accepted within Applied Behavior Analysis.

 
 
 
Noteworthy Activity #492B
Presenter Meet and Greet
Monday, May 27, 2019
1:30 PM–2:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall
 
RYAN LEE O'DONNELL (RYANO, LLC), RICHARD F. RAKOS (Cleveland State University)
 

Meet presenters to discuss their research, ask questions, or just say "hi."

 
 
Noteworthy Activity #492C
Presenter Meet and Greet
Monday, May 27, 2019
2:00 PM–2:30 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall
 
WILLIAM M. BAUM (University of California, Davis)
 

Meet presenters to discuss their research, ask questions, or just say "hi."

 
 
Noteworthy Activity #492D
Author Signing
Monday, May 27, 2019
2:00 PM–3:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, ABAI Bookstore
 
KENT JOHNSON (Morningside Academy), BOBBY NEWMAN (Proud Moments), RICHARD W. MALOTT (Western Michigan University)
 

Purchase one of the many available titles at the bookstore and stop by to have it signed by the author!

 
 
Noteworthy Activity #492E
Presenter Meet and Greet
Monday, May 27, 2019
2:30 PM–3:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall
 
NIRVANA PISTOLJEVIC (EDUS; CABAS and Teachers College, Columbia University)
 

Meet presenters to discuss their research, ask questions, or just say "hi."

 
 
Noteworthy Activity #504
Passport Prize Drawing
Monday, May 27, 2019
2:45 PM–3:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, ABAI Bookstore

Pick up your passport at the Registration Desk; visit the exhibitors indicated in the passport and have each square initialed; drop your completed passport in the box at the bookstore; and join us on Monday for the prize drawing!

 
 
Symposium #505
Addressing the Needs of Children With Autism Across Social, Academic, and Behavioral Domains
Monday, May 27, 2019
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom D
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Catharine Lory (Purdue University)
Abstract:

Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) is a complex disorder and the needs of this population are multi-faceted. This symposium aims to explore the use of behavior analytic treatments to address the social, academic, and behavioral needs of children with ASD. The first paper describes the results of a multiple-baseline design study that evaluated the effects of multiple exemplar training on responses to disguised mands and body language. The second paper describes the effects of adapted eBooks within a shared reading intervention on reading comprehension and task engagement of elementary aged students who were not fluent with decoding. The third paper examined the impact of a treatment package consisting of visual activity schedule and choice on the challenging behavior of young children when presented with less preferred task demands. Together, these papers utilized behavior analytic interventions to contribute to the evidence base that serves the dynamic and critical needs of children with ASD.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): challenging behavior, communication, reading
 

Teaching Children With Autism How to Respond to Disguised Mands and Body Language

PATRICIO ERHARD (Texas State University), Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos), Katy Davenport (Texas State University-San Marcos)
Abstract:

Children with autism experience considerable difficulty responding to nonliteral language when compared to their typically developing peers. There is emerging research showing that children with autism can benefit from multiple exemplar training to identify and respond to nonliteral communication, such as disguised mands. However, there is little research that examines the use of body language (such as gestures, emblems, paralinguistic cues) as modes of conveying nonliteral requests. A multiple baseline research design across participants was implemented to examine whether multiple exemplar training is an effective way to teach children with autism how to respond to both disguised mands and body language. Results suggest that role-play and multiple exemplar training improved responding to disguised mands and body language. Social validity questionnaires were also administered. Social validity data indicated that the intervention was well-received by the participant’s parents and that improvements were meaningful. Ultimately, this study replicates and extends previous research (Najdowski et al., 2018). Directions for future research are offered.

 

Effects of Adapted Science eBooks Within Shared Reading on Comprehension and Task Engagement of Struggling Readers With Autism Spectrum Disorder

SO YEON KIM (Purdue University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University), Catharine Lory (Purdue University), Emily Gregori (Purdue University), Marie David (Purdue University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study is to examine the effects of adapted science eBooks within shared reading on reading comprehension and task engagement of students with ASD who have limited decoding skills. A grade-level science book is selected for each participant and converted to an eBook consisting of various features (e.g., pictures, highlighted keywords, text-to-speech). During shared reading, the participants is taught intensive comprehension strategies: (a) Before reading, the interventionist pre-teaches a key vocabulary with definition, examples, and non-examples; (b) During reading, the participant is guided to focus on the main idea of each paragraph; and (d) After reading, the participant is guided to summarize the content using picture cards. A single-case multiple probe design is used to determine a functional relation between variables. This study was piloted with fluent readers with ASD. Results of the pilot study indicated that all three participants with ASD increased reading comprehension and task engagement after shared reading and the improvement was maintained overtime. This ongoing study is expected to extend the outcomes of the pilot study to struggling readers with ASD. Inter-observer agreement, treatment fidelity, and social validity data will be obtained, and implications for practice and future research will be discussed.

 

Treatment of Escape-Maintained Challenging Behavior in Children With Autism Through Visual Schedule and Choice

CATHARINE LORY (Purdue University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University), Emily Gregori (Purdue University), So Yeon Kim (Purdue University), Marie David (Purdue University)
Abstract:

Children with autism tend to engage in challenging behavior more than other children, especially during transitions between activities, and in response to less preferred task demands. It has been established in existing literature that visual schedules are effective for maximizing on-task behaviors and reducing challenging behavior in individuals with autism. However, some research groups have shown that challenging behavior may not be effectively reduced when a less preferred task is presented on the visual schedule, which may serve as a stimulus for escape-maintained challenging behavior. This study was developed to target these non-responders. We identified less preferred tasks through multiple-stimulus preference assessments and implemented a treatment package consisting of visual schedule and within-activity choice. A reversal with embedded alternating treatment design was utilized to (a) examine the effects of the treatment package on the reduction escape-maintained challenging behavior during less preferred tasks and (b) compare the effects between the treatment package and the visual schedule without choice treatment. Preliminary results of two young children with autism suggest (a) the treatment package was effective in reducing challenging behavior during less preferred tasks and (b) the treatment package had more consistent effects than the visual schedule only treatment on the reduction of challenging behavior.

 
 
Symposium #506
CE Offered: BACB
Playing and Pretending: A Behavioral Approach to Teaching Pretend Play
Monday, May 27, 2019
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Lobby Level, Plaza Ballroom AB
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Nancy J. Champlin (ACI Learning Centers)
CE Instructor: Nancy J. Champlin, M.S.
Abstract:

Play is an integral part of typical development and should be an emphasis in early intervention for children with autism (Lifter & Bloom, 1989). Utilizing behavioral intervention leads to significant increases in play skills (Stahmer, 1995) and decreases inappropriate behaviors including self-stimulatory behaviors (Sani-Bozkurt & Ozen, 2015). The Pretend Play and Language Assessment and Curriculum (PPLAC) is a developmentally-sequenced, behaviorally- based tool designed to establish and expand pretend play in children, ages 2-7. The 5 elements of pretend play, category, agent, object, advanced, and the essential skills to sociodramatic play, are targeted systematically to teach independent and sociodramatic pretend play to children with autism. The studies in this symposium evaluate the effectiveness of the PPLAC when teaching various stages of pretend play. Familiar play actions and corresponding vocalizations from Stage 1: Single Agent were taught across three communication modalities to further assess the correlation between play and language. Object of play, specifically symbolic play, was evaluated to identify preferences in object substitution items. Additionally, the effectiveness of two behavioral interventions, script fading and video modeling, was evaluated when targeting a sequence of play in Stage 3: Play Schemes.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Pretend Play, Script fading, Symbolic play, Video modeling
Target Audience:

BCBA, BCaBA

Learning Objectives: 1) Participants will identify five elements of pretend play including category, agent, object, advanced play, and the essential skills to sociodramatic play 2) Participants will identify attributes of object substitution items including size, shape, and color to utilize when teaching pretend play 3) Participants will identify how to use a speech generating device when teaching pretend play 4) Participants will identify the systematic approach to introducing and chaining targets in Stage 1 5) Participants will label the social expectations for targets in Stage 1: Single Agent from the Pretend Play and Language Assessment and Curriculum 6) Participants will identify effective interventions to teach a sequence of pretend play actions and corresponding vocalizations 7) Participants will compare rates of acquisition, maintenance, and generalization for two behavioral interventions, script fading and video modeling
 

An Evaluation of Object Substitution Items in the Symbolic Play of Children With Autism

NANCY J. CHAMPLIN (ACI Learning Centers)
Abstract:

Development of symbolic play is indicative of a child's cognitive development (Casby, 2003). Object substitution is the form of symbolic play that has been most systematically related to future language development (Smith & Jones, 2011). Substituted objects initially tend to be ambiguous, simple in shape, have minimal surface details, and are geometrically similar in shape (Smith & Jones, 2011; Ungerer Zelazo, Kearsley, & O’Leary, 1981). When utilizing behavioral interventions children with autism are capable of the same level of symbolic play as typically developing children (Charman & Baron-Cohen, 1997). The purpose of this study was to assess object substitution preferences between household items and alternative toy items for three boys with autism, ages 2-5, across three different play targets. Object substitution items were analyzed for similar size, shape, color, and function. Following acquisition of the play target with the actual item, the adult modeled the play action and corresponding vocalization with the item (e.g., hot dog) immediately prior to presenting the child with two object substitution options to complete the play action. The results comparing the selections were evaluated. The outcome of this study demonstrated that household items were more frequently selected when compared to alternative toy items.

 
Teaching Pretend Play Actions Across Three Communication Modalities
MELISSA SCHISSLER (ACI Learning Centers)
Abstract: Pretend play provides critical learning opportunities for all children in their everyday lives (Ozen, Batu, & Birkan, 2012), and is the primary context to establish and expand social communicative skills (Mathieson & Banerjee, 2010). Sigman and Ruskin (1999) identified a correlation between play and language development. Deficits in functional speech lead to barriers in participation and inclusion during play (Boesch, Wendt, Subramanian, & Hsu, 2013). Utilizing augmentative and alternative communication can address these barriers. The purpose of this study was to teach three children diagnosed with autism, ages 2-5, play actions and vocalizations across 20 targets in Stage 1: Single Agent from the Pretend Play and Language Assessment and Curriculum. Familiar actions and vocalizations were taught across three additional elements of pretend play: agent, object, and essential skills to sociodramatic play. Three communication modalities were utilized in the study including vocalizations, PECS, and a speech generating device. A concurrent multiple baseline across participants was conducted across three actions and vocalizations. The outcome of the study demonstrated the efficacy of the steps identified in Stage 1: Single Agent, to teach all 3 children, across communication modalities, single play actions with corresponding vocalizations incorporating four of the five elements of pretend play.
 
Script Fading or Video Modeling to Teach One Character Role in a Sequence of Play
MOLLIE ANN RICHERT (ACI Learning Centers), Nancy J. Champlin (ACI Learning Centers), Melissa Schissler (ACI Learning Centers)
Abstract: Character roles are an important aspect of pretend play that lead to more successful social play opportunities in the future (Ozen, Batu, & Birkan, 2012). Behaviorally-based interventions have been effective in teaching children with autism appropriate play skills (Palechka & MacDonald, 2010). The purpose of this study was to compare script fading with video modeling when teaching a sequence of independent pretend play actions and vocalizations for one character role to children with autism. Script fading and video modeling have been compared to other interventions in the research such as pivotal response training (Lydon, Healy, & Leader, 2011) and social stories (Dudleston, 2008). Results compiled from studies utilizing video modeling or scripts have been compared (Sng, Carter, & Stephenson, 2014), however, these interventions have not been directly compared in single-subject research. A multiple baseline across participants with an adapted alternating treatment design was implemented. One character role was taught for two play schemes, each consisting of seven scripted play actions and vocalizations. Script fading and video modeling were effective in teaching all 4 participants a sequence of play actions and vocalizations for one character role.
 
 
Symposium #507
CE Offered: BACB
The Use of Technology to Teach Skills to Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Monday, May 27, 2019
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom C
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kian Assemi (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD) )
CE Instructor: Kian Assemi, M.S.
Abstract:

Recent advancements in technology have increased the use of technology to assist and teach individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Technology-based tools have been used in various capacities, including augmented and alternative communication (AAC), prompting tools, and video modeling. As technologies have become more affordable and accessible, researchers have investigated the efficacy of computer-based interventions (CBIs) and virtual reality (VR) tools to teach a wide range of skills, including academic, language, social, and adaptive skills, to individuals with ASD. VR technology has been of particular interest for teaching prosocial behaviors such as social and safety skills, such that VR allows individuals to actively participate in an immersive environment while simultaneously receiving immediate visual and auditory feedback. Additionally, VR simulations replicate naturalistic settings and increase generalization of skills from the virtual environment to the real world. This symposium presents: 1.) an updated literature review on the technological advances used to teach individuals with ASD, with a focus on VR tools, 2.) a study evaluating the efficacy of CBI to teach receptive language skills, and 3.) a study evaluating the efficacy of VR to teach safety skills.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): autism, technology, treatment, virtual reality
Target Audience:

Researchers and clinicians practicing applied behavior analysis (ABA)

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss recent technological advancements used to teach individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD); (2) discuss the efficacy of a computer-based intervention (CBI) to teach receptive language skills to children with ASD; (3) discuss the efficacy of virtual reality (VR) training to teach safety skills to children with ASD.
 

A Review of Technological Advancements to Teach Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder

KIAN ASSEMI (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD))
Abstract:

Computer-based instruction (CBI) and video-based instruction have become more commonly evaluated variables in applied behavior analytic literature. Recent research has found support for the efficacy of video-based instruction for teaching social skills to children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). As CBI technology progresses, so does the potential of different behavior analytic applications that use such technology. Some CBI procedures, such as mobile applications, have incorporated the gamification of learning tasks, which involve presenting educational material in a format that emulates a game. Such gamification procedures have the potential to create motivation for individuals to learn skills that would otherwise remain unlearned. More recently, immersive virtual reality has been used to teach skills to individuals with ASD. Research has found that significant gains can be made for individuals with ASD in areas such as theory of mind, emotional recognition, safety skills, and occupational functioning. Additionally, using virtual reality may offer the ability to teach behaviors that could otherwise result in dangerous natural consequences (e.g., crossing the street, cutting with knives) in a safe manner. Finally, virtual reality may be helpful in practicing behaviors for which the context for learning is rare or difficult to emulate (e.g., desensitization to flying on a plane, practicing safe behavior during an earthquake).

 

The Use of a Mobile Application to Teach Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

ESTHER HONG (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Marlena Novack (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Dennis Dixon (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Doreen Granpeesheh (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD))
Abstract:

Computer-based interventions (CBIs) have been used in various capacities to assist individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). CBIs are comprised of software developed to provide treatment using built-in mechanisms, such as instructional tools, immediate feedback, and data collection. The current study evaluated the efficacy of a mobile application, Camp Discovery, which was designed to teach receptive language skills to children with ASD based on the principles of applied behavior analysis (ABA). A total of 28 participants (2-8 years old) with ASD were randomly assigned to an immediate treatment group (N = 15) or delayed treatment control group (N = 13). Participants in the treatment group made significant gains, p < .001, M = 58.1, SE = 2.13, following 4 weeks of interaction with the mobile application as compared to the control group, M = 8.4, SE = 2.13. Further, acquired skills were maintained one month after application usage was discontinued. The present findings support the use of CBI to deliver ABA-based treatment to individuals with ASD.

 

The Use of Virtual Reality to Teach Safety Skills to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

CHRISTOPHER MIYAKE (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Dennis Dixon (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Karen Nohelty (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Marlena Novack (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD))
Abstract:

Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) have impairments across a wide range of skills, including safety skills. Teaching safety skills to individuals with ASD is critical, given the potentially dangerous and fatal consequences. Although several methods (e.g., video training, mock simulations, natural environment training) have been used to teach street-crossing skills to children with ASD, these methods have been ineffective in generalizing skills to real-life street-crossing scenarios. Virtual reality (VR) technology may be a solution to teaching safety skills to individuals with ASD, such that VR environments provide immersive, realistic scenarios in a safe, controlled manner. The current study used a multiple baseline design to teach three children with ASD (5-8 years old) street-crossing skills. All natural environment pre-treatment, post-treatment, and probe sessions were conducted in uncontrolled traffic areas. All VR probe and training sessions were conducted using the Oculus Rift headset and sensors. Pre-treatment probes demonstrated that all three participants averaged below 50% accuracy on the identification of safe and unsafe conditions in the natural environment. Following the VR training treatment, all three participants demonstrated 100% mastery of street-crossing skills in the natural environment. The current findings suggest that VR tools may be a safe and viable method for teaching safety skills to individuals with ASD.

 
 
Panel #508
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Addressing the Global Application of Applied Behavior Analysis: The Expansion of an Orphanage to an Applied Behavior Analysis-Based School in China for Children With Multiple Disabilities
Monday, May 27, 2019
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Fairmont, Lobby Level, Cuvee
Area: CSS/DDA; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Dorothy Xuan Zhang, Ph.D.
Chair: Dorothy Xuan Zhang (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; George Mason University; ABA Professional Committee of China Association of Rehabilitation of Disabled Persons (ABA-CARDP)
JESSICA CALIXTO (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; George Mason University; ABC Behavior)
HELAYNA BANKS (ABC Behavior)
LEAH JOY MADDOX (ABC Behavior; George Mason University)
Abstract:

There is a call for behavior analysts to research and create adaptations for those with multiple disabilities and impairments in all areas of the world. With growing attention to Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) as an approach to assist children with disabilities, ABA methodologies are spreading globally. Popular assessments available in the field, however do not adhere to individuals with multiple disabilities and significant impairments. This session will address the challenges encountered by a group of behavior analysts who spent two weeks introducing ABA to an orphanage in Fuzhou, China, that has had no prior exposure to ABA principles. The treatment plans created, incorporated child-specific adaptations for 25 children in the orphanage that are not easily assessed through common modalities. From this trip, it was ascertained that steps would need to be taken to accurately assess the skills and deficits of these children, many of whom were non-verbal, blind, and/or wheelchair bound. Since this experience, the expansion of the orphanage to include a school specializing in ABA has begun. The successes and challenges of creating an ABA school in a novel setting as well as ways to contribute to the school will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

The target audience would be for those interested in continuing their education on the global application of Applied Behavior Analysis.

Learning Objectives: The audience will be able to identify cultural factors that may influence treatment. The audience will gain basic understanding of adaptations possible for children with multiple disabilities and significant impairments. The audience will have an understanding of establishing an ABA-based school in a novel location and global application.
Keyword(s): adaptations, China, global application, multiple disabilities
 
 
Symposium #509
CE Offered: BACB
Filling in the Gaps: Expanding Our Understanding of Automatic or Undifferentiated Functional Analysis Findings for Individuals With Challenging Behavior
Monday, May 27, 2019
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom B
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: David R Donnelly (University of Rochester)
CE Instructor: David R Donnelly, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Since first published (Iwata et al., 1982), the process of Functional Analysis (FA) has profoundly changed the process and effectiveness of Applied Behavior Analytical (ABA) treatment for individuals with challenging behaviors. Across ages and diagnoses, ABA has provided empirically validated evidence based treatment for behaviors maintained by attention, escape from demand, or tangibles. Yet in the years that have followed, the identification of automatic (assumed to be sensory) or undifferentiated findings has not kept pace, and this has left Behavior Analysts without a clear approach to treatment. This often results in needing to rely on default technologies that are often controversial, and less effective. In this symposium, we will discuss the potential significance of behavioral history on understanding the individual’s idiosyncratic function(s) of behavior; Looking at biological variables as potential motivating operations in further clarification of the function(s) of behavior; and working toward moving to more environmentally mediated variables informed by fine grained analysis of automatic reinforcement maintaining the behavior. Practical suggestions regarding more effective practice and research to address challenging behavior will be included.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

BCBAs and BCBA-Ds in practice, as well as those providing training for Behavior Analysts

Learning Objectives: 1) Symposium attendees will be able to identify potential benefits to Functional Analysis from including Behavioral History in their assessment. 2) Symposium attendees will be able to identify potential biological contributors to challenging behavior, as well as treatment approaches incorporating this information. 3)Symposium attendees will be aware of the relationship of scheule of automatic reinforcement, and the potential this information has in providing effective treatment for challenging behavior.
 

Expanding the ‘Standard’ Functional Analysis: The Contribution of Behavioral History to Understanding and Treating Challenging Behavior

(Service Delivery)
DAVID R DONNELLY (University of Rochester)
Abstract:

Each individual’s behavior is a result of their own ontogeny, or individual behavioral history, in the environment(s) where the behavior occurred. The concept that future behavior is influenced by past consequences is a cornerstone of the field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). In assessing the function of present behavior, however, most Functional Analysis (FA) approaches place little or no emphasis on this important source of information. Obtaining a behavioral history can shed light on the potential function of behavior that would otherwise seem to be maintained by sensory or undifferentiated (unknown) reinforcement, but may in fact be maintained by idiosyncratic consequences. This presentation will focus on the process and value of analysis of historical information in developing a hypothesis regarding the function of challenging behavior, which is the purpose behind FA. Application of this process can significantly improve the accuracy of a FA, and potentially give rise to treatment that is more effective.

 
Transfer of Behavioral Function: From Automatic Function to Social Function
(Service Delivery)
ZHICHUN ZHOU (Webster University), David R Donnelly (University of Rochester)
Abstract: Prior work in the behavioral field has produced four main functions to explain the exhibition of challenging behaviors. Different variations of socially mediated functions and the schedule programming of these social functions have also been discussed in hopes of developing tools to fully analyze behavioral functions, thereby designing and strengthening function-based behavioral interventions. However, the degree of understanding of automatically-maintained challenging behaviors remains at the beginner stage in the field. This presentation will shed light on the topic that has been barely examined by behavioral researchers; namely, the function of the schedule of automatic reinforcement on challenging behaviors maintained by automatic reinforcement. The presentation will examine how behavior analysts can program the schedule of social functions to compete the effects of the schedule of automatic reinforcement, in order to gradually transfer the function that is unobservable and unmeasurable to the social function that is observable and measurable. Further, potential behavioral intervention that is based on the schedule of automatic reinforcement will be discussed.
 
Toward a Biological Analysis of Self-Injury: A Critical Review of Behavior Analysts' Methods of Analyzing Automatic Functions of Challenging Behavior
(Theory)
ELIZABETH ANDRESEN (Autism Learning Partners), David R Donnelly (University of Rochester)
Abstract: The field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has greatly progressed since Iwata and colleagues (1982/1994) established a method to analyze and understand challenging behavior with the standard functional analysis (FA). However, behavior analysts still continue to face difficulty when analyzing and treating complex behaviors; particularly self-injurious behavior (SIB) maintained by automatic reinforcement. Automatic reinforcement as we know it is defined by the absence of social reinforcement; however, does this really indicate full understanding? Recent data suggest that treatment for automatic reinforcement, especially when indicated by an undifferentiated FA pattern, is significantly less effective than treatments for socially mediated behaviors (Hagopian, Rooker, & Zarcone, 2015). Additionally, despite a significant literature base supporting biological components of these complex behaviors, little research has been done in this area since the late 20th century, and little has been incorporated into functional analysis methodologies. This presentation will serve as a critical review of the literature analyzing behaviors maintained by automatic reinforcement, indicated through functional analysis, citing data from behavior analytic and neurobiological journals. All in all, this presentation will strongly suggest a synthesis of biological and environmental variables when analyzing behavior to promote the most effective treatment.
 
 
Symposium #510
CE Offered: BACB
Aging and the Future: Developmental and Conceptual Analyses
Monday, May 27, 2019
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Montreux 1-3
Area: DEV/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Genevieve M. DeBernardis (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Frances K. McSweeney (Washington State University)
CE Instructor: Mitch Fryling, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The present symposium considers two socially important topics pertinent to behavioral development; aging and planning for the future. The first presentation will focus on aging specifically. In doing so the presentation especially describes the various aspects of aging, both biological and psychological, as well as how cultural factors impact the aging process. The second presentation will focus on planning for the future, highlighting both conceptual and practical implications of this. Moreover, planning for the future will be considered in developmental perspective, and the difficulty associated with planning for the future across the lifespan is considered. This analysis will consider a number of topics, including time, distinguishing the future from the past, rule-governed behavior, and the vast contextual circumstances that impact all behavior. Given all of this, strengths and limitations of common strategies in planning for the future will be considered, and implications for understanding behavior development over time are highlighted.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Practicing behavior analysts, researchers, graduate students, those interested in behavioral development and conceptual analysis.

 
The Unbecoming of Age
(Theory)
LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Along with changes of a biological sort, and in keeping with them, an individual’s psychological repertoire deteriorates with advancing age. Some changes of the biological sort, such as failing eyesight or hearing loss, may be remediated by eyeglasses or a hearing aid. Bones and joints may be fortified or replaced, and so on. So valuable is the property of youth in culture that the deterioration of biological characteristics is resisted, an intention facilitated by the partially implicit character of perception. And the tendency to resist aging becomes even more pronounced for women who, by virtue of the additional value attached to beauty, aspire to maintain this property in themselves beyond the natural course of its demise. By contrast, the deterioration of the psychological repertoire, as observed in memorial and intellectual difficulties, is not so readily corrected. For the most part, these changes are failures of responding with respect to verbally attributed and substitutive properties of stimuli, coupled with the disruptions to other activities produced by them. This presentation is focused on the psychological aspects of aging including the nature and implications of the repertorial decline, as well as the reasons and means by which it resisted and disguised.
 

Planning for the Future: The Good and the Bad

(Theory)
MITCH FRYLING (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract:

As verbal organisms, humans spend a great deal of their time planning for the future. Common sense tells us that this is a good thing, as we may be more prepared for that future when it inevitably arrives. Indeed, developing a general repertoire of planning behavior may be considered a good developmental target during childhood. Of course, the future individuals plan for may or may not ever happen. “Things change”, as the saying goes. One’s behavior is functionally related to number of dynamic factors, it is context dependent. While this is always the case, behavior is increasingly contextual over the course of one’s lifetime. Stimulus functions continue to evolve, and an increasingly large set of setting factors may be present or absent in any given circumstance; planning for the future can become difficult over time. Moreover, such planning may even result in less adaptation to an evolving context. This presentation considers all of this in developmental perspective, while discussing the subject-matter of behavior analysis, the constructs of time and the future, and implications from the literature on rule-governed behavior.

 
 
Symposium #511
Social Foraging, Sunk Costs, and Aversive Control of Impulsivity: Understanding Human Choice Through Different Experimental Approaches
Monday, May 27, 2019
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich E-G
Area: EAB/PCH; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Camilo Hurtado Parrado (Troy University & Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria)
Abstract:

Different experimental approaches to the study of factors that influence human choice will be presented and discussed. Avila-Chauvet et al. used an online game to study the factors that promote strategy change in social foraging situations in which members of a group must choose between searching their own food sources (Produce) or joining a previously discovered food source (Scrounge). Jimenez-Lozano et al. tested introducing a discriminative stimulus that signaled the value of the consequences on the sunk-cost effect - i.e., persistence in an endeavor once an investment has been made, even when a better option is available. Hurtado-Parrado et al. used a choice task that delivered points exchangeable for money to test the effects of presenting non-contingent visual aversive stimulation (images from the International Affective Picture System – IAPS) on self-controlled behavior - i.e., choice of a large delayed reinforcer over the choice of a small immediate reinforcer (choosing 10 points after a delay of 16 s over 2 points after 4 s).

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): human choice, impulsivity, social foraging, sunk-cost effect
 

Sunk Cost and Discrimination in Humans

Laura Jimenez (National University of Colombia), Paulo Sergio Dillon Soares Filho (Universidad de San Buenaventura), ALVARO CLAVIJO ALVAREZ (Universidad Nacional de Colombia)
Abstract:

The sunk cost effect is the tendency to persist in an endeavor once an investment has been made even when a better option is available. Studies using a sunk cost experimental model have demonstrated that the effect disappears in pigeons when Discriminative Stimuli (DS) signal the value of the consequences. In humans, the DS decrease the effect but do not eliminate it. In two experiments, the role that DS might have on the sunk cost effect in humans was evaluated. In Experiment 1, to evaluate the sunk cost effect in the presence and absence of DS, Navarro and Fantino’s (2007) procedure was replicated. Unlike the original study, results showed no influence of the DS on the sunk cost effect. In Experiment 2, differential responding to the DS was assessed along with the relationship between stimuli discrimination and responding persistence in the presence of DS. The discrimination index of participants with lower percentages of persistence (Escapers) was significantly higher (p = 0,028) than to participants with higher percentages (Persisters). Results suggest that discriminating the stimuli associated with changes in the reinforcement contingency decreases the sunk cost effect.

 

Factors That Promote Strategy Change in Social Foraging Situations

LAURENT AVILA (University of Guadalajara), Óscar García-Leal (University of Guadalajara), Alejandro Segura (University of Guadalajara)
Abstract:

In social foraging situations the members of a group have to choose between searching their own food sources (Produce) or joining a previously discovered food source (Scrounge). We evaluated the strategy changes (Produce/Scrounge) using an online game that simulates an animal social foraging situation. We expose eighty undergraduate students to different conditions manipulating group size and number of preys in the patch zones. The results regarding the proportion of producer tactics are qualitatively similar to those reported in animals: as the size of the group increases the proportion of producers within the group tend to decrease. On other hand, two of the factors that promote strategy change are the distance between agents and the effectiveness of others. It is discussed that animals and humans share similar mechanisms in choice strategy in social foraging settings

 

Aversive Control of Impulsive Behavior: Effects of Noncontingent Aversive Visual Stimulation

CAMILO HURTADO PARRADO (Troy University & Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria), Karen Henao (Fundación Universitaria Konrad Lorenz), María Carolina Bohórquez (Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria), Christian Sanchez (Fundación Universitaria Konrad Lorenz), Julian Cifuentes (Fundación Universitaria Konrad Lorenz), Juan Forigua (Fundación Universitaria Konrad Lorenz), Mónica Arias-Higuera (Universidad Nacional de Colombia)
Abstract:

Flora and Schieferecke (1992) demonstrated that non-contingent aversive noise increased impulsive responses during a choice task. Participants pressed buttons for money-exchangeable points. Impulsive choice produced 2 points over a 4-s delay. Self-controlled choice produced 10 points after a 16-s delay. Flora et al. (2003) replicated this effect when, concurrently to the choice task, participants earned extra points by immersing a hand in cold water. We (a) tested the generality of the impulsivity effect with non-painful stimulation – aversive images from the International Affective Picture System – IAPS (Bradley & Lang, 2007); and (b) assessed if emotional arousal, whether positive or negative, was responsible for the impulsivity effect. During interspersed trials added to Flora et al.’s task, participants (88 Male; 115 Female college students) searched for a stimulus hidden in aversive, appetitive, or neutral images, and earned 5 points for each correct match. Clear preference for the self-controlled option was observed in the control condition (no images), same as Flora et al. reported. Images, irrespective of their emotional valence, significantly increased impulsive responses. Men were more impulsive than women when exposed to aversive images. Aversive state produced by impossibility to find the hidden stimulus could explain the observed effects.

 
 
Symposium #512
CE Offered: BACB
Skill Acquisition Criterion and Its Effects on Maintenance
Monday, May 27, 2019
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Fairmont, Second Level, Gold
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Erica Jowett Hirst (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale)
CE Instructor: Erica Jowett Hirst, Ph.D.
Abstract: Few studies have evaluated the effects of mastery criterion on skill maintenance, and evaluating necessary levels of initial acquisition for maintenance of skills is extremely important. This symposium is comprised of a variety of studies evaluating the effects of different mastery criteria on skill maintenance. The first study compared the effects of 80%, 90%, and 100% mastery criteria across three consecutive sessions on the maintenance of tacting skills taught with most-to-least prompting during four weekly follow-up probes. The second study compared the effects of 90% mastery criteria at 1 day versus 3 days on 1-month maintenance probes with four children with developmental disabilities. The third study evaluated the effects of fluency-based mastery criterion using a treatment package consisting of pre-exposure, a wordbank, single-response repetition, and visual feedback on the maintenance of intraverbal skills related to Alabama sex laws for three individuals adjudicated for illegal sexual behavior; mastery criteria included 100% accuracy across three consecutive days in addition to a specific rate of responding. Results of each study are presented and discussed with respect to recommendations for practice.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): mastery criterion, skill maintenance
Target Audience: Board Certified Behavior Analysts
Learning Objectives: Participants will understand best practice for selecting the level of accuracy for mastery Participants will understand best practice for selecting the number of days with accurate responding for mastery Participants will learn how to incorporate fluency into mastery criteria
 

The Effects of Varying Mastery Criteria on Skill Maintenance: A Replication With Most-To-Least Prompting

EMILY BROOK LONGINO (Auburn University), Cassidy McDougale (Auburn University), Sarah M. Richling (Auburn University), Jessica Palmier (Auburn University)
Abstract:

Previous evaluations have compared the effects of varying mastery criteria on the maintenance of skills taught with a least-to-most prompting procedure. Researchers found that 80% and 90% mastery criteria were not always sufficient in promoting maintenance. The present study evaluates the effects of 80%, 90%, and 100% mastery criteria across three consecutive sessions on the maintenance of tacting skills taught with most-to-least prompting during four weekly follow-up probes. The results indicate high levels of correct responding for skills taught to a 100% mastery criterion during follow-ups. For the two participants that mastered the 90% criterion target set, responding maintained above 90% three- and four-weeks following mastery. For all three participants, mastery levels of correct responding were not maintained for target sets taught to an 80% mastery criterion. Results support the use of more stringent mastery criteria in an effort to promote the maintenance of skills. Future research and clinical implications are discussed.

 

A Comparison of 90% Mastery Criterion at One Day Versus Three Days on Skill Maintenance at One Month

MONIQUE BARNETT (The University of Texas at Austin), Anna Budd (Queens College, CUNY), Erica Jowett Hirst (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Daniel Mark Fienup (Columbia University)
Abstract:

Discrete trial teaching (DTT) is a widely used and effective strategy for teaching various skills, and although many components of DTT are well established in the literature, little research exists concerning the criteria set for mastery (i.e., the point at which a skill is considered known and teaching is discontinued). In both research and practice, mastery criteria are commonly set at 80%-100% accuracy for two or three consecutive days or sessions; however, the rationale and necessity of this standard is unknown. Therefore, the current study compared the effects of 3-day and 1-day mastery criterion (with 90% accuracy) on skill maintenance at 1-month following mastery. Across two experiments that included different sets of students and target responses, we observed that both criteria produced skill acquisition and maintenance. The data suggest that some individuals may not need to have a skill tested for accuracy for 3 consecutive days or sessions prior to introducing a new target.

 
Fluency and the Maintenance of Skills Related to Sex Laws for Individuals Adjudicated for Illegal Sexual Behavior
SALLY A HAMRICK (Auburn University), Sarah M. Richling (Auburn University), Kristen Brogan (Auburn University), Will Davis (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University)
Abstract: Previous research has evaluated the use of various mastery criteria on skill maintenance. This research has directly manipulated the accuracy component of mastery, as well as, the sessions across which these accuracy levels must be demonstrated. The current evaluation adds to this research by including a speed of responding dimension within the mastery criterion and extending this research to a unique population. Specifically, we evaluated the effects of a fluency treatment package consisting of pre-exposure, a wordbank, single-response repetition, and visual feedback on the maintenance of intraverbal skills related to Alabama sex laws for three individuals adjudicated for illegal sexual behavior. Additionally, we systematically faded both the pre-exposure and wordbank in a subsequent phase prior to mastery. We evaluated the effects of a 100% across 3 consecutive days mastery criterion on maintenance of accuracy across time. In addition, the mastery criterion included a rate of responding per unit of time component based on normative data. We examined the effects of this component on the maintenance of the speed of responding across time. The benefits of including a fluency-based mastery criterion are discussed as well as directions for future research.
 
 
Panel #513
CE Offered: BACB
A Panel Discussion on the Impact of School-Wide Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports and Applied Behavior Analysis on Educational Systems
Monday, May 27, 2019
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Fairmont, Third Level, Crystal
Area: EDC/CSS; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Rose Iovannone, Ph.D.
Chair: Rose Iovannone (University of South Florida/Florida Center for Inclusive Communities)
ASHLEY EDEN GREENWALD (University of Nevada, Reno)
ROBERT F. PUTNAM (May Institute)
JODIE SORACCO (UNR)
Abstract:

This session will be a panel discussion comparing and contrasting the impact School-wide Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports (SWPBIS) and Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) have had on educational systems. Upon entry into the session, audience members will be provided a polling link, accessible via smart phones, tablets, and computers. The polling link will provide potential questions to which participants can rank order based upon what each attendee considers to be of interest. Additionally, each person can contribute a discussion topic or question for the panelists. The five top ranked questions will be addressed by the panel and an additional three to five questions suggested by participants will be randomly suggested. Questions will be presented by the chair and the panelists will alternate in responding or each be given a chance to respond, depending on the nature of the question. Topics the panel intends to cover during the session through audience questions or pre-organized questions prepared by the discussant include (a) impact on current educational laws and regulations, (b) impact on educational funding and initiatives; (c) impact on implementation of evidence-based practices; (d) impact on building system capacity, and (d) impact on social, emotional, and academic outcomes for all students.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Behavior Analysts Graduate Students University Faculty/Staff Educators

Learning Objectives: Participants will: 1. Compare and contrast positive behavior support and behavior analysis contributions to sustainability of implementation of evidence-based practices. 2. Identify how positive behavior support and behavior analysis have contributed to current policies, funding, and research in educational settings. 3. List features of positive behavior support and behavior analysis that are complimentary in improving behaviors of K-12 students.
Keyword(s): behavior supports, capacity building, educational policy, sustainability
 
 
Symposium #514
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Organizational Behavior Management in Autism Service Delivery: A Three Year Review
Monday, May 27, 2019
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Toronto
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Emily Gallant (Somerset Hills Learning Institute)
Discussant: Paul Shreiber (Somerset Hills Learning Institute)
CE Instructor: Kevin J. Brothers, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In this presentation, we report longitudinal outcomes of two systems-based organizational behavior management strategies to improve staff performance at a private, not-for-profit school for children with autism. Instructional staff at the organization undergo semiannual evaluations assessing clinical and data-analysis skills that directly impact the quality of student outcomes. As a continuing process, the organization’s management team (i.e., classroom supervisors, assistant directors, and executive director) refine measures to increase their sensitivity to specified staff behaviors and permanent products. The longitudinal data presented reflect the effectiveness of this process in improving the quality of staff training over two years as measured via staff’s clinical performance and data notebook assessments. The first part of this presentation will describe the clinical performance evaluation, report related outcome data, and describe organizational strategies for increasing the sensitivity of these evaluation measures. The second part of this presentation will then describe the data notebook evaluation measures and their development, present relevant data, and discuss the relationship between these and third-party reviewers’ findings. In both presentations, the relationship between the time cost and value of these assessments will be discussed in detail.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): behavioral systems, performance evaluation, staff training
Target Audience:

Directors or assistant directors of private organizations serving individuals with autism spectrum disorder; BCBA Supervisors; individuals coaching staff or parents to deliver autism intervention using applied behavior analysis; organizational behavior management professionals and researchers, especially those in the fields of human services or education.

Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will be able to name and describe at least four staff performance evaluation measures that contribute to optimal outcomes for learners with autism spectrum disorder. 2. Attendees will be able to provide rationales for the number and specificity of clinical skills evaluated for individuals delivering applied behavior analytic intervention to learners with autism spectrum disorder. 3. Attendees will be able to describe features of data analysis that contribute to an improved rate of skill generalization for learners with autism spectrum disorder.
 
Increasing Sensitivity of Staff Performance Evaluation Measures in Autism Service Delivery
(Service Delivery)
PAUL SHREIBER (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Kevin J. Brothers (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Emily Gallant (Somerset Hills Learning Institute)
Abstract: This presentation will describe and summarize organizational procedures and outcomes of semiannual clinical skills evaluations. All staff working directly with learners with autism undergo semiannual evaluation of clinical skills from an evaluator who does not directly supervise them. Measures consist of two to five direct observations of three student behaviors, nine staff behaviors, and seven staff behavioral repertoires scored using rating scales. We will discuss efforts to increase the behavioral nature of all measures by transitioning from rating scales to direct observation. Specifically, we will review data from the four most recently-operationalized measures of staff performance (i.e., contingent token delivery, proportion of teaching interactions conducted using errorless teaching procedures, responding to student errors, and prompt fading and/or shaping) alongside student on-task data for the past three years. We will also describe the organization’s decision-making process to add and increase specificity of measures. We will further describe how outcome data describing staff performance are integrated into a comprehensive systems-based approach to organizational behavior management via feedback to staff supervisors and adjustments to training of staff supervisors.
 
Advances in Behavioral Systems to Improve Data Analysis and Generalization of Behavior Change
(Applied Research)
KEVIN J. BROTHERS (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Paul Shreiber (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Emily Gallant (Somerset Hills Learning Institute)
Abstract: This presentation will describe and summarize organizational procedures and outcomes of annual evaluations of student performance data. In addition to semiannual clinical skills evaluations, permanent products of staff members’ instructional programming and data analysis activities are evaluated annually for all staff working directly with learners with autism. Efficacious programming ideally produces outcomes of rapid, stable behavior change in the desired direction, that maintains over time, serves as a foundation for more sophisticated skills, and generalizes to desired conditions. We will then discuss our operationalization, assessment, and analysis of this via six key permanent product (i.e., the outcomes of staff members’ graphing and record-keeping activities) indicators, with special emphasis on the improvement of generalization outcomes. In addition, we will describe our approach to efficacy assessment as an iterative process. We will further describe the relationship between these outcome measures and those assessed by an outside reviewer not affiliated with the organization. Finally, we will describe our iterative approach to our data-analysis assessment procedures and how this relates to the broader context of organizational management of staff behaviors.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #515
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/NASP

Robots, Artificial Intelligence, and Behavior Analysts: Shaping the Future of Work

Monday, May 27, 2019
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom AB
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Judy Johnson, Ph.D.
Chair: Douglas A. Johnson (Western Michigan University)
JUDY JOHNSON (Aspirant)

Judy Johnson received her Ph.D. in Applied Behavior Analysis and Masters in I/O Psychology from Western Michigan University. Judy partners with executives and leadership teams to engage and inspire employees in a way that delivers sustainable strategic results. She brings deep expertise and creative ideas to solve organizational effectiveness issues and closely collaborates in a way that builds internal capabilities. As an independent consultant, and then consultant at The Continuous Learning Group, The Boston Consulting Group and now Aspirant, Judy has spent over 25 years working in a variety of industries from banking to mining. She brings her expertise in behavior to a wide range of organizational issues including organizational behavior change, leadership, change management, culture and engagement.

Abstract:

Today’s workplace is in a state of constant change. By 2030, trends in localization, technology, and engagement will create dramatic shifts in how we approach employment and performance. These trends will change the complexion of organizational effectiveness, creating new and different requirements for companies and opening the door for Behavior Analysts to create change the rules of the workplace. Behavior Analysts can see beyond typical solutions to breakdown the components of organizational effectiveness and build a workplace ready for the future. This presentation discusses the 10 most significant trends affecting the workplace, and behavior analysts’ unique position to help companies prepare for those trends. As part of the discussion, Dr. Johnson will share examples of how the multi-disciplinary team at Aspirant has combined behavioral science, artificial intelligence and new technology solutions to assess and address a company’s organizational effectiveness. This presentation seeks to inspire all OBMers by sharing real world case examples of how behavioral tools and techniques can be applied to the toughest business challenges.

Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss the developing trends that will impact workplace effectiveness in the next 10-15 years; (2) discuss the role of Behavior Analysts in helping companies prepare for those trends and determine how your work can play a role; (3) discuss new, different ways to apply the principles of behavior analysis to some of the biggest organizational challenges.
 
 
Symposium #516
Ethics in the 21st Century: How the Laws and Regulations of Yesterday Shaped Our Practices Today
Monday, May 27, 2019
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Swissôtel, Lucerne Ballroom Level, Lucerne 1/2
Area: PCH/OBM; Domain: Theory
Chair: Nelmar Jacinto Cruz (Florida Institute of Technology)
Discussant: Thomas R. Freeman (ABA Technologies - Florida Tech)
Abstract:

Over the years, laws and regulations have been established in an effort to protect clients and hold practitioners accountable. The ethical responsibility to clients and the field spans all areas of behavior-analytic research and practice. While these rules and regulations serve to protect our clients and ensure we do no harm, it is important to understand where they come from and how they affect us today. The topics presented in this symposium explore how behavior analysts currently discuss ethics and how OBM is represented in the US in regard to laws and regulations. The first presentation is an ethics literature review that examines publications across behavior analytic literature to explore how ethical behavior has been discussed and researched in peer-reviewed journals over time. The second presentation examines behavior-analytic licensure and how regulations within each state vary and affect the practice of OBM.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): ethics, licensure, literature review, OBM
 
Our Ethics Today: A Literature Review of How Ethical Behavior Has Been Discussed and Researched
YAARA SHAHAM (Florida Institute of Technology), Nicholas Weatherly (Florida Institute of Technology), Shannon Biagi (Florida Institute of Technology), Nelmar Jacinto Cruz (Florida Institute of Technology), Samuel Shvarts (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Over the years, efforts have been made to establish ethical standards to protect clients and hold practitioners accountable. These efforts include the creation of laws and regulations, shaped by events such as the Belmont Report and the creation of the Ethical Standards for Psychologists. These events and others have led to the creation of ethical guidelines and practices in the field of behavior analysis, most recently the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code (2017) that governs behavioral practitioners today. With the evolution in the development of ethical regulations and requirements, there is a growing amount of information available to behavior analysts to guide ethical decision-making. Within this context, it’s important to examine what behavior analysts have done with this information and how we have experimentally evaluated and intervened-upon ethical situations in our field. This presentation examines publications across behavior analytic literature to explore how ethical behavior has been discussed and researched in peer-reviewed journals over time.
 

Regulation and Licensure Applied to Organizational Behavior Management: Should OBMers Consider Board Certification?

NICOLE ADRIAENSSENS (Florida Institute of Technology), Nicholas Weatherly (Florida Institute of Technology), Nelmar Jacinto Cruz (Florida Institute of Technology), Estefania Carla Alarcon Moya (Florida Institute of Technology), Michael Patrick Cusick (Florida Institute of Technology), Ryan Joseph Walz (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Luke, Carr, and Wilder (2017) commented on how the BACB’s certification requirements are not specific to clinical service. The certification is in behavior analysis, thus applicable to a wide range of practice, including Organizational Behavior Management (OBM). The authors provided numerous rationales to the certification’s applicability to OBM, detailing how fieldwork requirements can be tailored towards OBM activities and connect numerous task list items to relevant OBM literature. While the article provided extensive examples on how the BACB requirements are relevant to OBM, the extent to which OBM practitioners can and should be credentialed also extends to licensure. Yes, the certification and OBM are compatible, but do the current regulations recognize OBM practitioners the same way as their clinical practitioners? The purpose of this presentation is to examine behavior-analytic licensure and how regulations within each state vary and affect the practice of OBM.

 
 
Symposium #517
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Autism Knows No Borders: The Why and How of World-Wide Dissemination of Applied Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 27, 2019
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom A
Area: AUT/TBA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Maricarmen Hazoury (Global Autism Project)
Discussant: Noor Younus Syed (Lehigh University Autism Services; Global Autism Project)
CE Instructor: Maricarmen Hazoury, M.S.
Abstract:

There are seventy million people in the world with autism. Eighty five percent of those individuals live in developing countries where awareness, acceptance, and access to resources is minimal. Applied behavior analysis is the scientific approach shown to be most effective in improving the lives of those with these diagnoses. There is a pervasive need to increase the number of people with a clear understanding of ABA and proficiency in using this science to work with individuals with ASD around the world. The need for a sustainable way to increase and improve ABA-based education for individuals will be discussed. The model used by the Global Autism Project will be introduced with data about current partner participation and progress of teachers and students. The concerns and challenges of generalizing the code of ethics and conduct of the BACB to training and supervising individuals in other cultures and countries will be considered.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): Dissemination, international ethics, supervision, sustainability
Target Audience:

BCBAs and BCBA-Ds who are training and supervising teachers, RBTs and future BCBAs both within the US and aborad

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will gain an awareness of the awareness, acceptance and services available to those with ASD utilizing ABA around the world. 2.Participants will be able to discuss at least two ethical challenges to disseminating ABA worldwide. 3.Participants will be able to discuss at least 2 fundamental components to supporting the training of ABA providers abroad.
 

The Need for Sustainable Worldwide Dissemination of Applied Behavior Analysis

(Service Delivery)
AMREEN PANJWANI (Autism Spectrum Therapies; The Global Autism Project)
Abstract:

Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) diagnoses appear across all ages, genders, and races. Unfortunately, there are minimal services for individuals with ASD as a result of insufficient resources, awareness, and understanding in many countries in the world. Often individuals with ASD will be considered a safety concern or ineducable which restricts their access to social environments and without an opportunity to learn social significant behaviors that would improve their lives. In other situations, centers and schools are being created in some places with little to no expertise in working with the autistic population or the principles of applied behavior analysis. As Board Certified Behavior Analysts and other experts reach out to help, many challenges and concerns have been discovered. There is an essential need for ongoing assessment towards this goal to ensure independence and sustainability with ABA teaching practices. Further, statistics about the need in various parts of the world, some of the challenges that have been faced by communities that lack expertise on teaching individuals with autism, as well as ideas on how to spread awareness, support, and training to the people in these communities will be explored.

 

The Ethical Challenges of Worldwide Dissemination of Applied Behavior Analysis

(Service Delivery)
ASHLEY HOGAN (Autism Behavior Consulting Group)
Abstract:

Give a person a fish, they eat for the day; teach them to fish and they are fed for a lifetime. In 1987, the UN Brundtland Commission defined sustainable development as "meeting the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs.” The same is true for international service provision. Doing for others does not help them in the long run. Whether it is attempting to support a struggling country, working with a child with autism, or training an educator to use ABA principles, the goal should always be independence. The Global Autism Project’s mission is to promote acceptance and integration worldwide by training communities in culturally relevant, sustainable practices. This is accomplished by empowering and engaging local people for lasting change in the acceptance of those with autism until there are local credentialed behaviour analysts with the skills necessary to be able to provide clinically sound services. As effective administrators they can then effectively disseminate ABA to their local community and larger geographic region. The challenges of adhering to the BACB Professional and Ethics Compliance Code across countries and cultures will be reviewed.

 

A Model for Sustainable Applied Behavior Analysis Training Where it is Needed Most

(Service Delivery)
CHERYL LYNN GENIESSE (Autism Spectrum Therapies; The Global Autism Project)
Abstract:

There are many training models for international dissemination. The Global Autism Project employs a model rooted in sustainability where the not-for-profit organization will invest in a partnership with an international service provider committed to using the principles of applied behavior analysis. As a partner, the Global Autism Project will provide 3 two-week training trips a year as well as a weekly telehealth call, with a BCBA, to provide ongoing individualized recommendations based on the needs of the partner site. Our sites progress is captured on an internally developed assessment measuring centre-wide level of achievement and data is also collected on weekly telehealth supervision engagement (e.g., completion of assignments, attendance, and “spotchecks”). A report is given after every two-week trip which outlines goals to be accomplished, mastery criteria, and sustainable method for maintenance. In addition, The Global Autism Project works to establish more BCBAs world-wide through creation of alternate pathways in established universities and having our partners establish practicum sites in partnership with the universities promoting sustainable ABA services in the country. Data from some current partner sites will be discussed.

 
A Movement for Change at Home and Abroad: The SkillCorps® Experience
(Service Delivery)
MEGAN HECHLER (Impacting Autism, LLC; Global Autism Project)
Abstract: Hands-on training and support is a key component to any successful training model, including training professionals and parents in the use of applied behavior analysis. Part of the sustainability model of the Global Autism Project ensured this face to face interaction through teams of SkillCorps® volunteers. SkillCorps® team members have expertise working with individuals with autism as Board Certified Behavior Analysts®, Registered Behavior Technicians®, teachers, speech and language pathologists, and other related service providers. These teams collaborate with the on-going clinical supervisor for each partner site to determine necessary goals to focus on as the partners move towards independence. This is not only an opportunity for growth for teachers at the partner site but for team members themselves. The techniques for ensuring independence and maintenance of skills are imperative for teachers as well as their students. The SkillCorps® experience allows volunteers to collaborate with other professionals from different backgrounds and cultures to disseminate best practices for ABA around the world and continue to learn, grow and contribute to the field even after they return home. One SkillCorps® member’s experience will be discussed, as well as feedback from other members and participants at partner sites.
 
 
Symposium #518
CE Offered: BACB
Comprehensive Implementation of Matrix Training in Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention: Results of Complex Generative Language Matrix Program at the Lovaas Institute Midwest
Monday, May 27, 2019
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom C
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Eric V. Larsson (Lovaas Institute Midwest; University of Minnesota)
Discussant: Jane S. Howard (Therapeutic Pathways/The Kendall Centers)
CE Instructor: Jane S. Howard, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In comprehensive treatment of autism, generative language matrix performance is being developed in a coherent conceptual framework, enabling the organizational management of productive treatment planning, trouble-shooting, and program evaluation. A four-dimensional matrix of social language skills is used to design an overall generative process of language development. The matrix of skills is addressed across generalization modalities, syntax forms, conditional discriminations, and functional communicative relationships. After generative receptive and expressive skills are developed in single-term modes, recombinative generalization is developed through matrix training; folloed by recombinative generalization in comprehension and creative language production matrix training. The organization of the language curriculum is used to control the pacing of both language and related social skills in a systematic manner, in order to result in optimal acceleration. Three studies will present data obtained from children in EIBI over the entire scope and sequence of the language matrix system.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): dynamic programming, generative programming, matrix training, recombinative generalization
Target Audience:

Practitioners of EIBI; Academic Faculty

 

A Comparison of Generative Language Matrix Training Sequences in Young Children With Autism

(Service Delivery)
THOMAS D. R. CURRIER (Lovaas Institute Midwest), Amy Sippl (Lovaas Institute Midwest), Eric V. Larsson (Lovaas Institute Midwest; University of Minnesota)
Abstract:

In intensive early intervention, a basic programming question often is: “how many exemplars should be taught in each program?” In the overall course of comprehensive treatment for autism, behavior therapy is initiated by establishing expressive and receptive single-term labels/tacts. Treatment is continued until the various terms of a sentence become generative response classes. Then matrix training of the individual terms is continued until recombinative multiple-term conditional discriminations are established. Recombinative matrix generalization is a special form of generative response classes. Finally, more complex and abstract comprehension modes are established and training continued until the comprehension forms become recombinative and generalized. Thus the answer to the initial question is that all programs are taught until the exemplars become generative. It is suggested that behavior therapy may more readily progress through higher levels of complexity when thee lower levels are taught until they meet generative criteria. In this investigation, clinical data on two young children’s performances with language matrix programming are presented. A multiple baseline within-subject design including systematic language matrix teaching and probes for generalization was used to document the development of generative response classes and recombinative multiple-term conditional discriminations. The progress of each child was individualized according to their baseline levels, and rates of acquisition. The systematic matrix training resulted in development of generative single-term response classes, recombinative multiple-term conditional discriminations. Generalization was programmed across different stimulus and response modes (e.g., receptive, expressive, written, comprehension) and taught across different sentence terms (e.g. subjects, actions, adjectives, prepositions). Individual programs were taught until generalization occurred to the first presentation of a novel recombination of exemplars embedded with novel distractors.

 

Generative Language Matrix Training With a Young Child With Autism

(Service Delivery)
GAIL H. QUINN (The Lovaas Institute Midwest), Charryse Fouquette Luckey (Lovaas Institute Midwest; St. Cloud State University), Eric V. Larsson (Lovaas Institute Midwest; University of Minnesota)
Abstract:

In the overall course of comprehensive treatment for autism, behavior therapy is initiated by establishing expressive and receptive single-term labels/tacts. Treatment is continued until the various terms of a sentence become generative response classes. Then matrix training of the individual terms is continued until recombinative multiple-term conditional discriminations are established. Recombinative matrix generalization is a special form of generative response classes. Finally, more complex and abstract comprehension modes are established and training continued until the comprehension forms become recombinative and generalized. It is suggested that behavior therapy may more readily progress through higher levels of complexity when thee lower levels are taught until they meet generative criteria. In this investigation, clinical data on a young child’s performances with language matrix programming are presented. A multiple baseline within-subject design including systematic language matrix teaching and probes for generalization was used to document the development of generative response classes and recombinative multiple-term conditional discriminations. The systematic matrix training resulted in development of generative single-term response classes, recombinative multiple-term conditional discriminations. Generalization was programmed across different stimulus and response modes (e.g., receptive, expressive, written, comprehension) and taught across different sentence terms (e.g. subjects, actions, adjectives, prepositions). Individual programs were taught until generalization occurred to the first presentation of a novel recombination of exemplars embedded with novel distractors.

 

Programming for Advanced Social Comprehension Skills Within the Language Matrix Curriculum

(Service Delivery)
ANGELA BROWN (The Lovaas Institute), Eric V. Larsson (Lovaas Institute Midwest; University of Minnesota)
Abstract:

Keene & Larsson (2013) presented a study of training of social comprehension that utilized multiple exemplars to develop generative social comprehension in children with autism. This extension of that study provides further data to show how the generative social comprehension followed prerequisite recombinative generalization through matrix training, and then itself consisted of recombinative generalization. A multiple probe design across five common childhood social concepts (e.g., sharing) was employed for each of the three children who participated in this study. Probes were conducted on the first presentation of novel children’s books as stimuli and the proportion of correct responses to the questions was measured. Training on each social concept continued until a generative mastery criterion was met in which the child responded correctly to at least 14 out of 16 questions on three consecutive novel books. The results showed that all of the children were able to answer an increasing proportion of the questions correctly to novel children’s books as stimuli. Generalization probes across untrained in-vivo social scenarios were also assessed. The children responded to a high percentage of novel questions regarding the social scenarios. In this present extension, data will be presented which shows the sequence of matrix training that preceded the implementation of social comprehension programming, and conclusions will be offered on the appropriate scope and sequence of matrix training curriculums.

 

Managing the Implementation of Generative Language Matrix Programs Within a Comprehensive Treatment System for Autism

(Service Delivery)
CHARRYSE FOUQUETTE LUCKEY (Lovaas Institute Midwest; St. Cloud State University), Lisa Barsness (Lovaas Institute Midwest), Bethani J. Burggraff (Lovaas Institute Midwest), Erin Dietz (Lovaas Institute Midwest), Eric V. Larsson (Lovaas Institute Midwest)
Abstract:

Luckey, Pelletier, Miller, & Larsson (2013) presented the methods and outcomes of the implementation of systematic dynamic programming in a EIBI setting. The present study will present a replication and extension of that study, by demonstrating the use of dynamic programming to manage the implementation of matrix training in a comprehensive treatment program for autism. The use of organizational behavior management is critical to ensuring that all children are receiving the most effective matrix programming, and that treatment is optimally accelerated. Overall program evaluation data will be presented on 54 children undergoing generative language matrix programming in EIBI for autism. In addition, specific within-subject controlled studies of the treatment team performance with two children will show the effects of a system for management of clinical outcomes. During baseline, common non-dynamic management systems were in place to manage the children's language matrix programs. The clinical management system, known as Dynamic Programming was introduced via a multiple baseline design across children. Dynamic Programming is an intervention package that includes: (a) therapist self-monitoring while teaching new program exemplars, (b) therapist public posting of child mastery, (c) probes of child behavior to confirm generative mastery of matrix training, (d) dynamic adjustment of daily treatment targets based upon performance, and (e) dynamic adjustment of monthly objectives criteria based upon performance data. Results suggest that the children's rate of acquisition of generative language was accelerated through the implementation of Dynamic Programming.

 
 
Paper Session #519
Patterns of Service and Diagnosis in Autism Spectrum Disorders
Monday, May 27, 2019
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom B
Area: AUT
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Michael Nicolosi (Queen's University Belfast; Voce nel Silenzio Onlus)
 

Sociodemographic Pattern and Comorbidities in Autistic Children With Attention Deficit Hyperactive Disorder in US Hospitals

Domain: Basic Research
RIKINKUMAR S PATEL (Department of Psychiatry, Griffin Memorial Hospital), Harkeerat Bhullar (Windsor University School of Medicine), Neelima Amaravadi (Department of Pediatrics, Oakleaf Eau Claire Medical Clinic), Hema Mekala (Department of Psychiatry, Griffin Memorial Hospital)
 
Abstract:

Objective: To determine demographic predictors of attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) in hospitalized children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and the impact of comorbidities on the length of stay (LOS). Methods: A retrospective study was performed using Nationwide Inpatient Sample data. All patients were =18 years with a primary diagnosis of ASD (N=3,095) and grouped by co-diagnosis of ADHD using ICD-9 diagnosis codes. Logistic regression was used to calculate the odds ratio (OR) and linear regression for estimated LOS. Results: Male had higher odds of comorbid ADHD (OR 2.2). Age and race were not significant predictors of ADHD though it was prevalent in adolescents and Caucasians. These children were majorly from South (30.8%) and Midwest (29.9%) regions of the US. Psychosis was seen in 37.3% of patients with ADHD and were more likely of comorbid psychosis (OR 1.8). Depression and ADHD increased the LOS in hospitalization for ASD by 2.1-day and 0.9-day, respectively. Conclusion: We found the demographic predictors of comorbid ADHD in patients with autism which can help to better serve these patients and their families. Comorbid ADHD and depression prolong the length of hospitalization and the need for acute inpatient care.

 

The University of California at Los Angeles Young Autism Project: A Systematic Review of Replication Studies of the Model

Domain: Applied Research
MICHAEL NICOLOSI (Queen's University Belfast; Voce nel Silenzio Onlus), Karola Dillenburger (Queen's University Belfast)
 
Abstract:

University of California at Los Angeles - Young Autism Project (UCLA-YAP) provided one of the best known and most researched applied behaviour analysis (ABA)-based intervention models for young children with autism. The present study is a systematic literature review of replication studies over more than 30 years to assess the impact that the UCLA-YAP model has on cognitive functioning and adaptive behaviour of children with autism. The data show that UCLA-YAP model can be highly beneficial for children with autism in both domains, while low-intensity ABA-based interventions and eclectic treatments have less or no impact. Findings suggest that highly structured and systematic ABA-based approaches, such as UCLA-YAP model, can be considered powerful interventions to address cognitive functioning and adaptive behavior development of children with autism. The study concludes that while more research is always welcome, the influence of the UCLA-YAP model on autism interventions is justified by over 30 years of evidence.

 

Multilingual Diversity in Autism: Challenging Common Assumptions Within Applied Behavior Analysis

Domain: Theory
YIYI WANG (University of Southern California and Autism Partnership Foundation Academy), So Ra Kang (University of Southern California and FirstSteps for Kids), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
 
Abstract:

The United States was founded as a diverse, multicultural “melting pot” and migration patterns continue to increase cultural and linguistic diversity, making it increasingly important to address these issues within the field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). The role of cultural diversity and multilingualism in ABA treatment for autism has scarcely been addressed and yet these factors likely impact the ABA treatment process significantly. ABA practitioners commonly advise bilingual parents in the US to only teach their child English, at least in the beginning stages of treatment, however this recommendation has not been subjected to research. This review will summarize and critique existing outcome research on children with ASD raised bilingually versus monolingually, as well as reviewing research on bilingual approaches to assessing and treating challenging behavior within ABA. The results of our review show that existing research does not support the common ABA recommendation against bilingualism but that much more research is still needed, and that the effects of including a second language in intervention are likely idiosyncratic to the particular individual with ASD.

 
 
 
Symposium #520
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
The Right to Effective Treatment in the Crosshairs: Massachusetts Versus Judge Rotenberg Center
Monday, May 27, 2019
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 1/2
Area: CBM/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: W. Joseph Wyatt (Marshall University)
Discussant: W. Joseph Wyatt (Marshall University)
CE Instructor: W. Joseph Wyatt, Please Select...
Abstract:

Within a treatment/educational program that is highly positive, is there a place for use of aversives if that mode of treatment advances a client toward his or her full potential and optimizes the client’s quality of life? Is there a small population of clients for whom aversive stimulation falls within the individual’s right to effective treatment? This symposium will examine these issues as they played out in a recent legal case in Massachusetts. The presentations include a review of the research, how aversives (including relevant safeguards) fit into an otherwise highly positive program at the Judge Rotenberg Center and the role of media on public perceptions of JRC. Testimony of experts and legal tactics in the case will reviewed as well. The symposium will show how, following a 44 day trial that included dozens of witnesses and hundreds of pages of exhibits, a judge concluded that there is a place for ethical use of aversives. A parent will describe the impact of aversive programming on the dangerous behaviors, and on the life prospects, of his adult child.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience: The target audience includes graduate students and their professors, professionals who work with clients who exhibit dangerous behaviors or who plan to do so.
Learning Objectives: 1. Acquisition of knowledge of the pros and cons of the use of aversives. 2. Understanding of the ethical issues involved. 3. Working knowledge of the Judge Rotenberg Center's model review process for use of aversives.
 

The Science Informing the Standard of Care for Treating Severe Behavior Disorders

(Service Delivery)
NATHAN BLENKUSH (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Abstract:

In 2013, the Massachusetts Department of Developmental Services (DDS) filed a motion to vacate a settlement agreement that allowed the Judge Rotenberg Center (JRC) to use a skin shock device (the Graduated Electronic Decelerator (GED)), approved by the Massachusetts Probate Court on a case-by-case basis, to treat individuals with severe problem behaviors. To support the motion, DDS initially claimed that positive behavior supports rendered punishment procedures unnecessary. Later, DDS provided expert testimony that psychotropic medications combined with positive behavior supports were sufficiently effective to treat severe problem behaviors. On the other hand, JRC argued that despite the advances in psychopharmacology and behavior analysis, some individuals continued to require treatment that included the GED. Over the course of 44 trial days, hundreds of scientific articles were offered to the court and critically examined by lawyers and experts on both sides. Here, the process of presenting and critiquing the literature pertaining to severe problem behaviors is discussed using transcripts from the trial.

 

“Bad Faith”: The State of Massachusetts Versus the Judge Rotenberg Center

(Service Delivery)
W. JOSEPH WYATT (Marshall University)
Abstract:

In a recent court case, a Massachusetts judge undertook a thorough review of the use of an aversive stimulation method (skin shock) at the Judge Rotenberg Center, the only treatment center in the U.S. to use the controversial method. This presentation will review the judge’s findings after a thorough review of the evidence, pro and con. The judge also described included numerous acts of “bad faith” by individuals within the State Department of Developmental Services in its efforts to undermine and prevent effective treatment at JRC. The presentation will address ethical issues including the likelihood of a future of institutionalization, lived out on high doses of medications that include deleterious side effects, is preferable to the thoughtful and ethical use of aversive stimulation when that treatment modality is carefully and minimally used within a treatment program that is overwhelmingly positive. Is a two-second shock, although painful, an ethical treatment if it opens the door to a life of education, community outings, employment and a quality of life that previously could not have been imagined? Ethics of the use of skin shock will be discussed and audience participation is encouraged.

 

The Effects of Negative Media on a Residential Treatment Center for Students With Severe Behaviors

(Service Delivery)
GLENDA CROOKES (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Abstract:

Since the mid-1980's, the Judge Rotenberg Center has been embroiled in controversy that more often than not has been misrepresented by the media. For decades, we have been fighting for the right to effective treatment as well as parents’ rights to recommend what they feel is the most effective, least restrictive treatment for their children. Often the media have responded to outcries from well-intentioned but misguided individuals who have never worked with clients who exhibit high rates of behaviors that are dangerous to themselves and/or to others. Moreover, those who have most harshly criticized the use of aversives at JRC have refused to visit the Center even when invited to do so. Despite the progress made and the dramatic improvement in many clients’ quality of life, the media has portrayed what happens at the center in a negative light. This presentation will discuss the ramifications of the negative media, including protests, serious threats, and proposed regulatory changes.

 

My Child’s Experience at the Judge Rotenberg Center: His History, Behaviors, and How Aversives Changed Everything

(Service Delivery)
Glenda Crookes (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), NICK LOWTHER (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Abstract:

This parental presentation will trace the history of a child whose high rates of extremely dangerous behaviors had resulted in his placement in, and eventual expulsion from, a number of well-respected residential placements wherein the best efforts of professionals had failed to eliminate or significantly reduce those behaviors. Several of the behaviors were life-threatening and had resulted in extreme, though necessary, restrictions on quality of life. The earlier placements had involved long-term physical restraints as well as heavy doses of psychotropic medications that produced unhealthy side-effects. After several months at the Judge Rotenberg Center during which only positive techniques were employed, there had been little improvement in the dangerous behaviors. Ultimately, I was approached about the use of aversive stimulation, skin shock, with my child. This presentation will review the behaviors, earlier failed efforts to address them, the decision-making process regarding aversives, the treatment and the outcome relative to the dangerous behaviors along with resultant changes in my child’s quality of life and potential

 
 
Symposium #521
CE Offered: BACB
Introduction to Clinical Behavior Analysis for Common Mental Health Presentations: Part Two
Monday, May 27, 2019
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 3/4
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory
Chair: Robert Snyder (Eastern Michigan University)
Discussant: Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Thomas J. Waltz, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analysis has been applied broadly and has been part of clinical psychology since the 1950’s. Behavior analysts have worked with a wide variety of clinical populations and several contemporary behavior therapies are deeply rooted in functional analytic thinking. This is the second of two symposiums aimed at introducing behavior analysts to clinical behavior analysis for common outpatient mental health presentations. In the service of workforce development, it is important that behavior analysts stay informed on the broad applications of behavioral principles in a wide variety of practice areas. This symposium covers Behavioral Activation (BA), exposure therapies, Integrative Behavioral Couples Therapy (IBCT), and Contingency Management (CM). Each presentation will describe a therapy—its aims, techniques, and methods in functional terms. Outcome data for the treatments will be briefly reviewed. Finally, regulatory frameworks and professional training pathways will be discussed to inform behavior analysts of the training needed for these treatments to fall within their ethical scope of practice.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): anxiety, couples therapy, depression, substance use
Target Audience:

Graduate students in behavior analysis and graduates from graduate programs in behavior analysis.

Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to describe contemporary behavior therapies for mental health presentations in terms of behavioral principles. Participants will be able to describe the evidence base for these treatments. Participants will be able to describe training pathways for having these treatments ethically fall within ones scope of practice.
 
Behavioral Activation for Depression
TORI HUMISTON (Eastern Michigan University), Lillian Ellis (Eastern Michigan University), Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: Behavioral activation (BA) is a third-wave behavior therapy that is grounded Lewinsohn’s and Ferster’s frameworks for conceptualizing depression. Life events can put into motion a cascade of changes in contingencies that result in social withdrawal and decreases in the effectiveness of reinforcers. Behavioral activation takes steps to reverse this process through values clarification, problem solving, and the scheduling of meaningful activities. Rooted in behavioral principles, BA has a strong evidence base as a treatment for depression. This presentation will introduce behavior analysts to the treatment structure of BA while highlighting the role of a behavioral case formulation during implementation. Potential factors that could interfere with treatment such as interpersonal skills deficits and contexts with coercive contingencies will also be discussed. The evidence base of BA for depression will be briefly reviewed. Finally, guidance will be provided regarding the professional training required for BA to fall within one’s clinical scope of practice.
 

Facing Fears: Exposure Therapy for Anxiety Disorders

TOM BUQO (Hofstra University)
Abstract:

Exposure therapy is an early behavioral intervention for anxiety disorders that continues to play a key role in a number of existing psychotherapies. Of note, it provides a powerful treatment method for phobias and panic (exposure therapy/graduated exposure), obsessive compulsive disorder (Exposure and Response Prevention [ERP]), and posttraumatic stress disorder (Prolonged Exposure [PE]). The method of exposure therapy involves repeated presentation of stimuli that are typically feared or avoided, while not allowing the individual to escape or avoid them. This presentation will discuss the current state of exposure therapy, including theoretical debates that highlight the behavioral principles underlying the treatment. Various models for conducting exposure therapy for a diverse array of presenting problems will be discussed, including recent advances in the area of Virtual Reality Exposure Therapy (VRET). Data regarding efficacy and effectiveness will also be presented. Future directions and current trends in exposure therapy will be elaborated, as will the steps and resources available to individual providers in learning the techniques, nuances, and technicalities of exposure therapy.

 
Integrative Behavioral Couples Therapy
LILLIAN ELLIS (Eastern Michigan University), Qingqing Yin (Eastern Michigan University), Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: Integrative behavioral couples therapy is based on a functional contextual model that aims to bring about contingency-shaped changes in couples’ behaviors (Benson, Sevier, Christensen, 2014; Sevier, Atkins, Doss, Christensen, 2015). It is a third wave behavioral therapy, integrating change and acceptance strategies (Christensen & Jacobson, 1998). IBCT has evidence to suggest efficacy in increasing relationship satisfaction (Roddy, Nowlan, Doss, Christensen, 2016), with couples maintaining this increase over the next five years (Christensen, Atkins, Baucom, & Yi, 2010). A large-scale role-out of this treatment in the VA health system has demonstrated effectiveness within this healthcare system (Roddy et al., 2015). In contrast to emotion-focused couples therapy, traditional behavioral couple therapy, and cognitive behavioral couples therapy, IBCT emphasizes a cohesive behavioral framework, inclusive of overt behaviors and private events. This presentation provides a review of IBCT, with an emphasis on the behavioral principles embedded in the treatment model, discuss mechanisms of change, and direct listeners to further resources on this approach.
 

Contingency Management for Substance Use

Robert Snyder (Eastern Michigan University), BRANDON MILLER (Eastern Michigan University), Tori Humiston (Eastern Michigan University), Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract:

In the face of a nationwide opioid epidemic, there is an increased need for behavioral interventions for substance use disorders (SUD). Contingency Management (CM) is an efficacious, non-pharmacological, cost effective treatment for SUD. CM therapists provide individuals with monetary rewards or vouchers, which are then exchanged for tangible rewards upon verified negative drug or alcohol screenings on varying schedules of reinforcement. By increasing the response cost for using and providing competing reinforcers, the rate of substance decreases. CM has been shown to yield positive treatment outcomes across a number of substances, including cocaine, opioids, nicotine, and alcohol (Higgins, Heil, & Sigon, 2013). This presentation will first provide an overview of CM as an application of the differential reinforcement of other behavior and the matching law. A review the evidence base for CM and the contextual considerations for its use will be provided. Finally, the clinical settings and professional training required for using CM clinically will be characterized to identify how behavior analysts can include CM in their scope of practice.

 
 
Symposium #522
CE Offered: BACB
Theoretical Overviews and Practical Implications of Key Concepts and Procedures Related to Problematic Behavior
Monday, May 27, 2019
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom A
Area: DDA/EAB; Domain: Theory
Chair: Megan A. Boyle (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia)
CE Instructor: Megan A. Boyle, Ph.D.
Abstract: One of the strengths of applied behavior analysis is that it is “conceptually systematic” (Baer, Wolf, & Risley, 1968), meaning that its procedures are analyzed and results of procedures interpreted using behavioral principles. Some principles are better understood by applied behavior analysts (and by behavior analysts in general) than others. For example, the processes of reinforcement and extinction are ubiquitous among applied behavior analysts when discussing procedures and results, but others, such as behavioral contrast, momentum, relapse, and the mechanisms responsible for lesser utilized reinforcement-based procedures, such as differential reinforcement of other behavior are less well-known, or at least are less often discussed. This symposium is designed to expose audience members to the theoretical underpinnings of these lesser known concepts and mechanisms, specifically in the context of interventions for problematic behavior. This symposium will be appropriate for behavior analysts at any level and will cover basic theoretical concepts as well as applied implications. Presenters will review basic definitions and key research findings from basic and applied investigations and will explain how to interpret results of relevant research.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): behavioral contrast, behavioral momentum, Behavioral relapse, DRO
Target Audience: The target audience will be behavior-analytic researchers and practitioners. We hope the symposium will be relevant to researchers and practitioners at all levels (basic-advanced).
Learning Objectives: 1. Audience members will be able to interpret data displays of advanced behavioral concepts (behavioral contrast, momentum, and behavioral relapse). 2. Audience members will be able to describe discrepancies in research findings regarding advanced behavioral concepts. 3. Audience members will be able to state some of the key variables that research has identified that may influence advanced behavioral concepts. 4. Audience members will be able to describe some of the gaps in knowledge that make it challenging to extend basic research on advanced behavioral concepts to practice or applied research
 

What Do We Really Know About Behavioral Contrast?

MEGAN A. BOYLE (Missouri State University)
Abstract:

Behavioral contrast is a term that is at least familiar to both clinicians and researchers, and to both basic and applied scientists. The definition of “behavioral contrast” is fairly straightforward: a change in behavior in one context in the opposite direction of a change in reinforcement rate in another context. However, a variety of variables have been shown to influence behavioral contrast (e.g., component duration, reinforcement rate, availability of alternative reinforcers, response topography, etc.), and some variables appear to exert an interactive effect (e.g., component duration and reinforcement rate). The vast majority of research on behavioral contrast has been conducted with non-humans in basic-research arrangements, and yet side effects of interventions in applied settings are often attributed to contrast-like phenomena. This tutorial will expose audience members to basic definitions and experimental arrangements, seminal research, and key variables and displays of data that are critical to interpreting research on behavioral contrast.

 
Pavlov, Persistence, and Proportions of Baseline: Making Applied Sense of Behavioral Momentum Theory
JOSEPH MICHAEL LAMBERT (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract: Decades of research have uncovered two related but distinct effects of reinforcement on responding. The first effect is on response rate and is a product of contingencies of reinforcement arranged in an operant paradigm. The second effect is on contextually controlled response persistence and is a product of Pavlovian conditioning. Although examples of the first effect are ubiquitous in intervention research, less has been done to highlight for practitioners the potential applied significance of the second effect. This is unfortunate because the implications of behavioral momentum theory are, at times, counterintuitive and treatment decisions made without consideration for the phenomena highlighted by the theory could lead to suboptimal treatment outcomes. The purpose of this tutorial is to provide audience members with a brief overview of behavioral momentum theory and to highlight a number of ways for practitioners to design interventions which, theoretically, capitalize on every effect offered by the reinforcement process.
 
Why “Eliminated” Behavior Comes Back, and What We Can Do About It
ANDREW R. CRAIG (SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Abstract: Reinforcement-based interventions (e.g., functional-communication training, contingency management) are among the most effective methods for eliminating maladaptive human behavior. The term “eliminating” in the previous sentence, however often it is used in that context, is a misnomer. It is important to acknowledge that reduction of maladaptive behavior does not imply that it has been snipped out of an individual’s repertoire. Indeed, under specific environmental circumstances, behavior is likely to come back. For example, eliminated behavior may recur following: (1) interruption of reinforcement for desirable behavior, (2) a change in the context in which the treatment occurs, (3) exposure to stimuli associated with pre-intervention reinforcement conditions, or (4) an atypically long period of time away from the treatment context. These forms of relapse are termed resurgence, renewal, reinstatement, and spontaneous recovery, respectively, and they all may pose a sizeable challenge to the long-term durability of therapeutic outcomes. In this talk, I will introduce audience members to examples of these relapse phenomena from both the animal laboratory and clinical applications. I also will offer some suggestions on how clinicians may arrange treatment conditions to minimize the likelihood that relapse will occur.
 

Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior: A Review of the Literature

CATALINA REY (University of Vermont), Alison M. Betz (Behavior Services of the Rockies), Noor Javed (Kennedy Kreiger Institute)
Abstract:

Differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) is a reinforcement schedule in which reinforcement is contingent upon a period of time with the absence of a target response. The DRO has become one of the most commonly used procedures for decreasing rates of problem behavior (Matson et al., 2011). Since its introduction, researchers and practitioners have made modifications to and developed variations of the DRO procedure. This presentation will cover a review of those variations in the basic and applied literature in an attempt to identify best practices for clinicians and directions for future research. This presentation will review topics including best practice for setting DRO intervals, thinning DRO intervals, using whole-interval versus momentary DROs, using resetting versus non-resetting DROs, using DRO procedures with and without the use of extinction, and different methods for improving the overall efficacy of the DRO procedure. Research on the underlying mechanisms that result in the decelerative effects of the target response will also be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #523
Self-Experimentation and the Quantified-Self: Research, Theory, and Application
Monday, May 27, 2019
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich BC
Area: EAB/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Clodagh Mary Murray (National University of Ireland Galway)
Discussant: April M. Becker (University of North Texas and University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center)
Abstract: This symposium discusses two research areas in which experimenter (or observer) and subject are one and the same. Self-Experimenters (S-E) employ n-of-1 methods common in behavioral studies. Self-experimental research has led to animal-model studies, to research with human populations, and, importantly, to successful applications. Sometimes the stimulus for research flows in the opposite direction: self-experiments have followed from medical and behavioral “real world” problems and from research on others. Quantified-Self (Q-S) researchers use contemporary technologies for automatic recording and analyses of behaviors, emotions and physiological changes. They share and compare self-generated data on the internet, in small-group meetings, and in international conventions. The interests and goals of S-E and Q-S researchers are often similar, and our symposium shows some of the ways in which the two areas can interact. The symposium offers two general discussion papers (Gary Wolf on Q-S and Allen Neuringer on S-E), and two sets of data-based and experimental studies (Valerie Lanard’s Q-S study and Robert Stromer’s S-E). We hope to demonstrate why a combination of S-E and Q-S can be more powerful than either alone.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): behavior change, health psychology, self-control, self-monitoring
 

The Everyday Science of "Quantified Self”

GARY WOLF (QuantifiedSelf)
Abstract: The Quantified Self is a loosely organized collaboration among makers and users of self-tracking tools who share what they are learning about themselves from their own data. The first Quantified Self meeting was held in the San Francisco Bay Area in 2007. Since that time similar groups have been organized in over 30 countries. My presentation will outline the history of the Quantified Self, characterize the types of self-tracking projects participants undertake, and show examples. I’ll show projects designed to explore causal models, projects testing medical interventions, retrospective n-of-1 studies, projects focused on self-expression, diaristic reflection, interpersonal communication, and artistic creation. The effects of behavioral feedback using self-collected data will also be described. Gary Wolf is the co-founder of the Quantified Self.
 

Learning From Excuses, and Other Unexpected Lessons From Self-Tracking

VALERIE LANARD (Patreon.com Engineering)
Abstract:

Valerie Lanard will present what she has learned from years of self-tracking: how she has used it to form healthy habits, how self-tracking has helped with physical therapy compliance, and what she has learned about behavioral and physiological patterns that may be unique to herself. Some of her studies involve self experiments. She will provide details of her exercise journey from weekly chore to daily habit as well as the inadvertent lessons she has learned along the way about how to get sick less often and, ironically, injured more. She will review her basic tracking tools and methods as well as supplementary data sources she uses, including wearables and electronic health records. Finally, she will discuss tensions between the current healthcare system (designed for an N of many) and her own data-driven self-advocacy (informed by an N of 1). By day, Valerie is Director of Engineering at arts-funding startup Patreon.

 

Technology-Assisted Self-Experimentation in a Septuagenarian: Use of a Brain Sensing Device During Mindfulness Meditation Practices

ROBERT STROMER (George Brown College)
Abstract:

Technology-assisted self-experimentation is a natural fit for data-oriented practitioners who want improved self-regulation skills. To illustrate, years ago I began practicing mindfulness-based self-care. Then, to explore private events from a biologic perspective, I began meditating with a Muse™ Brain Sensing Headband, a clinical grade device that distributes brain signals into “Calm,” “Neutral,” and “Active” zones. As a training aid, Muse™ provides auditory feedback to differentiate among brain signals. Initially, therefore, I examined distributions of “Calm” brain signals under auditory feedback versus no-feedback conditions; and results clearly favored auditory feedback. In addition, I examined “Calm” brain signals under sitting versus walking meditations. (Walking possesses both contemplative and muscle strengthening aspects.) Here, results were comparable, and similar to those observed initially for no-feedback. Interestingly, “Calm” walking meditations increased as the experiment ended. To date, I have used the Muse™ for 390 consecutive days, often, hour or longer each day. Throughout, almost 75% of my brain signals appear in the “Calm” zone; most all other brain signals in the “Neutral” zone. Overall, what I have learned benefits my personal practice immensely – with and without technology – and lessons learned inform my teaching of others in mindfulness-based stress reduction.

 
Self-Experimentation and its Impact on “Normal” Research and Application
ALLEN NEURINGER (Reed College)
Abstract: The history of experimenting on one’s own behavior and physiology goes back to the 17th century and continues to this day. In an encyclopedic work, A. Finks (2003) describes more than 500 self-experiments by physicians, biologists, physiologists, experimental psychologists and behavior analysts, among others (e.g., Isaac Newton and Arthur Conan Doyle). Many experiments led to discoveries that were later validated by “normal research.” Examples span the range from Hermann Ebbinghaus’s impactful self-studies on human memory to James Marshall’s revolutionary self-experiment on ulcers, the latter of which led to the Nobel Prize in physiology. Many of the self-experiments done by my students at Reed College employ classic A-B-A designs to study such things as effects of exercise. Some students did exploratory (non-hypothesis based) research: e.g., of complete silence for 3 days; or of sleeping in two bouts (3 and 4 hrs.) rather than a single 7-8 hr. period. My own self-experiments on random-like responding led to more than 30 years of research (with non-human animals as well as human participants) on “operant variability.” I will describe some of these self-experiments and critically evaluate the intersection between self-experimentation and more common “other-based” research.
 
 
Invited Tutorial #524
CE Offered: BACB/PSY/QABA
A Practitioner's Guide to Mitigating Treatment Relapse
Monday, May 27, 2019
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom EF
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
BACB/PSY/QABA CE Offered. CE Instructor: Wayne Fisher, Ph.D.
Chair: David Bicard (Great Leaps Learning Center)
Presenting Authors: : WAYNE FISHER (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Treatment relapse is a common problem after destructive behavior has been successfully treated using differential reinforcement procedures, such as functional communication training (FCT). Three forms of treatment relapse are resurgence, renewal, and reinstatement. These forms of treatment relapse are much more common that previously thought. For example, a recent prevalence study from our research lab showed that resurgence of problem behavior occurred in 75% of cases during reinforcer schedule thinning with FCT. Researcher have identified a number of specific procedures that practitioners can incorporate into FCT treatment packages that can mitigate, and in some cases prevent, resurgence and other forms of treatment relapse. In this presentation, I will discuss translational research on treatment relapse and describe specific and practical treatment procedures that practitioners can readily integrate into their practice.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define the three major forms of treatment relapse at the completion of this presentation; (2) describe the treatment procedure that reduces two of the three major forms of treatment relapse.
 
WAYNE FISHER (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Wayne Fisher is the H.B. Munroe professor of behavioral research in the Munroe-Meyer Institute and the Department of Pediatrics at the University of Nebraska Medical Center. He is also the director of the Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders at the Munroe-Meyer Institute, a board certified behavior analyst at the doctoral level (BCBA-D), and a licensed psychologist. He was previously a professor of psychiatry at Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine and served as executive director of the Neurobehavioral Programs at the Kennedy Krieger Institute and the Marcus Behavior Center at the Marcus Institute, where he built clinical-research programs in autism and developmental disabilities with international reputations for excellence. Fisher’s methodologically sophisticated research has focused on several intersecting lines, including preference, choice, and the assessment and treatment of autism and severe behavior disorders, that have been notable for the creative use of concurrent schedules of reinforcement, which have become more commonplace in clinical research primarily as a result of his influence. He has published over 180 peer-reviewed papers in over 30 different behavioral and/or medical journals, including: the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis; Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior; American Journal on Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities; Pediatrics; and The Lancet. Fisher has had near-continuous federal grant support for his research for 19 years.  He is a past editor of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, a past president of the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior (SEAB), a fellow in the Association for Behavior Analysis International, and recipient of (a) the Bush Leadership Award; (b) the APA (Division 25) Award for Outstanding Contributions to Applied Behavioral Research; (c) the UNMC Distinguished Scientist Award; (d) the University of Nebraska system-wide Award for Outstanding Research and Creativity Activity; and (e) the SEAB, Don Hake Translational Research Award from APA (Division 25).
 
 
Symposium #525
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching Students to Think Like Behavior Analysts: A Discussion on Teaching Philosophy, Theory, and Conceptual Issues to Students of Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 27, 2019
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Fairmont, Second Level, International Ballroom
Area: TBA/PCH; Domain: Theory
Chair: Bethany P. Contreras Young (Middle Tennessee State University )
Discussant: Bethany P. Contreras Young (Middle Tennessee State University )
CE Instructor: Bethany P. Contreras Young, Ph.D.
Abstract:

It is important for students of behavior analysis to demonstrate a broad understanding of the underlying philosophy, theory, and concepts that will ultimately guide their decision making. This symposium will present a series of discussions on teaching philosophy, theory, and conceptual issues to graduate students pursuing training in behavior analysis. The general goal of this symposium is to discuss the importance of teaching philosophy and theory at the master’s level, and to identify topics that should be included in master’s coursework. Timothy Slocum will discuss teaching philosophy in the context of applied behavior analysis coursework; Andy Lattal will discuss teaching concepts and philosophy in the context of experimental analysis of behavior coursework; Claudia Drossel will discuss the importance of understanding the philosophy of behavior analysis for clinical practitioners; and Anthony Biglan will discuss functional contextualism as a framework for organizing behavioral science and practice. Bethany Contreras will then end the symposium by identifying information from the four presentations to include in a tentative outline for a master’s level course on philosophy, theory, and conceptual issues that will prepare students to “think like a behavior analyst.”

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): behaviorism, functional contextualism, radical behaviorism
Target Audience:

The target audience is PhD level behavior analysts who are involved in teaching and training both master's and doctoral level students.

Learning Objectives: 1.) Identify and define important philosophical and theoretical issues 2.) Discuss the importance of including philosophical and theoretical issues in master's level training 3.) Discuss methods for incorporating philosophical and theoretical issues into mater's level coursework and clinical training
 
Teaching Philosophy in the Context of Applied Behavior Analysis
TIMOTHY A. SLOCUM (Utah State University)
Abstract: Radical Behaviorism provides a powerful philosophical foundation for developing a science focused on the prediction and control of behavior in applied contexts. Teaching the tenets and application of radical behaviorism to graduate students in the context of a program in applied behavior analysis entails two broad tasks: (a) Teaching students to apply the philosophy effectively to a wide range of situations that are within the current scope of behavior analysis and to communicate effectively with behavior analysts, and (b) teaching students to use radical behaviorism as tool for reaching out – to communicate with diverse audiences that are not radical behaviorists and to understand behavior that has not previously been analyzed in behavioral terms. This second task is concerned with whether radical behaviorism has the effect of broadening or narrowing the scope of curiosity, flexibility of the analysis, and the ability to find value in concepts and procedures that are not framed behaviorally.
 

"The Pigeon Was Able to Discriminate": Conceptual Opportunities and Challenges in Teaching Experimental Analysis of Behavior

KENNON ANDY LATTAL (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

As in teaching other topics in behavior analysis, conceptual opportunities and challenges abound in material related to the basic science. The overriding opportunity/challenge with some students is that of persuading them to suspend the belief system/conceptual framework that they bring with them to the material and open up to what for them is a totally different way of looking at their world. For other students, it is to help refine an already-developing world view. The content of basic science courses lends itself readily to discussions of radical behaviorism’s approach to scientific practices, with such topics as observation and objectivity, data collection and analysis, determinism and causation, and the definitions and use of theory. The scientific content of EAB lends itself equally well to other, perhaps more general, conceptual issues such as mechanism, contextualism, selectionism, agency, intention, privacy, and research ethics. Both the issues and methods for bringing them into focus when teaching EAB, in both the classroom and laboratory, will be the topic of this presentation.

 

Clinical Behavior Analysis and the Importance of Philosophy

CLAUDIA DROSSEL (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract:

Eastern Michigan University’s clinical behavior analysis (CB) master’s program prepares students for both the psychology limited license and the board certification in behavior analysis. In preparation for clinical work with general presentations such as mood or stress disorders, students learn about behavior therapies, such as acceptance and commitment therapy, behavioral activation, or dialectical behavior therapy. Later, they receive practical training and supervision. Becoming a clinical behavior analyst requires that students maintain a behavior analytic stance while entering the vernacular language realm. In session, clinicians dual-task: On the one hand, they explicitly coach the client in the active use of behavior change principles, with practice carried out by the client in between-session assignments. On the other hand, there is the context in which this coaching is taking place, particularly the reciprocal interaction of trainee and client. The trainee’s contingent responding in this interaction, taking a behavior analytic long view and considering the case conceptualization, is most difficult to train and to acquire. Video examples will illustrate that a thorough understanding of philosophy and the flexible application of behavior analytic conceptualizations within one’s own interactions are critical in training.

 

Pending

ERIN B. RASMUSSEN (Idaho State University)
Abstract:

Pending

 
 
Symposium #526
CE Offered: BACB
Clinical Interventions From the Field: Maintaining the Scientist/Practitioner Ideals of Case Management
Monday, May 27, 2019
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom CD North
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Kalle M Laitinen (1989)
Discussant: April N. Kisamore (Hunter College)
CE Instructor: Sara Polgar, M.Ed.
Abstract:

This symposium will address issues related to the application of Scientist/Practitioner service delivery in contemporary home and school programming models. The four presentations will include discussion of clinical follow up, functional use of speech-generating devices, a clinical replication of naming, and long-term applied behavior analysis services provided to adults with autism spectrum disorder.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): behavioral cusps, naming, social skills, speech-generating device
Target Audience:

BCaBA, BCBA, BCBA-D

 
Revisiting Verbal Behavior Development: A Three Year Follow Up
SHUBHRA GHOSH (Fit Learning Aptos)
Abstract: This presentation continues the annual clinical updates of progress for Shraman. Clinical issues regarding the choice, prioritization, and monitoring of target behavioral cusps will be discussed.
 
Teaching Flexibility of Language in Learners Using Speech-Generating Devices
SARA POLGAR (David Gregory School)
Abstract: Three learners using speech-generating devices (SGD) to communicate, acquired the skill to ask questions about hidden objects using the protocol described in Williams, Donley, & Keller (2000). Observationally, learners using SGDs learn rotate responses and short phrase mands (i.e.“I want iPad.”) The purpose of the current intervention was to investigate if, with the same learners, we could replicate the findings of Williams, Perez-Gonzalez and Vogt (2005) where by changing contingencies to the three formulated questions the learner’s flexibility in responding increased.
 
A Systematic Replication of Teaching Naming as a Behavioral Cusp
JESSICA FERNANDEZ (Fit Learning)
Abstract: The purpose of this intervention was to teach the capacity of naming to a seven year old learner with autism spectrum disorder. He presented with defined listener, echoic, mand and intraverbal repertoires as scored on his VB-MAPP profile. This presentation will describe data on the establishment of naming up to the date of this conference.
 

Practical Approaches to Address the Needs of Adolescents and Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder

GLADYS WILLIAMS (CIEL, SPAIN)
Abstract:

Ten-year learning history of two 30-year-old males diagnosed with profound cognitive delays at age three. Detailed presentation on the development for the establishment and growth of verbal behavior and ADL repertoires will be presented with discussion of clinical challenges and triumphs over this course of time.

 
 
Paper Session #527
Behavior Analysis of Art and Creativity
Monday, May 27, 2019
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom CD South
Area: VBC
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Grayson Butcher (University of North Texas)
 
On the Distinction Between Arts and Crafts: An Abstract Tact Analysis
Domain: Theory
MAASA NISHIMUTA (University of North Texas), T. V. Joe Layng (Generategy, LLC)
 
Abstract: We may marvel at both the creativity and quality of work in a piece of pottery or a sculpture, or of a well played basketball game or well acted play. While each may have similarities, and each may have instances or what might be called creativity, one is often considered art, while the other a craft. This paper will explore what may be guiding the abstract tact “art” and the abstract tact “craft.” The critical features of each as well as the varying features will be described, compared, and contrasted. The consequences governing the creation or performance of each, and the effect of the work on the audience will form the basis of the analysis. In the process it will be demonstrated how a consequential contingency analysis of verbal behavior may contribute to understanding art, craft, and their creation and appreciation.
 
Metaphorical Extension in Instances of Creation: Is There Really a Difference Between Art and Science?
Domain: Theory
GRAYSON BUTCHER (University of North Texas), T. V. Joe Layng (Generategy, LLC)
 
Abstract: In his book Science and Human Values, Jacob Bronowski argues that the act of creation is fundamentally the same in both the sciences and the arts. They differ not in terms of process, but in terms of outcomes. That is, the art that is created is judged by an audience, it either succeeds or fails accordingly. The science created is not typically so judged, but instead must meet criteria of verification or falsifiability, in essence science is self-corrective, whereas art is not. Bronowski claims metaphorical extension is essential to the creative process for both art and science and plays a significant role in our understanding of creative insight. But are they the same, and does metaphorical extension play the same role in each? This paper will attempt to answer this question drawing upon Skinner’s (1957) analysis of verbal behavior, Goldiamond’s description of the distinction between dimensional and abstraction stimulus control, and new distinctions that separate metaphorical tacts from metaphorical mands.
 
Creativity as a Language Game: Implications for Behavior Analysts
Domain: Theory
SARAH SUMNER (University of North Texas), T. V. Joe Layng (Generategy, LLC)
 
Abstract: In his work Philosophical Investigations, Ludwig Wittgenstein argues that our language is only clearly communicated by agreement in definitions and judgments. He takes issue with attempts to understand terms such as now, beauty, and truth— as representations of individuals or states of the world. Instead, he suggests that the meanings of such words are found in their use by the verbal community. And further, their use may somewhat change from instance to instance, which makes the debate about their essence, essential properties, or definition futile. He instead suggests that each use has a set of “family resemblances,” that is, the uses may share some, but not all features with one another. The word is part of a language game that has identifiable consequences for its participants. We suggest the same may be true for the study of creativity. Instead of searching for “creativity,” or how to make one more creative— behavioral investigators may find it more productive to investigate the language game of which the term “creative” is a part, and perhaps determine the criteria and consequences for asserting a creative act occurred and why it is considered important.
 
The Act of Creation and the Knowing of the Artist
Domain: Theory
LEAH HERZOG (University of North Texas), T. V. Joe Layng (Generategy, LLC)
 
Abstract: In Science and Human Behavior (1953), B. F. Skinner described some of the contingencies that may act to maintain an artist’s behavior while creating a work of art. Though matching to a model may seem a likely candidate, adherence to photorealistic reproduction may not be the goal. Instead, the effect on an audience, which includes the artist, may be a critical reinforcer. But what about the work that evolves during its creation? Brush strokes, sculpting, building, etc. produces stimuli whose arrangement may have reinforcing properties for the artist’s behavior. Art may be the arrangement of stimuli that serve as reinforcers for the artist’s behavior. To the extent others find the arrangement reinforcing, the artist has “achieved” a certain universality. But what of the meaning of the art? The answer may lie in the instructional/abstractional stimulus control (after Goldiamond, 1966) occasioned by the arrangement, not in the dimensional stimulus control. In short, the instructional control may be considered a form of “metaphorical mand.” This presentation will describe how, in a sense, we can come to know the artist. As Skinner (1957, p. 95) noted, “…metaphorical responses have been acquired under other circumstances, about which inferences may therefore be made.”
 
 
 
Panel #527A
Diversity submission PDS: Let's Talk About Diversity
Monday, May 27, 2019
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Fairmont, Lobby Level, Rouge
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Marlesha Bell (University of South Florida)
SARAH E. BLOOM (University of South Florida)
GREGORY REED (Howard University)
ANNA GARCIA (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts serve a growing diverse population. Diverse groups currently make up about 28% of the population (Humes, Jones, & Ramirez, 2011), and by 2044 diverse groups are projected to make up more than half of the population (Colby & Ortman, 2017). Additionally, research from outside of behavior analysis has evaluated ways to reduce health care disparities and propose solutions for barriers that diverse groups experience. Conversely, limited research has been conducted on how to reduce barriers for diverse groups within behavior analysis. As students, this is an opportunity to learn about the current standing of diversity in behavior analysis. It is important to have these discussions and begin to conduct research on how we can best serve diverse groups in behavior analysis. Thus, the panel is designed to open up a conversation about issues with diversity in behavior analysis and review proposed solutions that behavior analysts can follow. The presenters will also discuss how to better serve diverse populations and how to recruit and retain diverse behavior analysts.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Culture, Diversity, Linguistic Diversity, Representation
 
 
Symposium #528
CE Offered: BACB
Displacement and Diverse Applications of Preference and Reinforcer Assessments
Monday, May 27, 2019
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom D
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University)
CE Instructor: Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld, Ph.D.
Abstract: Given that reinforcers are integral to the success of behavioral interventions, it is imperative to assess and identify individuals’ preference for and the efficacy of these stimuli used during behavioral interventions. Previous researchers have found that individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities tend to show a preference for certain stimulus classes over others; however, the extent to which this phenomenon generalizes to different populations and to novel stimulus classes remains unclear. In the first presentation, Carter and colleagues will present two studies (a) evaluating typically developing children’s preferences for edible and leisure stimuli and (b) comparing the reinforcing efficacy of the top-ranked stimulus from each class. In the second presentation, Schieber and colleagues will present a study evaluating the preferences of children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) for (a) social and non-social visual images and (b) social and tangible reinforcers followed by an evaluation of the reinforcing potency of the highest-ranked events of each class. In the third presentation, Martin and colleagues will present a study investigating the preferences of children with intellectual and developmental disabilities for electronic leisure and edible stimuli and the social validity of these outcomes.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): displacement, preference assessment, reinforcer assessment, social motivation
Target Audience: Researchers and practitioners
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) analyze the results of combined-class preference and reinforcer assessments, (2) discuss the social validity of preference and reinforcer assessment outcomes, and (3) compare the preference for and reinforcer potency of stimuli from various stimulus classes.
 
Displacement of One Stimulus Class Over Another Stimulus Class: A Systematic Replication
ADAM CARTER (Hamilton Health Sciences), Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University)
Abstract: Previous researchers have found that individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities tend to prefer edible over leisure stimuli and that, when compared, leisure stimuli tend to function as less effective reinforcers than edible stimuli. This same phenomenon has not yet been investigated with typically developing children. In Study 1, we evaluated the preference for leisure and edible stimuli in a combined-class MSWO assessment with 15 typically developing children. Five of 15 participants preferred edible stimuli over leisure stimuli, 3 of 15 participants preferred leisure stimuli over edible stimuli, and the remaining 7 of 15 participants did not show a preference for one stimulus class over the other. In Study 2, we compared the reinforcer potency of the top-ranked stimulus from each class with 7 of the 8 participants who showed displacement of one stimulus class over the other. Four of 7 participants allocated more responding to the free-operant task associated with the top-ranked stimulus identified in the combined-class MSWO, and 3 of 7 participants showed no differences in responding to the free-operant task regardless of the stimulus rank.
 
Does Selection of a Toy Image Over a Facial Image Predict Insensitivity to Social Reinforcers?
ELIZABETH SCHIEBER (University of Florida), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida), Nathalie Fernandez (University of Florida), Kissel Joseph Goldman (University of Florida)
Abstract: In this study, nine children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) first completed a tablet-based preference assessment (PA) for social and nonsocial visual images to replicate a recent study suggesting diminished social motivation in children with ASD. Then, we repeated the PA while providing post-choice access to the reinforcers. Next, children completed separate paired-stimulus PAs for social and tangible reinforcers followed by a combined PA to determine if tangible reinforcers would displace social reinforcers in preference hierarchies. Finally, we used concurrent-schedule reinforcer assessments to measure response allocation among the highest-ranked events of each class. Collectively, the results showed: a) the tablet-based PA most often resulted in indifferent choice patterns; b) choices were more differentiated when we provided post-choice access; c) tangible reinforcers often displaced social reinforcers in combined PSPAs; but d) response rates for the most preferred social reinforcer were higher than the tangible reinforcer (four children), and when they were not (five children), the social reinforcer nonetheless supported response rates above a no-reinforcement control. Overall, the results suggest a relative preference for tangible stimuli does not necessarily indicate that social reinforcers are ineffective.
 

Evaluating Preference for Electronic Compared to Edible Items in Children With Developmental Delays

CLARISSA MARTIN (Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center), Stephanie Trauschke (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Past research has shown displacement of leisure items by edible items in preference assessments with children with developmental delays (e.g., DeLeon, Iwata, & Roscoe, 1997). In recent years, there has been increased use of electronics as reinforcers and caregiver report shows children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) spend more time with electronics than typically developing siblings (Mazurek, 2013). This study compared preference for electronic leisure to edible items. Participants were children with developmental and intellectual disabilities admitted to a day program for toilet training or challenging behavior. All participants completed separate preference assessments for leisure and edible items as standard of care. When the most preferred leisure item was an electronic, we conducted a combined preference assessment evaluating the top three leisure and edible items. Results for the first 10 participants show that half (n=5) of participants preferred the electronic item over edible items. Compared to past research on displacement by edible items, this suggests that electronic items may be less likely to be displaced. The importance of conducting preference assessments in clinical work and selecting reinforcers considering preference and social validity are discussed.

 
 
Panel #529
CE Offered: BACB
Is a Picture Worth a Thousand Words?: A Case for Parsimony in Conditional Discrimination Using PECS
Monday, May 27, 2019
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Lobby Level, Plaza Ballroom AB
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Ken Winn, M.S.
Chair: Mary Howell (Firefly Autism)
KEN WINN (Firefly Autism)
KOREY TAYLOR (Firefly Autism)
MIRANDA FOLEY (Firefly Autism)
Abstract:

The Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) was developed to teach children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) a functional way to communicate when they have limited abilities in speech, language and speaking skills. However, there is an underlying assumption that a child does not need to already posses simple or conditional discrimination skills in order to succeed with PECS, but rather those skills will develop later (Bondy and Frost, 2001). In the present study we examine two adolescents with ASD and their slow acquisition of PECS. When examining the assumed prerequisite skills of simple and conditional discrimination neither student is competent. With their severely limited communication skills and deficient discrimination skills we postulated that despite the presumed acquisition of these skills, that they would require the teaching of these fundamentals prior to succeeding in PECS. Utilizing the general procedures for teaching conditional discrimination skills established by Gina Green (2001) we have seen a significant increase in the acquisition of PECS.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

BCBA's RBT's ABA Therapists

Learning Objectives: 1) Participants will learn about conditional discrimination in the use of Picture Exchange Communication System 2) Participants will learn to analyze the gradual effects of visual communication systems for individuals with ASD and severe communication challenges 3) Participants will identify fundamental skills necessary to teach more complicate communication systems, such as PECS
Keyword(s): Communication, Conditional Discrimination, PECS
 
 
Symposium #531
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analysts' Use of Evidence-Based Practice: Where We Are and Where We Need To Be
Monday, May 27, 2019
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom B
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Ronnie Detrich (Detrich and Associates)
CE Instructor: Susan Wilczynski, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Practitioners of any discipline should use evidence-based practice (EBP) to identify effective treatments for their clients (Wilczynski, 2017). The EBP decision-making model incorporates a practitioner’s use of professional judgment to integrate best available evidence with relevant client variables to make treatment decisions (Wilczynski, 2017). Although use of this decision-making model is recommended, how well do behavior analysts incorporate EBP factors into their everyday practice and how are their efforts perceived by relevant stakeholders including teachers and parents? Online surveys were sent to parents, teachers, and Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) to assess BCBAs’ overall use of EBP. EBP factors related to identifying effective treatments (e.g. past treatment effectiveness, overall health, client repertoire), treatment fidelity, and meaningful changes to the client’s life (e.g. quality of life, client preferences) were analyzed. Parent and teacher perspectives as well as BCBAs self-reported use of EBP will be shared. Parent, teacher, and BCBA collaboration, perceived inattention to relevant treatment selection factors, and proposed areas of growth for behavior analysts will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): decision-making model, Evidence-based practice, treatment selection
Target Audience:

Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs)

 

Teachers’ Relationship With Behavior Analysts: How are Behavior Analysts Perceived in the School Setting

AMANDA HENDERSON (Ball State University)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts consulting with teachers will find unfavorable outcomes when the evidence-based practice (EBP) decision-making model for treatment selection is not used. Teachers implement (or oversee implementation) of interventions so teacher ‘buy in’ is important. An online survey assessed teachers’ perspectives on the use of EBP by behavior analysts. A total of 75,000 surveys were emailed. A total of 63 teachers completed the survey. Teachers were asked to rate how important EBP factors were to BCBAs when choosing an intervention. We hypothesized most teachers would believe BCBAs consistently used factors related to identifying effective treatments (e.g. past treatment effectiveness, overall health, client repertoire), treatment fidelity, and meaningful changes to client’s life (e.g. quality of life, client preferences) as important. Although this hypothesis was generally supported, 60% of teachers do not believe BCBAs perceive cost of treatment to be a relevant factor in selecting treatments. In addition, 20% of teachers believe treatment acceptability is not being given due consideration and 15-17% of teachers believe BCBAs are not using student preference, student health, treatment fidelity or previous treatment effectiveness in their treatment selection process. The consequences for the BCBA-teacher relationship and outcomes for students that result from these views will be discussed.

 

Hear Our Voice: Parents’ Perspectives on Behavior Analysts Use of Evidence-Based Practice

SHAWNNA SUNDBERG (Ball State University; Hoosier ABA)
Abstract:

Parents play a critical role in the evidence-based practice (EBP) decision-making model because behavior analysts risk selecting treatments that are less feasible or have a lower likelihood of being implemented with integrity if they ignore parent perspectives. An online survey assessed parents’ perspectives on the use of EBP by BCBAs. A total of 22 parents rated how often they believe the BCBAs with whom they have worked consider EBP factors when choosing interventions. These EBP factors include but are not restricted to identifying effective treatments (e.g. past treatment effectiveness, overall health, client repertoire) and making meaningful changes to client’s life (e.g., client preferences). We hypothesized parents would state that most BCBAs considered these factors when selecting treatments for the client. Instead, nearly 2/3rds of parents reported believing that BCBAs considered past treatment effectiveness and overall client health half the time or less when selecting treatments. Further, 59% and 46% of parents reported believing BCBAs considered client repertoire and client preference half of the time or less, respectively. Based on this limited sample, behavior analysts are either insufficiently considering these variables when selecting treatments or are not communicating effectively to parents about their decision-making process when selecting treatments.

 

Behavior Analysts’ Use of Evidence-Based Practice: Where Do We Go From Here

SUSAN WILCZYNSKI (Ball State University)
Abstract:

Practitioners of any discipline should use the evidence-based practice (EBP) decision-making model to identify effective treatments that make meaningful changes in the lives of their clients (Wilczynski, 2017). An online self-report survey was sent to assess Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) use of EBP in their everyday practice. A total of 127 BCBAs completed the survey in its entirety. BCBAs were asked to rate how important EBP factors were when choosing an intervention. Data were coded as either important or unimportant. We hypothesized BCBAs would rate factors related to identifying effective treatments (e.g. past treatment effectiveness, overall health, client repertoire), treatment fidelity, and meaningful changes to client’s life (e.g. quality of life, client preferences) as important. Our data suggest while the majority of BCBAs think identifying effective treatments (past treatment effectiveness, overall health, client repertoire), treatment fidelity, and making meaningful changes in their clients’ lives (quality of life, client preferences) are important to consider when choosing an intervention, they under appreciate the importance of cost of treatments. Does this mean behavior analysis risks being viewed as a concierge industry? The client, family, and societal implications of ignoring the cost of treatment are discussed.

 
 
Symposium #532
Developments of Highest Behavioral Developmental Stages in the Model of Hierarchical Complexity
Monday, May 27, 2019
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Montreux 1-3
Area: DEV/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Simran Trisal Malhotra (Dare Association)
Abstract:

This symposium presents developments in the Model of Hierarchical Complexity (MHC) and what underlies the order of tasks corresponding to stages of development. The MHC is a neo-Piagetian, non-mentalistic model of developmental stages based on the hierarchical complexity of a behavioral task. A task at a higher order of complexity: 1) is defined in terms of two or more tasks at the next lower order of Hierarchical Complexity; 2) the higher order task organizes the less complex actions from the adjacent lower order actions; and 3) the lower order tasks have to be carried out non-arbitrarily. An individual is said to “be” at a developmental stage when they successfully solve the task of that order. The first paper discusses the Paradigmatic Stage 14, defined in terms of two metasystems forming a new paradigm and the Cross-Paradigmatic Stage 15, defined with actions that fit paradigms together to form new fields to reflect a coherent set of assumptions. The second paper identifies the Meta-Cross-Paradigmatic Stage 16 as the mapping and coordination of two cross-paradigms. The third paper introduces the existence of stage 17 with discussions on the continuation of stage sequence and the future of advanced stage development.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): behavioral-developmental stages, MHC, quantitative BA, stage development
 
The Paradigmatic and the Cross-Paradigmatic Orders and Stages of the Model of Hierarchical Complexity
(Theory)
Cory Barker (Antioch University), PATRICE MARIE MILLER (Salem State University)
Abstract: At the Paradigmatic Stage 14, one understands the impossibility of making metasystems (stage 13) work because there are too many considerations that make the metasystems either inconsistent or incomplete. Paradigmatic actions fit metasystems together to form new paradigms. Such actions work with the relationship between very large and often disparate bodies of knowledge in order to reflect on, compare, contrast, transform, and synthesize multiple principles and metasystems. In a domain, the transition into the paradigmatic stage may happen if the highest stage task is showing that metasystems are incomplete and adding to them creates inconsistencies. No further stages in that domain on that sequence are then possible (Sonnert & Commons, 1994). Similarly, a cross-paradigm is a systematized set of relations among paradigms that reflects a coherent set of assumptions. Cross-paradigmatic actions of order 15 fit paradigms together to form new fields. They form new fields by crossing paradigms or integrating paradigms into a new field or profoundly transforming an old paradigm. This coordination of Stage 14 paradigms may also be done in order to show it is impossible to coordinate such paradigms, hence the development of the cross-paradigmatic stage 15. The paper presents definitions, descriptions, and applications for the two orders and corresponding stages.
 

The Meta-Cross-Paradigmatic Order and Stage 16

(Theory)
Olivia Kjorlien (Harvard University), WILLIAM JOSEPH HARRIGAN (Harvard Extension School), Michael Commons (Harvard Medical School)
Abstract:

The Model of Hierarchical Complexity has identified orders and their corresponding stages through Order 16. There are examples, descriptions, and definitions of the Orders of Hierarchical Complexity through Order 15. Any order of complexity, n, operates on tasks performed at the n-1 order of complexity by coordinating them. By this logic, if cross-paradigms from Order 15 are coordinated, Order 16 is formed. Therefore, Stage 16 must exist and it can be named and defined. To date, the discourse provides empirical evidence for Order 16. For example – no cross paradigmatic solution works, they are either incomplete or inconsistent. Quarks are bound together by particles, as the universe expands, do protons and electrons fall apart? However, Stage 16 has now been named and defined as The Meta-Cross-Paradigmatic Order 16. This paper discusses examples for this order and corresponding stage. In particular, examples that map Order 15 paradigms of Physical Science and Order 15 Behavioral Science onto one another.

 
The Ultra Meta-Cross-Paradigmatic Order and Stage 17
(Theory)
MICHAEL MARIE COMMONS (Harvard Medical School)
Abstract: Behavior can be analyzed by the difficulty of tasks that an individual successfully addresses and the Model of Hierarchical Complexity (MHC) attempts to score these tasks into behavioral-developmental stages. Following Dawn Ellen Schrader’s Law (1990), in order to score a stage, one has to be one stage higher than the stage one is scoring. Commons and Kjorlien (2017) explain the characteristics of the Meta-Cross-Paradigmatic Stage 16, showing the problems with the Cross-Paradigmatic Stage 15. It suggested a solution. In order to come up with the scoring and properties of Stage 16, Commons, hence, has to be operating at Stage 17. This paper is an introduction to explaining the transition from Stage 16 to the Ultra Meta-Cross-Paradigmatic Stage 17. With this, there is hope to have further knowledge about stage 17, as its existence has now shown. The development of a higher stage is imminent because Stage 16 fails as we do not know what questions to ask and what phenomena to observe. This paper also discusses the critical question about if the stage sequence will ever end and the future of advanced MHC stage developments.
 
 
Symposium #533
CE Offered: BACB
An Exploration of the Role of Behavior Analysis in Skills Teaching for Intervention and Prevention of Problem Behavior Within Irish Preschools
Monday, May 27, 2019
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Fairmont, Second Level, Gold
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jennifer Holloway (National University of Ireland, Galway)
CE Instructor: Jennifer Holloway, Ph.D.
Abstract:

There are a number of empirically identified barriers to the successful progression of children through the educational system. Such risk factors are increasingly prevalent at the preschool stage with changes in the demographic backgrounds of children, increased language and economic diversity, as well as variance in family circumstances presenting various educational and behavioral challenges for children. Often times failure to teach children important life skills at this point can lead to future failures within educational settings and/or the development of ongoing problem behavior. The symposium will demonstrate the role of behavior analysis in the prevention of and intervention for problem behavior within Irish preschool settings. Across a series of studies, the presenters will discuss the impact of the preschool life skills (PLS; Hanley et al., 2007) in teaching important learning readiness skills, the role of parents in supporting children learn the PLS, and the role of observational learning in acquiring such skills. Furthermore the research presented within the symposium explores the impact of the Class-Wide Function-Related Intervention Teams (CW-FIT, Wills et al., 2010) to target the emergence of problem behavior. Issues of generalisation and maintenance will be discussed within all of the presentations, as well as the specific application of the interventions within Irish preschools.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Practitioners working within preschool educational settings

 
Evaluating the Preschool Life Skills Program in Irish Preschool and Home Settings
CIARA GUNNING (National University of Ireland Galway), Jennifer Holloway (National University of Ireland, Galway)
Abstract: The preschool life skills (PLS; Hanley et al., 2007) program has been developed to mitigate the risk factors for the development of problem behavior which are increasingly evident in preschool populations. The PLS program aims to teach 13 preschool life skills (important school readiness skills and common functionally equivalent skills to preschool problem behaviour) preventively and prepare children for success with later educational transitions. A groups design was used to evaluate the PLS program with 21 preschool children in early education services in Ireland. The study is further extended to demonstrate the role of parental involvement in intervention, within a series of single case research designs, which explore the important potential implications for improving intervention efficacy, acceptability and accessibility of the program within an Irish context. Across the studies, results indicated that teacher and parent-led implementation of the PLS program led to an increase in preschool life skills and a decrease in problem behaviour, and supported generalization of the target preschool life skills across home and preschool settings. The findings of the current research are significant in informing the development of parent training packages to support the delivery of school-based interventions for typically developing preschool children.
 

Implementing Positive Behavior Support Within Preschool Settings: Group Functional Assessment and Class-Wide Function-Related Intervention Teams

Dearbhaile Mahon (National University of Ireland Galway), HELENA LYDON (National University of Ireland Galway), Jennifer Holloway (National University of Ireland, Galway), Ciara Gunning (National University of Ireland Galway)
Abstract:

Pr¬eschool is an important educational setting for child development and problem behavior is a prevalent barrier within this setting. Preschool teachers have expressed the need for evidence-based classroom management interventions to address problem behavior. Class-Wide Function-Related Intervention Teams (CW-FIT, Wills et al., 2010) is an intervention which incorporates social skills training, group contingencies and reinforcement to address problem behavior within classrooms. This intervention has been found to be socially valid by teachers and children, and effective in increasing children’s engagement, decreasing problems/problem behavior in elementary, kindergarten, first and second grade classrooms. The aim of the current study was to evaluate a modified CW-FIT as an effective strategy to address problem behavior within two community-preschools in Ireland across three preschool classes with 32 children. A multiple baseline design across participants was employed to evaluate the outcomes, with measures of generalization and maintenance also taken. Visual analysis of data revealed an increase in the children’s on-task behavior and social skills as well as a decrease in children’s problem behavior within these settings.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #534
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/NASP

A Behaviour Analysis of Theory of Mind: Conceptual and Applied Implications

Monday, May 27, 2019
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich D
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
Instruction Level: Advanced
CE Instructor: Francesca Degli Espinosa, Ph.D.
Chair: David C. Palmer (Smith College)
FRANCESCA DEGLI ESPINOSA (ABA Clinic, UK)
I fell in love with behaviour analysis in 1996, when I began working as a tutor for a child with autism. Almost immediately I became interested in interventions that could both define and establish generalised learning: the ability to demonstrate novel responses within an operant class without each individual response having been previously reinforced. I was given the opportunity to explore this question when I worked as the Lead Clinician for the first UK-based EIBI outcome study (Remington et al., 2007) at the University of Southampton. Within that context, I developed the Early Behavioural Intervention Curriculum (EBIC) an intervention framework derived from functional analyses of language, which subsequently formed the principal focus for my Doctoral thesis (2011). My clinical and research interests eventually settled, and continue to be, on advanced applications of contemporary analyses of verbal behaviour (Horne & Lowe, 1996; Michael, Palmer, & Sundberg, 2011) as a basis for teaching generalised verbal repertoires, and, thereby, as a means of minimising the need to teach specific individual verbal responses. Currently, I divide my time between the UK, where I live, and Italy, my home country, where I teach behaviour analysis to postgraduate students at the University of Salerno and support professionals in developing effective interventions.
Abstract:

The term Theory of Mind has come to refer to a collection of responses that involve one’s ability to predict another person’s behaviour based on understanding that person’s perspective. One of the most studied topics in the field of psychology for the past 30 years, Theory of Mind is considered not only an important developmental milestone in childhood, but also a theoretical system to explain additional social and cognitive processes in both typical and atypical children and adults. Despite the importance of the topic, behaviour analysis has yet to provide a satisfactory account of Theory of Mind (i.e., of the variables that control the types of behaviour commonly held to denote Theory of Mind). In this presentation I set out to provide the beginning of such an account. Firstly, I will argue that Theory of Mind is not an “entity” that is either present or absent, but rather, is a developmental verbal process that begins in early childhood with the establishment of tacting public and private events during social interactions. Secondly, I will provide an analysis of the controlling variables of the component verbal skills that are said to denote Theory of Mind. Thirdly, I will illustrate a hierarchical sequence of instructional activities derived from such an analysis to establish perspective taking in children with autism, a syndrome with known deficits in these skills. The application of a teaching technology derived from a conceptual and experimental analysis both validates and extends the basic approach.

Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the verbal controlling variables involved in Theory of Mind Tasks; (2) provide a behavioural interpretation of perspective taking; (3) delineate a programme of instruction to establish component Theory of Mind skills.
 
 
Symposium #535
CE Offered: BACB
Why and How Behavior Analysis Can Use Acceptance and Commitment Therapy to Disseminate Applied Behavior Analysis.
Monday, May 27, 2019
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Swissôtel, Lucerne Ballroom Level, Lucerne 1/2
Area: PCH/DEV; Domain: Translational
Chair: Katherine J. Saint (Fox Valley Autism Treatment Program, The Chicago School of Professional Psychology )
Discussant: Brad Brezinski (Florida Institute of Technology, Fox Valley Autism Treatment Program )
CE Instructor: Katherine J. Saint, M.A.
Abstract:

The dissemination of Behavior Analysis is vital to spreading the impact of behavior analytic strategies. Applied Behavior Analysis is best known for its work with Autism but can be useful in any domain. Dixon (2018) reports that in order to spread Behavior Analysis’ impact the field needs to offer technology that is useful and does not include jargon that is unapproachable to people outside the field. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy meets this criteria and has already been accepted in many fields. For example it’s use for behavioral improvement, medical conditions and staff training has been published in approximately 99 academic journals. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy is based in Relational Frame Theory which has been accepted in the behavior analytic research for over 30 years. Other behavior analytic strategies support the processes of Acceptance and Commitment therapy such as motivating operations, contingency awareness training, and strategies to address the impact of delayed discounting.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): ACT, RFT
Target Audience:

Behavior Analysts and other practitioners

Learning Objectives: 1. Learners will identify the principles of Behavior Analysis used in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy. 2. Learners will identify application methods of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy 3. Learners will identify the history and previous application of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy as well as the domains in which it is currently being used.
 
How Acceptance and Commitment Therapy and Behavior Analysis are Compatible
(Theory)
KATHERINE J. SAINT (Fox Valley Autism Treatment Program, The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: The mission of Behavior Analysis is to save the world. Dixon (2018) stated that the field has not yet reached this lofty goal created by B.F. Skinner in 1982. Dixon challenges Behavior Analysts to evaluate their own behavior to identify why there hasn’t been a bigger impact. Two examples of obstacles in the dissemination of Behavior Analysis include the amount of work Behavior Analysis has done with Autism and the language that Behavior Analysts use. Because of the amount of attention Behavior Analysis has gotten from the work in Autism treatment many people do not realize Behavior Analysis can be useful in other areas. Additionally people have a hard time implementing Behavior Analytic strategies because they do not understand the field’s jargon. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy is a potential solution to these obstacles. Lack of education on how Acceptance and Commitment Therapy uses Behavior Analytic principles may be limiting its expansion into mainstream Behavior Analytic practice. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy addresses the jargon barrier of the dissemination of Behavior Analysis and the misconception about Behavior Analysis only addressing Autism services because it uses everyday language and has already been accepted in many fields. Step one of addressing the barrier of using Acceptance and Commitment Therapy as a dissemination tool is educating Behavior Analysts on Acceptance and Commitment Therapy, its uses and its application.
 
Application of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy
(Service Delivery)
BRAD BREZINSKI (Florida Institute of Technology, Fox Valley Autism Treatment Program)
Abstract: Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) can be a useful tool for spreading Behavior Analysis. As of October 2018, ACT has been published in 99 journals according Web of Science (2018). These journals include but are not limited to the fields of Behavior Analysis, psychology, OBM, drug and alcohol abuse, sports, forensics, education, and medical fields. PsychInfo lists 1303 peer reviewed articles when searching “acceptance and commitment therapy”. Proquest lists 547 articles, PubMed lists 739 articles and Web of science lists 965 articles. Behavior Analysis is often thought of as only Autism treatment but ACT heavily demonstrates that Behavior Analysis is effective with many populations. Of the peer reviewed articles on ACT, more than 20 mental health diagnoses were addressed, more than 30 medical diagnoses were treated, relationship problems were resolved, attrition was reduced, therapy compliance was increased, extreme drug use was reduced, and behavior problems were eliminated. ACT has been shown to be effective for all ages. Medical doctors are often a referral source and much of the research on ACT includes pain management and other medical diagnoses. Because ACT is accepted by the medical field Behavior Analysts could use it as a referral source by using ACT in behavioral treatment. ACT is also useful to Behavior Analysts for staff training. ACT is accepted in Behavior Analysis because of its roots in Relational Frame Theory and other Behavior Analytic strategies. Because ACT is also accepted by many fields Behavior Analysts educating others on ACT and using act is a useful tool to help spread the use of Behavior Analysis and could potentially open up more funding sources for Behavior Analysis.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #536
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP

Utility of Operant Conditioning to Address Poverty-Related Health Disparities

Monday, May 27, 2019
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom AB
Area: SCI; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Kenneth Silverman, Ph.D.
Chair: Cynthia J. Pietras (Western Michigan University)
KENNETH SILVERMAN (Johns Hopkins University)
Kenneth Silverman has been in the Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences in the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine since 1989 and is currently a Professor in the department. His research has focused on developing operant treatments to address the interrelated problems of poverty, drug addiction, and HIV. His primary research has focused on the development and evaluation of abstinence reinforcement interventions for the treatment of heroin and cocaine addiction in low-income, inner city adults; financial incentives to promote adherence to antiretroviral medications and viral suppression in people living with HIV; the development of the therapeutic workplace intervention and the use of employment-based reinforcement in the long-term maintenance of drug abstinence, adherence to addiction treatment medications, and employment; and the development of computer-based training to establish critical academic and job skills that unemployed adults need to gain and maintain employment and escape poverty.
Abstract:

Poverty is a pervasive risk factor underlying poor health, including drug addiction and HIV. This presentation will review research on the utility of operant conditioning to address the interrelated problems of poverty, drug addiction, and HIV. Our research has shown that operant reinforcement using financial incentives can promote abstinence from cocaine and heroin in low-income adults with long histories of drug addiction and adherence to antiretroviral medications in low-income adults living with HIV. Our research has also shown that financial incentives are most effective when high-magnitude incentives are used, and that long-duration abstinence reinforcement can serve as an effective maintenance intervention. The utility of operant conditioning to promote behaviors needed to escape poverty is less clear, but research on an operant employment-based intervention called the therapeutic workplace shows some promise. In the therapeutic workplace, low-income or unemployed adults are hired and paid to work. To promote drug abstinence and/or medication adherence, employment-based reinforcement is arranged in which participants are required to provide drug-free urine samples and/or take prescribed medication to maintain access to the workplace and maximum pay. Because many low-income adults lack skills needed for gainful employment, the therapeutic workplace offers job-skills training and employment phases through which participants progress sequentially. Our research has shown that employment-based reinforcement within the therapeutic workplace can promote and maintain drug abstinence, medication adherence, work, and other adaptive behaviors that people need to move out of poverty. The therapeutic workplace could serve as a model anti-poverty program, particularly for people with histories of drug addiction or other health problems, although more research on the therapeutic workplace is needed that targets poverty directly.

Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe how operant conditioning can be used to promote drug abstinence and adherence to medications; (2) describe parameters of operant conditioning that are critical to promoting drug abstinence in refractory patients and maintaining drug abstinence over time; (3) describe the main features of the therapeutic workplace; (4) describe how the therapeutic workplace uses contingent access to employment (i.e., employment-based reinforcement) to promote drug abstinence, medication adherence, work, and productivity; (5) describe three models for arranging long-term exposure to employment-based reinforcement in the treatment of drug addiction.
 
 
Symposium #537
Consumer Behavior Analysis: Health, Technology and Behavior Science
Monday, May 27, 2019
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Toronto
Area: OBM/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Valdimar Sigurdsson (Reykjavik University)
Discussant: Gordon R. Foxall (Cardiff University; University of Reykjavik)
Abstract:

Consumer behavior analysis draws on behavior analysis, behavioral ecology, behavioral economics, and marketing science to further enhance the understanding of all aspects of consumption. New technologies such as in-store analytics, Internet-of-Things (IoT), customer feedback software tools, and targeted, measurable, and interactive digital media are not only changing the face of the retail landscape, but they also provide an untapped opportunity for health promotion. It is therefore safe to conclude that the world is experiencing a new emphasis on objectivity and interventions through technological innovations, analytics, and the proliferation of behavioral data. This “digital revolution” has strengthened the explanations relying on the environment-behavior interactions via technology and experimentation. In this symposium, we will discuss recent theoretical developments and empirical analyses related to how consumers adapt to a highly competitive economic environment; the grocery store. The symposium starts with a paper on connecting consumer laboratory conjoint analysis and in-store experiments for healthy food promotion. The second paper continues within the same theme of consumer/in-store studies by showcasing research combining retail analytics and consumer environmental rating. The third study goes back to the behavioral laboratory and investigates the connection between healthy food labels and consumer food choices using a within-subject experimental design. The symposium concludes with a novel study introducing healthy food innovation and focuses on how Internet-of-Things (IoT) technology influences healthy choice in the grocery setting.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): Consumer behavior, Healthy behavior, Healthy interventions, Technology
 

Crowning the Customer: Consumer Laboratory and In-Store Experiments for Healthy Food Promotion

(Applied Research)
VALDIMAR SIGURDSSON (Reykjavik University), Nils Magne Larsen (UiT-The Artic University of Norway), Joseph Gallogly (Reykjavik University), Vishnu Menon (Massey University; Reykjavik University), Asle Fagerstrøm (Kristiania University College)
Abstract:

“When a customer enters my store, forget me. He is king,” said John Wanamaker, a merchant and a pioneer in marketing. However compelling that slogan was, in truth the money in retail mostly resides in trade and promotional allowances from brand suppliers. As opposed to this situation, the current paper strives to arrange the environmental conditions serving the needs of the consumer. This is done by formulating the consumer problem with the aid of a few relevant and actionable attributes. Example of these are prices, consumer ratings, brand recommendations and placements, tested both in the consumer laboratory, as well as in the store so that people can make better decisions for their long-term well-being (longer, later rewards). The paper presents the methodology and findings from a few conjoint studies and in-store experiments aimed at health promotion. Of particular interest is the link between these two approaches to behavior science – that is, trying to increase the correlation between findings from hypothetical conjoint studies and in-store experiments. In this regard, we manipulate similar stimuli on both venues with the aim of increasing the predictive validity of conjoint studies.

 

What Gets Measured Gets Managed: Retail Analytics, Environmental Rating, and In-Store Experiments for Healthy Food Promotion

(Applied Research)
Nils Larsen (UiT-The Artic University of Norway), VALDIMAR SIGURDSSON (Reykjavik University), Jørgen Breivik (UiT-The Artic University of Norway)
Abstract:

Some scholars have described current consumer environments as obesogenic in nature and defined it as the sum of influences that the surroundings, opportunities, or condition of life have on promoting unhealthy consumption (Lake and Townshend, 2006). Wansink (2016) also refers to the hospitable environment, and the mindless buying and eating and tries to empower consumers by offering them rating scales for different food environments. The current research applies such environmental operationalization from the standpoint of one of the founders of modern management, Peter Drucker, famous for his quote “what gets measured gets managed.” The current research used rating scales and the recent advancements in in-store tracking technologies and examined 635 shopping trips derived from a major retail chain, based on a systematic sampling approach. The behavior analysis explored the buying behavior in different areas of the store (e.g., the fruit and vegetable section), from the healthiest to the unhealthiest - as judged by a consumer panel using systematic rating scales. From this we generated a health index (where shopping the healthiest area received the highest score etc.) and then we modelled this index as a function of several physical (e.g., time of day, week and month) and social stimuli (e.g., conversations and phone calls in the store) present to the consumer at the point of purchase, as well as we studied the effects of consumer effort (e.g., number of meters walked and time in the store) and rule-governance (presence of a shopping list). The contribution includes shedding a light on previously undetected and measured in-store behavior, and its functional relationship. This is important from the standpoint of further in-store experimentation, as well as it creates the possibility for some new and important stimuli for healthy food promotion and aid for self-control – health index for stores and store areas.

 

Consumer Choice of Healthy Food: Heuristic Effects of Healthy Food Labels

(Applied Research)
ASLE FAGERSTRØM (Kristiania University College), Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University), Philip Richartz (University of South-Eastern Norway), Valdimar Sigurdsson (Reykjavik University)
Abstract:

A within-subject experiment design aimed to identify whether participants rely on heuristics when making a series of choices of healthy food. Determining whether healthy food labels bias their choice under these conditions was of particular interest. Results (n=30) showed that participants tend to develop a heuristic in a series of healthy food choices. For some participants, healthy food labels do to some extent influenced them into making biased choices. These results reveal that consumers do find comparing healthiness of products tedious and rely on heuristics when making a choice. However, the use of healthy food labels specifically as a heuristic cue is minimal when other objective cues are available. Policymakers should attempt to marketing healthy food labels to increase trust and improve its effectiveness as a health cue, eliminating the consumer’s need for nutrition comparisons between products.

 
The Relative Impact of Internet of Things Mediated Stimuli on Healthy Food Choice
(Applied Research)
VISHNU MENON (Massey University; Reykjavik University), Niklas Eriksson (Arcada University of Applied Sciences), Asle Fagerstrøm (Kristiania University College), Valdimar Sigurdsson (Reykjavik University)
Abstract: Internet of Things (IoT) presents an opportunity for retailers to develop an environment that makes physical things such as mobile phone, shopping basket, store shelves, digital display, and even the product itself smart, allowing real-time interaction with customers. This study aims to expand understanding of how IoT can influence healthy choice in the grocery choice situation. To investigate the impact of IoT mediated stimuli, we arranged a conjoint experiment in which participants purchased a healthier frozen pizza in a grocery store using a smartphone app. Findings from the study will be discussed in relation to how IoT mediated stimuli can influence consumers’ healthy food choice. This study contributes both to researchers and managers who want to understand how IoT technology influence consumers’ in the grocery choice situation.
 
 
Panel #537A
Diversity submission ABAI Diversity and Inclusion Discussion
Monday, May 27, 2019
4:00 PM–5:20 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom C
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory
Chair: Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois at Chicago), Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
JOVONNIE L. ESQUIERDO-LEAL (University of Nevada, Reno)
JOMELLA WATSON-THOMPSON (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

As appears to be true across all scientific and technical fields, behavior analysis is not immune to sexual harassment, disrespect, discrimination, and behavior reflecting explicit and implicit bias. This panel and discussion are a follow-up to the open forum on these issues at the 2018 ABAI Convention. The panel presentation will provide information on (a) the challenges faced by organizations like ABAI, (b) options for addressing those challenges using a constructional strategy, (c) reports on the work being done by the ABAI Diversity, Respect, and Inclusion Task Force and the ABAI Council going forward, (d) the realities of and approaches to manage and weaken the implicit biases that all carry, and (e) how behaviorists can begin to engage with these issues within our organization, but also in work and community settings, as behavioral and cultural analysts. Our science offers specific knowledge and alternatives for shaping and maintaining diverse, equitable, and inclusive cultures organizationally and in the community. The second half of the program will be oriented toward contributions (questions and comments) from attendees and panel responses.

Instruction Level: Basic
 
 
Panel #538
CE Offered: BACB
Should We Be Selling Out and Commercializing Our Science?: The Stories of PECs, PEAK, and Chartlytics
Monday, May 27, 2019
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom C
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Matthew Cicoria, M.S.
Chair: Matthew Cicoria (Positive Behavioral Outcomes, LLC)
MARK R. DIXON (Southern Illinois University)
RICHARD M. KUBINA (Penn State)
Abstract:

Research in the science of Applied Behavior Analysis has advanced over the last few decades. Despite our technological advancements, and the increases in certified professionals (BACB, 2018); the dissemination of effective procedures has not been widespread amongst front line workers, schools and service providers. Sharing the effective technologies from our research needs to be at the frontline of our dissemination efforts. The following talk describes the various efforts taken to disseminate effective technologies of the science of behavior through various commercial processes. The use of cutting edge technology and curriculum based programming in disseminating the science of Behavior Analysis will be discussed by this panel.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified individuals, Behavior Analysts in training, teachers, school administrators, and other practitioners.

Learning Objectives: BACB
Keyword(s): Autism, Behavior Analysis, Dissemination, Evidence Based
 
 
Symposium #539
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Delivering Behavior Analytic Consultation Services in Rural and Resource-Restrained Locales: An Exploration of Challenges and Outcomes
Monday, May 27, 2019
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 3/4
Area: CBM/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Patrick E. McGreevy (Patrick McGreevy and Associates)
CE Instructor: Theodore A. Hoch, Ed.D.
Abstract:

Growth of the natural science of behavior analysis, and the credentialing of behavior analytic practitioners has accelerated over the last thirty years. The availability of services, however, has only unevenly kept up with the demand for service, with many areas of the world underserved, and many more unserved. In this symposium, we describe implementation of service provision at a distance in three venues. First, we describe providing distance based behavior analysis services to reach otherwise unserved service participants in largely rural Idaho. Next, we describe a combination of behavior analytic teaching and up-to-date technology to provide services to families of underserved children in urban, suburban, and rural Virginia, using an innovative web-based platform. Finally, we describe providing services from US-based behavior analysts to families of children with disabilities in Pakistan, using easily accessed internet platforms. We present outcome and satisfaction data which speak to the effectiveness of service provision in each ofd these modalities.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): behavioral consultation, distance, rural, telehealth
Target Audience:

Practicing behavior analysts and behavior consultants. Individuals providing services or supporting those that provide services to rural, unserved, or underserved populations.

 
Delivering Behavioral Coaching and Consultation Services in Rural Idaho
AUDREY ALBERSTADT (Boise State University)
Abstract: With less than 40 certified behavior analysts in Idaho, and less than 20 registered behavior technicians (BACB, 2018) access to behavioral service delivery, coaching, and consultation can be constrained and compromised; especially in rural counties. Rural counties represent at least 80% of the state of Idaho. We examine a model for behavioral coaching and consultation practices. Machalicek, W., O'Reily, M. F. et al. successfully utilized videoconferencing technology to conduct functional analysis and develop classroom behavior supports. Our model also includes the use of video conferencing and telehealth technologies in order to address concerns for access to professional development and behavioral consultation services in the school setting. In utilizing our current model, challenges and concerns have arose. Some of these concerns include implementer and team buy-in for behavior change procedures, pairing procedures and rapport between consultant and team, and teams' access to video conferencing technology. Considerations for further modifications to optimize service delivery are presented.
 
Behavior Analytic Distance Consultation in Pakistan
THEODORE A. HOCH (George Mason University), Adam Dreyfus (Sarah Dooley Center for Autism)
Abstract: As a natural science, behavior analysis transcends cultures and societies. Indeed, it’s these naturally occurring contingencies that underlie cultures and societies. Our experiences in consulting and training in a variety of countries have been that parents of children with behavioral difficulties have the same sorts of questions, regardless of nation in which those parents live. Getting those questions answered, however, and getting help for these children is often difficult when there are few to no qualified behavior analysts in the countries in which these families reside. In this presentation, we discuss distance consultation to families in Pakistan, to include behavioral assessment, instruction, intervention, and parent training. We also discuss overcoming obstacles such as large differences in time zones, using technology that complies with relevant regulations (e.g., HIPAA), and respecting differing cultural and religious customs. Outcome data include measures of parent efficacy and child improvement. Suggestions for conducting this kind of consultation are offered.
 

Helping to Solve the Autism Puzzle With AnswersNow

ADAM DREYFUS (Sarah Dooley Center for Autism)
Abstract:

In 1968, Dr. Skinner laid out an elegant description of how to deliver effective instruction. Fast forward 50 years, and the field of behavior analysis has changed dramatically. There has been a huge proliferation of training programs, and there are more than 90,000 people in the world who are credentialed by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board. Applied behavior analysis has become a widely recognized, mainstream treatment modality for children and adults with a variety of disabilities. Ninety thousand credentialed professionals, however, is not enough to meet the need for behavior analytic services, and many go unserved or underserved, even in locations where behavior analysts may be relatively plentiful. AnswersNow combines Dr. Skinner’s technology of teaching with an innovative technology platform, leveraging technology with good, old-fashioned behavior analysis to deliver a first-of-it’s-kind service dedicated to improving the lives of children diagnosed with disabilities worldwide. We will share the results of early beta testing, parent survey results, ongoing data, and platform design. Implications for future uses of technology will be explored.

 
 
Symposium #540
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/NASP
Behaviorally Based Approaches to Changing Behaviors of Addictions and Recovery: A Symposium to Honor Sherman Yen, Ph.D.
Monday, May 27, 2019
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 1/2
Area: CBM/BPN; Domain: Theory
Chair: Kathryn M. Potoczak (Shippensburg University)
CE Instructor: Kathryn M. Potoczak, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Sherman Yen, PhD , founder of the Asian American Anti Smoking Association, student of Fred Keller, and one of the pioneer generation of Applied Behavior Analysts, among many other kudos, dedicated much of his career to applying Applied Behavior Analysis to addressing problems from addictions. We present work applying ABA to smoking cessation and recovery from opioid addiction. To honor that legacy, we present a symposium highlighting work applying ABA to change behaviors of addiction, and recovery, areas about which he cared passionately. Now more than ever opportunities to apply ABA to "mainstream" health behavior change

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): addiction, smoking cessation
Target Audience:

attendees who would like to apply ABA principles and methodologies to effect behavior change for patients with addictions, recovering from addictions, preventing relapse, as well as targeting behavior changes for family members. this symposium will be useful for those wishing to effect these changes in both professional as well as personal life situations

Learning Objectives: Attendees will be able to apply ABA principles to - behaviors and habits to promote smoking cessation - behaviors and habits of family members of recovering addicts - behaviors and habits of recovering addicts, using behavioral activation to "reanimate" recovering addict
 

A Comparison of Contingency-Management Versus Feedback Alone for Smoking Cessation

JOSEPHINE DRESS (Columbia University; Shippensburg University), Kathryn M. Potoczak (Shippensburg University)
Abstract:

The number of cigarettes smoked over five weeks was measured for four participants to determine if feedback only (FO), in the form of saliva cotinine levels, would be as effective a treatment for smoking cessation as contingency management (CM). After a one-week baseline, all participants were introduced to smoking reduction via a changing-criterion design, in which the allowed daily amount of cigarettes was 25% lower than their baseline level. Throughout the study, participants texted the daily amount of cigarettes smoked to a research associate. They also met with a research associate twice per week to have their saliva cotinine levels evaluated (values ranging from 0 to 6, 6 indicating high levels of nicotine in the saliva). Starting in Week Two, Participant A received one cash lottery draw for attending a meeting and received another draw if saliva cotinine levels were reduced from the previous meeting level (CM). Participants B-D simply received feedback regarding saliva cotinine levels (FO). Treatment continued for the next three weeks, with a 25% reduction targeted for each subsequent week, with a goal of complete cessation during the final week of treatment. While complete smoking cessation did not occur for any of the participants, all participants did reduce the daily number of cigarettes smoked from baseline levels, and results indicate that FO was as effective in producing this result as CM without the associated cost of the cash lottery.

 
A Program Focused on Modification of Behaviors of the Family Members of the Post-Rehab Recovering Addict to Decrease the Likelihood of Relapse
RICHARD COOK (Penn State University; Applied Behavioral Medicine Associates, Hershey, PA; Ruth Pauline Cook Foundation)
Abstract: While the immediate family of the recovering addict is often the primary support system post discharge from a rehabilitation program, programs rarely are found to dedicate time to directly focus on making that home environment more reinforcing (and less likely to irritate the returning recovering addict to the point of leaving the home and relapsing) by deliberately focusing on identifying problematic behaviors of the family members, and modifying them to decrease the likelihood of problem interactions with the recovering addict, and increase the likelihood of continued building of stronger family relationships and patterns of behavior, thus decreasing the likelihood of being irritated by the family environment, and leaving to seek reinforcement elsewhere, possibly involving relapse. This presentation outlines a program in which in a systematic fashion deliberate attention is made to identifying past behavior and interaction problems within the family, and focus directly on changing those family member habits, and similarly, build upon prior family habits previously reinforcing. The applied behavior analyst is uniquely well positioned to apply the principles of behavior change in a robust fashion to the many habits that don’t simply go away by talking about them, thru the systematic application of techniques in the behavioral modification armamentarium including, but not limited to functional assessment, changing factors in the antecedent and consequent states, and directly modifying the topography of family member behaviors, as well as the differential reinforcement/punishment of competing, alternative, or incompatible behaviors.
 
Behavioral Activation for Reanimation of the Recovering Addict
MATTHEW GROSS (Shippensburg University), Richard Cook (Penn State University; Applied Behavioral Medicine Associates; Ruth Pauline Cook Foundation)
Abstract: Patients undergoing recovery from addiction, especially following an acute inpatient rehabilitation experience, often experience a period of time during which they are "spared" from typical daily activities, responsibilities, and reinforcers. During this time, particularly if living "back at home," demands on them are initially reduced, or non existent, but ideally should gradually increase, commensurate with ongoing successfulnhabit development, but too often, they don't do so. Unfortunately, for some patients, their families, their rehabilitation clinicians, their healthcare payers/insurers, the legal system, their friends, and other key stakeholders in their recovery, either in being well intentioned..or simply by not paying attention.., set up an environment sheltering them not only from responsibilities "too much for them to handle" at this time, but unfortunately also from the many natural consequences that would bring life back to them, shaping their behaviors, overt and private, to assist to return them to (ideally, improved versions of) their "normal" lives. While they might participate in some sort of outpatient "program," sadly the absence of a systematically implemented, reevaluated, revised, and increased set of responsibilities and actions expected of them within their family or other living situation, outside of their formal outpatient drug rehab program activities, can allow them, or arguably, cause them, to become "permanent teenagers," returning from their outpatient program activities to their home, where they can isolate themselves into their rooms, pajamas, snack foods, phone, computer, and up all night schedules of internet or video or game controller or tv reruns, often absent even much interaction with other family members in the house. Instead of focusing on "esteem building," behavioral activation robustly employed, with a goal of developing patterns of behavior useful to returning to a (more desirable) day to day life going forward, can get them showered dressed, out of their rooms, out of their houses, and into volunteer or part time job activities which will, if guided well, expose them to natural reinforces that will train them, rehabilitate them, reanimate them, redefine them, and reintegrate them into the (hopefully well chosen) worlds around them, and increase the likelihood they will be fortified against the stimuli, internal and external, that might lead them to emit behaviors of relapse.
 
 
Panel #541
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Applied Ethics: Home and Community, High Risk Behaviors, and Dealing With Your Decision
Monday, May 27, 2019
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Fairmont, Lobby Level, Cuvee
Area: CSS/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Lindsay Hauer, M.A.
Chair: Lindsay Hauer (Positive Behavior Supports, Corp. )
AMBER LINDEMAN (TxABA)
AMY SULGER (Positive Behavior Supports, Corp)
LINDA S. MECKLER (Positive Behavior Supports)
Abstract:

Ethical guidelines provide a critical navigational tool for practitioners in order to ensure that they are delivering the highest ethical considerations possible to every client across all settings. In general, ethics and ethical dilemmas are not entirely compulsory, and while a general consensus may exist regarding standards, challenges arise regarding decision-making and application. In clinical practice, identifying ethical dilemmas are often evident to practitioners however; making ethical decisions that benefit all stakeholders across settings tends to be more difficult. In addition, providing highly ethical services for individuals who engage in dangerous behavior in the community provides a unique challenge and tests the limits of a behavior analyst’s decision-making abilities. In this discussion, the panelists will elaborate on their successes and challenges related to actively applying ethical models to uncommon, complex, and even life-threatening scenarios within the home and community based service setting.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Target Audience:

This panel is designed for current BCBAs, BCaBAs, and practitioners who are actively working in challenging situations, or are seeking additional information on aspects of working in the home/community setting.

Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to describe antecedent strategies for determining functions of challenging behavior in a community setting Participants will become familiar with treatment options that match determined functions and ensure safety Participants will become knowledge and applicable literature and research resources to guide future treatment planning and assessment Participants will be able to describe best practices and select most appropriate ethical treatment options based on behavior and contextual variables Participants will be able to describe reasons why behavioral assessment can be challenging in the community
 
 
Panel #542
CE Offered: BACB
Expanding Beyond Autism: Developing Solutions Through Entrepreneurship and Design
Monday, May 27, 2019
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Fairmont, B2, Imperial Ballroom
Area: CSS/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Ryan O'Donnell, M.S.
Chair: Ryan O'Donnell (RYANO, LLC)
ANESA DOYLE (8 the Plate)
ERIN LUSBY-DONOVAN (Arrow Health and Wellness)
ADRIENNE FITZER (The Applied Behavior Analysis Center, Inc. (ABAC))
Abstract:

Entrepreneurs are those who create, develop, and improve. The entrepreneur may create an industry or jobs, improve upon current services or develop a product or service that serves a purpose or solves a problem. [Professional] entrepreneurs, like nurse entrepreneurs, pharmacist entrepreneurs or behavior analyst entrepreneurs are those that combine those characteristics with their specialization (Wilson, Whitaker, & Whitford, 2012). Common documented barriers to becoming an entrepreneur, regardless of one's profession, include cultural, ethical, legal, and financial constraints but also include the inability to spot opportunities. During this panel, 4 entrepreneurs will talk about "spotting an opportunity" outside of autism treatment, the development of their ideas, how they utilized their skills as trained behavior analysts in the development of the company, the barriers to implementation they face(d) and resources and supports that have allowed them to be successful. Conversation with the audience will include sharing other opportunities where behavior analyst entrepreneurs may provide a positive impact and discuss the importance of collaborating with other to make large-scale changes toward the greater good.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Behavior Analysts looking to expand their expertise and service delivery into areas outside of autism treatment and EIBI work.

Learning Objectives: Identify 4 areas for expanding outside of autism treatment. Identify 3 models for approaching a new market for service delivery. Identify 3 additional professionals or skill sets required to successfully enter novel industries.
Keyword(s): Design, Entrepreneur, Fitness, Scalable
 
 
Panel #543
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Risky Business Roundup: Ethics, Interventions, and Consultation in the Area of Sexuality
Monday, May 27, 2019
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom A
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Sorah Stein, M.A.
Chair: Janani Vaidya (Garden Center Services)
NICHOLAS ALEXANDER MAIO (Empowered: A Center for Sexuality, LLC)
SORAH STEIN (Partnership for Behavior Change)
FRANK R. CICERO (Seton Hall University)
Abstract: The field of behavior analysis acknowledges our responsibility to ethically provide services that support the autonomy of and maximize reinforcement for our clients, while also maximizing benefit to the community at large. Perhaps in no arena is this responsibility more pertinent than in that of sexual behavior. Cognizance around ethical issues as well as potential legal implications is of highest importance, especially in situations in which our clients have developmental disabilities. This panel will serve as a sounding board for common issues faced in the field as behavior analysts who address potential behavior change surrounding sexual behavior. Panelists will provide anecdotal information to inform best practices, surrounding the ethics of consultation and intervention, and the ethical considerations of each. Past Risky Business panels will serve as a brief touchpoint for this panel, as our panelists continue to bring us new and relevant information in the realm of sexual behavior.
Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience: BCBA-D, BCBA, BCaBA, RBTs, or those training to be any of these who are interested in building their competence around the topic of sexual behavior and ethical implications of interventons. Teachers, therapists, and other helping professionals are also welcome to attend.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this panel, attendees will be able to: (1) state guidelines in the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts (BACB, 2014) that are applicable to ethics of sexual behavior, (2) state one way to assess their competency to intervene on a sexual behavior or behavior that appears sexual (3) state at least one person in the field who is competent to consult on sexual behavior cases
Keyword(s): developmental disabilities, ethics, sexual behavior
 
 
Symposium #544
Interventions in Cultural Phenomena: Metacontingencies With Altruistic Punishment, Common-Pool Resources and Endemic Disease
Monday, May 27, 2019
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich E-G
Area: EAB/CSS; Domain: Translational
Chair: Sigrid S. Glenn (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Maria E. Malott (Association for Behavior Analysis International)
Abstract:

This symposium presents three experiments that uses games in order to strengthen cultural practices and the transmission and recurrence of interlocking behavior contingencies and aggregated products. The first study investigated the effect of metacontingencies on altruistic punishment. Children in pairs should agree on punish distributions of tokens made by fictional characters. The results showed effects of individual and cultural consequences on altruistic behavior, and justice judgments. The second study investigated the effects of bonus and penalties on choices related to the use of common-pool resources in Commons Dilemma Game. The results suggest that penalties favor optimal consumption early in the game, while in control and bonuses conditions the participants adopted a competitive strategy. In the third study, the board game “Nossa Turma Contra a Dengue” (Our gangue against Dengue) was developed to strengthen verbal and nonverbal dengue prevention behaviors. The results indicate that the championship was effective in promoting dengue prevention behaviors.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Games, Metacontingency, Positive Reinforce, Punishment
 

Altruistic Punishment and Metacontingency With Children

(Basic Research)
MARESSA PRISCILA NEGRÃO CARDOSO BRAGA (Universidade de Brasília ), Laércia Abreu Vasconcelos (Universidade de Brasília (UnB))
Abstract:

Altruistic Punishment is a social phenomenon that selects and maintains cooperation between genetically unrelated people in single interactions, therefore without possibility of reciprocity and minimal or absent reputation gains. Metacontingency is a unit of analysis of cultural phenomena, and describes a functional relationship between recurring interlocking behavioral contingencies resulting in an aggregate product and a selecting environment. This study aimed to investigate metacontingencies in the game of altruistic punishment with 20 pairs of children between 9 and 11, who evaluated fictional characters’ behaviors. Experimental design was ABCBAC, and communication was allowed during sessions. Conditions A were baseline. In Conditions B, points were given to the punishment of equal distributions between characters or non-punishment of unequal distributions. Conversely, in Conditions C, to the punishment of unequal distributions and non-punishment of equal ones. Verbal behaviors were recorded in order to identify accurate contingency descriptions and mythology. The main results indicated that accurate rules and communication contributed to the selection of distinct aggregated products in Conditions B and C. Moreover, some children refused to punish equal distributions.

 

Survival and Competition in the Commons Dilemma Game: Effects of Differential Consequences on Resource Allocation

(Basic Research)
JULIO CAMARGO (Federal University of São Carlos), Michael Young (Kansas State University), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Abstract:

Previous research using a video game preparation for investigating the effects of differential consequences on the use of common-pool resources revealed promising results. The game simulates an ocean fishery in which participants need to catch fish to stay “alive,” while it is necessary to save resources shared with two non-playable characters (NPCs). Participants who received extra points following moderate consumption (Bonuses condition) and participants who lost points following overconsumption (Penalties condition) needed fewer attempts than control participants to acquire optimal consumption strategies and complete the game successfully. For the present study, participants and NPCs could explicitly compete for the same resource, and participants were able to grab and release fish back into the ocean to avoid competitors’ responses. Participants were 78 college students, distributed in the same three conditions than previous research (i.e., Control, Bonuses, and Penalties). Unlike the previous study, results did not reveal a differential effect of the consequences on the number of attempts to complete the game. A detailed analysis showed that participants in Penalties conditions reached an optimal consumption early in the game, while participants in Control and Bonuses conditions readily adopted a competitive strategy, performing an increased rate of release responses.

 
Prevention of Dengue Fever: Effects of Participation in an Educational Game Championship
(Applied Research)
Aline Nascimento (Universidade Estadual de Londrina), Elizeu Batista Borloti (Universidade Federal do Espírito Santo - Brazil), VERONICA BENDER HAYDU (Universidade Estadual de Londrina)
Abstract: Dengue virus infection cases are a major concern in Brazil. Behavior analysis studies allow the establishment of strategies to teach behaviors to prevent dengue fever. This study aimed to evaluate the effects of the participation of students in a championship with the Nossa Turma Contra a Dengue board game (which teaches dengue prevention rules) on verbal and nonverbal dengue prevention behaviors. Sixteen students participated in the championship. Both before and after the board game, the participants individually carried out a Practical Evaluation Activity (preventive actions to control the proliferation of dengue), answered a questionnaire about the rules on the prevention of dengue fever, and played an adapted version of the Tapa Certo® game. After the championship, 12 of 16 participants increased their score in the Practical Evaluation Activity and 9 out of 16 increased their scores in the evaluation using the Tapa Certo® game. However only one participant increased their questionnaire score in relation to the Pre-Intervention Test, in which overall scores of the 16 participants were high (86%). We suggest that participation in the championship was effective in promoting dengue fever prevention behaviors.
 
 
Symposium #545
Risky Business: An Experimental Analysis of Gambling
Monday, May 27, 2019
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich BC
Area: EAB/EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Ryan C. Speelman (Pittsburg State University)
Abstract: Today gambling is a fairly ubiquitous legalized past time. Though many gamble without taking critical risks, numerous empirical questions remain as to why some develop an addiction while others do not. In addition, non-pathological gambling remains a socially relevant behavior of interest given the number of individuals who engage in this behavior. This symposium aims to identify game mechanisms, learning histories, and contextual influences that contribute to momentary impulsivity or pathological gambling. The first talk examines the influence of accurate rules on superstition and choice. Findings indicate educating recreational gamblers regarding true probabilities following initial play reduced superstitious beliefs and improved performance on choice outcomes. Our second study investigated the role of contextual influences on recreational and at risk gamblers finding that both populations made riskier bets and were less responsive to increased response costs (cover charge, chip price) when exposed to gambling cues. The last study experimentally evoked resurgence using compound schedules for both at risk and recreational populations. Results illustrate the role of resurgence and heightened potential for relapse for at risk populations. Together these studies systematically bring us closer to a comprehensive account of gambling behavior, as well as highlight relevant variables for treatment providers.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): economics, gambling, resurgence, superstition
 
Blackjack Player Choice, Superstition, and Calculated Odds of Winning
(Basic Research)
GRIFFIN D. WILLIAMS (Pittsburg State University), Ryan C. Speelman (Pittsburg State University)
Abstract: Superstitious beliefs often interfere with proper strategy and, at extremes, contribute to problem gambling. The current experiment analyzed choice behavior in the context of blackjack, the associated odds produced by these choices, and the influence of accurate rules (instructions) regarding gameplay and superstition. Results found that novice players deviate significantly from optimal strategy and the adjusted payout rates change as a function of this deviation. We found a typical player’s choice significantly increased predicted losses when compared to the odds and anticipated outcomes commonly advertised by the gaming industry. Following the initial self-reported strategy, participants viewed a video that addressed common misconceptions about gambling e.g., “It is good advice to stay in the same seat when I am winning,” the chance nature of gambling, as well as strategy and choice behavior that does affect odds. Following instruction, self-reported measures of superstition and illusion of control decreased while player choice and overall odds of winning improved. Educating individuals on effective use of strategy and expected outcomes may improve gameplay as well as reduce the role of superstition, inaccurate rules, and contextual variables that contribute to problem or pathological gambling.
 
A Behavioral Economic Analysis Towards Cue-Elicited Exposure on Gambling Cravings
(Basic Research)
VANSHIKA GUPTA (Saint Louis University), Tyler S Glassford (Saint Louis University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University)
Abstract: Current research on resurgence has yet to identify resurgence of gambling behaviors, which are maintained on compound schedules utilizing punishment and reinforcement. The purpose of the present study was to determine a method to evoke resurgence of gambling. Two groups of subjects, at-risk for gambling disorder and not at-risk, completed a simulated gambling activity in which they were staked with 1,000 credits. During the activity two response options were available; a gambling response which was associated with a 1 credit response cost, and a 1 in 8 chance of winning 10 or 3 credits, and an alternative response was associated with a 1 in 8 chance of earning 1 credit. Following a pre-training phase, participants were exposed to three phases. During the first phase, participants were reinforced for responding on the gambling response, while during phase two the alternative response was reinforced. The final phase placed both responses on extinction. Results of the study demonstrate that there is a significant difference in the magnitude of resurgence between groups. These findings suggest that the resurgence phenomenon is more pronounced initially for individuals at-risk for gambling disorder and may be more prone to relapse.
 
Exploring Resurgence of Gambling
(Basic Research)
TYLER S GLASSFORD (Saint Louis University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University)
Abstract: Current research on resurgence has yet to identify resurgence of gambling behaviors, which are maintained on compound schedules utilizing punishment and reinforcement. The purpose of the present study was to determine a method to evoke resurgence of gambling. Two groups of subjects, at-risk for gambling disorder and not at-risk, completed a simulated gambling activity in which they were staked with 1,000 credits. During the activity two response options were available; a gambling response which was associated with a 1 credit response cost, and a 1 in 8 chance of winning 10 or 3 credits, and an alternative response was associated with a 1 in 8 chance of earning 1 credit. Following a pre-training phase, participants were exposed to three phases. During the first phase, participants were reinforced for responding on the gambling response, while during phase two the alternative response was reinforced. The final phase placed both responses on extinction. Results of the study demonstrate that there is a significant difference in the magnitude of resurgence between groups. These findings suggest that the resurgence phenomenon is more pronounced initially for individuals at-risk for gambling disorder and may be more prone to relapse.
 
 
Panel #546
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
When Applied Behavior Analysis Goes to School: Lessons Learned From the Field
Monday, May 27, 2019
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Fairmont, Second Level, Gold
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Jennifer Hamrick, Ph.D.
Chair: Jennifer Hamrick (Texas Tech University)
ALYSSA N. WILSON (Saint Louis University)
KATHERINE WHEELER (Del Valle Independent School District)
JON PETERSON (Norwich Public Schools)
Abstract:

While schools continue to adopt the use of behavior anlaytic principles into their teaching practices when working with students with developmental disabilities, the employment of Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) and their job descriptions in the school setting are quite diverse and vary with each school district. Teachers and paraprofessionals can benefit from the guidance and feedback provided by a BCBA but barriers do exist that prevent adequate time and resources for all levels of educators to access quality training. Buy-in from school administrators is sometime directly correlated with costs that includes materials, resources, and substitutes to cover classrooms when teachers and paraprofessionals leave for training purposes. Ethical considerations for BCBAs employed by the public school system will be discussed as well as future directions for providing schools with the education and tools necessary to give teachers and paraprofessionals the ABA training that they need. Representation from school systems across the US will present their schools' basic data and job descriptions for BCBAs in their districts, as well as how they disseminate the use of ABA to all levels of educators who work with individuals with developmental disabilities. This panel will discuss the need for BCBAs in the school system, challenges, and recommendations for job descriptions for districts employing BCBAs in their systems.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts of all levels employed by both schools and private companies that may consult/work in collaboration with public school systems.

Learning Objectives: 1) Participants will be able to describe the specific issues in school districts related to practicing as a BCBA in the public school setting. 2) Participants will be able to discuss potential solutions for job descriptions and job expectations for BCBAs in the public school setting. 3) Participants will be able to discuss potential solutions for everyday challenges BCBAs experience as part of their daily work in public schools. 4) Participants will be able to identify the benefits of BCBAs as part of school district staff for students, educators, school leadership, and parents.
 
 
Symposium #547
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
Understanding Mental Health as a Function of the Relative Fitness of Verbal Behavior
Monday, May 27, 2019
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Swissôtel, Lucerne Ballroom Level, Lucerne 1/2
Area: PCH/VBC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Mariana De Los Santos (Bloom Children's Center)
CE Instructor: L L Mason, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The term “mental health” is often used as a mentalistic explanation for aberrant behavior. Individuals who engage in temporally extended patterns of atypical behavior are considered to have a mental health disorder. But where in the body does mental health exist? Of what material is mental health made? And how could mental health, or impairments thereof, cause behavior? The behavior analytic literature has a long record of addressing psychiatric and psychological illnesses. However, the origins of such behavioral patterns still need further explaining, as a better understanding of mental health issues may lead to more efficacious treatments. Here we analyze mental health disorders as a function of the relative fitness of the elementary verbal operants. Using an evolutionary framework, we extend a model of stimulus control proportionality described by Mason and Andrews (2018) to analyze mental health as an issue of disproportionate stimulus control over verbal behavior. Implications for research and practices are discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): mental health, proportionality, relative fitness, Stimulus control
Target Audience:

BCBAs and Psychologists

Learning Objectives: By the end of the session, participants will be able to: - describe "mental health" as a disorder of stimulus control over verbal behavior - identify examples of response prepotency - discuss verbal behavior in terms of response populations
 
Two Types of Verbal Behavior and a Pseudotype
L L MASON (Univ of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract: The convergence of the organism’s genetic endowment, history of reinforcement, and present context serve as the locus of control over behavior. Over the lifetime of the organism, history is used to describe the population of responses that have led to the present form, which is further susceptible to refinement through contingency shaping. Just as mechanical behavior is selected by the relative ecological fitness of the environment, verbal behavior is also susceptible to relegation by context. Undoubtedly, verbal behavior is governed by ontogenic contingency shaping. However, here we present a phylogenetic framework for functionally analyzing verbal behavior, and argue that the relative fitness of one verbal operant is determined in part by the liminal intensity of other verbal operants. Analogous to competition between individual and group selection in biological evolution, verbal behavior that benefits the individual (i.e., mands) are in competition with verbal behavior that benefits the group (i.e., tacts). A functional speaking repertoire is premised upon the behavioral evolution of each verbal operant in proportionate strength to one another to serve as a measure of relative fitness. Accordingly, verbal behavior functions to extend the speaker’s control over the physical environment across geographically and temporally extended reinforcement relations.
 

The Verbal Operational Analyses of Psychiatric Symptoms of Individuals With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities

ALONZO ALFREDO ANDREWS (The University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract:

Notwithstanding the utility of the Reiss Screen for Maladaptive Behaviors (RSMB) and the Diagnostic Manual- Intellectual Disability (DM-ID) 2, identifying contributing psychiatric factors for the purpose of providing residential and outpatient services for individuals with Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities (IDD) with challenging behavior can be ineffective. While biomedical treatments generally represent primary interventions, this can be at the expense of adaptive functioning and quality of life for this population, particularly when the sedating side effects of some psychotropic medications can potentially further suppress the performance and learning of individuals with IDD. The efficacy of operant conditioning to address psychotic behavior has long since been demonstrated; the analysis of the verbal behavior of psychiatric patients initiated in the 1950s; the investigation of behavioral mechanisms of psychopathology commenced. Relevant to IDD, it is often difficult to determine if challenging behaviors are psychiatric symptoms since diagnosing mental disorder in patients with IDD can be the direct result of deficits of verbal behavior, i.e., mands, tacts, and intraverbal, as well as listener responding. Verbal operant analyses can be particularly significant for the development of behavioral interventions addressing the behavior challenges of individuals with IDD.

 

Identifying Verbal Behavior Patterns Through Programmatic Language Analysis

DON DAVIS (CAST Tech)
Abstract:

This study provides an initial examination of programmatic language analysis tools in identifying patterns of language usage related to the discussion of autism (cf. De Smedt & Daelemans, 2012). Using publicly available data, researchers identified words commonly collocated in discussion of autism, ‘sentiment’ frequency (or 'emotional valence' e.g. Critchfield, Becirevic, & Reed, 2017), and programmatically identifiable relational frames (github.com/ianhussey/simpleNLP). This exploratory study highlights the potential of modern programmatic methods including natural language processing and data visualization for exploring, identifying, and discussing various trends in the verbal behavior surrounding autism and other communicative disorders. This presentation will provide a quick walkthrough of the automated datamining, data cleaning, and data parsing process. Then the automated analyses methodology will be briefly explained with a discussion of locating and utilizing the software tool chain. Findings will be presented with a focused discussion on implications for future research. The presentation will conclude with a next step analysis of how these modern methods will be used to quantify and expand the SCoRE framework (Mason & Andrews, 2018) for categorization of other verbal behavior disorders.

 
 
Panel #548
CE Offered: BACB
PDS: Persistent Productivity: Strategies to Maintain a Work-Life Balance
Monday, May 27, 2019
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Fairmont, Second Level, International Ballroom
Area: TBA/CSS; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Lorraine A Becerra, M.A.
Chair: Lorraine A Becerra (Utah State University)
TARA A. FAHMIE (California State University, Northridge)
RUTH ANNE REHFELDT (Southern Illinois University)
KENNETH F. REEVE (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Across academic and clinical settings, behavior analysts are tasked with completing a wide variety of responsibilities. The number of duties in these settings can make it difficult to prioritize personal well-being. However, if the quality of life is not maintained, then the quantity of productivity may not persist. The purpose of this discussion is to offer insights and experiences to help graduate students and professionals be successful in their careers while preserving personal lives. This professional development series panel will highlight the unique challenge of balancing a productive career, while maintaining a preferred quality of life. The presenters in this panel include prominent leaders in the field of behavior analysis. Across their years of experience, all three panelists have developed flourishing professional careers, while developing personal interests outside of the field. The presenters will offer invaluable insights to achieving professional and personal goals, during graduate school and after.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Graduate students and professionals

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe importance of maintaining work-life balance for behavior analysts. 2. State methods to measure and evaluate achievement of personal and professional goals. 3. Describe factors influencing the difficulties in maintaining a productive professional career.
Keyword(s): Graduate school, Productivity, work-life balance
 
 
Special Event #549
CE Offered: BACB
Presidential Address: The Heart of Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 27, 2019
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom A-F
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois at Chicago)
CE Instructor: Peter Killeen, Ph.D.
 

Presidential Address: The Heart of Behavior Analysis

Abstract:

I begin by thumbnailing the vision statements of the recent presidents of ABAI, where I find important commonalities and consilience with my sense our field, its history and possible futures. All presidents worried about the fractionation of behavior analysis, and believed that productive cross-fertilization among those fractions was decreasing. Many worried about our stature in the larger community of behavioral scientists, and the lack of cross-talk with them; some were concerned about the health of the basic science itself. Several pointed to the importance of developing new research and practice endeavors, extending the reach of behavior analysis to complex interactions among individuals in natural settings, and crafting new analytic tools to capture those. I review the heart of behavior analysis in futures past—those visions that made us a strong and effective scientific and therapeutic force during the 20th century—our Baroque and Classical years—and our Modernist aspirations for the 21st. I ask what we must do to keep our rhythm, to maintain our dynamism—now that that future is upon us. My tentative answers have several parts and action plans, with most addressing the shared concerns of the presidents. They include explorations of both the cities of the interior, and the countryside of the exterior; the development of a science of selection by antecedents to complement that of selection by consequences; and, because much of what researchers and practitioners do is as much art in the service of science and practice as textbook science or technology—finding ways to begin to understand and foster the artistic aspects of our crafts.

 
PETER KILLEEN (Arizona State University)
 

Dr. Peter Killeen is professor emeritus at Arizona State University; he has also been visiting scholar at the University of Texas, Cambridge University, and the Centre for Advanced Study, Oslo. He is a Fellow of the Society of Experimental Psychologists, a Senior Scientist Awardee from NIMH, a president of the Society for the Quantitative Analyses of Behavior (from which organization he received the Poetry in Science Award), held the American Psychological Association F. J. McGuigan Lectureship on Understanding the Human Mind (!), and received the Ernest and Josephine Hilgard Award for the Best Theoretical Paper on hypnosis (!!). Dr. Killeen has made many innovative and fundamental contributions to the experimental and quantitative analysis of behavior. His major work includes the development of incentive theory, culminating in the mathematical principles of reinforcement (Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 1994), and the behavioral theory of timing (BeT: Psychological Review, 1988), and a new theory of ADHD. He is the author of 200 peer-reviewed papers, most of which have been cited; a few ignored; a couple cursed. He has served on the boards of editors of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, Behavioural ProcessesJournal of Experimental Psychology: Animal Behavior Processes, Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, Psychological Review, Brain & Behavioral Functions, and Comparative Cognition & Behavior Reviews. Dr. Killeen's quantitative and conceptual developments have enriched behavior analysis and the world beyond.

 
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts. 

Learning Objectives:

After enduring this over-hyped but in retrospect amazingly worthwhile hour, you will be able to (or at least be inspired to, and expect me to question you about):

  • Identify the awardees of the 2019 fellows and councilors and what they have accomplished;
    • Say why we so much admire what they have given to our field.
    • Pick one of them and select their virtues to emulate, and describe how you will do that. Heroes are very, very important; not for them, but for you and your community. Please do this real-time as they are presented. Defend your sentiment with the person to the right of you. (If you are left-handed, to the left of you).
  • Argue with peers over:
    • The role of emotions in the science of behavior.
    • How we can begin to formulate a science of selection by antecedents.
    • Whether Art has any place in Science; are they Part and Parcel—or different Magisteria.
  • Contemplate which of the possible futures of behavior analysis is best for your aspirations. Formulate those aspirations in one sentence.  Make them happen.
 
 
 
Business Meeting #550
Education and Treatment of Children Editorial Board Meeting
Monday, May 27, 2019
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom A
Chair: Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
Presenting Authors:

This meeting is intended for members of the editorial board of the journal Education and Treatment of Children. However, it is an open meeting, and others who have interest in the journal (either submitting papers to the journal or serving on the board in the future) are welcome to attend as well. We will share the annual report with audience members and have time for open discussion regarding issues facing the journal.

Keyword(s): editoral board, ETC
 
 
Business Meeting #551
Positive Behavior Support (PBS) Special Interest Group
Monday, May 27, 2019
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom B
Chair: Jodie Soracco (UNR)
Presenting Authors:

Positive behavior support (PBS), a systems approach, uses behavioral principles to redesign environmental contexts that enhance quality of life while decreasing problem behavior and increasing socially valid replacement behavior. Behavior analysts involved in PBS operate within various levels from providing direct supports to individuals to applying principles to broad systems (e.g., organizations, schools). The Positive Behavior Support Special Interest Group provides a forum for behavior analysts to discuss issues relevant to the profession.

 
 
Business Meeting #552
Health, Sport, and Fitness SIG
Monday, May 27, 2019
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom D
Chair: Julie M. Slowiak (University of Minnesota Duluth; InJewel LLC)
Presenting Authors:

All conference attendees interested in behavior analytic applications in health, sport, and fitness are welcome. During this meeting, the business of the special interest group will be conducted. This year, we will present ourstrategic plan to increase active membership within the SIG and support the growth of both the Health & Fitness and Behavioral SportPsychology (HSF) practice areas. We will also take time for discussion and networking to facilitate collaboration on HSF-related research and projects. Anyone interested in these areas should attend.

Keyword(s): Exercise, Fitness, Health, Sport
 
 
Business Meeting #553
Update: A Strategic Plan for Reintegrating Behavior Analysis Principles
Monday, May 27, 2019
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom C
Chair: Susan M. Schneider (Root Solutions)
Presenting Authors:

Despite years of dissemination effort on our part, a National Medal of Science for Skinner, and impressive generality, replication, and application, operant and Pavlovian learning principles still frequently get ignored in mainstream psychology, minimized or misrepresented in texts, and only spottily incorporated into relevant related disciplines. In 2018, a group of behavior analysts created a list of action items toward a strategic plan for the integration/reintegration of these principles into mainstream psychology and underrepresented interdisciplinary areas - taking advantage of high-profile supporters in those areas, among other methods. This meeting will provide an update on progress, and further discussion on how to overcome the many barriers. Andy Lattal and Ray Pitts will co-chair.

Keyword(s): dissemination, integration, interdisciplinary
 
 
Business Meeting #554
Behavior Analysis in the Arts, BAARTs
Monday, May 27, 2019
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 1/2
Chair: Abigail B. Calkin (Calkin Consulting Center)
Presenting Authors:
Behavior Analysis in the Arts is the special interest group for promoting the relationship between behavior analysis and the arts—literature, visual arts, music and performing arts. Whether someone is an artist, afficianado or interested in the arts, all are welcome to attend the SIG. The SIG holds scheduled meetings at the annual ABAI convention. Discussions include examining creativity within the behavioral framework, the relationship between the arts and behavior analysis including verbal, behavioral and private/inner behaviors. It also includes plans for future performances. Our topics of interest are an artwork itself, the process of creativity, inner behavior, outer behavior, audience response to a work, and all the variables within and between these categories. The construction of a work of art is a complex process and is a part of the interest of the SIG. To give a detailed analysis of this is far beyond the scope of this description, but this was well covered in the 2018 Mechner article and responses in The Psychological Review, 68, #3. Present focus is to have more members attend the SIG meeting in May 2019 in order to discuss the plans for the 2020 Evening of the Arts program.
 
 
Business Meeting #555
Gambling Special Interest Group (GSIG) Discussion and Business Meeting
Monday, May 27, 2019
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 3/4
Chair: Ryan C. Speelman (Pittsburg State University)
Presenting Authors:
The GSIG invites gambling researchers, practitioners, and anyone interested in the behavior analysis of gambling to attend our business meeting. The purpose of this meeting is to unite members for project collaboration and discussion of future directions. Topics will include organizing symposia, conferences, research collaboration, gambling research outlets, and more. If you are interested in this area, have ever been a member, or would like to become involved, this meeting may be useful for you.
Keyword(s): gambling, journals, research
 
 
Business Meeting #556
Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group
Monday, May 27, 2019
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, St. Gallen 1-3
Chair: J. Adam Bennett (Western Michigan University)
Presenting Authors:
This will be the business meeting for the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group (EAHB-SIG). The mission of the EAHB-SIG is to promote the experimental analysis of behavior with human subjects as a means of addressing important fundamental questions about human problems and human nature. In recent years, the energies of EAHB-SIG members have focused on three continuing projects: (1) The EAHB-SIG Distinguished Contributions Award: This award is designed to recognize substantive and sustained contributions to the EAHB literature. The award is presented at the annual convention. (2) The Student Paper Competition: The competition is designed to promote and recognize scholarly activity in the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior. Students are encouraged to submit original research that has not been reviewed elsewhere. Participants receive high quality reviews from experts in their respective areas of research. (3) The Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Bulletin: The SIG also maintains an online journal (ISSN 1938-7237) for the publication of empirical articles, technical reports, and other types of articles of interest to researchers engaged in the experimental analysis of human behavior.
Keyword(s): EAHB, Experimental Analysis, Human Behavior, Human Operant
 
 
Business Meeting #556A
Ethics for Behavior Analysis SIG
Monday, May 27, 2019
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Montreux 1-3
Chair: Ann B Beirne (Global Autism Project)
Presenting Authors:

To address the membership of the SIG, provide updates on future projects, and call for volunteers.

 
 
Business Meeting #556B
Diversity submission Culture and Diversity SIG Meeting
Monday, May 27, 2019
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich A
Chair: Elizabeth Hughes Fong (Saint Joseph's University)
Presenting Authors:

Annual meeting of the Culture and Diversity SIG (formerly MultiABA). Come and meet the members!

 
 
Business Meeting #557
Clinical Special Interest Group
Monday, May 27, 2019
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Fairmont, Third Level, Crystal
Chair: Emily Thomas Johnson (Behavior Attention and Developmental Disabilities Consultants, LLC)
Presenting Authors:

This is the special interest group for those who have an interest in clinical applications of behavior analysis. Clinical behavior analysts work in both research and applied settings applying behavior analytic principles to just about any situation that may involve psychological distress. This is our annual meeting to discuss how to promote our work at ABAI and beyond. Members have the opportunity to network and discuss their areas of interest and work, training opportunities, research projects, conceptual struggles and developments, and plan activities for the next year. Everyone is welcome to attend and learn more about this exciting area of clinical behavior analysis.

Keyword(s): Clinical, Mental Health, Practice
 
 
Business Meeting #558
Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis (SPABA) Special Interest Group
Monday, May 27, 2019
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Fairmont, Third Level, Regent
Chair: Lina M. Slim-Topdjian (ASAP - A Step Ahead Program, LLC)
Presenting Authors:

The Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis (SPABA) Special Interest Group business meeting is open to anyone interested in promoting a behavioral approach to the analysis and treatment of speech and language disorders. Admission is free and membership in the SIG is not required in order to attend. The meeting will consist of member reports on SIG mission-related activities and invited presentations of professional interest to attendees. An abstract of the SPABA award winners submissions for the Student Research Grant award and the Dissemination Award will be provided at this meeting as well as awards to the winners. The SPABA business meeting will also include information on SPABA's social/networking component to encourage interaction and discussion among SIG members, new members, and interested attendees. Please feel free to join us and bring your friends. To further support the Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group, please consider formally joining and donating to the SIG by registering online at www.behavioralspeech.com.

Keyword(s): interprofessional collaboration, speech-language pathology, speech-language therapy, verbal behavior
 
 
Special Event #559
ABAI Social
Monday, May 27, 2019
8:00 PM–12:00 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom A-C

Join your friends and colleagues for one last night of music, dancing, and celebration!

 

BACK TO THE TOP

 

Back to Top
ValidatorError
  
Modifed by Eddie Soh
DONATE
{"isActive":false}